CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES INC
10-Q, 1997-12-15
MISCELLANEOUS AMUSEMENT & RECREATION
Previous: ALFIN INC, 10-Q, 1997-12-15
Next: INVESCO STRATEGIC PORTFOLIOS INC, 24F-2NT, 1997-12-15



                 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                       Washington, D. C. 20549     
                                       
                              FORM 10-Q
  
[x]  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
              SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended      October 31, 1997              
 
                                 OR

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
              SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to                
 
Commission file number                  1-8570                    


                  CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC.             
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


           Nevada                                  88-0121916     
(State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                  identification no.)

    2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109-1120
             (Address of principal executive offices)

                        (702) 734-0410                     
       (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

                               N/A                                   
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since
last report)

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  X      No     

     Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

            Class                     Outstanding at November 30, 1997 
Common Stock, $.01-2/3 par value                 95,078,883 shares


           CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                               Form 10-Q

                                INDEX
                                                             Page No.

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     Item 1.  Financial Statements:

              Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at
              October 31, 1997 (Unaudited) and January 31,
              1997.........................................       3-4
   
              Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
              (Unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months 
              Ended October 31, 1997 and 1996..............         5

              Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash
              Flows (Unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended
              October 31, 1997 and 1996....................       6-7

              Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
              Statements (Unaudited).......................      8-18

     Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Fi-
              nancial Condition and Results of Operations..     19-29

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION                                         30


Part I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.  Financial Statements

             CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                              (In thousands)

                                  ASSETS
                                               October 31,    January 31,
                                                  1997           1997    
                                               (Unaudited)
CURRENT ASSETS:

   Cash and cash equivalents................     $ 75,287     $ 69,516
  
   Receivables..............................       16,222       34,434

   Inventories..............................       21,361       19,371
   
   Prepaid expenses and other...............       33,336       28,528
 
        Total current assets................      146,206      151,849

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD INTERESTS,
   at cost, less accumulated depreciation
   and amortization of $597,912 and $526,902, 
   respectively.............................    2,328,390    1,920,032

EXCESS OF PURCHASE PRICE OVER FAIR MARKET
   value of net assets acquired, net........      377,927      385,583

NOTES RECEIVABLE............................       36,240       36,443

INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES....      245,288      214,123

OTHER ASSETS................................       24,599       21,081
 
       Total Assets.........................   $3,158,650   $2,729,111




           The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
             condensed consolidated financial statements.


              CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      (In thousands, except share data)

                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                      October 31,  January 31,
                                                         1997         1997    
                                                      (Unaudited)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    Current portion of long-term debt................  $  3,044     $    379
                 
    Accounts payable - trade ........................    21,371       22,658

    Accounts payable - construction..................    29,647       21,144
   
    Accrued liabilities .............................   107,505       85,587

           Total current liabilities ................   161,567      129,768

LONG-TERM DEBT ...................................... 1,710,574    1,405,897
 
DEFERRED INCOME TAX .................................   159,985      152,635

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES .........................     4,973        6,439

           Total liabilities ........................ 2,037,099    1,694,739

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK...........................         -       17,631

TEMPORARY EQUITY ....................................         -       44,950

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

    Common stock, $.01-2/3 par value
      Authorized - 450,000,000 shares
      Issued - 113,594,008 and 112,808,337 shares ...     1,893        1,880

    Preferred stock, $.01 par value
      Authorized - 75,000,000 shares ................         -            -

    Additional paid-in capital ......................   557,400      498,893

    Retained earnings ............................... 1,073,564      984,363

    Treasury stock (18,515,125 and 18,749,209 shares),
      at cost........................................  (511,306)    (513,345)

           Total stockholders' equity ............... 1,121,551      971,791

           Total Liabilities and
             Stockholders' Equity .................. $3,158,650   $2,729,111




            The accompanying notes are an integral part of these 
                condensed consolidated financial statements.


            CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    (In thousands, except share data)
                               (Unaudited)

                                        Three Months            Nine Months
                                      Ended October 31,       Ended October 31,
REVENUES:                             1997       1996         1997       1996
  Casino ......................... $156,440   $163,589    $ 475,677   $506,620
  Rooms ..........................   82,884     73,638      248,815    222,421
  Food and beverage ..............   54,415     53,055      163,269    163,603
  Other ..........................   37,092     35,085      109,349    116,922 
  Earnings of unconsolidated       
    affiliates ...................   26,895     27,753       78,769     63,961
                                    357,726    353,120    1,075,879  1,073,527
  Less-complimentary allowances...  (15,874)   (15,130)     (46,637)   (43,846)
                                    341,852    337,990    1,029,242  1,029,681
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Casino .........................   82,554     75,459      230,936    225,659
  Rooms ..........................   31,048     29,247       92,559     87,827
  Food and beverage ..............   50,552     50,873      150,483    154,969
  Other operating expenses .......   24,101     21,947       67,629     71,329
  General and administrative .....   57,356     58,330      172,854    169,866
  Depreciation and amortization ..   29,235     23,303       86,418     71,808
  Abandonment losses .............        -          -            -     48,309
                                    274,846    259,159      800,879    829,767
  
OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE CORPORATE
  EXPENSE ........................   67,006     78,831      228,363    199,914

CORPORATE EXPENSE ................    7,356      7,646       23,328     22,782

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS ...........   59,650     71,185      205,035    177,132

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest, dividend and
    other income .................    7,124        462        8,571      3,108
  Interest income and guarantee
    fees from unconsolidated 
    affiliate ....................    1,622      1,759        5,010      5,102
  Interest expense ...............  (21,465)   (12,973)     (65,181)   (36,546)
  Interest expense from 
    unconsolidated affiliates ....   (3,870)    (4,774)     (12,131)   (10,871)
                                    (16,589)   (15,526)     (63,731)   (39,207)
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR
  INCOME TAX......................   43,061     55,659      141,304    137,925

  Provision for income tax .......   15,838     20,846       52,104     52,331

NET INCOME ....................... $ 27,223   $ 34,813     $ 89,200   $ 85,594

EARNINGS PER SHARE................ $    .29   $    .34     $    .94   $    .83
                                
  Average shares outstanding ..  95,063,866 103,259,217  94,895,291 103,426,436

          The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
              condensed consolidated financial statements.


             CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (In thousands)
                               (Unaudited)
                                                          Nine Months
                                                       Ended October 31,
                                                       1997       1996
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                                         $ 89,200   $ 85,594
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                     94,788     77,389
     (Gain) loss on disposition of fixed assets        (6,438)    47,732
     (Increase) decrease in other current assets       11,414     (8,976)
     Increase in other noncurrent assets               (3,421)    (2,970)
     Increase in interest payable                      15,423     11,514 
     Increase in other current liabilities              5,208     26,658 
     Increase in deferred income tax                    7,350     11,943
     Decrease in other noncurrent liabilities             (49)       (49)
     Unconsolidated affiliates' earnings in 
       excess of distributions                        (29,390)   (20,749)
          Total adjustments                            94,885    142,492

          Net cash provided by operating activities   184,085    228,086

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures                               (494,410)  (351,045)
  Increase in construction payable                      8,503      6,851
  Increase in investments in unconsolidated
    affiliates                                         (2,085)   (34,711)
  (Increase) decrease in notes receivable                 203     (8,987)
  Proceeds from sale of equipment and other assets      7,979      2,056
  Other                                                     -     (1,270)

          Net cash used in investing activities      (479,810)  (387,106)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of senior notes                    -    199,562
  Net effect on cash of issuances and payments                    
    of debt with original maturities of
    three months or less                              541,386   (187,324)
  Issuances of debt with original maturities
    in excess of three months                          37,161    268,934
  Principal payments of debt with original
    maturities in excess of three months             (271,302)   (17,283)
  Exercise of stock options and warrants                6,383     17,912
  Purchases of treasury stock                          (1,300)  (128,858)
  Other                                               (10,832)      (785)
 
          Net cash provided by financing activities   301,496    152,158
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents    5,771     (6,862)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period       69,516     62,704
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period           $ 75,287   $ 55,842


             CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
                             (In thousands)
                               (Unaudited)


                                                                         

                                                         Nine Months
                                                       Ended October 31,
                                                        1997       1996

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES
Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest (net of amount capitalized)               $ 47,799  $  23,312 
  Income tax                                         $ 37,270  $  48,043


                                                                        





























         The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
             condensed consolidated financial statements.


         CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
       NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All information for the three and nine months ended October 31,
1997 and 1996 is unaudited.)


(1)  Principles of consolidation and basis of presentation -

     Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") was
incorporated February 27, 1974.  The Company owns and operates
hotel and casino facilities in Las Vegas, Reno, Laughlin, Jean
and Henderson, Nevada and a hotel and dockside casino in Tunica
County, Mississippi.  It is also an investor in several
unconsolidated affiliates, with operations that include a
riverboat casino in Elgin, Illinois, a hotel/casino in Reno,
Nevada and a hotel/casino on the Las Vegas Strip.

     The condensed consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Material intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.

     The condensed consolidated financial statements included
herein have been prepared by the Company, without audit, pursuant
to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  Certain information and footnote disclosures
normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed
or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although the
Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the
information presented not misleading.  In the opinion of
management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of results for the
interim periods have been made.  The results for the three and
nine month periods are not necessarily indicative of results to
be expected for the full fiscal year.

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the financial
statements for the three and nine months ended October 31, 1996
to conform to the financial statement presentation for the three
and nine months ended October 31, 1997.  These reclassifications
have no effect on net income.

     These financial statements should be read in conjunction
with the financial statements and notes thereto included in the
Company's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended January
31, 1997.




(2)  Long-term debt -

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

                                        October 31,   January 31,
                                           1997          1997    
                                         (Unaudited)
     Amounts due under corporate
       debt program at floating
       interest rates, weighted
       average of 5.8% and 5.6%           $742,353     $501,191
     6.45% Senior Notes due 2006
       (net of unamortized discount 
       of $363 and $396)                   199,637      199,604
     7-5/8% Senior Subordinated
       Debentures due 2013                 150,000      150,000
     6-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
       due 2003 (net of unamortized
       discount of $91 and $103)           149,909      149,897
     7.0% Debentures due 2036 
       (net of unamortized
       discount of $150 and $160)          149,850      149,840
     6.70% Debentures due 2096 
       (net of unamortized discount
        of $291 and $327)                  149,709      149,673
     10-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes
       due 1997 (net of unamortized
       discount of $7)                           -       99,993
     Amounts due under bank credit
       agreement at floating interest
       rates, weighted average of 6.1%     160,000            -
     Other notes                            12,160        6,078 
                                         1,713,618    1,406,276
     Less - current portion                 (3,044)        (379)
                                                                
                                        $1,710,574   $1,405,897
    
     The Company has established a corporate debt program whereby
it can issue commercial paper or similar forms of short-term
debt. Although the debt instruments issued under this program are
short-term in tenor, they are classified as long-term debt
because (i) they are backed by a long-term debt facility (see
below) and (ii) it is management's intention to continue to 

(2)  Long-term debt (continued) -

replace such borrowings on a rolling basis as various instruments
come due and to have such borrowings outstanding for longer than
one year.  To the extent that the Company incurs debt under this
program, it must maintain an equivalent amount of credit
available under its bank credit facility discussed more fully
below.

     In May 1997, the Company renegotiated its $1.5 billion
unsecured credit facility, dated January 29, 1996.  This
agreement was replaced by a new $2.0 billion unsecured credit
facility which matures on July 31, 2002 (the "Facility").  The
maturity date may be extended for an unlimited number of one-year
periods with the consent of the bank group.  The Facility
contains financial covenants regarding total debt and new venture
capital expenditures and investments.  The Facility is for
general corporate purposes.  The Company incurs commitment fees
(currently 15 basis points) on the unused portion of the
Facility.  As of October 31, 1997, the Company had $160 million
outstanding under the Facility.  At such date, the Company also
had $742.4 million of indebtedness outstanding under the
corporate debt program thus reducing, by that amount, the credit
available under the Facility for purposes other than repayment of
such indebtedness.  The fair value of the debt issued under the
corporate debt program approximates the carrying amount of the
debt due to the short-term maturities of the individual
components of the debt.

     In November 1996, the Company issued $150 million principal
amount of 7.0% Debentures due November 2036 (the "7.0%
Debentures").  The 7.0% Debentures may be redeemed at the option
of the holder in November 2008.  Also, in November 1996, the
Company issued $150 million principal amount of 6.70% Debentures
due November 2096 (the "6.70% Debentures").  The 6.70% Debentures
may be redeemed at the option of the holder in November 2003. 
Both the 7.0% Debentures, which were discounted to $149.8
million, and the 6.70% Debentures, which were discounted to
$149.7 million, have interest payable each May and November, are
not redeemable by the Company prior to maturity and are not
subject to any sinking fund requirements.  The net proceeds from
these offerings were used primarily to repay borrowings under the
Company's corporate debt program. 

(2)  Long-term debt (continued) -

     In February 1996, the Company issued $200 million principal
amount of 6.45% Senior Notes due February 1, 2006 (the "6.45%
Notes"), with interest payable each February and August.  The 
6.45% Notes, which were discounted to $199.6 million, are not
redeemable prior to maturity and are not subject to any sinking
fund requirements.  The net proceeds from this offering were used
primarily to repay borrowings under the Company's corporate debt
program.

     In July 1993, the Company issued $150 million principal
amount of 6-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "6-3/4% Notes") 
due July 2003 and $150 million principal amount of 7-5/8% Senior
Subordinated Debentures (the "7-5/8% Debentures") due July 2013,
with interest payable each July and January.  The 6-3/4% Notes,
which were discounted to $149.8 million, and the 7-5/8%
Debentures are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not
subject to any sinking fund requirements.  The net proceeds from
these offerings were used primarily to repay borrowings under the
Company's corporate debt program.

     In June 1990, the Company issued $100 million principal
amount of 10-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "10-5/8%
Notes").  The 10-5/8% Notes were redeemed at maturity in June
1997.  

     The Company has a policy aimed at managing interest rate
risk associated with its current and anticipated future
borrowings.  This policy enables the Company to use any
combination of interest rate swaps, futures, options, caps and
similar instruments.  To the extent the Company employs such
financial instruments pursuant to this policy, they are accounted
for as hedging instruments.  In order to qualify for hedge
accounting, the underlying hedged item must expose the Company to
risks associated with market fluctuations and the financial
instrument used must be designated as a hedge and must reduce the
Company's exposure to market fluctuation throughout the hedge
period.  If these criteria are not met, a change in the market
value of the financial instrument is recognized as a gain or loss
in the period of change.  Otherwise, gains and losses are not
recognized except to the extent that the financial instrument is
disposed of prior to maturity.  Net interest paid or received 

(2)  Long-term debt (continued) -

pursuant to the financial instrument is included as interest
expense in the period.

     The Company has entered into various interest rate swaps,
principally with its bank group, to manage interest expense,
which is subject to fluctuation due to the variable-rate nature
of the debt under the Company's corporate debt program.  The
Company has interest rate swap agreements under which it pays a
fixed interest rate (weighted average of approximately 7.2%) and
receives a variable interest rate (weighted average of
approximately 5.8% at October 31, 1997) on $178 million notional
amount of "initial" swaps, and pays a variable interest rate of
approximately 5.8% at October 31, 1997, and receives a fixed
interest rate of approximately 8.2% on $30 million notional
amount of a "reversing" swap.  The net effect of all such swaps
resulted in additional interest expense, due to an interest rate
differential which, at October 31, 1997, was approximately 0.8% 
on the total notional amount of the swaps.  One of the initial
swaps provides for quarterly reductions in the notional amount of
up to $1 million.  This swap has a current notional amount of
$23.5 million, but declines to $22.5 million by its termination
date in fiscal 1999.  One of the initial swaps in the notional
amount of $100 million provides that the swap will terminate two
business days after any date on which three-month Libor is set at
or above 9.0% on or after October 15, 2000.  This swap otherwise
terminates in fiscal 2008.  Excluding these swaps, the initial
swaps have the following termination dates:  $29.5 million in
fiscal 1999,  $25 million in fiscal 2000 and $100 million in
fiscal 2008.  The reversing swap expires in fiscal 2002.

     As of October 31, 1997, under its most restrictive loan
covenants, the Company was restricted as to the purchase of its
own capital stock in excess of $510 million and was restricted
from issuing additional debt in excess of approximately $236   
million.

<PAGE>
(3)  Stock options -

     The Company has various stock option plans for executive,
managerial and supervisory personnel as well as the Company's
outside directors and consultants.  The plans permit grants of
options, performance shares and restricted stock relating to the
Company's common stock.  The stock options are generally
exercisable in one or more installments beginning not less than
six months after the grant date.

Summarized information for stock option plans is as follows:

                                           Nine Months Ended
                                           October 31, 1997     

                                                      Weighted
                                                       Average
                                                      Exercise    
                                         Options         Price
 
Outstanding at beginning of period..    7,178,560       $25.42  
Granted.............................      425,000        24.25
Exercised...........................     (307,005)       21.19   
Cancelled...........................     (149,900)       31.60   
Outstanding at end of period........    7,146,655       $25.40   

Options exercisable at end of period    4,675,550       $24.31   
Options available for grant at end 
  of period.........................    2,057,750            
   
(4)  Stock rights -

     On July 14, 1994, the Company declared a dividend of one
Common Stock Purchase Right (the "Rights") for each share of
common stock outstanding at the close of business on August 15,
1994.  Each Right entitles the holder to purchase from the
Company one share of common stock at an exercise price of $125,
subject to certain antidilution adjustments.  The Rights
generally become exercisable ten days after the earlier of an
announcement that an individual or group has acquired 15% or more
of the Company's outstanding common stock or the announcement of
commencement of a tender offer for 15% or more of the Company's
common stock. 


(4)  Stock rights (continued) -

     In the event the Rights become exercisable, each Right
(except the Rights beneficially owned by the acquiring individual
or group, which become void) would entitle the holder to 
purchase, for the exercise price, a number of shares of the
Company's common stock having an aggregate current market value
equal to two times the exercise price.  The Rights expire August 
15, 2004, and may be redeemed by the Company at a price of $.01
per Right any time prior to their expiration or the acquisition
of 15% or more of the Company's common stock.  The Rights should 
not interfere with any merger or other business combination
approved by the Company's Board of Directors and are intended to 
cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to
acquire control of the Company on terms not approved by the Board
of Directors.

(5)  Share repurchases -

     During the nine months ended October 31, 1997, the Company
repurchased 38,486 shares of its common stock at a cost of $1.3
million.  

     During the second quarter, the Company elected to settle,
for cash, outstanding put options on 2.0 million shares of its
common stock and call options on 600,000 shares of common stock. 
The net cost to the Company was $9.4 million.  The put and call
options were entered into as a complement to the Company's
overall share repurchase program.

(6)  Redeemable preferred stock -

     In connection with the acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts,
New Way, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued
1,069,926 shares of $10.00 Cumulative Preferred Stock.  Of the
preferred shares issued, 866,640 were issued to another wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company.   During the year ended January
31, 1997, the Company purchased 9,864 shares of the preferred
stock for $1.3 million.  The price paid by the Company was based
on the trading price of the Company's common stock prior to the
transaction.  On February 26, 1997, New Way, Inc. merged into
another subsidiary of the Company and the remaining preferred
stock was converted into 754,666 shares of common stock.

(7)  Preferred stock -

     The Company is authorized to issue up to 75 million shares
of $.01 par value preferred stock in one or more series having 
such respective terms, rights and preferences as are designated
by the Board of Directors.  No such preferred stock has yet been
issued.

(8)  Earnings per share -

     Earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the 
period.  Outstanding stock options and exchangeable preferred
stock are not included in earnings per share computations since
their assumed exercise or conversion would not have a material
dilutive effect.

     In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 -
Earning Per Share ("SFAS 128").  SFAS 128 is effective for
periods ending after December 15, 1997 and replaces currently
reported earnings per share with "basic", or undiluted, earnings
per share and "diluted" earnings per share.  Basic earnings per
share is computed as detailed above, while diluted earnings per
share reflects the additional dilution for all potentially
dilutive securities, such as stock options.  

     The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS 128 in its
fiscal 1998 annual financial statements, and all previously
reported earnings per share amounts will be restated.  The
following table discloses the Company's pro forma earnings per
share for the three and nine-month periods ended October 31, 1997
and 1996 as determined in accordance with SFAS 128.

                             Three Months         Nine Months
                           Ended October 31,   Ended October 31,
Earnings per share          1997    1996         1997    1996

As reported                 $.29    $.34         $.94    $.83
Basic                       $.29    $.34         $.94    $.83
Diluted                     $.29    $.33         $.94    $.81

<PAGE>
(9)  Investments in unconsolidated affiliates -

     The Company has investments in unconsolidated affiliates
that are accounted for under the equity method.  Using the equity
method, original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by
the Company's share of earnings or losses of these entities.  The
investment balance also includes interest capitalized during
construction (net of amortization).  Investments in 
unconsolidated affiliates consist of the following (in
thousands):
                                         October 31,  January 31,
                                             1997        1997    
                                         (Unaudited)

Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture (50%)
 (Silver Legacy, Reno, Nevada)             $ 64,313     $ 54,269 
Elgin Riverboat Resort (50%)                                      
 (Grand Victoria, Elgin, Illinois)           47,519       51,174
Victoria Partners (50%)
 (Monte Carlo, Las Vegas, Nevada)           133,456      108,680
                                           $245,288     $214,123

     The above unconsolidated affiliates operate with fiscal
years ending on December 31.  Summarized results of operations of
the unconsolidated affiliates are as follows (unaudited, in
thousands):

                                                Nine Months
                                            Ended September 30,
                                              1997        1996  

Revenues                                   $501,746     $392,737
Expenses                                    355,069      267,776
Operating income                            146,677      124,961
Net income                                  122,600       96,861

     The results for the nine months ended September 30, 1996
include the operations of Windsor Casino Limited.  In January
1997, the Company transferred its one-third interest in Windsor
Casino Limited to the two remaining shareholders.  Results for
the nine months ended September 30, 1997 include a full nine
months of operations of Monte Carlo, which opened June 21, 1996.



(9)  Investments in unconsolidated affiliates (continued) -

     Included in the above are revenues of the Grand Victoria of
$189,375 and $181,915 for the nine months ended September 30,
1997 and 1996.  The property's operating margin during those
periods was 35% and 43%, respectively.

(10) Abandonment losses -

     During the nine months ended October 31, 1996, the Company
wrote off $48.3 million of various assets.  These write-offs
included the special-effects films at Luxor ($12.0 million) which
were replaced by IMAX special-format filmed attractions,
structural elements demolished as part of Luxor's remodeling
($12.1 million), and fixtures and equipment at Circus Circus-Las
Vegas, Excalibur and Circus Circus-Tunica replaced in the course
of upgrading and expanding those properties ($16.0 million).  The
Company also wrote off $8.2 million of costs associated with the
demolition of a people mover at Circus Circus-Las Vegas and the
removal of the Nile River at Luxor.
     
(11) Commitments and contingent liabilities -

     In July 1995, Silver Legacy, a 50/50 joint venture with the
Eldorado Hotel/Casino, opened in downtown Reno, Nevada.  As a
condition to the joint venture's $230 million bank credit
agreement (which amended and restated the joint venture's 
previous $220 million credit agreement in November 1997), Circus
is obligated under a make-well agreement to make additional
contributions to the joint venture as may be necessary to
maintain a minimum coverage ratio (as defined).  As of October
31, 1997, the Company had an outstanding loan to the joint
venture in the principal amount of $35.1 million at an interest
rate of 10%.  In November 1997, in connection with amending and
restating the bank credit agreement, the entire loan balance was
repaid.

     In Tunica County, Mississippi, the Company is constructing a
1,200-room tower addition to its casino, which has been
remodeled.  Effective August 1, 1997, the property was
rechristened Gold Strike Casino Resort.  The remodeled casino
opened prior to the Labor Day weekend and approximately 400 of
the new rooms were in service by the Thanksgiving weekend.  The
majority of the new rooms should be in service by Christmas.  The
(11) Commitments and contingent liabilities (continued) -

estimated cost of this expansion is $135 million, and through
October 31, 1997, the Company had incurred $91.4 million for this
project.

     The Company is constructing an entertainment megastore of
approximately 3,800 rooms on the former site of the Hacienda
Hotel and Casino.  The new resort, whose working title is Project
Paradise, is slated to open in late 1998 or early 1999.  Project
Paradise will feature, as its centerpiece, a 10-acre tropical
environment that will contain, among other attractions, a surfing
beach with six-foot waves.  Inside, Project Paradise will offer
waterfalls, terraced gardens, mythical statuary and open-air
restaurants set amid beautifully crafted environments, including
a swan island.  The cost of Project Paradise is currently
estimated at approximately $800-$900 million (excluding land and
a Four Seasons Hotel as discussed below) and as of October 31,
1997, $158.4 million had been incurred for this project. 

     Included within Project Paradise and as part of its 3,800
rooms, will be a 440-room Four Seasons Hotel, which will provide
Las Vegas visitors with a luxury "five-star" hospitality
experience.  This hotel, which will be owned by Circus and
managed by Four Seasons Regent Hotels and Resorts, represents the
first step pursuant to the Company's cooperative effort with Four
Seasons to identify strategic opportunities for development of
hotel and casino properties worldwide. 

     The Company has funded the above projects from internal cash
flows, project specific financing or its credit facility, and
anticipates that future funding for such projects will be from
these sources, including the $2.0 billion credit facility, of
which approximately $902.4 million was utilized as of October 31,
1997. 

     The Company is a defendant in various pending litigation. In
management's opinion, the ultimate outcome of such litigation
will not have a material effect on the results of operations or
the financial position of the Company.


     

             CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
          Condition and Results of Operations (Unaudited)

                    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Earnings per Share

For the third quarter ended October 31, 1997, the Company
reported net income of $27.2 million, or $.29 per share, versus
$34.8 million, or $.34 per share, in the prior year.  For the
nine months, net income was $89.2 million, or $.94 per share,
compared to $85.6 million, or $.83 per share, a year ago. 
Average shares outstanding were approximately 95 million for the
three and nine months ended October 31, 1997 against
approximately 103 million for the same periods last year.  The
lower average shares outstanding reflects the repurchase of 10.1
million shares of the Company's stock in the third and fourth
quarters of the prior year.

Results for the three and nine months in the current year reflect
a one-time gain of $6.0 million on the sale of a corporate
airplane.  Results for the nine months ended October 31, 1996
include asset write-offs of $48.3 million related to various
expansion projects, primarily the new room towers at Luxor and
Circus Circus-Las Vegas, as well as $5.6 million in preopening
expenses related to the June 21, 1996 opening of Monte Carlo (50%
owned by the Company).  Excluding the effect of the above
nonrecurring items, earnings per share for the third quarter and
nine months ended October 31, 1997 were $.25 and $.90 versus $.34
and $1.17 for the same periods in the prior year.

Revenues

Revenues for the Company for the three and nine months ended
October 31, 1997 were relatively even with the prior year. 
Luxor, with 1,950 new rooms, posted significant revenue increases
in both periods, up $26.9 million, or 51%, in the quarter and
$53.8 million, or 31%, for the nine months, though it was
comparing against prior-year periods when the property
experienced significant construction disruption.  Meanwhile,
Circus Circus-Las Vegas posted revenue increases of $3.7 million,
or 7%, and $9.9 million, or 6%, for the three and nine months,
due to 1,000 new rooms which opened late last year, though it too
was comparing against construction-disrupted periods in the prior
year.

The Company's 50% interest in Silver Legacy generated strong
increases in revenues, up $2.0 million, or 41%, in the third
quarter and up $7.2 million, or 66%, for the nine months. 
Effective May 1, the Company began receiving a priority return on
its investment representing approximately two-thirds of the joint
venture's operating income. Also, year-to-date results benefited
from the presence of the women's national bowling tournament in
Reno which concluded in July. Monte Carlo was also a significant
contributor to revenues in the nine months, with the Company's
50% interest generating an additional $19.5 million in revenue
compared against the prior year when it was open approximately
four months.  (For accounting purposes, the Company's share of
the operating income of joint ventures is reflected as revenue in
Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates.)  

The above increases were largely offset by the closure of the
Hacienda Hotel and Casino, which posted total revenues of $11.3
million in last year's third quarter, and $38.3 million for the
nine months.  That property was demolished December 31, 1996 to
make way for Project Paradise, a new megaresort adjacent to
Luxor.  Also, the Company sold its interest in Windsor Casino
Limited in January 1997.  That property accounted for revenues of
$2.5 million and $7.4 million in the three and nine months a year
ago.  Meanwhile, Excalibur's revenues declined $6.7 million, or
9%, in the third quarter and $18.8 million, or 8%, year-to-date,
as that property faced significant competition from New York-New
York (which opened January 3, 1997), Monte Carlo and the expanded
Luxor, as well as comparing against a record prior year. 
Revenues at Circus Circus-Tunica decreased 17% in the third
quarter and 25% for the nine months, as it experienced
significant construction disruption as part of its $135 million
expansion, which will be substantially completed in the fourth
quarter.  (See Financial Position and Capital Resources for more
details regarding Project Paradise and the Tunica expansion.)

Operating Income (excluding nonrecurring items)

For the three and nine month periods ended October 31, 1997,
income from operations declined $11.5 million, or 16%, and $26.0
million, or 11%, from the like periods a year ago.  Depreciation
was a principal factor, rising $6.6 million in the quarter and
$17.4 million in the nine months.  This additional depreciation
related primarily to the expansion projects at Luxor and Circus
Circus-Las Vegas completed in the prior year.  The Company's
composite operating margin was 17.4% and 19.9% for the three and
nine months ended October 31, 1997 versus 21.1% and 22.3% for the
same periods in the prior year.  A discussion of operating
results by market follows.
<PAGE>
Las Vegas

The Company's Las Vegas properties posted an overall decrease in 
operating income of $5.4 million, or 12%, for the three months
ended October 31, 1997 and posted an overall increase in
operating income of $1.2 million, or 1%, for the nine months
compared to the same periods last year.  The decrease in the
quarter was due principally to lower results at Excalibur, which
saw operating income fall $6.8 million, or 30%, in the quarter
and $17.5 million, or 25%, in the nine months.  This decline in
operating income was primarily the result of significant
competition from New York-New York (which opened January 3,
1997), Monte Carlo and the expanded Luxor.  Excalibur was also
comparing against a record prior year.  The year-to-date decrease
at Excalibur was offset by results at Monte Carlo (a 50% owned
joint venture which opened June 21, 1996), which generated a
$19.5 million increase in operating income for the nine months
ended October 31, 1997 compared to the prior year when it was
open slightly more than four months.  Overall, the Las Vegas
market has been slow to absorb recent room expansions, which has
negatively affected room rates and, more significantly, occupancy
rates at Luxor and Excalibur.

At Luxor, operating income rose $3.5 million, or 44%, in the
quarter and $7.6 million, or 24%, for the nine months due
primarily to 1,950 new rooms which were placed in service late
last year.  This property has also undergone substantial
remodeling, which was significantly disruptive to prior-year
results.  Certain elements of this remodeling continued into the
current year, including a new 1,200-seat showroom which opened
September 10 with the debut of Imagine, A Theatrical Odyssey. 
Construction is continuing on a microbrewery and night club which
will open by the end of the year, as well as the remodeling of
the attractions level.  The Company believes that this continued
construction has had a disruptive effect on operations, though
not on the scale suffered in the prior year.  Furthermore, the
Company believes that due to the continued phase-in of the
remodeling and the current overall weakness in the Las Vegas
market, improvements in operating results at this property are
likely to occur gradually.
  
Operating income at Circus Circus-Las Vegas rose 10% in the
quarter, but declined 3% year-to-date.  The property had 1,000
new rooms in operation (at virtually 100% occupancy) for the
quarter and nine months versus a year ago.  However, additional
depreciation on the new rooms offset much of this benefit.  The
Company also believes that many of the new customers at Circus
Circus-Las Vegas are spending a portion of their time visiting
the newer megaresorts on the south end of the Las Vegas Strip. 
Further, the Company believes that a number of the guests staying
in the new hotel rooms represent former "walk-in" customers who
were already established as gaming customers.

Reno

In Reno, the Company's combined operating income was up 4% in the
third quarter and 23% in the nine months, compared against the
same periods last year.  Results at Circus Circus-Reno compared
down in the quarter and nine months, due in part to disruption
from the remodeling of the casino, which was completed in
November.  However, this was more than offset by strong results
at Silver Legacy, as previously discussed under "Revenues".

Laughlin

The Colorado Belle and the Edgewater in Laughlin posted combined
decreases in operating income of $2.0 million, or 39%, and $5.9
million, or 27%, for the three and nine months ended October 31,
1997 versus the previous year.  This market continues to suffer
from difficult competitive challenges, foremost of which are the
unregulated Native American casinos in Laughlin's prime central
Arizona and southern California feeder markets.  Competition from
new resorts in Las Vegas and Primm, Nevada (formerly Stateline,
Nevada) has also contributed to the erosion of Laughlin's
customer base.

Riverboat Markets

In Tunica County, Mississippi, operating income at the
rechristened Gold Strike Casino Resort declined significantly,
down more than 50% in both the three and nine month periods, due
primarily to disruption from the ongoing $135 million expansion.
This expansion project includes a 1,200-room hotel tower (the
property currently has no rooms) and extensive retheming of the
property into a more elegant resort.  The remodeling of the
casino was completed by the Labor Day weekend, and approximately
400 of the new rooms were open by the Thanksgiving weekend.  The
balance of the new rooms will open in phases, with a majority of
the new rooms in service by Christmas.

Results at the Grand Victoria (a 50% owned riverboat casino in
Elgin, Illinois) reflected a slight increase in the Company's
share of operating income in the quarter and a decrease of $4.4 
million year-to-date.  The year-to-date decrease was due entirely
to the contribution to a 20% profit sharing arrangement with
public entities in the city and county that began in June 1996.
In December 1997, the Illinois legislature passed a bill to
increase the gaming tax.  The annual impact of this increase to
the Company, based upon current year earnings, would be a $9-$10
million reduction in operating income.

Interest Expense

For the three and nine months ended October 31, 1997, interest
expense (excluding joint venture interest expense) increased $8.5
million and $28.6 million versus the prior year.  The increase
was due principally to higher average borrowings related to
various construction projects (primarily the new rooms and
improvements at Luxor and Circus Circus-Las Vegas completed in
the prior year, and the ongoing construction of Project Paradise
and the hotel tower in Tunica) and the repurchase of $341.8
million of Circus' common stock in the third and fourth quarters
last year.  To date, the share repurchase has had no effect on
earnings per share.  Average borrowings were approximately $1.6
billion and $1.5 billion for the current quarter and nine months,
compared against $822 million and $745 million for the same
periods last year.  Capitalized interest was $7.0 million and
$15.5 million for the quarter and nine months ended October 31,
1997 versus $4.0 million and $10.5 million in the year-ago
periods.  Long-term debt at October 31, 1997 stood at $1.7
billion compared to $980 million at October 31, 1996.  Of the
$1.7 billion in borrowings at October 31, 1997, approximately
$902.4 million represents borrowings subject to fluctuations in
interest rates.

The Company also recorded interest expense related to joint
venture projects of $3.9 million and $12.1 million in the quarter
and nine months ended October 31, 1997 compared to $4.8 million
and $10.9 million in the previous year.  This reflects the
Company's 50% share of the interest expense of Silver Legacy and
Monte Carlo (which opened June 21, 1996).  

Income Tax

For the three and nine months ended October 31, 1997, the
Company's effective tax rate was 36.8% and 36.9%, compared with
37.5% and 37.9% for the three and nine months ended October 31, 

1996.  These rates reflect the corporate statutory rate of 35%
plus the effect of various nondeductible expenses, including the
amortization of goodwill associated with the acquisition of Gold
Strike Resorts.

Financial Position and Capital Resources

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $75.3 million at
October 31, 1997, reflecting normal daily operating requirements. 
The Company's pretax cash flow from operations (before
nonrecurring items) was $91.6 million and $299.8 million for the
three and nine months ended October 31, 1997 versus $96.5 million
and $308.4 million for the same periods last year.  In this
context, pretax cash flow from operations is defined as the
Company's income from operations plus noncash operating expenses
(primarily depreciation and amortization).  The Company has used
its current year cash flow primarily to fund the construction of
Project Paradise, the construction of the new hotel tower in
Tunica County, Mississippi and miscellaneous other construction
projects.

Capital Spending

Capital expenditures for the third quarter and nine months ended
October 31, 1997 were $191.6 million and $494.4 million.  Of
these amounts, $89.2 million and $152.4 million related to the
construction of Project Paradise, $38.4 million and $84.9 million
related to the construction and remodeling at the Gold Strike
Casino Resort in Tunica County, Mississippi, $21.4 million and
$100.9 million related to the remaining elements of the Luxor
expansion, $4.9 million and $24.5 million related to various
renovation projects at Excalibur (primarily expansion of the
casino floor, and the addition of a wedding chapel and meeting
rooms), $7.3 million and $23.7 million related to remodeling the
casino at Circus Circus-Reno, $9.2 million and $19.5 million
related to the remaining tower rooms being remodeled at Circus
Circus-Las Vegas, and $.7 million and $9.7 million related to the
addition of a microbrewery at the Colorado Belle.

Credit Facility

On May 23, 1997, the Company amended its unsecured credit
facility with its bank group, increasing the size of the facility
from $1.5 billion to $2 billion at more favorable terms and
pricing.  As of October 31, 1997, Circus had utilized $902
million under the facility.  During the third quarter, the
Company also increased the size of its commercial paper program
from $750 million to $1 billion.  The commercial paper program is
backed by the $2 billion credit facility (see Note 2 of Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements).

Joint Ventures

In July 1995, Silver Legacy, a 50/50 joint venture with the
Eldorado Hotel/Casino, opened in downtown Reno, Nevada.  As a
condition to the joint venture's $230 million bank credit
agreement (which amended and restated the joint venture's 
previous $220 million credit agreement in November 1997), Circus
is obligated under a make-well agreement to make additional
contributions to the joint venture as may be necessary to
maintain a minimum coverage ratio (as defined).  As of October
31, 1997, the Company also had outstanding loans to the joint
venture in the principal amount of $35.1 million, which were
repaid in November.

New Projects

The Company is constructing an entertainment megastore of
approximately 3,800 rooms on the former site of the Hacienda
Hotel and Casino.  The new resort, whose working title is Project
Paradise, is slated to open in late 1998 or early 1999.  Project
Paradise will feature, as its centerpiece, a 10-acre tropical
environment that will contain, among other attractions, a surfing
beach with six-foot waves.  Inside, Project Paradise will offer
waterfalls, terraced gardens, mythical statuary and open-air
restaurants set amid beautifully crafted environments, including
a swan island.  The cost of Project Paradise is currently
estimated at approximately $800-$900 million (excluding land and
a Four Seasons Hotel as discussed below) and as of October 31,
1997, $158.4 million had been incurred for this project. 

Included within Project Paradise and as part of its 3,800 rooms,
will be a 440-room Four Seasons Hotel, which will provide Las
Vegas visitors with a luxury "five-star" hospitality experience. 
This hotel, which will be owned by Circus and managed by Four
Seasons Regent Hotels and Resorts, represents the first step
pursuant to the Company's cooperative effort with Four Seasons to
identify strategic opportunities for development of hotel and
casino properties worldwide.

<PAGE>
At Luxor, the Company completed construction of two new hotel
towers, designed in ziggurat shapes, which added 1,950 rooms to
the property, bringing the total rooms base to approximately
4,400.  This project also involved substantial remodeling of the
property's interior spaces, especially the casino and hotel
lobby.  The original scope of the remodeling and expansion of
Luxor was broadened to include a second hotel lobby, convention
space, a redesigned attractions level, a microbrewery, a luxury
health spa, a new 1,200-seat showroom, and additional restaurants
and retail areas.  The additional restaurants and retail areas
opened in late summer, while the showroom opened September 10.  
Construction is continuing on a microbrewery and night club which
will open by the end of the year, as well as the remodeling of
the attractions level.  The total cost for the expansion is
approximately $425 million.  

In December 1996, the Company completed construction of a 1,000-
room tower addition at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, which brought the
total number of rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas to approximately
3,800.  The total cost of the project, which also included a new
porte cochere, new lobby space, a retail concourse and two new
restaurants, plus the refurbishment of all 1,188 rooms in the
Skyrise Tower, was approximately $130 million.  The Company also
recently completed refurbishing the tower rooms at this property
at a total cost of approximately $21 million, of which $20.5
million had been incurred as of October 31, 1997.

In Tunica County, Mississippi, the Company is constructing a
1,200-room tower addition to its casino, which was also
remodeled.  Effective August 1, 1997 the property was
rechristened Gold Strike Casino Resort.  The remodeled casino
opened prior to the Labor Day weekend and approximately 400 of
the new rooms were in service by the Thanksgiving weekend.  The
majority of the new rooms should be in service by Christmas.  The
estimated cost of this expansion is $135 million, and through
October 31, 1997, the Company had incurred $91.4 million for this
project.

Also in Mississippi, the Company has announced that it plans to
develop a hotel/casino resort on the Mississippi Gulf Coast at
the north end of the Bay of St. Louis, near the DeLisle exit on
Interstate 10.  The planned resort will feature 1,500 rooms and
has an estimated cost of $225 million.  The Company has received
all necessary approvals to begin construction.  However, these
approvals have been challenged in state and federal court, and
the Company anticipates construction to begin only after final
resolution of all legal actions.  As presently contemplated,
Circus will own 90% of the project, with a partner contributing
land (up to 500 acres) in exchange for the remaining 10%.

The Company has also completed several other improvement projects
this year.  At Circus Circus-Reno, the Company remodeled the
casino at a total cost of approximately $21 million, and a
microbrewery was added to the Colorado Belle at a total cost of
approximately $11.0 million.

The Company has entered into an agreement to form a joint venture
with the Detroit-based Atwater Casino Group to pursue one of the
three licenses to be issued to own and operate a casino in
Detroit, Michigan.  The Atwater Casino Group is comprised of
numerous Detroit-area business, education, civic and community
leaders.  Circus would own a 45% equity interest in the proposed
project and receive a management fee.  On November 21, 1997, the
joint venture was selected as one of the three groups to proceed
with negotiation of a development agreement with the city.  The
joint venture's ability to proceed with the proposed project is
contingent upon negotiation of this development agreement, as
well as the receipt of all necessary gaming approvals and other
customary conditions.  There is no assurance when or whether the
joint venture will successfully negotiate the development
agreement or ultimately be awarded one of the three licenses.

The Company has entered into an agreement with Mirage Resorts,
Incorporated to participate in the development of a site (which,
as reported by Mirage, consists of a 181-acre site, approximately
125 acres of which are developable) located in the Marina
District of Atlantic City, New Jersey.  The site is the subject
of an agreement between Mirage and the City of Atlantic City
providing, as reported by Mirage, for the City's conveyance of
the site to Mirage in exchange for its agreeing to develop a
hotel-casino thereon and undertake certain other obligations. 
The Company's agreement with Mirage provides for the Company to
obtain sufficient land within the site for the development of a
destination resort and casino of at least 2,000 rooms, including
dramatic public spaces, in an architectural format that conforms
to a "masterplan".  While Mirage will act as master-developer for
the site, Circus will own its land and its resort project, which,
as presently contemplated, will connect to Mirage's resort as
well as to a third resort to be developed by Boyd Gaming
Corporation and Mirage.  The Company's participation in the
development of the site is dependent on Mirage's acquisition of
the site, which is subject to the satisfaction of a number of
conditions.  Various governmental permits required for the
development of the site have not yet been received. Additionally,
as reported by Mirage, an existing Atlantic City hotel-casino
operator and others have filed various lawsuits which seek to
prevent Mirage's acquisition of the site and construction of road
improvements to the site, thereby potentially delaying or
preventing the Company's acquisition of a portion of the site
from Mirage and development of a hotel-casino thereon. The
ability of the Company to proceed is subject to its obtaining the
requisite gaming and other approvals and licenses in New Jersey
(where the Company and a wholly owned subsidiary have initiated
the gaming application process), as well as the approval of the
gaming authorities in various other jurisdictions.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurances as to whether or when the Company will
proceed with the development of a hotel-casino on the site. 
While neither the exact extent of the Company's proposed
development nor a starting date for construction can be
determined at this time, the Company is currently contemplating
an investment of approximately $600-$700 million.

The collective bargaining agreement with one of the Company's
largest unions expired May 31, 1997.  The agreement has been
extended indefinitely as negotiations continue on a new contract. 
The Company does not anticipate any difficulties in renewing the
contract.

The Company believes that it has ample capital resources, through
its existing bank arrangements and its operating cash flows, to
meet all of its existing cash obligations, fund its commitments
on the projects enumerated above and opportunistically repurchase
shares.  The Company believes that additional funds could be
raised through debt or equity markets, if necessary.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain information included in this report and other materials
filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (as well as information included in oral
statements or written statements made or to be made by the
Company) contains statements that are forward-looking within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.  Such statements include information relating to current
expansion projects, plans for future expansion projects and other
business development activities as well as other capital
spending, financing sources and the effects of regulation
(including gaming and tax regulation) and competition.  Such
forward-looking information involves important risks and
uncertainties that could significantly affect anticipated results
in the future and, accordingly, such results may differ from
those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on
behalf of the Company.  These risks and uncertainties include,
but are not limited to, those relating to development and
construction activities, dependence on existing management,
leverage and debt service (including sensitivity to fluctuations
in interest rates), domestic or global economic conditions,
changes in federal or state tax laws or the administration of
such laws, changes in gaming laws or regulations (including the
legalization of gaming in certain jurisdictions) and applications
for licenses and approvals under applicable laws and regulations
(including gaming laws and regulations).





PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

     (a)  The following exhibits filed as part of this report are
listed on the Index to Exhibits accompanying this report.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.  No report on Form 8-K was filed
during the period covered by this report.


                            SIGNATURES


       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly
authorized.




                                 CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC.  
                                        (Registrant)



Date:  December 12, 1997       By Clyde T. Turner                 
                                  Clyde T. Turner   
                                  Chairman of the Board and 
                                  Chief Executive Officer




Date:  December 12, 1997       By Glenn Schaeffer                 
                                  Glenn Schaeffer
                                  President, Chief Financial
                                  Officer and Treasurer



                         INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit
  No.                        Description

4(a).     Amendment No. 1 to the $2.0 Billion Loan Agreement, by
          and among the Company, the Banks named therein and Bank
          of America National Trust and Savings Association, as
          administrative agent for the Banks.

4(b).     Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated October 9,
          1997, between the Company and Merrill Lynch Money
          Markets Inc.

4(c).     Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated October 9,
          1997, between the Company and BancAmerica Robertson
          Stephens.

4(d).     Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated October 9,
          1997, between the Company and Credit Suisse First
          Boston Corporation.

4(e).     Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated October 9,
          1997, between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank.

4(f).     Interest Rate Cap Agreement, dated October 20, 1997,
          between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
          of New York.

4(g).     Grid Promissory Note, dated October 17, 1997, between
          the Company and Lyon Short Term Funding Corp.

4(h).     Amendment and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November
          25, 1997, by and among Circus and Eldorado Joint
          Venture, the Banks named therein and Bank of America
          National Trust and Savings Association as
          Administrative Agent, and the related Note, Amended and
          Restated Make-Well Agreement and Amended and Restated
          Deed of Trust.

10(a).    Operating Agreement, dated October 7, 1997, by and
          between Circus Circus Michigan, Inc. and Atwater Casino
          Group, L.L.C.

27.       Financial Data Schedule for the nine months ended
          October 31, 1997 as required under EDGAR.

             


                                                           Exhibit 4(a)
                                                                         
                                    
                             AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                     
  
          Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Loan
  Agreement dated as of May 23, 1997 among Circus Circus
  Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada corporation, the Banks, Managing
  Agents, as Co-Agents, and Lead Managers named therein, and Bank
  of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Issuing
  Bank and Administrative Agent (as amended, the  Loan
  Agreement ).  Terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used
  herein with the same meanings.
  
          The parties hereto agree to amend the Loan Agreement
  as follows:
  
          1.   Definition of  Restricted Expenditures  in
  Section 1.1.  The definition of  Restricted Expenditures  as
  set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to
  read in full as follows:
  
      Restricted Expenditures  means (a) Distributions (other
       than Distributions on the Common Stock consisting of
       Common Stock) to Persons other than to Borrower or the
       Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Capital Expenditures (other
       than (i) Capital Expenditures for the completion of
       Project Paradise, the related Four Seasons Hotel, Bay St.
       Louis, Tunica, and Capital Expenditures in an aggregate
       amount not to exceed $75,000,000 for the completion of
       proposed improvements to the Luxor Hotel and Casino and
       the two related hotel tower facilities (located between
       the main Luxor pyramid and the Excalibur Resort), in each
       case, in substantial accordance with the construction
       plans in existence on the Closing Date and (ii)
       Maintenance Capital Expenditures), (c) the purchase price
       paid in Cash for Acquisitions net of any Indebtedness
       incurred to finance such Acquisitions that is non-recourse
       to the credit or assets of Borrower or any Significant
       Subsidiary or their respective Properties, and (d) direct
       or indirect Investments in Cash or Cash Equivalents in New
       Venture Entities, in each case made by Borrower or any of
       the Restricted Subsidiaries.
  
          2.   Condition Precedent.  As a condition precedent
  to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Administrative
  Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this
  Amendment from Borrower and consents hereto from Banks
  comprising at least the Majority Banks.
  
          3.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
  counterparts in accordance with Section 11.7 of the Loan
  Agreement.
  
          4.   Confirmation.  In all other respects, the Loan
  Agreement is confirmed.
  
          This Amendment is dated as of September 30, 1997.
  
  
                         CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC.
  
                         By:    Glenn Schaeffer             
  
                         Title: President                    
  
  
                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                         AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                         as Administrative Agent
  
                         By:     Janice Hammond          
  
                         Title:  Vice President          
    
CONSENT OF BANK
                                 
  
          This Consent of Bank is delivered with reference to
  the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of May 23,
  1997 among Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada
  corporation, the Banks, Co-Agents, Managing Agents and Lead
  Managers referred to therein, and Bank of America National
  Trust and Savings Association, as Issuing Bank and
  Administrative Agent (as amended, the  Loan Agreement ). 
  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used with the
  meanings set forth for those terms in the Loan Agreement.
  
          The undersigned Bank hereby consents to the
  execution, delivery and performance of the proposed Amendment
  No. 1 to Loan Agreement by the Administrative Agent on behalf
  of the Banks, substantially in the form presented to the
  undersigned as a draft.
  
  
                                Bank of America             
                              [Typed/Printed Name of Bank]
  
                              By: Jon Varnell               
  
                                  Jon Varnell, MD           
                              [Typed/Printed Name and Title]
  
                              Dated: September ___, 1997

                                                              Exhibit 4(b) 







                                    
                    COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                 between
                                    
                                    
               CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., as Issuer
                                    
                                   and
                                    
               MERRILL LYNCH MONEY MARKETS INC., as Dealer
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
          Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
          Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as
          of October 9, 1997 between the Issuer and The
          Chase Manhattan Bank, as Issuing and Paying
          Agent
                                
                                
                                
                          Dated as of
                                
                                
                        October 9, 1997
                                          

                     COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT


     This Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement (the  Agreement )
sets forth the understandings between Circus Circus Enterprises,
Inc. (the  Issuer ) and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc. (the
 Dealer ) in connection with the Dealer s services as the
Issuer s agent, on a non-exclusive basis, to solicit and receive
offers to purchase the Issuer s commercial paper notes.

     Section 1.  Appointment of Non-Exclusive Agent.  The Issuer
hereby appoints the Dealer as its agent on a non-exclusive basis
for the purpose of soliciting and receiving offers to purchase
from the Issuer from time to time its commercial paper notes
issued under the Paying Agency Agreement (as defined), maturing
not later than 270 days from date of issue (the  Notes ) in an
aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the amount
authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer, and the Dealer accepts such appointment, on the terms,
and subject to the conditions, set forth in this Agreement.  The
Notes will be issued under an Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement
dated as of October 9, 1997 (the  Paying Agency Agreement )
between the Issuer and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Issuing and
Paying Agent (the  Paying Agent ), and will be issued in
denominations of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof.  The Notes may be issued as certificated noted or
as book-entry notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of
the Paying Agency Agreement.  The Issuer may sell Notes directly
to the Dealer as principal for resale to others.  So long as this
Agreement shall remain in effect the Issuer shall not, without
the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to
purchase, or sell, any Notes except in transactions with the
Dealer or one or more other dealers each of which is, at the time
it engages in such a transaction with the Issuer, a party to an
agreement with the Issuer that contains provisions substantially
identical to those in Section 3 of this Agreement.  The Dealer
acknowledges that the Issuer is entering into such agreements,
each dated as of the date hereof, with BancAmerica Robertson
Stephens and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, and the
Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice of
any other dealer with which it enters into such an agreement.

     Section 2.  Issuance and Purchase of the Notes.  If the
Dealer and the Issuer shall agree upon the sale of any Notes to
or through the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement
with respect to the price, principal amount, maturity and
interest or discount rate thereof), (i) instructions to the
Paying Agent to complete, authenticate and deliver the Notes
shall be given in the manner described in the Paying Agency
Agreement and (ii) the authentication and delivery to the Dealer
of such Notes by the Paying Agent against payment of the purchase
price therefor shall constitute the issuance of such Notes by the
Issuer.

     Section 3.  Offering of the Notes; Restrictions on Transfer 
(a)  The Dealer agrees with the Issuer that (i) it will deliver a
Private Placement Memorandum (as hereinafter defined) to each
prospective investor in the Notes upon or prior to the initial
sale of a Note or Notes to such investor, (ii) it will not
solicit offers for, or offer or sell, Notes by any form of
general solicitation or general advertising or in any manner
involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  Securities Act ),
and Rule 506 thereunder, and (iii) it will solicit offers for
Notes only from, and will offer Notes only to, (x) institutional
investors that it reasonably believes are  accredited investors 
within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or
(y) persons that it reasonably believes are  qualified
institutional buyers,  as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act ( QIBs ), and, in either case, who, in purchasing
Notes, may be deemed to have represented and agreed as provided
in paragraphs (1) through (7) of Section 3(c).

          (b)  Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer
through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be
subject to the restrictions described in a legend appearing as
part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with
such offers and sales and on each certificated note offered and
sold pursuant to this Agreement .  Such legend shall appear in
substantially the form set forth in Section 3(c)(6) of this
Agreement.

          (c)  Each Private Placement Memorandum shall contain
paragraphs in substantially the following form:

           Each purchaser of a Note will be deemed to have
          represented and agreed as follows:

          (1)  It understands that the Notes are being issued
               only in transactions not involving any public
               offering within the meaning of the Securities Act;

          (2)  It is (A) an institutional investor which is an
                Accredited Investor,  as defined in Rule 501(a)
               of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an
                Institutional Accredited Investor ), or a  bank, 
               as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities
               Act, or a savings and loan association or other
               institution of the type referred to in Section
               3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, that is acting
               as a fiduciary in purchasing the Notes for the
               account of an Institutional Accredited Investor,
               which has such knowledge and experience (or, if
               such Institutional Accredited Investor is acting
               as a fiduciary, it is a fiduciary with sole
               investment discretion having such knowledge and
               experience) in financial and business matters that
               it is capable (whether acting for its own account
               or in such fiduciary capacity) of evaluating the
               merits and risks of investing in such Notes, has
               had access to such information as it deems
               necessary in order to make an informed investment
               decision and is not purchasing the Notes with a
               view to, or for sale in connection with, any
               distribution; or (B) in the case of sales of Notes
               pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
                qualified institutional buyer,  as defined in
               Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a  QIB ), or a
               QIB purchasing the Notes on behalf of one or more
               other QIBs;

          (3)  If in the future it (or any other investor or any
               other fiduciary or agent representing it) decides
               to sell such Notes prior to maturity, said Notes
               will be sold only in a transaction exempt from
               registration under the Securities Act in a minimum
               amount of $250,000 and only (i) to the Issuer or
               to the Dealer or another dealer authorized by the
               Issuer (each, an  Authorized Dealer ), none of
               which shall have any obligation to acquire such
               Notes, (ii) through an Authorized Dealer to an
               institutional investor approved by such Authorized
               Dealer as an Institutional Accredited Investor or
               a QIB or (iii) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act;

          (4)  It understands that, although the Dealer (or any
               other Authorized Dealer) or the Issuer may
               repurchase Notes, none of such entities is
               obligated to do so, and, accordingly, the
               purchaser (or any such other investor) should be
               prepared to hold the Notes until maturity;

          (5)  It acknowledges that the Notes sold to it by the
               Dealer may be sold to it pursuant to Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act;

          (6)  It understands that any Notes issued in a
               certificated form will bear a legend substantially
               as follows:

                THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE  ACT ),
               AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN
               COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
               REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.  BY ITS
               ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED
               TO REPRESENT THAT IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN
               OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE
               ISSUER AND THE NOTES, THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING
               SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF
               AND THAT IT IS (A) AN INSTITUTION WHICH (i) IS AN
               ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
               501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN  INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
               INVESTOR ) OR IS A  BANK,  AS DEFINED IN SECTION
               3(a)(2) OF THE ACT, OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN
               ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION OF THE TYPE
               REFERRED TO IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT THAT
               IS ACTING AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT PURCHASING NOTES
               FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH IS AN
               INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR AND (ii)
               POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE (OR IS A
               FIDUCIARY OR AGENT WITH SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION
               HAVING SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE) IN FINANCIAL
               AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT IT (OR SUCH FIDUCIARY OR
               AGENT) IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING THE MERITS AND
               RISKS OF INVESTING IN SUCH NOTE, OR (B) A
               QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER ( QIB ) WITHIN THE
               MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT WHICH IS
               ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR
               MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH IS A QIB; AND THE
               PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY
               UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
               PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY
               RULE 144A.  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE
               PURCHASER SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY
               RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY
               (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
               UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO
               MERRILL LYNCH MONEY MARKETS INC. OR ANOTHER PERSON
               DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR
               THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE  PLACEMENT AGENTS ),
               NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE
               SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN
               INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3)
               TO A QIB PURSUANT TO RULE 144A OF THE ACT, AND (B)
               IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000; 

               and

          (7)  It has received the Private Placement Memorandum
               relating to the offering of the Notes and has had
               full opportunity (i) to ask questions and receive
               answers concerning the terms and conditions of the
               offering made pursuant to such Private Placement
               Memorandum and (ii) to request from the Issuer and
               to review, and has received, all additional
               information necessary to verify the accuracy of
               the information contained in such Private
               Placement Memorandum or incorporated therein by
               reference that the Issuer could provide without
               unreasonable effort or expense. 

          (d)  The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds
of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be
used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities
within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations
thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.  In the event that the Issuer determines to use such
proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading
securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another
company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least
five business days  prior written notice to that effect. 
Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as
principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such
purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and
the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes
only to offerees it reasonably believes to be QIBs or to QIBs it
reasonably believes are acting for other QIBs, in each case in
accordance with Rule 144A.

     Section 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Issuer
represents and warrants to and agrees with the Dealer as of the
date hereof, as of each date on which the Dealer solicits offers
to purchase Notes, as of each date on which the Issuer accepts an
offer to purchase Notes (including any purchase by the Dealer as
principal), as of each date the Issuer issues and delivers Notes
and as of each date the Private Placement Memorandum is amended
or supplemented, as follows (it being understood that such
representations, warranties and agreements shall be deemed to
relate to the Private Placement Memorandum as amended or
supplemented to each such date):

          (a)  The Issuer has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
State of Nevada and has full power and authority to execute,
deliver and perform this Agreement.  The Issuer has full power
and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under the Notes and the Paying Agency Agreement. 

          (b)  The Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer
and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the
provisions of the Paying Agency Agreement and delivered to and
paid for by the purchasers thereof, will be entitled to the
benefits of the Paying Agency Agreement and will be valid and
binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer
in accordance with their respective terms, except that (i) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in
effect relating to or affecting creditors  rights generally, (ii)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies
may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability,
(iii) rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by
state or federal laws relating to securities or by the policies
underlying such laws and (iv) no representation, warranty or
agreement is made with respect to any purported waivers of rights
or defenses.

          (c)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Issuer.

          (d)  The Paying Agency Agreement has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and, assuming
the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Paying
Agent, is a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer,
enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms,
except that (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting
creditors  rights generally, (ii) rights of acceleration and the
availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable
principles of general applicability, (iii) rights to indemnity
and contribution may be limited by state or federal laws relating
to securities or by the policies underlying such laws and (iv) no
representation, warranty or agreement is made with respect to any
purported waivers of rights or defenses.

          (e)  The execution and delivery by the Issuer of, and
the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under, this
Agreement, the Notes and the Paying Agency Agreement will not
contravene any provision of applicable law or the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws of the Issuer or any agreement or other
instrument binding upon the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries
that is material to the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body,
agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any
subsidiary of the Issuer, the contravention of which would have a
material adverse effect on the business of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no consent, approval,
authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental
body or agency is required for the performance by the Issuer of
its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Paying
Agency Agreement, except such as may be required by the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection
with the offer and sale of the Notes.

          (f)  The issuance and sale of the Notes under the
circumstances contemplated hereby and by the Paying Agency
Agreement do not require registration of the Notes under the
Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration
contained in Section 4(2) thereof and the regulations promulgated
thereunder and do not require compliance with any provision of
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

          (g)  The Issuer is not an  investment company  or an
entity  controlled  by an  investment company  as such terms are
defined in the Investment Issuer Act of 1940, as amended.

          (h)  There has not occurred any material adverse
change, or any development involving a prospective material
adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in
the earnings, business or operations of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the
Private Placement Memorandum (as defined), and the information
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum, including the
information in the documents incorporated by reference or
referred to therein, when read in its entirety, with each
statement being deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent
it is modified or superseded by any statement in a subsequently
dated document constituting part of the Private Placement
Memorandum, does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.

          (i)  The Notes satisfy the requirements set forth in
Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

     Section 5.  Agreements.  The Issuer agrees with the Dealer
as follows:

          (a)  The Issuer will promptly deliver to the Dealer
copies of all (i) filings by the Issuer with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and any United States securities exchange on
which securities of the Issuer are listed and (ii) all material
information generally supplied by the Issuer to its shareholders
or by the Issuer to any of Standard & Poor s Ratings Group,
Moody s Investors Service, Inc. or Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. (collectively, the  Rating Agencies ).

          (b)  The Issuer will provide to the Dealer as soon as
practicable a Private Placement Memorandum containing business
and financial information concerning the Issuer and a description
of the Notes which (with any amendments or supplements provided
by the Issuer) may be used by the Dealer in connection with the
sale of the Notes until the Issuer provides the Dealer with an
updated or revised memorandum (such Private Placement Memorandum,
together with any amendments or supplements thereto, including
information incorporated therein by reference, if any, is herein
referred to as the  Private Placement Memorandum ).

          (c)  If, at any time when the Dealer is offering Notes
or any Notes are outstanding, any event occurs or condition
exists as a result of which the Private Placement Memorandum as
then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of
a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in
which they were made not misleading, or if, in the opinion of the
Issuer, it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the
Private Placement Memorandum as then amended or supplemented to
comply with applicable law, the Issuer will notify the Dealer as
promptly as practicable and, in any event, prior to any
subsequent issuance of Notes, will prepare and furnish to the
Dealer a revision or supplement to the Private Placement
Memorandum satisfactory in all material respects to the Dealer,
that will correct such statement or omission or effect such
compliance.

          (d)  The Issuer will, whether or not any sale of Notes
is consummated, pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by the Dealer incident to the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Paying Agency
Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and
expenses of the Dealer s counsel.

          (e)  The Issuer will notify the Dealer promptly in
writing of any downgrading, or of the Issuer s receipt of any
notice of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review
for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the
possible change, in the rating accorded any of the Issuer s
securities by any of the Rating Agencies.

          (f)  The Issuer agrees promptly from time to time to
take such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to qualify
the Notes for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky
laws of such jurisdictions as the Dealer may reasonably request
and to maintain such qualifications for as long as the Dealer
shall reasonably request.  The Issuer also agrees to reimburse
the Dealer for any reasonable fees or costs (including reasonable
out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in so
qualifying the Notes.

          (g)  The Issuer will not sell, offer for sale or
solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any
security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be
integrated with the sale of the Notes in a manner which would
require the registration under the Securities Act of the offer
and sale of such Notes.

          (h)  The Issuer will not solicit any offer to buy or
offer to sell Notes by means of any form of general solicitation
or general advertising, within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under
the Securities Act or otherwise, including: (x) any
advertisement, article, notice or other communication published
in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over
television or radio; and (y) any seminar or meeting whose
attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or
general advertising.

          (i)  The Issuer will furnish to the Dealer such
additional information as you may reasonably request.

          (j)  At any time when the Issuer is not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the Issuer shall make available, upon request, to any
holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of any Notes
the information required to be delivered to such persons pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act and will furnish to
the Dealer, upon its request, copies of such information.

     Section 6.  Indemnity and Contribution.  The Issuer agrees
to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer and each person, if
any, who controls the Dealer within the meaning of either Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the Dealer and each such other person
are collectively referred to in this Section 6 as the
 Indemnified Party ), from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or caused by any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum (as amended or
supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or
supplements thereto), or arising out of or caused by any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and (ii) reimburse the Indemnified Party for all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection
with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or
liability.  The foregoing indemnity and reimbursement obligation
shall not apply in respect of any statement in or omission from
the Private Placement Memorandum (as so amended or supplemented)
based on information pertaining to the Dealer furnished in
writing to the Issuer by the Dealer, or on behalf of the Dealer. 
The Issuer shall not, without the Indemnified Party s prior
written consent, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party
is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by the Indemnified Party, unless such settlement
(i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party
from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such
proceeding and for which indemnity could have been sought
hereunder and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an
admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on
behalf of the Indemnified Party.  If the indemnification provided
for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient in respect
of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein,
then the Indemnified Party, on the one hand, and the Issuer, on
the other hand, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
the Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Dealer, on the one hand,
and the Issuer, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not
permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative
benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of each of
the parties and any other relevant equitable considerations.

     Section 7.  Payment and Delivery.  (a)  Payment for Notes
sold to or through the Dealer pursuant to this Agreement shall be
made by the Dealer in immediately available funds payable to the
Paying Agent for the account of the Issuer in such manner and at
such time as provided in the Paying Agency Agreement, at the
offices of the Paying Agent.  Delivery of Notes sold to or
through the Dealer hereunder shall be made against payment of the
purchase price therefor by the Paying Agent to the Dealer through
the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or in definitive
form payable to the purchaser (and in such denominations as may
reasonably be requested by the Dealer) by 2:15 p.m. New York time
on the date agreed upon for delivery.

          (b)  In the event the Issuer shall direct the Paying
Agent to cease issuing Notes, the Paying Agent shall be
instructed by the Issuer to issue such Notes as the Dealer shall
certify were sold within sixty (60) minutes after the Dealer s
receipt of written notice of such cessation and for which the
Dealer had the prior agreement of the Issuer pursuant to Section
1 of this Agreement.  The Dealer agrees upon receipt of any such
cessation notice to immediately cease effecting transactions in
Notes; provided, however, that this provision shall have no
effect with respect to Notes purchased by the Dealer as principal
from the Issuer.

     Section 8.  Conditions of the Dealer s Obligation.  If the
Dealer and the Issuer shall agree upon the sale of any Notes
pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, the Dealer s obligation
to purchase Notes as principal and the obligation of any other
purchaser to purchase Notes will be subject to the accuracy of
the representations and warranties on the part of the Issuer
herein and to the performance and observance by the Issuer of all
agreements herein contained on its part to be performed and
observed (in the case of the Dealer s obligation to solicit
offers to purchase Notes, at the time of such solicitation, and,
in the case of the Dealer s or any other purchaser s obligation
to purchase Notes, at the time the Issuer accepts the offer to
purchase such Notes and at the time of purchase).

          (b)  The following documents shall have been delivered
or telecopied to the Dealer at or prior to the execution of this
Agreement and, if provided by telecopy, followed by prompt
delivery of such documents:

               (i)  an executed copy of the Paying Agency
          Agreement;

               (ii) a certified copy of resolutions of the Board
          of Directors of the Issuer authorizing (a) the issuance
          of the Notes and (b) the execution and delivery of this
          Agreement and the Paying Agency Agreement; and

               (iii)     opinions of counsel to the Issuer
          substantially in the forms previously consented to by
          the Dealer.

     Section 9.  Notices.  All communications hereunder will be
in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the
Dealer, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed to
Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc. at Merrill Lynch World
Headquarters, World Financial Center - North Tower, 250 Vesey
Street, 23rd Floor, New York, New York 10281-1310, Attention: CP
Product Management (telecopy number: 212-449-2234), or, if sent
to the Issuer, will be mailed, delivered, or telecopied and
confirmed to the Issuer at 2800 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las
Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention:  Glenn W. Schaeffer, President
and Chief Financial Officer (telecopy number:  (702) 691-5840),
or to either of the foregoing parties, or their successors, at
such other address as such party or successor may designate from
time to time by notice duly given in accordance with the terms of
this Section 9 to the other party hereto.

     Section 10.  Amendments; Successors.  (a)  This Agreement
may be amended or supplemented if, but only if, such amendment or
supplement is in writing and is signed by the Issuer and the
Dealer.  This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto
without the written consent of the other party.

          (b)  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors
and the controlling persons referred to in Section 6 and the
purchasers of Notes (to the extent expressly provided in Section
8), and no other person will have any right or obligation
hereunder.

          (c)  The Issuer will give you notice of any proposed
cancellation, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent to or
under the Paying Agency Agreement at least seven (7) days prior
to the effective date thereof.

     Section 11.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated
at any time by either party hereto upon the giving of written
notice of such termination to the other party hereto, but without
prejudice to any rights, obligations or liabilities of either
party hereto accrued or incurred prior to such termination.  If
this Agreement is terminated, the provisions of Sections 4, 5(d),
5(f), 5(g) and 6 shall survive and continue in full force and
effect.

     Section 12.  Prior Agreements.  This Agreement shall
supersede any other agreement between the Issuer and the Dealer
relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and upon the
execution of this Agreement by the Issuer and the Dealer any such
prior agreement shall be of no further force and effect.

     Section 13.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of New York.

     Section 14.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were
upon the same instrument.

     Section 15.  Headings.  The headings of the sections of this
Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only
and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.  

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the 9th day of October, 1997.


                    CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., as Issuer


                         By:  /s/ Glenn W. Schaeffer     
                         Glenn W. Schaeffer,
                         President and Chief Financial Officer


                         MERRILL LYNCH MONEY MARKETS INC.,
                         as Dealer


                         By:   /s/ Richard N. Doyle      
                              Name:
                              Title:  Authorized Signatory


                                                             Exhibit 4(c)








                                    
                    COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                 between
                                    
                                    
               CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., as Issuer
                                    
                                   and
                                    
                BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS, as Dealer
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
          Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
          Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as
          of October 9, 1997 between the Issuer and The
          Chase Manhattan Bank, as Issuing and Paying
          Agent
                                
                                
                                
                          Dated as of
                                
                                
                        October 9, 1997
                                          

                     COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT


     This Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement (the  Agreement )
sets forth the understandings between Circus Circus Enterprises,
Inc. (the  Issuer ) and BancAmerica Robertson Stephens (the
 Dealer ) in connection with the Dealer s services as the
Issuer s agent, on a non-exclusive basis, to solicit and receive
offers to purchase the Issuer s commercial paper notes.

     Section 1.  Appointment of Non-Exclusive Agent.  The Issuer
hereby appoints the Dealer as its agent on a non-exclusive basis
for the purpose of soliciting and receiving offers to purchase
from the Issuer from time to time its commercial paper notes
issued under the Paying Agency Agreement (as defined), maturing
not later than 270 days from date of issue (the  Notes ) in an
aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the amount
authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer, and the Dealer accepts such appointment, on the terms,
and subject to the conditions, set forth in this Agreement.  The
Notes will be issued under an Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement
dated as of October 9, 1997 (the  Paying Agency Agreement )
between the Issuer and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Issuing and
Paying Agent (the  Paying Agent ), and will be issued in
denominations of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof.  The Notes may be issued as certificated noted or
as book-entry notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of
the Paying Agency Agreement.  The Issuer may sell Notes directly
to the Dealer as principal for resale to others.  So long as this
Agreement shall remain in effect the Issuer shall not, without
the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to
purchase, or sell, any Notes except in transactions with the
Dealer or one or more other dealers each of which is, at the time
it engages in such a transaction with the Issuer, a party to an
agreement with the Issuer that contains provisions substantially
identical to those in Section 3 of this Agreement.  The Dealer
acknowledges that the Issuer is entering into such agreements,
each dated as of the date hereof, with Merrill Lynch Money
Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, and the
Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice of
any other dealer with which it enters into such an agreement.

     Section 2.  Issuance and Purchase of the Notes.  If the
Dealer and the Issuer shall agree upon the sale of any Notes to
or through the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement
with respect to the price, principal amount, maturity and
interest or discount rate thereof), (i) instructions to the
Paying Agent to complete, authenticate and deliver the Notes
shall be given in the manner described in the Paying Agency
Agreement and (ii) the authentication and delivery to the Dealer
of such Notes by the Paying Agent against payment of the purchase
price therefor shall constitute the issuance of such Notes by the
Issuer.

     Section 3.  Offering of the Notes; Restrictions on Transfer 
(a)  The Dealer agrees with the Issuer that (i) it will deliver a
Private Placement Memorandum (as hereinafter defined) to each
prospective investor in the Notes upon or prior to the initial
sale of a Note or Notes to such investor, (ii) it will not
solicit offers for, or offer or sell, Notes by any form of
general solicitation or general advertising or in any manner
involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  Securities Act ),
and Rule 506 thereunder, and (iii) it will solicit offers for
Notes only from, and will offer Notes only to, (x) institutional
investors that it reasonably believes are  accredited investors 
within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or
(y) persons that it reasonably believes are  qualified
institutional buyers,  as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act ( QIBs ), and, in either case, who, in purchasing
Notes, may be deemed to have represented and agreed as provided
in paragraphs (1) through (7) of Section 3(c).

          (b)  Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer
through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be
subject to the restrictions described in a legend appearing as
part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with
such offers and sales and on each certificated note offered and
sold pursuant to this Agreement .  Such legend shall appear in
substantially the form set forth in Section 3(c)(6) of this
Agreement.

          (c)  Each Private Placement Memorandum shall contain
paragraphs in substantially the following form:

           Each purchaser of a Note will be deemed to have
          represented and agreed as follows:

          (1)  It understands that the Notes are being issued
               only in transactions not involving any public
               offering within the meaning of the Securities Act;

          (2)  It is (A) an institutional investor which is an
                Accredited Investor,  as defined in Rule 501(a)
               of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an
                Institutional Accredited Investor ), or a  bank, 
               as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities
               Act, or a savings and loan association or other
               institution of the type referred to in Section
               3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, that is acting
               as a fiduciary in purchasing the Notes for the
               account of an Institutional Accredited Investor,
               which has such knowledge and experience (or, if
               such Institutional Accredited Investor is acting
               as a fiduciary, it is a fiduciary with sole
               investment discretion having such knowledge and
               experience) in financial and business matters that
               it is capable (whether acting for its own account
               or in such fiduciary capacity) of evaluating the
               merits and risks of investing in such Notes, has
               had access to such information as it deems
               necessary in order to make an informed investment
               decision and is not purchasing the Notes with a
               view to, or for sale in connection with, any
               distribution; or (B) in the case of sales of Notes
               pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
                qualified institutional buyer,  as defined in
               Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a  QIB ), or a
               QIB purchasing the Notes on behalf of one or more
               other QIBs;

          (3)  If in the future it (or any other investor or any
               other fiduciary or agent representing it) decides
               to sell such Notes prior to maturity, said Notes
               will be sold only in a transaction exempt from
               registration under the Securities Act in a minimum
               amount of $250,000 and only (i) to the Issuer or
               to the Dealer or another dealer authorized by the
               Issuer (each, an  Authorized Dealer ), none of
               which shall have any obligation to acquire such
               Notes, (ii) through an Authorized Dealer to an
               institutional investor approved by such Authorized
               Dealer as an Institutional Accredited Investor or
               a QIB or (iii) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act;

          (4)  It understands that, although the Dealer (or any
               other Authorized Dealer) or the Issuer may
               repurchase Notes, none of such entities is
               obligated to do so, and, accordingly, the
               purchaser (or any such other investor) should be
               prepared to hold the Notes until maturity;

          (5)  It acknowledges that the Notes sold to it by the
               Dealer may be sold to it pursuant to Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act;

          (6)  It understands that any Notes issued in a
               certificated form will bear a legend substantially
               as follows:

                THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE  ACT ),
               AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN
               COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
               REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.  BY ITS
               ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED
               TO REPRESENT THAT IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN
               OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE
               ISSUER AND THE NOTES, THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING
               SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF
               AND THAT IT IS (A) AN INSTITUTION WHICH (i) IS AN
               ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
               501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN  INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
               INVESTOR ) OR IS A  BANK,  AS DEFINED IN SECTION
               3(a)(2) OF THE ACT, OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN
               ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION OF THE TYPE
               REFERRED TO IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT THAT
               IS ACTING AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT PURCHASING NOTES
               FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH IS AN
               INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR AND (ii)
               POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE (OR IS A
               FIDUCIARY OR AGENT WITH SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION
               HAVING SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE) IN FINANCIAL
               AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT IT (OR SUCH FIDUCIARY OR
               AGENT) IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING THE MERITS AND
               RISKS OF INVESTING IN SUCH NOTE, OR (B) A
               QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER ( QIB ) WITHIN THE
               MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT WHICH IS
               ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR
               MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH IS A QIB; AND THE
               PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY
               UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
               PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY
               RULE 144A.  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE
               PURCHASER SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY
               RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY
               (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
               UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO
               BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS OR ANOTHER PERSON
               DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR
               THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE  PLACEMENT AGENTS ),
               NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE
               SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN
               INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3)
               TO A QIB PURSUANT TO RULE 144A OF THE ACT, AND (B)
               IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000; 

               and

          (7)  It has received the Private Placement Memorandum
               relating to the offering of the Notes and has had
               full opportunity (i) to ask questions and receive
               answers concerning the terms and conditions of the
               offering made pursuant to such Private Placement
               Memorandum and (ii) to request from the Issuer and
               to review, and has received, all additional
               information necessary to verify the accuracy of
               the information contained in such Private
               Placement Memorandum or incorporated therein by
               reference that the Issuer could provide without
               unreasonable effort or expense. 

          (d)  The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds
of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be
used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities
within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations
thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.  In the event that the Issuer determines to use such
proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading
securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another
company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least
five business days  prior written notice to that effect. 
Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as
principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such
purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and
the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes
only to offerees it reasonably believes to be QIBs or to QIBs it
reasonably believes are acting for other QIBs, in each case in
accordance with Rule 144A.

     Section 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Issuer
represents and warrants to and agrees with the Dealer as of the
date hereof, as of each date on which the Dealer solicits offers
to purchase Notes, as of each date on which the Issuer accepts an
offer to purchase Notes (including any purchase by the Dealer as
principal), as of each date the Issuer issues and delivers Notes
and as of each date the Private Placement Memorandum is amended
or supplemented, as follows (it being understood that such
representations, warranties and agreements shall be deemed to
relate to the Private Placement Memorandum as amended or
supplemented to each such date):

          (a)  The Issuer has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
State of Nevada and has full power and authority to execute,
deliver and perform this Agreement.  The Issuer has full power
and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under the Notes and the Paying Agency Agreement. 

          (b)  The Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer
and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the
provisions of the Paying Agency Agreement and delivered to and
paid for by the purchasers thereof, will be entitled to the
benefits of the Paying Agency Agreement and will be valid and
binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer
in accordance with their respective terms, except that (i) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in
effect relating to or affecting creditors  rights generally, (ii)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies
may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability,
(iii) rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by
state or federal laws relating to securities or by the policies
underlying such laws and (iv) no representation, warranty or
agreement is made with respect to any purported waivers of rights
or defenses.

          (c)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Issuer.

          (d)  The Paying Agency Agreement has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and, assuming
the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Paying
Agent, is a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer,
enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms,
except that (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting
creditors  rights generally, (ii) rights of acceleration and the
availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable
principles of general applicability, (iii) rights to indemnity
and contribution may be limited by state or federal laws relating
to securities or by the policies underlying such laws and (iv) no
representation, warranty or agreement is made with respect to any
purported waivers of rights or defenses.

          (e)  The execution and delivery by the Issuer of, and
the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under, this
Agreement, the Notes and the Paying Agency Agreement will not
contravene any provision of applicable law or the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws of the Issuer or any agreement or other
instrument binding upon the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries
that is material to the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body,
agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any
subsidiary of the Issuer, the contravention of which would have a
material adverse effect on the business of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no consent, approval,
authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental
body or agency is required for the performance by the Issuer of
its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Paying
Agency Agreement, except such as may be required by the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection
with the offer and sale of the Notes.

          (f)  The issuance and sale of the Notes under the
circumstances contemplated hereby and by the Paying Agency
Agreement do not require registration of the Notes under the
Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration
contained in Section 4(2) thereof and the regulations promulgated
thereunder and do not require compliance with any provision of
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

          (g)  The Issuer is not an  investment company  or an
entity  controlled  by an  investment company  as such terms are
defined in the Investment Issuer Act of 1940, as amended.

          (h)  There has not occurred any material adverse
change, or any development involving a prospective material
adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in
the earnings, business or operations of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the
Private Placement Memorandum (as defined), and the information
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum, including the
information in the documents incorporated by reference or
referred to therein, when read in its entirety, with each
statement being deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent
it is modified or superseded by any statement in a subsequently
dated document constituting part of the Private Placement
Memorandum, does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.

          (i)  The Notes satisfy the requirements set forth in
Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

     Section 5.  Agreements.  The Issuer agrees with the Dealer
as follows:

          (a)  The Issuer will promptly deliver to the Dealer
copies of all (i) filings by the Issuer with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and any United States securities exchange on
which securities of the Issuer are listed and (ii) all material
information generally supplied by the Issuer to its shareholders
or by the Issuer to any of Standard & Poor s Ratings Group,
Moody s Investors Service, Inc. or Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. (collectively, the  Rating Agencies ).

          (b)  The Issuer will provide to the Dealer as soon as
practicable a Private Placement Memorandum containing business
and financial information concerning the Issuer and a description
of the Notes which (with any amendments or supplements provided
by the Issuer) may be used by the Dealer in connection with the
sale of the Notes until the Issuer provides the Dealer with an
updated or revised memorandum (such Private Placement Memorandum,
together with any amendments or supplements thereto, including
information incorporated therein by reference, if any, is herein
referred to as the  Private Placement Memorandum ).

          (c)  If, at any time when the Dealer is offering Notes
or any Notes are outstanding, any event occurs or condition
exists as a result of which the Private Placement Memorandum as
then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of
a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in
which they were made not misleading, or if, in the opinion of the
Issuer, it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the
Private Placement Memorandum as then amended or supplemented to
comply with applicable law, the Issuer will notify the Dealer as
promptly as practicable and, in any event, prior to any
subsequent issuance of Notes, will prepare and furnish to the
Dealer a revision or supplement to the Private Placement
Memorandum satisfactory in all material respects to the Dealer,
that will correct such statement or omission or effect such
compliance.

          (d)  The Issuer will, whether or not any sale of Notes
is consummated, pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by the Dealer incident to the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Paying Agency
Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and
expenses of the Dealer s counsel.

          (e)  The Issuer will notify the Dealer promptly in
writing of any downgrading, or of the Issuer s receipt of any
notice of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review
for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the
possible change, in the rating accorded any of the Issuer s
securities by any of the Rating Agencies.

          (f)  The Issuer agrees promptly from time to time to
take such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to qualify
the Notes for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky
laws of such jurisdictions as the Dealer may reasonably request
and to maintain such qualifications for as long as the Dealer
shall reasonably request.  The Issuer also agrees to reimburse
the Dealer for any reasonable fees or costs (including reasonable
out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in so
qualifying the Notes.

          (g)  The Issuer will not sell, offer for sale or
solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any
security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be
integrated with the sale of the Notes in a manner which would
require the registration under the Securities Act of the offer
and sale of such Notes.

          (h)  The Issuer will not solicit any offer to buy or
offer to sell Notes by means of any form of general solicitation
or general advertising, within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under
the Securities Act or otherwise, including: (x) any
advertisement, article, notice or other communication published
in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over
television or radio; and (y) any seminar or meeting whose
attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or
general advertising.

          (i)  The Issuer will furnish to the Dealer such
additional information as you may reasonably request.

          (j)  At any time when the Issuer is not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the Issuer shall make available, upon request, to any
holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of any Notes
the information required to be delivered to such persons pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act and will furnish to
the Dealer, upon its request, copies of such information.

     Section 6.  Indemnity and Contribution.  The Issuer agrees
to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer and each person, if
any, who controls the Dealer within the meaning of either Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the Dealer and each such other person
are collectively referred to in this Section 6 as the
 Indemnified Party ), from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or caused by any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum (as amended or
supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or
supplements thereto), or arising out of or caused by any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and (ii) reimburse the Indemnified Party for all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection
with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or
liability.  The foregoing indemnity and reimbursement obligation
shall not apply in respect of any statement in or omission from
the Private Placement Memorandum (as so amended or supplemented)
based on information pertaining to the Dealer furnished in
writing to the Issuer by the Dealer, or on behalf of the Dealer. 
The Issuer shall not, without the Indemnified Party s prior
written consent, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party
is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by the Indemnified Party, unless such settlement
(i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party
from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such
proceeding and for which indemnity could have been sought
hereunder and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an
admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on
behalf of the Indemnified Party.  If the indemnification provided
for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient in respect
of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein,
then the Indemnified Party, on the one hand, and the Issuer, on
the other hand, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
the Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Dealer, on the one hand,
and the Issuer, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not
permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative
benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of each of
the parties and any other relevant equitable considerations.

     Section 7.  Payment and Delivery.  (a)  Payment for Notes
sold to or through the Dealer pursuant to this Agreement shall be
made by the Dealer in immediately available funds payable to the
Paying Agent for the account of the Issuer in such manner and at
such time as provided in the Paying Agency Agreement, at the
offices of the Paying Agent.  Delivery of Notes sold to or
through the Dealer hereunder shall be made against payment of the
purchase price therefor by the Paying Agent to the Dealer through
the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or in definitive
form payable to the purchaser (and in such denominations as may
reasonably be requested by the Dealer) by 2:15 p.m. New York time
on the date agreed upon for delivery.

          (b)  In the event the Issuer shall direct the Paying
Agent to cease issuing Notes, the Paying Agent shall be
instructed by the Issuer to issue such Notes as the Dealer shall
certify were sold within sixty (60) minutes after the Dealer s
receipt of written notice of such cessation and for which the
Dealer had the prior agreement of the Issuer pursuant to Section
1 of this Agreement.  The Dealer agrees upon receipt of any such
cessation notice to immediately cease effecting transactions in
Notes; provided, however, that this provision shall have no
effect with respect to Notes purchased by the Dealer as principal
from the Issuer.

     Section 8.  Conditions of the Dealer s Obligation.  If the
Dealer and the Issuer shall agree upon the sale of any Notes
pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, the Dealer s obligation
to purchase Notes as principal and the obligation of any other
purchaser to purchase Notes will be subject to the accuracy of
the representations and warranties on the part of the Issuer
herein and to the performance and observance by the Issuer of all
agreements herein contained on its part to be performed and
observed (in the case of the Dealer s obligation to solicit
offers to purchase Notes, at the time of such solicitation, and,
in the case of the Dealer s or any other purchaser s obligation
to purchase Notes, at the time the Issuer accepts the offer to
purchase such Notes and at the time of purchase).

          (b)  The following documents shall have been delivered
or telecopied to the Dealer at or prior to the execution of this
Agreement and, if provided by telecopy, followed by prompt
delivery of such documents:

               (i)  an executed copy of the Paying Agency
          Agreement;

               (ii) a certified copy of resolutions of the Board
          of Directors of the Issuer authorizing (a) the issuance
          of the Notes and (b) the execution and delivery of this
          Agreement and the Paying Agency Agreement; and

               (iii)     opinions of counsel to the Issuer
          substantially in the forms previously consented to by
          the Dealer

     Section 9.  Notices.  All communications hereunder will be
in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the
Dealer, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed to
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens at 555 California Street, Twelfth
Floor, San Francisco, California 94104, Attention:  Money Market
Finance #8826 (telecopy number:  415-622-3429), or, if sent to
the Issuer, will be mailed, delivered, or telecopied and
confirmed to the Issuer at 2800 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las
Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention:  Glenn W. Schaeffer, President
and Chief Financial Officer (telecopy number:  (702) 691-5840),
or to either of the foregoing parties, or their successors, at
such other address as such party or successor may designate from
time to time by notice duly given in accordance with the terms of
this Section 9 to the other party hereto.

     Section 10.  Amendments; Successors.  (a)  This Agreement
may be amended or supplemented if, but only if, such amendment or
supplement is in writing and is signed by the Issuer and the
Dealer.  This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto
without the written consent of the other party.

          (b)  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors
and the controlling persons referred to in Section 6 and the
purchasers of Notes (to the extent expressly provided in Section
8), and no other person will have any right or obligation
hereunder.

          (c)  The Issuer will give you notice of any proposed
cancellation, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent to or
under the Paying Agency Agreement at least seven (7) days prior
to the effective date thereof.

     Section 11.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated
at any time by either party hereto upon the giving of written
notice of such termination to the other party hereto, but without
prejudice to any rights, obligations or liabilities of either
party hereto accrued or incurred prior to such termination.  If
this Agreement is terminated, the provisions of Sections 4, 5(d),
5(f), 5(g) and 6 shall survive and continue in full force and
effect.

     Section 12.  Prior Agreements.  This Agreement shall
supersede any other agreement between the Issuer and the Dealer
relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and upon the
execution of this Agreement by the Issuer and the Dealer any such
prior agreement shall be of no further force and effect.

     Section 13.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of New York.

     Section 14.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were
upon the same instrument.

     Section 15.  Headings.  The headings of the sections of this
Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only
and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.  

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the 9th day of October, 1997.


                    CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., as Issuer


                    By:  /s/ Glenn W. Schaeffer         
                         Glenn W. Schaeffer,
                         President and Chief Financial Officer


                    BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS, as Dealer


                    By:  /s/ Paul Kline                 
                         Name:  Paul Kline
                         Title:   Associate Director


                                                             Exhibit 4(d)






                                    
                    COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                 between
                                    
                                    
               CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., as Issuer
                                    
                                   and
                                    
            CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION, as Dealer
                                    
                                    
                                    
                                    
          Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an
          Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as
          of October 9, 1997 between the Issuer and The
          Chase Manhattan Bank, as Issuing and Paying
          Agent
                                
                                
                                
                          Dated as of
                                
                                
                        October 9, 1997
                                          

                     COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT


     This Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement (the  Agreement )
sets forth the understandings between Circus Circus Enterprises,
Inc. (the  Issuer ) and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
(the  Dealer ) in connection with the Dealer s services as the
Issuer s agent, on a non-exclusive basis, to solicit and receive
offers to purchase the Issuer s commercial paper notes.

     Section 1.  Appointment of Non-Exclusive Agent.  The Issuer
hereby appoints the Dealer as its agent on a non-exclusive basis
for the purpose of soliciting and receiving offers to purchase
from the Issuer from time to time its commercial paper notes
issued under the Paying Agency Agreement (as defined), maturing
not later than 270 days from date of issue (the  Notes ) in an
aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the amount
authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer, and the Dealer accepts such appointment, on the terms,
and subject to the conditions, set forth in this Agreement.  The
Notes will be issued under an Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement
dated as of October 9, 1997 (the  Paying Agency Agreement )
between the Issuer and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Issuing and
Paying Agent (the  Paying Agent ), and will be issued in
denominations of $250,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof.  The Notes may be issued as certificated noted or
as book-entry notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of
the Paying Agency Agreement.  The Issuer may sell Notes directly
to the Dealer as principal for resale to others.  So long as this
Agreement shall remain in effect the Issuer shall not, without
the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to
purchase, or sell, any Notes except in transactions with the
Dealer or one or more other dealers each of which is, at the time
it engages in such a transaction with the Issuer, a party to an
agreement with the Issuer that contains provisions substantially
identical to those in Section 3 of this Agreement.  The Dealer
acknowledges that the Issuer is entering into such agreements,
each dated as of the date hereof, with BancAmerica Robertson
Stephens and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc., and the Issuer
hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice of any
other dealer with which it enters into such an agreement.

     Section 2.  Issuance and Purchase of the Notes.  If the
Dealer and the Issuer shall agree upon the sale of any Notes to
or through the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement
with respect to the price, principal amount, maturity and
interest or discount rate thereof), (i) instructions to the
Paying Agent to complete, authenticate and deliver the Notes
shall be given in the manner described in the Paying Agency
Agreement and (ii) the authentication and delivery to the Dealer
of such Notes by the Paying Agent against payment of the purchase
price therefor shall constitute the issuance of such Notes by the
Issuer.

     Section 3.  Offering of the Notes; Restrictions on Transfer 
(a)  The Dealer agrees with the Issuer that (i) it will deliver a
Private Placement Memorandum (as hereinafter defined) to each
prospective investor in the Notes upon or prior to the initial
sale of a Note or Notes to such investor, (ii) it will not
solicit offers for, or offer or sell, Notes by any form of
general solicitation or general advertising or in any manner
involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  Securities Act ),
and Rule 506 thereunder, and (iii) it will solicit offers for
Notes only from, and will offer Notes only to, (x) institutional
investors that it reasonably believes are  accredited investors 
within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or
(y) persons that it reasonably believes are  qualified
institutional buyers,  as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act ( QIBs ), and, in either case, who, in purchasing
Notes, may be deemed to have represented and agreed as provided
in paragraphs (1) through (7) of Section 3(c).

          (b)  Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer
through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be
subject to the restrictions described in a legend appearing as
part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with
such offers and sales and on each certificated note offered and
sold pursuant to this Agreement .  Such legend shall appear in
substantially the form set forth in Section 3(c)(6) of this
Agreement.

          (c)  Each Private Placement Memorandum shall contain
paragraphs in substantially the following form:

           Each purchaser of a Note will be deemed to have
          represented and agreed as follows:

          (1)  It understands that the Notes are being issued
               only in transactions not involving any public
               offering within the meaning of the Securities Act;

          (2)  It is (A) an institutional investor which is an
                Accredited Investor,  as defined in Rule 501(a)
               of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an
                Institutional Accredited Investor ), or a  bank, 
               as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities
               Act, or a savings and loan association or other
               institution of the type referred to in Section
               3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, that is acting
               as a fiduciary in purchasing the Notes for the
               account of an Institutional Accredited Investor,
               which has such knowledge and experience (or, if
               such Institutional Accredited Investor is acting
               as a fiduciary, it is a fiduciary with sole
               investment discretion having such knowledge and
               experience) in financial and business matters that
               it is capable (whether acting for its own account
               or in such fiduciary capacity) of evaluating the
               merits and risks of investing in such Notes, has
               had access to such information as it deems
               necessary in order to make an informed investment
               decision and is not purchasing the Notes with a
               view to, or for sale in connection with, any
               distribution; or (B) in the case of sales of Notes
               pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
                qualified institutional buyer,  as defined in
               Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a  QIB ), or a
               QIB purchasing the Notes on behalf of one or more
               other QIBs;

          (3)  If in the future it (or any other investor or any
               other fiduciary or agent representing it) decides
               to sell such Notes prior to maturity, said Notes
               will be sold only in a transaction exempt from
               registration under the Securities Act in a minimum
               amount of $250,000 and only (i) to the Issuer or
               to the Dealer or another dealer authorized by the
               Issuer (each, an  Authorized Dealer ), none of
               which shall have any obligation to acquire such
               Notes, (ii) through an Authorized Dealer to an
               institutional investor approved by such Authorized
               Dealer as an Institutional Accredited Investor or
               a QIB or (iii) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act;

          (4)  It understands that, although the Dealer (or any
               other Authorized Dealer) or the Issuer may
               repurchase Notes, none of such entities is
               obligated to do so, and, accordingly, the
               purchaser (or any such other investor) should be
               prepared to hold the Notes until maturity;

          (5)  It acknowledges that the Notes sold to it by the
               Dealer may be sold to it pursuant to Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act;

          (6)  It understands that any Notes issued in a
               certificated form will bear a legend substantially
               as follows:

                THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE  ACT ),
               AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN
               COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
               REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.  BY ITS
               ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED
               TO REPRESENT THAT IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN
               OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE
               ISSUER AND THE NOTES, THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING
               SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF
               AND THAT IT IS (A) AN INSTITUTION WHICH (i) IS AN
               ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
               501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN  INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
               INVESTOR ) OR IS A  BANK,  AS DEFINED IN SECTION
               3(a)(2) OF THE ACT, OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN
               ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION OF THE TYPE
               REFERRED TO IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT THAT
               IS ACTING AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT PURCHASING NOTES
               FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH IS AN
               INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR AND (ii)
               POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE (OR IS A
               FIDUCIARY OR AGENT WITH SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION
               HAVING SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE) IN FINANCIAL
               AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT IT (OR SUCH FIDUCIARY OR
               AGENT) IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING THE MERITS AND
               RISKS OF INVESTING IN SUCH NOTE, OR (B) A
               QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER ( QIB ) WITHIN THE
               MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT WHICH IS
               ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR
               MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH IS A QIB; AND THE
               PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY
               UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
               PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY
               RULE 144A.  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE
               PURCHASER SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY
               RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY
               (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
               UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO
               CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION OR ANOTHER
               PERSON DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT
               AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE  PLACEMENT
               AGENTS ), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION
               TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT
               AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A
               QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB PURSUANT TO RULE 144A OF THE
               ACT, AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000; 

               and

          (7)  It has received the Private Placement Memorandum
               relating to the offering of the Notes and has had
               full opportunity (i) to ask questions and receive
               answers concerning the terms and conditions of the
               offering made pursuant to such Private Placement
               Memorandum and (ii) to request from the Issuer and
               to review, and has received, all additional
               information necessary to verify the accuracy of
               the information contained in such Private
               Placement Memorandum or incorporated therein by
               reference that the Issuer could provide without
               unreasonable effort or expense. 

          (d)  The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds
of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be
used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities
within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations
thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System.  In the event that the Issuer determines to use such
proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading
securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another
company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least
five business days  prior written notice to that effect. 
Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as
principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such
purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and
the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes
only to offerees it reasonably believes to be QIBs or to QIBs it
reasonably believes are acting for other QIBs, in each case in
accordance with Rule 144A.

     Section 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Issuer
represents and warrants to and agrees with the Dealer as of the
date hereof, as of each date on which the Dealer solicits offers
to purchase Notes, as of each date on which the Issuer accepts an
offer to purchase Notes (including any purchase by the Dealer as
principal), as of each date the Issuer issues and delivers Notes
and as of each date the Private Placement Memorandum is amended
or supplemented, as follows (it being understood that such
representations, warranties and agreements shall be deemed to
relate to the Private Placement Memorandum as amended or
supplemented to each such date):

          (a)  The Issuer has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
State of Nevada and has full power and authority to execute,
deliver and perform this Agreement.  The Issuer has full power
and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under the Notes and the Paying Agency Agreement. 

          (b)  The Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer
and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the
provisions of the Paying Agency Agreement and delivered to and
paid for by the purchasers thereof, will be entitled to the
benefits of the Paying Agency Agreement and will be valid and
binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer
in accordance with their respective terms, except that (i) the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in
effect relating to or affecting creditors  rights generally, (ii)
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies
may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability,
(iii) rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by
state or federal laws relating to securities or by the policies
underlying such laws and (iv) no representation, warranty or
agreement is made with respect to any purported waivers of rights
or defenses.

          (c)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Issuer.

          (d)  The Paying Agency Agreement has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and, assuming
the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Paying
Agent, is a valid and binding agreement of the Issuer,
enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms,
except that (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting
creditors  rights generally, (ii) rights of acceleration and the
availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable
principles of general applicability, (iii) rights to indemnity
and contribution may be limited by state or federal laws relating
to securities or by the policies underlying such laws and (iv) no
representation, warranty or agreement is made with respect to any
purported waivers of rights or defenses.

          (e)  The execution and delivery by the Issuer of, and
the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under, this
Agreement, the Notes and the Paying Agency Agreement will not
contravene any provision of applicable law or the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws of the Issuer or any agreement or other
instrument binding upon the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries
that is material to the Issuer and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body,
agency or court having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any
subsidiary of the Issuer, the contravention of which would have a
material adverse effect on the business of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no consent, approval,
authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental
body or agency is required for the performance by the Issuer of
its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Paying
Agency Agreement, except such as may be required by the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection
with the offer and sale of the Notes.

          (f)  The issuance and sale of the Notes under the
circumstances contemplated hereby and by the Paying Agency
Agreement do not require registration of the Notes under the
Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration
contained in Section 4(2) thereof and the regulations promulgated
thereunder and do not require compliance with any provision of
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

          (g)  The Issuer is not an  investment company  or an
entity  controlled  by an  investment company  as such terms are
defined in the Investment Issuer Act of 1940, as amended.

          (h)  There has not occurred any material adverse
change, or any development involving a prospective material
adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in
the earnings, business or operations of the Issuer and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the
Private Placement Memorandum (as defined), and the information
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum, including the
information in the documents incorporated by reference or
referred to therein, when read in its entirety, with each
statement being deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent
it is modified or superseded by any statement in a subsequently
dated document constituting part of the Private Placement
Memorandum, does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.

          (i)  The Notes satisfy the requirements set forth in
Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

     Section 5.  Agreements.  The Issuer agrees with the Dealer
as follows:

          (a)  The Issuer will promptly deliver to the Dealer
copies of all (i) filings by the Issuer with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and any United States securities exchange on
which securities of the Issuer are listed and (ii) all material
information generally supplied by the Issuer to its shareholders
or by the Issuer to any of Standard & Poor s Ratings Group,
Moody s Investors Service, Inc. or Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. (collectively, the  Rating Agencies ).

          (b)  The Issuer will provide to the Dealer as soon as
practicable a Private Placement Memorandum containing business
and financial information concerning the Issuer and a description
of the Notes which (with any amendments or supplements provided
by the Issuer) may be used by the Dealer in connection with the
sale of the Notes until the Issuer provides the Dealer with an
updated or revised memorandum (such Private Placement Memorandum,
together with any amendments or supplements thereto, including
information incorporated therein by reference, if any, is herein
referred to as the  Private Placement Memorandum ).

          (c)  If, at any time when the Dealer is offering Notes
or any Notes are outstanding, any event occurs or condition
exists as a result of which the Private Placement Memorandum as
then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of
a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in
which they were made not misleading, or if, in the opinion of the
Issuer, it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the
Private Placement Memorandum as then amended or supplemented to
comply with applicable law, the Issuer will notify the Dealer as
promptly as practicable and, in any event, prior to any
subsequent issuance of Notes, will prepare and furnish to the
Dealer a revision or supplement to the Private Placement
Memorandum satisfactory in all material respects to the Dealer,
that will correct such statement or omission or effect such
compliance.

          (d)  The Issuer will, whether or not any sale of Notes
is consummated, pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by the Dealer incident to the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the Paying Agency
Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and
expenses of the Dealer s counsel.

          (e)  The Issuer will notify the Dealer promptly in
writing of any downgrading, or of the Issuer s receipt of any
notice of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review
for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the
possible change, in the rating accorded any of the Issuer s
securities by any of the Rating Agencies.

          (f)  The Issuer agrees promptly from time to time to
take such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to qualify
the Notes for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky
laws of such jurisdictions as the Dealer may reasonably request
and to maintain such qualifications for as long as the Dealer
shall reasonably request.  The Issuer also agrees to reimburse
the Dealer for any reasonable fees or costs (including reasonable
out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred in so
qualifying the Notes.

          (g)  The Issuer will not sell, offer for sale or
solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any
security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be
integrated with the sale of the Notes in a manner which would
require the registration under the Securities Act of the offer
and sale of such Notes.

          (h)  The Issuer will not solicit any offer to buy or
offer to sell Notes by means of any form of general solicitation
or general advertising, within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under
the Securities Act or otherwise, including: (x) any
advertisement, article, notice or other communication published
in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over
television or radio; and (y) any seminar or meeting whose
attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or
general advertising.

          (i)  The Issuer will furnish to the Dealer such
additional information as you may reasonably request.

          (j)  At any time when the Issuer is not subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the Issuer shall make available, upon request, to any
holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of any Notes
the information required to be delivered to such persons pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act and will furnish to
the Dealer, upon its request, copies of such information.

     Section 6.  Indemnity and Contribution.  The Issuer agrees
to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer and each person, if
any, who controls the Dealer within the meaning of either Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the Dealer and each such other person
are collectively referred to in this Section 6 as the
 Indemnified Party ), from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or caused by any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Private Placement Memorandum (as amended or
supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or
supplements thereto), or arising out of or caused by any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and (ii) reimburse the Indemnified Party for all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection
with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage or
liability.  The foregoing indemnity and reimbursement obligation
shall not apply in respect of any statement in or omission from
the Private Placement Memorandum (as so amended or supplemented)
based on information pertaining to the Dealer furnished in
writing to the Issuer by the Dealer, or on behalf of the Dealer. 
The Issuer shall not, without the Indemnified Party s prior
written consent, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party
is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by the Indemnified Party, unless such settlement
(i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party
from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such
proceeding and for which indemnity could have been sought
hereunder and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an
admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on
behalf of the Indemnified Party.  If the indemnification provided
for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient in respect
of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein,
then the Indemnified Party, on the one hand, and the Issuer, on
the other hand, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
the Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by the Dealer, on the one hand,
and the Issuer, on the other hand, or, if such allocation is not
permitted by applicable law, to reflect not only the relative
benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of each of
the parties and any other relevant equitable considerations.

     Section 7.  Payment and Delivery.  (a)  Payment for Notes
sold to or through the Dealer pursuant to this Agreement shall be
made by the Dealer in immediately available funds payable to the
Paying Agent for the account of the Issuer in such manner and at
such time as provided in the Paying Agency Agreement, at the
offices of the Paying Agent.  Delivery of Notes sold to or
through the Dealer hereunder shall be made against payment of the
purchase price therefor by the Paying Agent to the Dealer through
the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or in definitive
form payable to the purchaser (and in such denominations as may
reasonably be requested by the Dealer) by 2:15 p.m. New York time
on the date agreed upon for delivery.

          (b)  In the event the Issuer shall direct the Paying
Agent to cease issuing Notes, the Paying Agent shall be
instructed by the Issuer to issue such Notes as the Dealer shall
certify were sold within sixty (60) minutes after the Dealer s
receipt of written notice of such cessation and for which the
Dealer had the prior agreement of the Issuer pursuant to Section
1 of this Agreement.  The Dealer agrees upon receipt of any such
cessation notice to immediately cease effecting transactions in
Notes; provided, however, that this provision shall have no
effect with respect to Notes purchased by the Dealer as principal
from the Issuer.

     Section 8.  Conditions of the Dealer s Obligation.  If the
Dealer and the Issuer shall agree upon the sale of any Notes
pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, the Dealer s obligation
to purchase Notes as principal and the obligation of any other
purchaser to purchase Notes will be subject to the accuracy of
the representations and warranties on the part of the Issuer
herein and to the performance and observance by the Issuer of all
agreements herein contained on its part to be performed and
observed (in the case of the Dealer s obligation to solicit
offers to purchase Notes, at the time of such solicitation, and,
in the case of the Dealer s or any other purchaser s obligation
to purchase Notes, at the time the Issuer accepts the offer to
purchase such Notes and at the time of purchase).

          (b)  The following documents shall have been delivered
or telecopied to the Dealer at or prior to the execution of this
Agreement and, if provided by telecopy, followed by prompt
delivery of such documents:

               (i)  an executed copy of the Paying Agency
          Agreement;

               (ii) a certified copy of resolutions of the Board
          of Directors of the Issuer authorizing (a) the issuance
          of the Notes and (b) the execution and delivery of this
          Agreement and the Paying Agency Agreement; and

               (iii)     opinions of counsel to the Issuer
          substantially in the forms previously consented to by
          the Dealer.

     Section 9.  Notices.  All communications hereunder will be
in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the
Dealer, will be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed to
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation at 11 Madison Avenue, New
York, New York 10010, Attention:  Short Term Finance (telecopy
number: 212-325-8183), or, if sent to the Issuer, will be mailed,
delivered, or telecopied and confirmed to the Issuer at 2800 Las
Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention:  Glenn
W. Schaeffer, President and Chief Financial Officer (telecopy
number:  (702) 691-5840), or to either of the foregoing parties,
or their successors, at such other address as such party or
successor may designate from time to time by notice duly given in
accordance with the terms of this Section 9 to the other party
hereto.

     Section 10.  Amendments; Successors.  (a)  This Agreement
may be amended or supplemented if, but only if, such amendment or
supplement is in writing and is signed by the Issuer and the
Dealer.  This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto
without the written consent of the other party.

          (b)  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors
and the controlling persons referred to in Section 6 and the
purchasers of Notes (to the extent expressly provided in Section
8), and no other person will have any right or obligation
hereunder.

          (c)  The Issuer will give you notice of any proposed
cancellation, amendment, supplement, waiver or consent to or
under the Paying Agency Agreement at least seven (7) days prior
to the effective date thereof.

     Section 11.  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated
at any time by either party hereto upon the giving of written
notice of such termination to the other party hereto, but without
prejudice to any rights, obligations or liabilities of either
party hereto accrued or incurred prior to such termination.  If
this Agreement is terminated, the provisions of Sections 4, 5(d),
5(f), 5(g) and 6 shall survive and continue in full force and
effect.

     Section 12.  Prior Agreements.  This Agreement shall
supersede any other agreement between the Issuer and the Dealer
relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and upon the
execution of this Agreement by the Issuer and the Dealer any such
prior agreement shall be of no further force and effect.

     Section 13.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of
the State of New York.

     Section 14.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original,
with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were
upon the same instrument.

     Section 15.  Headings.  The headings of the sections of this
Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only
and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.  

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the 9thday of October, 1997.


                    CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., as Issuer


                    By:  /s/ Glenn W. Schaeffer          
                         Glenn W. Schaeffer,
                         President and Chief Financial Officer


                    CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION, as    
                     Dealer


                    By:  /s/ Robert W. Ker               
                         Name:  Robert W. Ker III
                         Title: Director


                                                             Exhibit 4(e)


                    ISSUING AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT

    This Agreement, dated as of October 9, 1997, by and
between Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. (the  Issuer ) and The
Chase Manhattan Bank ( Chase ), amends and restates in its
entirety the existing agreement relating to Chase s services as
issuing and paying agent with respect to the Issuer s commercial
paper program.

  1.     APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

         The Issuer hereby appoints Chase as its issuing
and paying agent in connection with the issuance and payment of
certain short-term promissory notes of the Issuer (the  Notes ),
as further described herein, and Chase agrees to act as such
agent upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement.

    2.   COMMERCIAL PAPER PROGRAMS

         The Issuer may establish one or more commercial
paper programs under this Agreement by delivering to Chase a
completed program schedule (the  Program Schedule ), with respect
to each such program.  Chase has given the Issuer a copy of the
current form of Program Schedule and the Issuer has completed and
returned its first Program Schedule to Chase prior to or
simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.  In the
event that any of the information provided in, or attached to, a
Program Schedule shall change, the Issuer shall promptly inform
Chase of such change in writing.

    3.   NOTES

         All Notes issued by the Issuer under this
Agreement shall be short-term promissory notes, exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, as indicated on the Program Schedules, and from
applicable state securities laws.  The Notes may be placed by
dealers (the  Dealers ) pursuant to Section 4 hereof.  Notes
shall be issued in either certificated or book-entry form.

    4.   AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES

         The Issuer shall deliver to Chase a duly adopted
corporate resolution from the Issuer s Board of Directors
authorizing the issuance of Notes under each program established
pursuant to this Agreement and a certificate of incumbency, with
specimen signatures attached, of those officers, employees and
agents of the Issuer authorized to take certain actions with
respect to the Notes as provided in this Agreement (each such
person is hereinafter referred to as an  Authorized
Representative ).  Until Chase receives any subsequent incumbency
certificates of the Issuer, Chase shall be entitled to rely on
the last incumbency certificate delivered to it for the purpose
of determining the Authorized Representatives.  The Issuer
represents and warrants that each Authorized Representative may
appoint other officers, employees and agents of the Issuer (the
 Delegates ), including without limitation any Dealers, to issue
instructions to Chase under this Agreement, and take other
actions on the Issuer s behalf hereunder, provided that notice of
the appointment of each Delegate is delivered to Chase in
writing.  Each such appointment shall remain in effect unless and
until revoked by the Issuer in a written notice to Chase.

    5.   CERTIFICATED NOTES

         If and when the Issuer intends to issue
certificated notes ( Certificated Notes ), the Issuer and Chase
shall agree upon the form of such Notes.  Thereafter, the Issuer
shall from time to time deliver to Chase adequate supplies of
Certificated Notes which will be in bearer form, serially
numbered, and shall be executed by the manual or facsimile
signature of an Authorized Representative.  Chase will
acknowledge receipt of any supply of Certificated Notes received
from the Issuer, noting any exceptions to the shipping manifest
or transmittal letter (if any), and will hold the Certificated
Notes in safekeeping for the Issuer in accordance with Chase s
customary practices.  Chase shall not have any liability to the
Issuer to determine by whom or by what means a facsimile
signature may have been affixed on Certificated Notes, or to
determine whether any facsimile or manual signature is genuine,
if such facsimile or manual signature resembles the specimen
signature attached to the Issuer s certificate of incumbency with
respect to such Authorized Representative.  Any Certificated Note
bearing the manual or facsimile signature of a person who is an
Authorized Representative on the date such signature was affixed
shall bind the Issuer after completion thereof by Chase,
notwithstanding that such person shall have ceased to hold his or
her office on the date such Note is countersigned or delivered by
Chase.

    6.   BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

         The Issuer s book-entry notes ( Book-Entry Notes )
shall not be issued in physical form, but their aggregate face
amount shall be represented by a master note (the  Master Note )
in the form of Exhibit A executed by the Issuer pursuant to the
book-entry commercial paper program of The Depository Trust
Company ( DTC ).  Chase shall maintain the Master Note in
safekeeping, in accordance with its customary practices, on
behalf of Cede & Co., the registered owner thereof and nominee of
DTC.  As long as Cede & Co. is the registered owner of the Master
Note, the beneficial ownership interest therein shall be shown
on, and the transfer of ownership thereof shall be effected
through, entries on the books maintained by DTC and the books of
its direct and indirect participants.  The Master Note and the
Book-Entry Notes shall be subject to DTC s rules and procedures,
as amended from time to time.  Chase shall not be liable or
responsible for sending transaction statements of any kind to
DTC s participants or the beneficial owners of the Book-Entry
Notes, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing the records
of DTC or its participants with respect to such Notes.  In
connection with DTC s program, the Issuer understands that as one
of the conditions of its participation therein, it shall be
necessary for the Issuer and Chase to enter into a Letter of
Representations, in the form of Exhibit B hereto, and for DTC to
receive and accept such Letter of Representations.  In accordance
with DTC s program, Chase shall obtain from the CUSIP Service
Bureau a written list of CUSIP numbers for Issuer s Book-Entry
Notes, and Chase shall deliver such list to DTC.  The CUSIP
Service Bureau shall bill the Issuer directly for the fee or fees
payable for the list of CUSIP numbers for the Issuer s Book-Entry
Notes.

    7.   ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS TO CHASE; PURCHASE PAYMENTS

         The Issuer understands that all instructions under
this Agreement are to be directed to Chase s Commercial Paper
Operations Department.  Chase shall provide the Issuer, or, if
applicable, the Issuer s Dealers, with access to Chase s Money
Market Issuance System or other electronic means (collectively,
the  System ) in order that Chase may receive electronic
instructions for the issuance of Notes.  Electronic instructions
will be subject to a separate license agreement issued by Chase
in the event that the Issuer elects to use Chase s communications
software to access the System.  Electronic instructions must be
transmitted in accordance with the procedures furnished by Chase
to the Issuer or its Dealers in connection with the System. 
These transmissions shall be the equivalent to the giving of a
duly authorized written and signed instruction which Chase may
act upon without liability.  In the event that the System is
inoperable at any time, an Authorized Representative or a
Delegate may deliver written, telephone or facsimile instructions
to Chase, which instructions shall be verified in accordance with
any security procedures agreed upon by the parties.  Chase shall
incur no liability to the Issuer in acting upon instructions
believed by Chase in good faith to have been given by an
Authorized Representative or a Delegate.  In the event that a
discrepancy exists between a telephonic instruction and a written
confirmation, the telephonic instruction will be deemed the
controlling and proper instruction.  Chase may electronically
record any conversations made pursuant to this Agreement, and the
Issuer hereby consents to such recordings.  All issuance
instructions regarding the Notes must be received by 1:00 P.M.
New York time in order for the Notes to be issued or delivered on
the same day.

         (a)  Issuance and Purchase of Book-Entry Notes. 
Upon receipt of issuance instructions from the Issuer or its
Dealers with respect to Book-Entry Notes, Chase shall transmit
such instructions to DTC and direct DTC to cause appropriate
entries of the Book-Entry Notes to be made in accordance with
DTC s applicable rules, regulations and procedures for book-entry
commercial paper programs.  Chase shall assign CUSIP numbers to
the Issuer s Book-Entry Notes to identify the Issuer s aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Book-Entry Notes in DTC s system,
together with the aggregate unpaid interest (if any) on such
Notes.  Promptly following DTC s established settlement time on
each issuance date, Chase shall access DTC s system to verify
whether settlement has occurred with respect to the Issuer s
Book-Entry Notes.  Prior to the close of business on such
business day, Chase shall deposit immediately available funds in
the amount of the proceeds due the Issuer (if any) to the
Issuer s account at Chase and designated in the applicable
Program Schedule (the  Account ), provided, that Chase has
received DTC s confirmation that the Book-Entry Notes have
settled in accordance with DTC s applicable rules, regulations
and procedures.  Chase shall have no liability to the Issuer
whatsoever if any DTC participant purchasing a Book-Entry Note
fails to settle or delays in settling its balance with DTC or if
DTC fails to perform in any respect.

         (b)  Issuance and Purchase of Certificated Notes. 
Upon receipt of issuance instructions with respect to
Certificated Notes, Chase shall: (a) complete each Certificated
Note as to principal amount, date of issue, maturity date, place
of payment, and rate or amount of interest (if such Note is
interest bearing) in accordance with such instructions; (b)
countersign each Certificated Note; and (c) deliver each
Certificated Note in accordance with the Issuer s instructions,
except as otherwise set forth below.  Whenever Chase is
instructed to deliver any Certificated Note by mail, Chase shall
strike from the Certificated Note the word ~Bearer," insert as
payee the name of the person so designated by the Issuer and
effect delivery by mail to such payee or to such other person as
is specified in such instructions to receive the Certificated
Note.  The issuer understands that, in accordance with the custom
prevailing in the commercial paper market, delivery of
Certificated Notes shall be made before the actual receipt of
payment for such Notes in immediately available funds, even if
the Issuer instructs Chase to deliver a Certificated Note against
payment.  Therefore, once Chase has delivered a Certificated Note
to the designated recipient, the Issuer shall bear the risk that
such recipient may fail to remit payment of such Note or return
such Note to Chase.  Delivery of Certificated Notes shall be
subject to the rules of the New York Clearing House in effect at
the time of such delivery.  Funds received in payment of
Certificated Notes shall be credited to the Account.

    8.   USE OF SALES PROCEEDS IN ADVANCE OF PAYMENT

         Chase shall not be obligated to credit the
Issuer s Account unless and until payment of the purchase price
of each Note is received by Chase.  From time to time, Chase, in
its sole discretion, may permit the Issuer to have use of funds
payable with respect to a Note prior to Chase s receipt of the
sales proceeds of such Note.  If Chase makes a deposit, payment
or transfer of funds on behalf of the Issuer before Chase
receives payment for any Note, such deposit, payment or transfer
of funds shall represent an advance by Chase to the Issuer to be
repaid promptly, and in any event on the same day as it is made,
from the proceeds of the sale of such Note, or by the Issuer if
such proceeds are not received by Chase.

    9.   PAYMENT OF MATURED NOTES

         On any day when a Note matures or is prepaid, the
Issuer shall transmit, or cause to be transmitted, to the
Account, prior to 2:30 P.M. New York time on the same day, an
amount of immediately available funds sufficient to pay the
aggregate principal amount of such Note and any applicable
interest due.  Chase shall pay the interest (if any) and
principal on a Book-Entry Note to DTC in immediately available
funds, which payment shall be by net settlement of Chase s
account at DTC.  Chase shall pay Certificated Notes upon
presentment.  Chase shall have no obligation under the Agreement
to make any payment for which there is not sufficient, available
and collected funds in the Account, and Chase may, without
liability to the Issuer, refuse to pay any Note that would result
in an overdraft to the Account.

    10.  OVERDRAFTS

         (a)  Intraday overdrafts with respect to each
Account shall be subject to Chase s policies as in effect from
time to time.

         (b)  An overdraft will exist in an Account if
Chase, in its sole discretion, (i) permits an advance to be made
pursuant to Section 8 and, notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 8, such advance is not repaid in full on the same day as
it is made, or (ii) pays a Note pursuant to Section 9 in excess
of the available collected balance in such Account.  Overdrafts
shall be subject to Chase s established banking practices,
including, without limitation, the imposition of interest, funds
usage charges and administrative fees.  The Issuer shall repay
any such overdraft, fees and charges no later than the next
business day, together with interest on the overdraft at the rate
established by Chase for the Account, computed from and including
the date of the overdraft to the date of repayment.

    11.  NO PRIOR COURSE OF DEALING

         No prior action or course of dealing on the part
of Chase with respect to advances of the purchase price or
payments of matured Notes shall give rise to any claim or cause
of action by the Issuer against Chase in the event that Chase
refuses to pay or settle any Notes for which the Issuer has not
timely provided funds as required by this Agreement.

    12.  RETURN OF CERTIFICATED NOTES

         Chase will in due course cancel any Certificated
Note presented for payment and return such Note to the Issuer. 
Chase shall also cancel and return to the Issuer any spoiled or
voided Certificated Notes.  Promptly upon written request of the
Issuer or at the termination of this Agreement, Chase shall
destroy all blank, unissued Certificated Notes in its possession
and furnish a certificate to the Issuer certifying such actions.

    13.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY CHASE

         Upon the reasonable request of the Issuer, Chase
shall promptly provide the Issuer with information with respect
to any Note issued and paid hereunder, provided, that the Issuer
delivers such request in writing and, to the extent applicable,
includes the serial number or note number, principal amount,
payee, date of issue, maturity date, amount of interest (if any)
and place of payment of such Note.

    14.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Issuer represents and warrants that: (i) it
has the right, capacity and authority to enter into this
Agreement; and (ii) it will comply with all of its obligations
and duties under this Agreement.  The Issuer further represents
and agrees that each Note issued and distributed upon its
instruction pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute the
Issuer s representation and warranty to Chase that such Note is a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, and that such
Note is being issued in a transaction which is exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
any applicable state securities law.

    15.  DISCLAIMERS

         Neither Chase nor its directors, officers,
employees or agents shall be liable for any act or omission under
this Agreement except in the case of gross negligence or willful
misconduct.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CHASE BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL,
INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER
(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS), EVEN IF CHASE HAS
BEEN ADVISED OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE AND
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION.  In no event shall Chase be
considered negligent in consequence of complying with DTC s
rules, regulations and procedures.  The duties and obligations of
Chase, its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be
determined by the express provisions of this Agreement and they
shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and
obligations as are specifically set forth herein and no implied
covenants shall be read into this Agreement against them. 
Neither Chase nor its directors, officers, employees or agents
shall be required to ascertain whether any issuance or sale of
any Notes (or any amendment or termination of this Agreement) has
been duly authorized or is in compliance with any other agreement
to which the Issuer is a party (whether or not Chase is also a
party to such agreement).

    16.  INDEMNIFICATION

         The Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Chase, its directors, officers, employees and agents from and
against any and all liabilities, claims, losses, damages,
penalties, costs and expenses (including attorneys  fees and
disbursements) suffered or incurred by or asserted or assessed
against Chase or any of them arising out of Chase or any of them
acting as the Issuer s agent under this Agreement, except for
such liability, claim, loss, damage, penalty, cost or expense
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
Chase, its directors, officers, employees or agents.  This
indemnity will survive the termination of this Agreement.

    17.  OPINION OF COUNSEL

         The Issuer shall deliver to Chase all documents it
may reasonably request relating to the existence of the Issuer
and authority of the Issuer for this Agreement, including,
without limitation, an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Chase.

    18.  NOTICES

         All notices, confirmations and other
communications hereunder shall (except to the extent otherwise
expressly provided) be in writing and shall be sent by first-
class mail, postage prepaid, by telecopier or by hand, addressed
as follows, or to such other address as the party receiving such
notice shall have previously specified to the party sending such
notice:

    If to the Issuer:   Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc.
                   2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                   Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

                   Attention: Glenn W. Schaeffer
                   Telephone:  702-691-5912 
                   Facsimile:   702-691-5840 

    If to Chase concerning the daily issuance and
redemption of Notes:

                   Attention: Commercial Paper Operations
                   55 Water Street, 2nd Floor
                   New York NY 10041 -2413
                   Telephone: (212) 638-0441
                   Facsimile: (212) 638-7881

    All other:          Attention: Commercial Paper Service
Delivery Unit
                   450 West 33rd Street, 15th Floor
                   New York NY 10001-2697
                   Telephone: (212) 946-3108
                   Facsimile: (212) 946-8181

    19.  COMPENSATION

         The Issuer shall pay compensation for services
pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with the pricing
schedules furnished by Chase to the Issuer from time to time and
upon such payment terms as the parties shall determine.  The
Issuer shall also reimburse Chase for any fees and charges
imposed by DTC with respect to services provided in connection
with the Book-Entry Notes.

    20.  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT

         This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the
parties hereto and no other person shall acquire or have any
right under or by virtue hereof.

    21.  TERMINATION

         This Agreement may be terminated at any time by
either party by written notice to the other, but such termination
shall not affect the respective liabilities of the parties
hereunder arising prior to such termination.

    22.  FORCE MAJEURE

         In no event shall Chase be liable for any failure
or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because
of circumstances beyond Chase s control, including, but not
limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or
undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, strikes or work stoppages for
any reason, embargo, government action, including any laws,
ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit
the providing of the services contemplated by this Agreement,
inability to obtain material, equipment, or communications or
computer facilities, or the failure of equipment or interruption
of communications or computer facilities, and other causes beyond
Chase s control whether or not of the same class or kind as
specifically named above.

    23.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This Agreement, together with the exhibits
attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Chase
and the Issuer with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes in all respects all prior proposals, negotiations,
communications, discussions and agreements between the parties
concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

    24.  WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS

         No failure or delay on the part of any party in
exercising any power or right under this Agreement shall operate
as a waiver, nor does any single or partial exercise of any power
or right preclude any other or further exercise, or the exercise
of any other power or right.  Any such waiver shall be effective
only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it is
given.  No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by the Issuer and Chase.

    25.  BUSINESS DAY

         Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be
due on a day which is not a business day for Chase, then such
payment shall be made on Chase s next succeeding business day.

    26.  COUNTERPARTS

         This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original and such counterparts
together shall constitute but one instrument.

    27.  HEADINGS

         The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of
reference only and shall not in any way limit or otherwise affect
the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms of this
Agreement.

    28.  GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State
of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws provisions
thereof.

    29.  JURISDICTION AND VENUE

         Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York and any New York State
court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City and of
any appellate court from any thereof for the purposes of any
legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to
this Agreement (a  Proceeding ).  Each party hereby irrevocably
agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard
and determined in such Federal or New York State court and
irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do
so, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of
venue of any Proceeding in any of the aforementioned courts and
the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any
Proceeding.

    30.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

         EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY OF THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

    31.  ACCOUNT CONDITIONS

         Each Account shall be subject to Chase s account
conditions, as in effect from time to time.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed on their behalf by duly authorized
officers as of the day and year first-above written.

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK     CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC.

By:   /s/ Lloyd A. Baggs     By:   /s/ Glenn W. Schaeffer 
                             
Name:  Lloyd A. Baggs        Name:  Glenn W. Schaeffer
                        
Title:   Vice President           Title: President and Chief          
                                     Financial Officer
                   
Date:  October 9, 1997       Date:  October 9, 1997



                                                               Exhibit 4(f)

                                                                  JP Morgan

Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of
New York

Circus Circus Enterprises, Las Vegas
Attn:     Les Martin
Fax:      (702) 791-0310

From:     Rajan Kundra
          Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York
          New York Branch

Date:     20 October 1997

                           RATE CAP TRANSACTION

The purpose of this document is to confirm the terms and
conditions of the Rate Cap Transaction entered into between
Circus Circus Enterprises ("Counterparty") and Morgan Guaranty
Trust Company of New York ("MGT") on the Trade Date specified
below (the "Swap Transaction").  This agreement constitutes a
"Confirmation" as referred to in the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement
specified below.  It is our intention to have this confirmation
serve as final documentation for this transaction and
accordingly, no other confirmation will follow.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 1991 ISDA
Definitions (the "Definitions") as published
by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, Inc.
("ISDA") are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of
any inconsistency between those definitions and provisions and
this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.

If MGT and the Counterparty are not yet parties to a Swap
Agreement, the parties agree that this Transaction will be
documented under a master agreement to be entered into on the
basis of the printed form of Master Agreement (Multicurrency-
Cross Border) published by the International Swap Dealers
Association, Inc., together with changes as shall be agreed
between the parties (the "Master Agreement").  Upon execution and
delivery by the parties of a Master Agreement, this Confirmation
shall supplement, form a part of, and be subject to such Master
Agreement.  Until the parties execute and deliver a Master
Agreement, this Confirmation shall supplement, form a part of,
and be subject to the printed form of Master Agreement published
by ISDA, as if the parties had executed that agreement (but
without any Schedule thereto) on the Trade Date of this
Confirmation.

                                                                  JP Morgan
                                                                     Page 2

The terms of the particular Rate Cap Transaction to which this
Confirmation relates are as follows:


MGT Deal Number               213149

Type of Transaction           Rate Cap Transaction

Notional Amount               USD 100,000,000

Trade Date                    17 October 1997

Effective Date                21 October 1997

Termination Date              21 October 2007, subject to
                              adjustment in accordance with the
                              Modified Following Business Day
                              Convention

Cap Premium Amounts

Premium Payer                 Counterparty

Premium Amount                The Premium Payer shall pay to the
                              Cap Provider the Cap Premium
                              hereinafter defined: "Cap Premium"
                              shall mean, with respect to each
                              Calculation Period, an amount equal
                              to the Cap Rate less 3 Month Libor
                              (if positive) multiplied by the
                              notional amount.

Premium Settlement Dates      Each 21 January, 21 April, 21 July
                              and 21 October, commencing from and
                              including 21 January 1998 and
                              continuing to and including the
                              Termination Date, subject to
                              adjustment in accordance with the
                              Modified Following Business Day
                              Convention.


Cap Payment Amounts

Cap Provider                  MGT

Cap Rate                      6.10%

                                                                  JP Morgan
                                                                     Page 3

Settlement Dates                   Each 21 January, 21 April 21
                                   July and 21 October,
                                   commencing from and including
                                   21 January 1998 and continuing
                                   to and including the
                                   Termination Date, subject to
                                   adjustment in accordance with
                                   the Modified Following
                                   Business Day Convention


Floating Rate Option               USD-LIBOR-BBA
                                   Telerate Page 3750

Designated Maturity                3 Months

Floating Rate Day
Count Fraction                     Actual/360

Reset Dates                        The first day of each
                                   Calculation Period.

Compounding                        Inapplicable

Compounding Dates                  Inapplicable

Business Day Centers               New York & London

Business Day Convention            Modified Following

Calculation Agent                  MGT

Additional Provisions              This transaction will
                                   terminate 2 Business Days
                                   after any date on which 3
                                   Month Libor is set at or above
                                   9.0% on or after 15 October
                                   2000.  All future obligations
                                   between the parties shall be
                                   terminated 2 Business Days
                                   after such date.  Any unpaid
                                   accrued interest shall be
                                   settled on the Termination
                                   Date.






JPMORGAN
               Page 4
                                                                   
Account Details

MGT Payment Instructions:          Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
                                   of New York, NY 
                                   ABA # 021-000-238
                                   For the account of Morgan
                                   Guaranty Trust Co. London A/C
                                   No:670-07-054 Further credit
                                   to the JPM Swaps Group
                                   Account: 10005035

Counterparty Payments Instructions To Be Advised


Offices:

(a)  The Office of Morgan for the Transaction is New York,

(b)  The office of the Counterparty for the Transaction is: Las
     Vegas

All inquiries regarding this Confirmation should be sent to:
     60 Wall Street                60 Wall Street
     7th Floor                     7th Floor
     New York, New York 10260-0060 New York, New York 10260-0060

     Attention:   Lori Ann Niemeyer     Attention:Bob Candella
     Tel:         (212)648-3105         Tel:   (212) 648-6712
     Fax:         (212)648-5088         Fax:   (212) 649-5088

Please quote MGT Deal Number: 213149

                                                                   JPMorgan
                                                                     page 5

Each party will be deemed to represent to the other party on the
date on which it enters into that Transaction that (absent a
written agreement between the parties that expressly impose
affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction):

(a) Non-Reliance. It is acting for its own account, and it has
made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction
and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for
it based upon its own judgement and upon advise from such
advisors as it has deemed necessary.  It is not relying on any
communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment
advise or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it
being understood that information and explanations related to the
terms and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered
investment advise or a recommendation to enter into that
Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the
other party shall be deemed to be assurance or guarantee as to
the expected results of that Transaction.

(b)  Assessment and Understanding.  It is capable of assessing
the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through
independent professional advise), and understands and accepts,
the terms, the conditions and risks of that Transaction.  It is
also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that
Transaction.

(c)  Status of Parties.  The other party is not acting as a
fiduciary for or an advisor to it in respect of that Transaction.

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms
of our agreement by executing the copy of this Confirmation
enclosed for that purpose and returning it to us.

                    Yours sincerely,

                    JP Morgan Securities Inc. acting as agent for
                    MORGAN GUARANTY COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By:    Rajan Kundra
Name:  Rajan Kundra
Title: Associate

Confirmed as of the date first above written:

Circus Circus Enterprises

By:    Glenn Schaeffer
Name:  Glenn Schaeffer
Title: President


                                                             Exhibit 4(g)

                          GRID PROMISSORY NOTE

For value received, Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. (The
"Borrower"), a Nevada corporation, promises to pay to the order
of Lyon Short Term Funding Corp. (the "Lender"), in lawful money
of the United States of America at the office of the Lender, the
principal amount of each Advance ("Advance") endorsed on the
schedule of schedules attached hereto as Exhibit A (the
"Schedules") on the maturity date of such Advance as shown in the
applicable Schedule, provided that the failure to so endorse
shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender,
and to pay, at said principal office, interest on the unpaid
balance of the principal amount of such Advance from and
including the date of such Advance (as shown in the applicable
Schedule) to such maturity date at the rate per annum in respect
of such Advance quoted by the Lender and agreed to by the
undersigned and specified in the applicable Schedule, such
interest to be payable on the maturity date of each Advance. 
Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days
and actual days elapsed.  Each request by the Borrower for an
Advance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrower, as of the making of such and Advance and after giving
effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom, that this
Note is the legal, binding and enforceable obligation of the
Borrower (except to the extent that enforceability may be limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium
or other similar laws affecting the endorsement of creditors'
rights generally and be the effect of general principles of
equity regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law).  The Borrower shall have no
right to prepay any unpaid principal amount of any Advance.  All
Advances made hereunder shall be credited to the account of
Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. at Bank of America
(ABA#122400724) Account #       .  The Borrower shall make each
payment hereunder on or before 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on
the day when due in lawful money of the United States of America
to the Lender at Credit Lyonnaise New York Branch, 1301 Avenue of
the Americas, New York, New York 10019, ABA No. 026008073, for
Lyon Account No.      , in same day funds.  Whenever any payment
to be made hereunder shall be otherwise due on a Saturday, a
Sunday or a public or bank holiday in (a) New York or (b) the
city in which the principal office of the Lender is located (any
other day being a "Business Day"), such extension of time shall
in such case be included in the  computation of payment of
interest.  This is not a commitment to lend but rather sets forth
the procedures to be used in connection with requests by the
Borrower to the Lender for Advances from time to time, and, in
the event the Lender makes Advances to the Borrower hereunder,
the Borrower's obligations to the Lender with respect thereto.

The Borrower shall at all times maintain, and each request for an
Advance shall constitute a representation and warranty that the
Borrower has maintained, unused and undedicated bank facilities
or alternative sources of liquidity from one or more commercial
banks which together are at least equal to the then outstanding
amount of credit extended hereunder (giving effect to such
Advance) and such Advance is being incurred, and will be repaid,
in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business and financial
affairs and in accordance with ordinary business terms.

If the Borrower shall not pay the Lender said principal and
interest when due, or if the Borrower shall fail generally to pay
its debts as they become due, make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or if the transaction of usual business of
the Borrower shall be suspended, or any proceeding, procedure or
remedy supplementary to or in enforcement of judgment shall be
resorted to or commenced against, or with respect to, any
property of the Borrower, or if a petition of bankruptcy or for
any relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other law relating
to the relief of debtors, adjustment of indebtedness,
reorganization, composition or extension shall be filed, or any
proceeding shall be instituted under any such law, by or against
the Borrower, or any court shall take possession of any
substantial part of the property of, or assume control over the
affairs or operations of, or a receiver, custodian or similar
official shall be appointed for the Borrower, or if any
indebtedness of the Borrower for borrowed money in a principal
amount in excess of $25,000,000 shall not be paid when due or
shall become due and payable by acceleration of maturity thereof,
or if the Borrower shall be dissolved or be a party to any merger
or consolidation in which the Borrower is not the survivor
without the written consent of the Lender, then the principal
amount of this Note and all interest due thereon to the maturity
date, as appropriate, of each Advance shall, unless the Lender
shall otherwise elect, forthwith be due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind.  The Borrower
shall be liable hereunder and all provisions hereof shall apply
to the Borrower.

The Borrower shall not institute against, or join any other
person in instituting against, the Lender any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law for one year
and one day after the latest maturing commercial paper note
issued by the Lender is paid in full.

The Borrower agrees to pay on demand all costs, expenses and
losses, if any, incurred by the Lender in connection with the
endorsement of this Note.

<PAGE>
Any overdue principal amount and overdue amount of interest, fees
or other amounts payable hereunder shall bear interest, payable
on demand, at a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal at all
times to two percent (2%) over the daily prevailing Base Rate. 
"Base Rate" means, as determined on a daily basis, the higher of
(i) the rate per annum established by Credit Lyonnais New York
Branch ("CLNY") from time to time as the reference rate for
short-term commercial loans in United States dollars to domestic
corporate borrowers, such Base Rate to change as and when such
reference rate changes and (ii) the overnight cost of funds of
CLNY plus one-quarter of one percent per annum (1/4 of 1% per
annum).

The Lender may not assign to any bank or other entity all or any
part of or grant participations to any bank or other entity in or
to all or any part of, any Advance or Advances hereunder without
the prior consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld; provided that the Lender may at any time
assign to any branch or lending office of Credit Lyonnais all or
any part of its rights and obligations hereunder.  The Borrower
may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any
interest herein without the Lender's prior written consent and
any such assignment with the Lender's consent shall be null and
void.  The Lender represents that it is an :accredited investor"
as that term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), and that it is not acquiring this
Note with a view to the distribution thereof or of any Advance or
interest therein within the meaning of the Act.

This Note shall be construed according to and governed by the
internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to
the conflict of laws principles thereof.


                                            CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC.


Dated: October 17, 1997           By:  Glenn Schaeffer           


                                  Name: Glenn Schaeffer          

                                                           Exhibit 4(h)
                                                                         
  
  
  
  __________________________________________________
  __________________________________________________
  
  
  
                  AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
  
  
                     dated as of November 24, 1997 
  
  
                                  among
  
  
                   CIRCUS AND ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE,
                              as Borrower,
  
                       THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN,
                               as Lenders,
  
                                   and
  
                   BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                           SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                         as Administrative Agent
  
  
  
  
  
  __________________________________________________
    __________________________________________________

                   TABLE OF CONTENTS
          
                                                   Page
          
      SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
           1.1  Certain Defined Terms. . . . . . . . .2
           1.2Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes
              of Calculations Under Agreement        33
           1.3  Other Definitional Provisions. . . . 33
          
      SECTION 2 AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS
                     AND LOANS . . . . . . . . . . . 34
           2.1Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register;
                          Optional Notes . . . . . . 34
                A.   Commitments . . . . . . . . . . 34
                B.   Borrowing Mechanics . . . . . . 34
                C.   Disbursement of Funds . . . . . 35
                D.   The Register. . . . . . . . . . 36
                E.   Optional Notes. . . . . . . . . 37
           2.2  Interest on the Loans. . . . . . . . 37
                A.   Rate of Interest. . . . . . . . 37
                B.   Interest Periods. . . . . . . . 38
                C.   Interest Payments . . . . . . . 39
                D.   Conversion or Continuation. . . 39
                E.   Post-Maturity Interest. . . . . 41
                F.   Computation of Interest and Fees41
           2.3  Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                A.   Commitment Fees . . . . . . . . 42
                B.   Upfront Fee . . . . . . . . . . 42
                C.   Arrangement Fee and Servicing Fee42
                D.   Amendment Fee . . . . . . . . . 42
           2.4       Prepayments and Reductions in Commitments;
                     General Provisions Regarding Payments42
                A.   Scheduled Reductions of Commitments42
                B.  Prepayments and Unscheduled Reductions in
                    Commitments . . . . .            43
                C.   General Provisions Regarding Payments45
           2.5  Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . 46
           2.6Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans47
                A.   Determination of Applicable Interest Rate47
                B.   Inability to Determine Applicable Interest
                               Rate. . . . . . . . . 47
                C.   Illegality or Impracticability of Eurodollar
                               Rate Loans. . . . . . 47
                D.   Compensation For Breakage or Non-
                               Commencement of Interest Periods48
                E.   Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans49
                F.   Assumptions Concerning Funding of
                               Eurodollar Rate Loans 49
                G.   Eurodollar Rate Loans After Default49
           2.7  Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy49
                A.   Compensation for Increased Costs and
                               Taxes . . . . . . . . 49
                B.   Withholding of Taxes. . . . . . 51
                C.   Capital Adequacy Adjustment . . 53
           2.8  Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lender to
                          Mitigate . . . . . . . . . 54
           2.9  Termination of Make-Well Agreement . 55
           2.10  Swing Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
          
      SECTION 3 LETTERS OF CREDIT. . . . . . . . . . 59
           3.1Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders' Purchase
                          of Participations Therein. 59
                A.   Letters of Credit . . . . . . . 59
                B.   Mechanics of Issuance . . . . . 60
           3.2  Letter of Credit Fees. . . . . . . . 61
           3.3Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Drawn
                          Under Letters of Credit. . 62
           3.4  Obligations Absolute . . . . . . . . 65
           3.5Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lender's Duties66
                A.   Indemnification . . . . . . . . 66
                B.   Nature of Issuing Lender's Duties66
           3.6Increased Costs and Taxes Relating to Letters of
                          Credit . . . . . . . . . . 67
          
      SECTION 4 CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF
                     CREDIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
           4.1  Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit69
                A.   Borrower Documents. . . . . . . 69
                B.   Certain General Partner Documents70
                C.   Opinions of Loan Parties' Counsel70
                D.   Opinions of Administrative Agent's
                               Counsel . . . . . . . 71
                E.   Perfection of Security Interests71
                F.   Title Policy. . . . . . . . . . 71
                G.   Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . 71
                H.   Necessary Consents. . . . . . . 72
                I.   Environmental Indemnities . . . 72
                J.   Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
                K.   No Material Adverse Effect. . . 72
                L.   Representations and Warranties;
                               Performance of Agreements 72
                M.   Interbank Arrangements. . . . . 72
                N.   Completion of Proceedings . . . 72
           4.2  Conditions to All Loans, Letters of Credit and
                          Swing Line Loans . . . . . 73
           4.3  Conditions to Letters of Credit. . . 74
          
      SECTION 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . 76
           5.1Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing,
                          Business and Subsidiaries. 76
                A.   Organization and Powers . . . . 76
                B.   Qualification and Good Standing 76
                C.   Conduct of Business . . . . . . 76
                D.   Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . 76
           5.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc. . . 77
                A.   Authorization of Borrowing. . . 77
                B.   No Conflict . . . . . . . . . . 77
                C.   Governmental Consents . . . . . 77
                D.   Binding Obligation. . . . . . . 78
           5.3  Financial Condition. . . . . . . . . 78
           5.4  No Material Adverse Change; No Restricted
                          Junior Payments. . . . . . 78
           5.5  Title to Properties; Liens; All Collateral78
           5.6  Litigation; Adverse Facts. . . . . . 79
           5.7  Payment of Taxes . . . . . . . . . . 79
           5.8Performance of Agreements; Materially Adverse
                          Agreements . . . . . . . . 79
           5.9  Governmental Regulation. . . . . . . 80
           5.10  Securities Activities . . . . . . . 80
           5.11  Employee Benefit Plans. . . . . . . 80
           5.12  Environmental Protection. . . . . . 81
           5.13  Employee Matters. . . . . . . . . . 82
           5.14  Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
           5.15   Compliance With Laws; Licenses, Permits and
                          Authorizations . . . . . . 83
           5.16   Intangible Property. . . . . . . . 84
           5.17   Rights to Hotel Agreements, Permits and
                          Licenses . . . . . . . . . 84
          
      SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. . . . . . . . 86
           6.1  Financial Statements and Other Reports86
           6.2  Borrower or Corporate Existence, etc 93
           6.3  Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation93
           6.4  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance 93
           6.5  Inspection; Lender Meeting . . . . . 94
           6.6  Compliance with Laws, etc. . . . . . 94
           6.7  Environmental Disclosure and Inspection94
           6.8Borrower's Remedial Action Regarding Hazardous
                          Material . . . . . . . . . 97
           6.9Documentation Concerning General Partner
                          Subordinated Debt. . . . . 97
          
      SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . 98
           7.1  Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
           7.2  Liens and Related Matters. . . . . . 99
           7.3  Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . .101
           7.4  Contingent Obligations . . . . . . .101
           7.5  Restricted Junior Payments . . . . .102
           7.6  Financial Covenants. . . . . . . . .103
           7.7Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales and
                          Acquisitions . . . . . . .104
           7.8  Capital Expenditures . . . . . . . .105
           7.9  Sales and Lease-Backs. . . . . . . .105
           7.10  Sale or Discount of Receivables . .106
           7.11  Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates106
           7.12  Conduct of Business . . . . . . . .107
           7.13  Amendments of Related Documents . .107
           7.14  Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . .107
           7.15  Transfer of Borrower Interests. . .107
          
      SECTION 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . .109
           8.1  Failure to Make Payments When Due. .109
           8.2  Default in Other Agreements. . . . .109
           8.3  Breach of Certain Covenants. . . . .110
           8.4  Breach of Warranty . . . . . . . . .110
           8.5  Other Defaults Under Loan Documents.110
           8.6  Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver,
                          etc. . . . . . . . . . . .111
           8.7  Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver,
                          etc. . . . . . . . . . . .111
           8.8  Judgments and Attachments. . . . . .112
           8.9  Dissolution. . . . . . . . . . . . .112
           8.10  Employee Benefit Plans. . . . . . .112
           8.11  Material Adverse Effect . . . . . .112
           8.12  Change in Control . . . . . . . . .112
           8.13  Invalidity of Environmental Indemnities or
                          Guaranties . . . . . . . .113
           8.14  Impairment of Collateral. . . . . .113
           8.15  Loss of Governmental Authorizations113
           8.16  Gaming License. . . . . . . . . . .114
           8.17  Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
          
      SECTION 9 Administrative Agent . . . . . . . .116
           9.1  Appointment. . . . . . . . . . . . .116
           9.2  Powers; General Immunity . . . . . .116
           9.3Representations and Warranties; No Responsibility
                          For Appraisal of Creditworthiness118
           9.4  Right to Indemnity . . . . . . . . .118
           9.5  Successor Administrative Agent . . .119
           9.6  Collateral Documents . . . . . . . .120
          
      SECTION 10 MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . .122
           10.1  Assignments and Participations in Loans and
                          Letters of Credit. . . . .122
           10.2  Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
           10.3  Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
           10.4  Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts126
           10.5  Ratable Sharing . . . . . . . . . .127
           10.6  Amendments and Waivers; Release of Collateral127
           10.7  Independence of Covenants . . . . .129
           10.8  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
           10.9  Survival of Representations, Warranties and
                          Agreements . . . . . . . .129
           10.10  Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies
                          Cumulative . . . . . . . .130
           10.11     Marshalling; Payments Set Aside130
           10.12     Severability. . . . . . . . . .130
           10.13Obligations Several; Independent Nature of
                          Lenders' Rights. . . . . .131
           10.14     Headings. . . . . . . . . . . .131
           10.15     Applicable Law. . . . . . . . .131
           10.16     Successors and Assigns. . . . .131
           10.17     Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process132
           10.18     Waiver of Jury Trial. . . . . .132
           10.19     Confidentiality . . . . . . . .133
           10.20     Counterparts; Effectiveness . .133
           10.21     Non-Recourse to General Partners134
           10.22     Cooperation With Gaming Boards.134
           10.23     Principles of Restatement; Assignment by Prior
                               Agent . . . . . . . .135
                    
                       EXHIBITS
          
          
          A Assignment Agreement
          B      Certificate Re: Non-Bank Status
          C Compliance Certificate
          D Form of Note
          E Notice of Borrowing
          F Notice of Conversion/Continuation
          G Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit
          H Subordination Agreement
          
          
                       SCHEDULES
          
          
          2.1
               Lenders' Commitments 
          5.1
               Subsidiaries 
          5.12
               Environmental Matters
          5.16
               Intellectual Property
          7.2  Certain Existing Liens
                    

         AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
          
          
          
                This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
          AGREEMENT is dated as of November 24, 1997 and
          entered into by and among CIRCUS AND ELDORADO
          JOINT VENTURE, a Nevada general partnership
          ("Borrower"), the financial institutions listed on the
          signature pages hereof (each individually referred to herein
          as a "Lender" and collectively as "Lenders"), THE LONG-
          TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, LTD. and SOCIETE
          GENERALE as Managing Agents, CIBC INC. and
          CREDIT LYONNAIS, as Co-Agents, WELLS FARGO
          BANK, N.A., as Documentation Agent ("Documentation
          Agent"), and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
          AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent
          ("Administrative Agent") with reference to the following
          facts.
          
          
                    R E C I T A L S
          
           A.   On or about May 30, 1995, Borrower, the
                     Lenders, Managing Agents and Co-Agents therein
                     named, and the Prior Agent, entered into a Credit
                     Agreement dated as of May 30, 1995, which has been
                     amended and restated in its entirety by an Amended and
                     Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 9,
                     1996 (as heretofore amended, the "Existing Credit
                     Agreement"). 
          
           B.   The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the
                     Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety as set forth
                     herein.
          
           C.   Concurrently herewith, the parties have agreed to
                     nominate and appoint Bank of America National Trust
                     and Savings Association as successor agent to the Prior
                     Agent (in this capacity, the "Administrative Agent"). 
          
                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
          premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants
          herein contained, the parties hereto agree to amend and
          restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety as
          follows:
          
          
                       SECTION 1
                      DEFINITIONS
          
          1.1  Certain Defined Terms.
          
                The following terms used in this Agreement shall
          have the meanings set forth below:
          
                "Additional Contributions" has the meaning set
          forth for that term in the Make-Well Agreement.
          
                "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" means, for any
          Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest
          Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum
          obtained by dividing (i) the offered quotation, if any, to
          Administrative Agent (or an Affiliate of Administrative
          Agent) by prime banks for U.S. dollar deposits of amounts
          in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of
          the Eurodollar Rate Loan of Administrative Agent for
          which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is then being
          determined with maturities comparable to such Interest
          Period as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (Pacific time) on
          such Interest Rate Determination Date by (ii) a percentage
          equal to 100% minus the stated maximum rate of all
          reserve requirements (including, without limitation, any
          marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other
          reserves) applicable on such Interest Rate Determination
          Date to any member bank of the Federal Reserve System in
          respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" as defined in
          Regulation D (or any successor category of liabilities under
          Regulation D).
          
                "Administrative Agent" has the meaning assigned
          to that term in the introduction to this Agreement and also
          means and includes any successor Administrative Agent
          appointed pursuant to Section 9.5.
          
                "Affected Lender" has the meaning assigned to
          that term in Section 2.4C.
          
                "Affected Loans" has the meaning assigned to that
          term in Section 2.4C.
          
                "Affiliate," as applied to any Person, means any
          other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled
          by, or under common control with, that Person. For the
          purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with
          correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled
          by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any
          Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
          power to direct or cause the direction of the management
          and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership
          of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
          
                "Agreement" means this Amended and Restated
          Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended,
          supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
          
                "Applicable Base Rate Margin" means (i) during
          the Make-Well Period, 0%, and (ii) during each portion of
          any Pricing Period after the Make-Well Period, the
          percentage set forth below (expressed in basis points)
          opposite the Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio as of the last day
          of the Fiscal Quarter ended approximately 60 days prior to
          the first day of such Pricing Period:
          
                Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio    Margin
          
                Less than 1.50:1.00                0
          
                Equal to or greater
                than 1.50:1.00 but less
                than 2.00:1.00             25.00
          
                Equal to or greater
                than 2.00:1.00 but less
                than 2.50:1.00             50.00
          
                Equal to or greater 
                than 2.50:1.00             75.00
          
                "Applicable Commitment Fee Rate" means (i)
          during each Pricing Period which occurs during the Make-
          Well Period, the percentage per annum set forth below
          (expressed in basis points) opposite the then applicable
          Circus Pricing Level (subject to change on any Circus
          Pricing Date in accordance with the related change in the
          Circus Pricing Level):
          
                Circus Pricing Level          Commitment Fee
          Rate
          
                          I                     10.00
                         II                     12.50
                        III                     15.00
                         IV                     17.50
                          V                     25.00
                         VI                     25.00
          
          and (ii) during each Pricing Period beginning after the
          Make-Well Period, the percentage set forth below
          (expressed in basis points) opposite the Stand-Alone
          Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter
          ended approximately 60 days prior to the first day of such
          Pricing Period:
          
                Stand Alone Leverage Ratio    Commitment Fee
          
                Greater than or equal to 2.50:1.00      43.75
                                                                       
                Greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00      37.50
                but less than 2.50:1.00
          
                Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00      31.25
                but less than 2.00:1.00
          
                Less than 1.50:1.00                     25.00
          
                "Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin" means (i)
          during each Pricing Period which occurs during the Make-
          Well Period, the percentage set forth below (expressed in
          basis points) opposite the then applicable Circus Pricing
          Level (subject to change on any Circus Pricing Date in
          accordance with the related change in the Circus Pricing
          Level):
          
                Circus Pricing Level          Margin
          
                          I                     36.50
                         II                     37.50
                        III                     60.00
                         IV                     65.00
                          V                     85.00
                         VI                    100.00;
          
          provided that (a) 10.0 basis points will be added to each of 
          the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margins set forth above
          when the Circus Funded Debt Ratio exceeds 3.50:1.00, and
          (b) 20.0 basis points will be added to each of the
          Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margins set forth above when
          the Circus Funded Debt Ratio exceeds 4.00:1.00, and (ii)
          during each Pricing Period which occurs following the
          Make-Well Period, the percentage set forth below
          (expressed in basis points) opposite the Stand-Alone
          Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter
          ended approximately 60 days prior to the first day of such
          Pricing Period:
          
                Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio     Margin
          
                Less than 1.50:1.00            100.00
          
                Equal to or greater
                than 1.50:1.00 but less
                than 2.00:1.00            125.00
          
                Equal to or greater
                than 2.00:1.00 but less
                than 2.50:1.00            150.00
          
                Equal to or greater 
                than 2.50:1.00            175.00
          
                "Arranger" means BancAmerica Robertson
          Stephens, Inc.
          
                "Asset Sale" means the sale by Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries to any Person other than Borrower or
          any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries of (i) any of the stock
          of any of Borrower's Subsidiaries, (ii) substantially all of
          the assets of any division or line of business of Borrower or
          any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any other assets (whether
          tangible or intangible) of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business
          (including, without limitation, sale of the Premises);
          provided, in each case, that no such sale or disposition shall
          be an Asset Sale for purposes of this Agreement unless the
          fair market value of the assets sold or disposed exceeds
          $3,000,000 for any given transaction or series of related
          transactions or $6,000,000 in the aggregate in any calendar
          year.
          
                "Assignment Agreement" means an Assignment
          Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A.
          
                "Assignment of Rents and Revenues" means the
          Assignment of Rents and Revenues executed and delivered
          by Borrower in favor of the Prior Agent on May 30, 1995
          and recorded in the official records of Washoe County,
          Nevada, on May 31, 1995 in Book 4312, Page 859, as
          Instrument 1837111, as amended and restated as of
          September 9, 1996, and as assigned by the Prior Agent to
          the Administrative Agent by an Amended and Restated
          Assignment of Rents and Revenues, as it may hereafter be
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
          time.
          
                "Available Cash Flow" means, for any period, an
          amount equal to EBITDA for that period minus the sum,
          without duplication, during that period of (a) the amount by
          which the average daily Total Utilization during the four
          Fiscal Quarter period ending concurrently with that period
          exceeds Maximum Availability as of the last day of that
          period, (b) payments made by Borrower with respect to
          Capital Leases, (c) Cash Interest Expense, (d) Make-Well
          Fees paid in cash, (e) Tax Distributions permitted under
          Section 7.5(ii) made by Borrower in Cash, and (f) Capital
          Expenditures, in each case during that period.
          
                "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United
          States Code entitled "Bankruptcy", as now and hereafter in
          effect, or any successor statute.
          
                "Base Rate" means, at any time, the higher of
          (x) the Reference Rate or (y) the rate which is 1/2 of 1% in
          excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate.
          
                "Base Rate Loans" means Loans bearing interest
          at rates determined by reference to the Base Rate as
          provided in Section 2.2A.
          
                "Borrower" has the meaning assigned to that term
          in the introduction to this Agreement.
          
                "Business Day" means any day excluding
          Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday
          under the laws of the States of Nevada, New York or
          California or is a day on which banking institutions located
          in any such state are authorized or required by law or other
          governmental action to close.
          
                "Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, the
          sum of (i) the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in
          cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and
          including that portion of Capital Leases that is capitalized
          on the balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries) by
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries during that period that, in
          conformity with GAAP, are included in "additions to
          property, plant or equipment" or comparable items reflected
          in the statement of cash flows of Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries plus (ii) to the extent not covered by
          clause (i) of this definition, the aggregate of all
          expenditures by Borrower and its Subsidiaries during that
          period to acquire (by purchase or otherwise) the business,
          property or fixed assets of any Person, or the stock or other
          evidence of beneficial ownership of any Person that, as a
          result of such acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary of
          Borrower.
          
                "Capital Lease," as applied to any Person, means
          any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed)
          by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is
          accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that
          Person.
          
                "Cash" means money, currency or a credit
          balance in a Deposit Account.
          
                "Cash Equivalents" means, as at any date of
          determination, (i) marketable securities (a) issued or
          directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and
          principal by the United States Government or (b) issued by
          any agency of the United States the obligations of which are
          backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in
          each case maturing within one year after such date;
          (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the
          United States of America or any political subdivision of any
          such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each
          case maturing within one year after such date and having,
          at the time of the acquisition thereof, the highest rating
          obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
          ("S&P") or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's");
          (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year
          from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of
          the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or
          at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or
          bankers' acceptances maturing within one year after such
          date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any
          commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
          States of America or any state thereof or the District of
          Columbia that, at the time of the acquisition of such
          certificates or acceptances (a) is at least "adequately
          capitalized" (as defined in the regulations of its primary
          Federal banking regulator) and (b) has Tier 1 capital (as
          defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000;
          (v) shares of any money market mutual fund that (a) has at
          least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of
          investments referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, (b) has
          net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (c) has the
          highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody's, and
          (vi) overnight repurchase agreements executed with
          Lenders; provided that the terms of such repurchase
          agreements require physical delivery of securities (which
          must be "Cash Equivalents" as described in clauses (i) - (iv)
          above), except in the case of treasury obligations delivered
          through the Federal Reserve book entry system.
          
                "Cash Interest Expense" means Interest Expense
          paid or payable in cash, other than Interest Expense accrued
          but unpaid with respect to the General Partner Subordinated
          Debt.
          
                "Certificate re Non-Bank Status" means a
          certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B delivered
          by a Lender to Administrative Agent pursuant to
          Section 2.7B(iii).
          
                "Circus" means Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., a
          Nevada corporation, its successors and permitted assigns.
          
                "Circus Bridge" means the elevated building
          structure that spans Fifth Street and connects the
          Improvements with the buildings located on the adjacent
          real property owned by Circus Circus Casinos, Inc., a
          Nevada corporation.
          
                "Circus Debt Rating" means, as of each date of
          determination, the most creditworthy rating, actual or
          implicit, assigned to (i) senior unsecured Indebtedness of
          Circus by S&P, (ii) senior unsecured Indebtedness of
          Circus by Moody's or (iii) in the event such a rating is
          issued, the bank debt rating assigned to the Indebtedness
          evidenced by the Circus Loan Agreement by Moody's or
          S&P, whichever is highest.
          
                "Circus Funded Debt Ratio" means, as of any date
          of determination, the ratio of (a) the "Average Daily
          Funded Debt" of Circus as of the last day of the then most
          recently ended fiscal quarter of Circus to (b)  the greater of
          (i) "Adjusted EBITDA" of Circus for the four Fiscal
          Quarter period ending on that date, or (ii) four times
          "Adjusted EBITDA" of Circus for the Fiscal Quarter
          ending on that date, in each case determined in accordance
          with the terms of the Circus Loan Agreement.
          
                "Circus Loan Agreement" means that certain
          Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of May
          23, 1997, among Circus, the Banks and Co-Administrative
          Agents named therein, and Bank of America National Trust
          and Savings Association, as Administrative Agent as in
          effect as of the date of this Agreement.
          
                "Circus Pricing Date" means (a) with respect to
          any change in the Circus Funded Debt Ratio which results
          in a change in the Circus Pricing Level, the earlier of
          (i) the date upon which Circus delivers a copy of its
          compliance certificate under the Circus Loan Agreement to
          the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.14 of the
          Make-Well Agreement reflecting such changed Circus
          Funded Debt Ratio and (ii) the date upon which Circus is
          required to deliver such a compliance certificate, and
          (b) with respect to any change in the Circus Debt Rating
          which results in a change in the Circus Pricing Level, the
          date which is five (5) Banking Days after the
          Administrative Agent has received evidence reasonably
          satisfactory to it of such change.
          
                "Circus Pricing Level" means the pricing level set
          forth below opposite the pricing criteria achieved by Circus
          as of the then most recent Circus Pricing Date (and, if the
          Circus Funded Debt Ratio and the Circus Debt Rating are
          then at different pricing levels, then the pricing level which
          yields the lowest Applicable Base Rate Margin and
          Applicable Eurodollar Margin to Borrower):
          
          Circus Pricing Level           Pricing Criteria         
          
          
                                          Circus Funded       Circus Debt
                                           Debt Ratio           Rating
          
          
                    I                Less than 0.75 to 1.00     At least A
                                                                 or A2

                    II               Equal to or greater than
                                     0.75 to 1.00 but less
                                     than 1.50 to 1.00          A- or A3

                    III              Equal to or greater than
                                     1.50 to 1.00 but less
                                     than 2.25 to 1.00          BBB+ or
                                                                Baa1

                    IV               Equal to or greater than
                                     2.25 to 1.00 but less
                                     than 3.00 to 1.00          BBB or
                                                                Baa2

                    V                Equal to or greater than
                                     3.00 to 1.00 but less
                                     than 3.75 to 1.00         BBB- or
                                                               Baa3

                    VI               Equal to or greater than
                                     3.75 to 1.00              BB+ or
                                                               Ba1 or
                                                               below

          "Closing Date" means the date upon which each of the
          conditions precedent specified in Section 4.1 are satisfied or
          waived and this Agreement becomes effective. 
          
                  "Co-Agents" means CIBC Inc. and Credit
          Lyonnais.  The capacity of the Co-Agents is purely titular
          in nature, and the Co-Agents shall not derive any rights or
          obligations under the Loan Documents solely by reason of
          being the Co-Agents.
          
                 "Collateral" means all the real, personal and
          mixed property made subject to a Lien pursuant to the
          Collateral Documents.
          
                 "Collateral Account Agreement" means the
          Collateral Account Agreement executed and delivered by
          Borrower in favor of the Prior Agent as of May 30, 1995, 
          as amended and restated as of September 9, 1996, and as
          assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the
          Lenders and amended and restated on the date of this
          Agreement, as such Collateral Account Agreement may
          hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
          from time to time.
          
                  "Collateral Documents" means the Security
          Agreement, the Collateral Account Agreement, the Deed of
          Trust and the Assignment of Rents and Revenues and all
          other instruments or documents now or hereafter granting
          Liens on property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries to
          Administrative Agent for benefit of Lenders.
          
                  "Commitment" means the Commitment of
          any Lender, and "Commitments" means such commitments
          of all Lenders in the aggregate at the time of reference. 
          Initially, the aggregate principal amount of the
          Commitments is $230,000,000, but it may hereafter be
          reduced in the manner provided for in Section 2.4.
          
                  "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate
          substantially in the form of Exhibit C delivered to
          Administrative Agent and Lenders by Borrower pursuant to
          Section 6.1(iv).
          
                  "Contingent Obligation," as applied to any
          Person, means any direct or indirect liability, contingent or
          otherwise, of that Person (i) with respect to any Indebted-
          ness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another if the
          primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring
          the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the
          obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of
          another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements
          relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of
          such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part)
          against loss in respect thereof, (ii) with respect to any letter
          of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to
          which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of
          drawings, or (iii) under Interest Rate Agreements. 
          Contingent Obligations shall include, without limitation,
          (a) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than
          for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business),
          co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse
          by such Person of the obligation of another, (b) the
          obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if
          required regardless of non-performance by any other party
          or parties to an agreement, and (c) any liability of such
          Person for the obligation of another through any agreement
          (contingent or otherwise) (X) to purchase, repurchase or
          otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor,
          or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such
          obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock
          purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (Y) to
          maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of
          income or financial condition of another if, in the case of
          any agreement described under subclauses (X) or (Y) of
          this sentence, the primary purpose or intent thereof is as
          described in the preceding sentence.  For purposes of this
          definition, the amount of any Contingent Obligation at any
          time of determination shall be computed as the amount that,
          in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such
          time represents the amount that reasonably can be expected
          at such time of determination to become an actual or
          matured liability.
          
                    "Contractual Obligation," as applied to any
          Person, means any provision of any Security issued by that
          Person or of any material indenture, mortgage, deed of
          trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument
          (which other instrument is for the payment of money) to
          which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its
          properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is
          subject.
          
                  "Coverage Ratio" means, for the purposes of
          Section 7.6A, (a) as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter
          ending before the termination of the Make-Well in
          accordance with Section 2.9, the Make-Well Coverage
          Ratio, and (b) as of the last day of each subsequent Fiscal
          Quarter, the Stand-Alone Coverage Ratio.
          
                   "Default" means a condition or event that,
          after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an
          Event of Default.
          
                  "Documentation Agent" means Wells Fargo
          Bank, N.A.  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. shall not derive any
          rights or obligations under the Loan Documents solely by
          reason of it being the Documentation Agent.
          
                  "Deed of Trust" means that certain
          Construction Deed of Trust, Fixture Filing and Security
          Agreement with Assignment of Rents executed by Borrower
          in favor of Prior Agent as of May 30, 1995 and recorded in
          the official records of Washoe County, Nevada on May 31,
          1995 at Book 4312, Page 814 and as Instrument 1897110,
          as amended and restated as of September 9, 1996, as
          assigned by the Prior Agent to the Administrative Agent as
          of the date hereof and further amended and restated by an
          Amended and Restated Construction Deed of Trust, Fixture
          Filing With Security Agreement and Assignment of Rents
          dated as of the date hereof and as it may hereafter be
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
          time.
          
                  "Deposit Account" means a demand, time,
          savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and
          loan association, credit union or like organization, other
          than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of
          deposit.
          
                   "Dollars" and the sign "$" mean the lawful
          money of the United States of America.
          
                   "EBITDA" means, for any period, Net
          Income for such period plus, to the extent such items were
          subtracted in the determination of Net Income, the sum of
          the amounts for such period of (i) Interest Expense,
          (ii) provisions for taxes based on income, (iii) total
          depreciation expense, (iv) total amortization expense, (v)
          Pre-Opening Expenses, and (vi) other non-cash items
          reducing Net Income less, to the extent such items were
          added in the determination of Net Income, the sum of the
          amounts for such period of non-cash items increasing Net
          Income, all of the foregoing as determined for Borrower
          and its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP.
          
                  "Eldorado Bridge" means the elevated
          building structure that spans Fourth Street and connects the
          Improvements with the buildings located on the adjacent
          real property owned by Eldorado Hotel.
          
                 "Eldorado Hotel" means Eldorado Resorts,
          LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (successor by
          merger to Eldorado Hotel Associates Limited Partnership)
          and a member of Eldorado LLC.
          
                "Eldorado LLC" means Eldorado Limited
          Liability Company, a Nevada limited liability company.
          
               "Eligible Assignee" means (A)(i) a
          commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
          States or any state thereof; (ii) a savings and loan
          association, savings bank organized or other financial
          institution under the laws of the United States or any state
          thereof; and (iii) a commercial bank organized under the
          laws of any other country or a political subdivision thereof;
          provided that (x) such bank is acting through a branch or
          agency located in the United States or (y) such bank is
          organized under the laws of a country that is a member of
          the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
          Development or a political subdivision of such country; and
          (B) any Lender and any Affiliate of any Lender which
          qualifies as a lender under applicable Nevada laws;
          provided that no Affiliate of Borrower, Circus or Eldorado
          Hotel shall be an Eligible Assignee.
   
                "Employee Benefit Plan" means any
          "employee benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(3) of
          ERISA which is, or was at any time, maintained or
          contributed to by Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates.
          
                                             "Environmental Claim" means any
          accusation, allegation, notice of violation, claim, demand,
          abatement order, cleanup order, removal order, or other
          order or direction (conditional or otherwise) by any
          governmental authority or any Person for any injury, loss
          or damage, including, without limitation, personal injury
          (including sickness, disease or death), tangible or intangible
          property damage, contribution, indemnity, indirect or
          consequential damages, damage to the environment,
          nuisance, pollution, contamination or other adverse effects
          on the environment, or for fines, penalties or restrictions or
          to compel cleanup or remediation, in each case relating to,
          resulting from or in connection with any Hazardous
          Material and relating to Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries
          or any Facility.
          
                 "Environmental Indemnities" means the
          Environmental Indemnities from Circus, Eldorado Hotel
          and Borrower executed on May 30, 1995 in favor of Prior
          Agent for the benefit of Lenders, as reaffirmed as of
          September 30, 1996, as assigned by the Prior Agent to the
          Administrative Agent as of the date hereof and reaffirmed,
          and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time.
          
                 "Environmental Laws" means all statutes,
          ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, plans, policies,
          decrees, permits, guidance documents, and any other
          requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to
          (i) environmental matters, including, without limitation,
          those relating to fines, injunctions, penalties, damages,
          contribution, cost recovery compensation, losses or injuries
          resulting from the Release or threatened Release of
          Hazardous Material, (ii) the presence, generation, use,
          storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Material,
          or (iii) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene,
          land use or the protection of human, plant or animal health
          or welfare, in any manner applicable to Borrower or any of
          its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties,
          including, without limitation, the Comprehensive
          Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
          (42 U.S.C.  9601 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials
          Transportation Act (49 U.S.C.  1801 et seq.), the
          Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.
           6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (
          33 U.S.C.  1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
           7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15
          U.S.C.  2601 et seq.), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide
          and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), the
          Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C.  651 et
          seq.) and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-
          to-Know Act (42 U.S.C.  11001 et seq.), each as amended
          or supplemented, and any analogous future or present local,
          state and federal statutes, ordinances and other laws, and
          rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, each as
          in effect as of the date of determination.
          
                  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement
          Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
          time, and any successor statute.
          
                   "ERISA Affiliate", as applied to any Person,
          means (i) any Person that is, or was at any time, a member
          of a controlled group of Persons within the meaning of
          Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that
          Person is, or was at any time, a member; (ii) any trade or
          business (whether or not incorporated) which is, or was at
          any time, a member of a group of trades or businesses
          under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c)
          of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is, or
          was at any time, a member; and (iii) any member of an
          affiliated service group within the meaning of
          Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of
          which that Person, any Person described in clause (i) above
          or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is, or
          was at any time, a member.
          
                  "ERISA Event" means (i) a "reportable
          event" within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and
          the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any
          Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for
          30-day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation);
          (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of
          Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
          any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance
          with Section 412(d) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the
          failure to make by its due date a required installment under
          Section 412(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect
          to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required
          contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by
          the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to
          Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to
          terminate such plan in a distress termination described in
          Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Borrower
          or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with
          two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any
          such Pension Plan resulting in liability pursuant to
          Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the
          PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the
          occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute
          grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the
          appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan;
          (vi) the imposition of liability on Borrower or any of its
          ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of
          ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of
          ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal by Borrower or any of its
          ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal
          (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA)
          from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential
          liability therefor, or the receipt by Borrower or any of its
          ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan
          that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to
          Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to
          terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042
          of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of an act or omission which
          could give rise to the imposition on Borrower or any of its
          ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related
          charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or
          under Section 409 or 502(c), (i) or (l) or 4071 of ERISA in
          respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of
          a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits)
          against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a
          Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against
          Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates in connection with
          any such Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from the
          Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any
          Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended
          to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
          Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal
          Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of
          any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation
          under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or
          (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 401(a)(29)
          or 412(n) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to
          ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.
          
                   "Eurodollar Rate Loans" means Loans
          bearing interest at rates determined by reference to the
          Adjusted Eurodollar Rate as provided in Section 2.2A.
          
                 "Event of Default" means each of the events
          set forth in Section 8.
          
                 "Exchange Act" means the Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and
          any successor statute.
          
                   "Executive Committee" means the executive
          committee of Borrower organized in accordance with
          Section 5.7 of the Joint Venture Agreement.
          
                 "Executive Committee Signatories" means
          the individuals from time to time serving as Borrower's
          Director of Finance and Administration and General
          Manager each of whom shall have been authorized to sign
          on behalf of the Executive Committee and Borrower
          pursuant to a resolution of the Executive Committee.
          
                 "Existing Credit Agreement" means the
          Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
          September 9, 1996 referred to in the recitals to this
          Agreement, as heretofore amended.
          
                  "Facility" and "Facilities" mean any and all
          real property (including, without limitation, all buildings,
          fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now,
          hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
          
                  "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for
          any period, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day
          during such period to the weighted average of the rates on
          overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
          Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers,
          as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business
          Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal
          Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
          published for any day which is a Business Day, the average
          of the quotations for such day on such transactions received
          by Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers
          of recognized standing selected by Administrative Agent.
          
                   "Fee Letter" means that certain letter
          agreement of even date herewith between Borrower and
          Administrative Agent.
          
                   "Fiscal Quarter" means a fiscal quarter of
          Borrower ending on any March 31, June 30, September 30
          or December 31.
          
                   "Fiscal Year" means a fiscal year of
          Borrower ending on each December 31.
          
                   "Flood Act" means the National Flood
          Insurance Act of 1968 as amended by the Flood Disaster
          Protection Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C. 4013 et. seq.).
          
                   "Funding and Payment Office" means the
          office of Administrative Agent located at the address set
          forth on the signature pages hereof.
          
                   "Funding Date" means, with respect to any
          particular Loan, the date of the funding of that Loan.
          
                   "GAAP" means, subject to the limitations on
          the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2, generally
          accepted accounting principles set forth in opinions and pro-
          nouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
          American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
          statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
          Standards Board or in such other statements by such other
          entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the
          accounting profession (including, without limitation, in the
          AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide: Audits of Casinos), in
          each case as the same are applicable to the circumstances as
          of the date of determination.
          
                 "Gaming Board" means, collectively, (a) the
          Nevada Gaming Commission, (b) the Nevada State Gaming
          Control Board, and (c) any other Governmental Authority
          that holds regulatory, licensing or permit authority over
          gambling, gaming or casino activities conducted by
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries within its jurisdiction.
          
                  "Gaming Laws" means all statutes, rules,
          regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial
          precedents (including, without limitation, the Nevada
          Gaming Control Act (N.R.S. Ch. 463)) pursuant to which
          any Gaming Board possesses regulatory, licensing or permit
          authority over gambling, gaming or casino activities
          conducted by Borrower and its Subsidiaries within its
          jurisdiction.
          
                 "General Partner Subordinated Debt" means
          any Subordinated Indebtedness of Borrower issued subject
          to a Subordination Agreement, to Circus or any of Circus'
          wholly-owned Subsidiaries pursuant to credit documents
          which are substantially in the form of the Loan Agreement
          dated as of May 30, 1995 by and between Circus and
          Borrower, and the related deed of trust and security
          agreement made by Borrower for the benefit of Circus.
          
                 "General Partners" means, at any time,
          Galleon, Inc., a Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned
          Subsidiary of Circus, and Eldorado LLC, a Nevada limited
          liability company, each a general partner of Borrower, and
          their respective successors and assigns at such time.
          
                   "Governmental Authority" means any of the
          United States government, the government of the State of
          Nevada or any other state and any political subdivision,
          agency, department, commission, court, board, bureau or
          instrumentality of any of them, including any local
          authorities.
          
                  "Governmental Authorization" means any
          permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order
          or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.
          
                 "Hazardous Material" means (i) any
          chemical, material or substance at any time defined as or
          included in the definition of "hazardous substances",
          "hazardous wastes", "hazardous materials", "extremely
          hazardous waste", "restricted hazardous waste", "infectious
          waste", "toxic substances" or any other formulations
          intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of
          deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity,
          reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity,
          "TCLP toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar
          import under any applicable Environmental Law or
          publication promulgated pursuant thereto; (ii) any oil,
          petroleum, petroleum fraction or petroleum derived
          substance; (iii) any drilling fluid, produced water and other
          waste associated with the exploration, development or
          production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal
          resources; (iv) any flammable substance or explosive;
          (v) any radioactive material; (vi) asbestos in any form;
          (vii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation; (viii) electrical
          equipment which contains any oil or dielectric fluid
          containing polychlorinated biphenyls; (ix) any pesticide; and
          (x) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to
          which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any
          governmental authority or which may or could pose a
          hazard to human health and safety or the environment if
          released into the workplace or the environment.
          
                  "Hotel" means the Silver Legacy Hotel and
          Casino in Reno, Nevada, including, without limitation, the
          Premises; the Improvements (including, without limitation,
          the Silver Legacy Bridge and the Tunnel); the Skyways, all
          street work; drainage; plantings; signalization; and other
          installations, equipment and facilities located on or off of
          the Premises and required of Borrower by Governmental
          Authorities in connection with development of the
          Premises.
          
                  "Hotel-Casino Management" means Hotel-
          Casino Management, Inc., a Nevada corporation and a
          member of both Eldorado LLC and Eldorado Hotel, and its
          successors and permitted assigns.
          
                 "Improvements" means all buildings,
          structures, facilities and other improvements of every kind
          and description now or hereafter located on the Premises,
          including all parking areas, roads, driveways, walks,
          fences, walls, beams, recreation facilities, drainage
          facilities, lighting facilities and other site improvements, all
          water, sanitary and storm sewer, drainage, electricity,
          steam, gas, telephone and other utility equipment and
          facilities, all plumbing, lighting, heating, ventilating, air-
          conditioning, refrigerating, incinerating, compacting, fire
          protection and sprinkler, surveillance and security, vacuum
          cleaning, public address and communications equipment and
          systems, all screens, awnings, floor coverings, partitions,
          elevators, escalators, motors, machinery, pipes, fittings and
          other items of equipment and personal property of every
          kind and description now or hereafter located on the
          Premises or attached to the improvements (excluding the
          Skyways but including any support structures attached to
          the improvements with respect to the Skyways and
          including the Silver Legacy Bridge and the Tunnel) that by
          the nature of their location thereon or attachment thereto
          are real property under applicable law.
          
                   "Indebtedness" as applied to any Person,
          means, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for
          borrowed money, (ii) that portion of obligations with
          respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a
          liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP,
          (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing exten-
          sions of credit whether or not representing obligations for
          borrowed money, (iv) any obligation owed for all or any
          part of the deferred purchase price of property or services
          (excluding any such obligations incurred under ERISA),
          which purchase price is (a) due more than six months from
          the date of incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or
          (b) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument,
          (excluding, as an example, any trade payables payable in
          the ordinary course of business that are not so due or so
          evidenced) and (v) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on
          any property or asset owned or held by that Person regard-
          less of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have
          been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit
          of that Person.  Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements
          constitute Contingent Obligations and not Indebtedness. 
          Indebtedness under this Agreement shall be determined by
          reference to Total Utilization on any date of determination.
          
                   "Indemnitee" has the meaning assigned to
          that term in Section 10.3.
          
                    "Intellectual Property" means all patents,
          trademarks, tradenames, customer lists, copyrights,
          technology, know-how and processes (i) used in or
          necessary for the conduct of the business of Borrower and
          its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to
          be conducted and (ii) that are material to the condition
          (financial or otherwise), business or operations of Borrower
          and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
          
                 "Interest Expense" means, for any period,
          total interest expense (including that portion attributable to
          Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized
          interest) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to all
          outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
          including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts
          and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of
          credit and bankers' acceptance financing and net costs
          under Interest Rate Agreements.
          
                 "Interest Payment Date" means (i) with
          respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each month
          of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur
          after the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to any
          Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period
          applicable to such Loan; provided that in the case of each
          Interest Period of longer than three months "Interest
          Payment Date" shall also include each date that is three
          months, or an integral multiple thereof, after the
          commencement of such Interest Period.
          
                 "Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to
          that term in Section 2.2B.
          
                "Interest Rate Agreement" means any
          interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement,
          interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or
          arrangement designed to protect Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.
          
                 "Interest Rate Determination Date" means,
          with respect to any Interest Period, the second Business
          Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period.
          
                 "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal
          Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and
          from time to time hereafter.
          
                 "Investment" means (i) any direct or indirect
          purchase or other acquisition by Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial interest in, any Securities
          of any other Person, (ii) any direct or indirect redemption,
          retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, by
          Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower from any Person
          other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, of any
          equity Securities of such Subsidiary, or (iii) any direct or
          indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees
          for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing
          accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of
          business) or capital contribution by Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries to any other Person, other than any
          indebtedness or account receivable or both from that other
          Person that is a current asset or arose from sales to that
          other Person in the ordinary course of business. The
          amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such
          Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without
          any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or
          write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such
          Investment.
          
                  "Issuing Lender" means Administrative
          Agent.
          
                  "Joint Venture" means a joint venture,
          partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in
          corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that in
          no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be
          considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a
          party.
          
                 "Joint Venture Agreement" means the Circus
          and Eldorado Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of
          March 1, 1994, between the General Partners as amended
          by the First Amendment to Agreement of Joint Venture of
          Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture, dated as of July 27,
          1994, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
          from time to time in accordance with the terms of
          Section 7.14B.
          
                  "Lender" and "Lenders" means the persons
          identified as "Lenders" and listed on the signature pages of
          this Agreement, together with their successors and
          permitted assigns pursuant to Section 10.1.  The term
          "Lenders" when used without a modifier or when modified
          only by "the" means Requisite Lenders.
          
                  "Letter of Credit" or "Letters of Credit"
          means Standby Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by
          Issuing Lender for the account of Borrower pursuant to
          Section 3.1.
          
                  "Letter of Credit Usage" means, as at any
          date of determination, the sum of (i) the maximum
          aggregate amount that is or at any time thereafter may
          become available for drawing under all Letters of Credit
          then outstanding plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all
          drawings under Letters of Credit honored by Issuing Lender
          and not theretofore reimbursed by Borrower
          (reimbursement out of the proceeds of Loans pursuant to
          Section 3.3B shall be considered reimbursement by
          Borrower for purposes hereof).
          
                 "Leverage Ratio" means, for the purposes of
          Section 7.6B, (a) as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter
          ending before the termination of the Make-Well in
          accordance with Section 2.9, the Make-Well Leverage
          Ratio, and (b) as of the last day of each subsequent Fiscal
          Quarter, the Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio.
          
                  "License Revocation" means the revocation,
          failure to renew (other than with respect to particular types
          of gambling or gaming activities (e.g., Keno or Pai Gow)
          that Borrower has elected no longer to pursue) or
          suspension of, or the appointment of a receiver, supervisor
          or similar official with respect to, any casino, gambling or
          gaming license issued by any Gaming Board covering any
          casino or gaming facility of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries.
          
                  "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, pledge,
          assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any
          kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
          agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any agreement
          to give any security interest and any mechanic's liens) and
          any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having
          the practical effect of any of the foregoing.
          
                  "Loan Documents" means this Agreement,
          any Notes, the Swing Line Documents, the Letters of
          Credit (and any applications for, or reimbursement
          agreements or other documents or certificates executed by
          Borrower in favor of an Issuing Lender relating to, the
          Letters of Credit), the Collateral Documents, the Make-
          Well Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, the
          Environmental Indemnities, each Interest Rate Agreement
          entered into between Borrower and any Lender (provided
          that each such Interest Rate Agreement shall be entitled to
          the benefits of the Collateral Documents to the extent set
          forth in Section 9.7) and each reaffirmation thereof.
          
                 "Loan Exposure" means, with respect to any
          Lender as of any date of determination (i) prior to the
          termination of the Commitments, that Lender's
          Commitment and (ii) after the termination of the
          Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding
          principal amount of the Loans of that Lender plus (b) in the
          event that Lender is an Issuing Lender, the aggregate Letter
          of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by
          that Lender (in each case net of any participations
          purchased by other Lenders in such Letters of Credit or any
          unreimbursed drawings thereunder) plus (c) the aggregate
          amount of all participations purchased by that Lender in
          any drawings under Letters of Credit honored by Issuing
          Lender and not theretofore reimbursed by Borrower.
          
                  "Loan Party" means any of Borrower,
          Borrower's Subsidiaries and General Partners and "Loan
          Parties" means Borrower, Borrower's Subsidiaries and
          General Partners, collectively.
          
                 "Loans" means any loans made by the
          Lenders to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1
          
                "Make-Well Agreement" means the
          Amended and Restated Make-Well Agreement executed and
          delivered by Circus and Administrative Agent as of the
          Closing Date, as it may hereafter be amended,
          supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
          
                   "Make-Well Coverage Ratio" means, as of
          the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (a) EBITDA
          minus the sum (without duplication) of Tax Distributions
          made pursuant to Section 7.5(ii), Other Borrower
          Distributions made pursuant to Section 7.5(iii) or 7.5(iv),
          and Capital Expenditures (other than Capital Expenditures
          for the improvements to the mezzanine level of the Hotel
          described in the proviso to Section 7.8), to (b) the amount
          by which the average daily Total Utilization during the four
          Fiscal Quarter period then ended exceeds Maximum
          Availability as of such date plus Cash Interest Expense plus
          Other Permitted Indebtedness Payments actually made in
          Cash, plus Make-Well Fees actually paid in Cash, in each
          case for the four Fiscal Quarter Period ending on such date,
          provided that any contribution of cash to Borrower by
          Circus in exchange for equity of Borrower or General
          Partner Subordinated Debt shall be included, without
          duplication, in Net Income for the Fiscal Quarter in which
          such contribution is made (or, if made within 25 calendar
          days of the end of a Fiscal Quarter, for such Fiscal Quarter
          immediately ended if Circus notifies Administrative Agent
          in writing at the time of such contribution that such
          contribution is to be so credited).
          
                   "Make-Well Fees" means, for any period,
          the amount of fees paid in cash to Circus by Borrower on
          account of the Make-Well Agreement during that period
          pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Joint Venture Agreement.
          
                  "Make-Well Leverage Ratio" means, as of
          the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (i) the sum
          of (a) the average of the daily Total Utilization during the
          immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter (excluding, for this
          purpose, Letters of Credit which are not issued to support
          Indebtedness) plus (b) Other Permitted Indebtedness
          outstanding as of the last day of such period plus (c)
          Indebtedness outstanding in respect of Capital Leases as of
          the last day of such period to (ii) EBITDA for the four
          consecutive Fiscal Quarter period ending on the date as of
          which the determination is being made.
          
                  "Make-Well Period" means the period from
          the Closing Date until the Make-Well Agreement is
          terminated.
          
                  "Manager" means the Person elected to
          manage the affairs of a limited liability company.
          
                   "Managing Agents" means The Long-Term
          Credit Bank of Japan, Ltd. and Societe Generale.  The
          capacity of the Managing Agents is purely titular in nature,
          and the Managing Agents shall not derive any rights or
          obligations under the Loan Documents solely by reason of
          being the Managing Agents.
          
                  "Managing Partner" means, at any time,
          Galleon, Inc., a Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned
          subsidiary of Circus, or its successors or assigns, in the
          capacity of managing partner of Borrower under the Joint
          Venture Agreement, at such time.
          
                 "Margin Stock" has the meaning assigned to
          that term in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the
          Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time.
          
                 "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) a
          material adverse effect upon (a) the business, operations,
          properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or
          prospects of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries taken as a
          whole, (b) the validity, priority or enforceability of any of
          the Loan Documents or any Lien created or intended to be
          created thereby, or (c) the use, occupancy or operation of
          all or any material part of the Hotel or (ii) the impairment
          of the ability of any Loan Party materially to perform, or of
          Administrative Agent or Lenders to enforce, the
          Obligations.
          
                    "Maturity Date" means June 30, 2003.
          
                    "Maximum CapEx Amount" has the meaning
          assigned to that term in Section 7.8.
          
                    "Maximum Availability" means the
          aggregate amount of the Commitments available as of the
          date of determination whether or not drawn or outstanding
          or used as Loans or for Letters of Credit.
          
                   "Multiemployer Plan" means a
          "multiemployer plan", as defined in Section 3(37) of
          ERISA, to which Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
          is contributing, or ever has contributed, or to which
          Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates has, or ever has
          had, an obligation to contribute.
          
                  "Net Income" means, for any period, the net
          income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
          period taken as a single accounting period determined in
          conformity with GAAP; provided that there shall be
          excluded (i) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than
          a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which any other Person (other
          than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint
          interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or
          other distributions actually paid to Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (ii) the
          income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it
          becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or
          consolidated with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
          that Person's assets are acquired by Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries, (iii) the income of any Subsidiary of Borrower
          to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
          similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not
          at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its
          charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
          order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to
          that Subsidiary, (iv) any after-tax gains or losses
          attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any
          Pension Plan, and (v) (to the extent not included in clauses
          (i) through (iv) above) any net non-cash extraordinary gains
          or net non-cash extraordinary losses.
          
                  "Notes" means any promissory notes of
          Borrower issued pursuant to Section 2.1E to evidence the
          Loans made by Lenders, substantially in the form of
          Exhibit D, with appropriate insertions, as they may be
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
          time.
          
                 "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice
          substantially in the form of Exhibit E delivered by
          Borrower to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.1B
          with respect to a proposed borrowing.
          
                 "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means
          a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit F delivered by
          Borrower to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2D
          with respect to a proposed conversion or continuation of the
          applicable basis for determining the interest rate with
          respect to the Loans specified therein.
          
                 "Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit"
          means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit G
          delivered by Borrower to Administrative Agent pursuant to
          Section 3.1B(i) with respect to the proposed issuance of a
          Letter of Credit.
          
                   "Obligations" means all obligations of every
          nature of any Loan Party, from time to time owed to
          Administrative Agent, Lenders or any of them under the
          Loan Documents, whether for principal, interest,
          reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit,
          fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise and whether or
          not the obligation is allowed as a claim in any proceeding
          referred to in Section 8.6 or 8.7.
          
                   "Officers' Certificate" means, as applied to
          any Person a certificate executed by that Person or on
          behalf of that Person by an authorized Person; provided
          that every Officers' Certificate with respect to the
          compliance with a condition precedent to the making of any
          Loans hereunder shall include (i) a statement that the
          officer or officers making or giving such Officers' Certif-
          icate have read such condition and any definitions or other
          provisions contained in this Agreement relating thereto,
          (ii) a statement that, in the opinion of the signers, they have
          made or have caused to be made such examination or
          investigation as is necessary to enable them to express an
          informed opinion as to whether or not such condition has
          been complied with, and (iii) a statement as to whether, in
          the opinion of the signers, such condition has been
          complied with.
          
                   "Operating Lease" means, as applied to any
          Person, any lease (including, without limitation, leases that
          may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any
          property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is not a
          Capital Lease other than any such lease under which that
          Person is the lessor.
          
                   "Other Borrower Distributions" means
          distributions to the General Partners pursuant to the terms
          of the Joint Venture Agreement other than Tax
          Distributions, and in any event excluding the repayment of
          the Subordinated Debt owed to Circus on the Closing Date
          in accordance with Section 7.5(i).
          
                  "Other Permitted Indebtedness" means
          Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.1(iii) or 7.1(vi).
          
                  "Other Permitted Indebtedness Payments"
          means payments of principal and interest on Other
          Permitted Indebtedness.
          
                  "Parents" means the General Partners,
          Circus, Eldorado Hotel, Recreational Enterprises, Hotel-
          Casino Management, Inc. and their respective successors
          and assigns.
          
                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty
          Corporation (or any successor thereto).
          
                  "Pension Plan" means any Employee Benefit
          Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to
          Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of
          ERISA.
          
                   "Percentage Interests" has the meaning
          assigned to that term in the Joint Venture Agreement.
          
                    "Permitted Encumbrances" means the
          following types of Liens (other than any such Lien imposed
          pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Internal
          Revenue Code or by ERISA):
          
                            (i)  Liens for taxes, assessments or govern-
              mental charges or claims the payment of which is not, at
              the time, required by Section 6.3;
          
                            (ii)  statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
             carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen and
             other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary
             course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being
             contested in good faith, if such reserve or other
             appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by
             GAAP shall have been made therefor;
          
                           (iii) easements, rights of tenants,
             reservations, covenants, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor
             defects, minor encroachments or minor irregularities in
             title and other similar immaterial charges or encumbrances
             that (i) arise prior to the Closing Date and are approved in
             writing by the Administrative Agent or (ii) arise after the
             Closing Date and would not, individually or in the
             aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and 
          
                        (iv)  Liens arising solely from filing UCC
             financing statements relating solely to leases permitted by
             this Agreement.
          
                    "Person" means and includes natural
          persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general
          partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures,
          associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies,
          land trusts, business trusts, limited liability companies or
          other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and
          governments and agencies and political subdivisions
          thereof.
          
                    "Premises" means the real property situated
          in Reno, Nevada, and more particularly described in the
          Deed of Trust.
          
                    "Pre-Opening Expenses" means, with respect
          to any fiscal period, the amount of expenses (other than
          Interest Expense) incurred with respect to capital projects
          and properly deferred and charged to expense as of
          commencement of operations, which are classified as "pre-
          opening expenses" on the applicable financial statements of
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, prepared in
          accordance with GAAP.
          
                    "Pricing Period" means each of the
          consecutive approximately 90 day periods beginning on
          March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each
          year.
          
                   "Prior Agent" means Wells Fargo Bank,
          N.A., in its former capacity as 
          Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement.
          
                   "Pro Rata Share" means, with respect to
          each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the
          Loan Exposure of that Lender by (y) the aggregate Loan
          Exposure of all Lenders, as such percentage may be
          adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 10.1. 
          The Pro Rata Share of each Lender on the Closing Date is
          set forth opposite the name of that Lender in Schedule 2.1.
          
                   "Recreational Enterprises" means
          Recreational Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada corporation and
          member of Eldorado LLC and a member of Eldorado
          Hotel.
          
                    "Reduction Date" means March 31, 1998
          and each subsequent June 30, September 30, December 31
          and March 31 through the Maturity Date.
          
                    "Reference Period" has the meaning assigned
          to that term in Section 7.8.
          
                   "Reference Rate" means the rate of interest
          publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America
          in San Francisco, California, as its "reference rate" or the
          similar prime rate or reference rate announced by any
          successor Administrative Agent.  Bank of America's
          reference rate is a rate set by Bank of America based upon
          various factors including Bank of America's costs and
          desired return, general economic conditions and other
          factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some
          loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such
          announced rate.  Any change in the Reference Rate
          announced by Bank of America or any successor
          Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of
          business on the day specified in the public announcement of
          such change.
          
                   "Register" has the meaning assigned to that
          term in Section 2.1D.
          
                   "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the
          Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in
          effect from time to time.
          
                   "Reimbursement Date" has the meaning
          assigned to that term in Section 3.3B.
          
                    "Release" means any release, spill, emission,
          leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit,
          disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or
          migration of Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor
          environment (including, without limitation, the
          abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other
          closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), or
          into or out of any Facility, including the movement of any
          Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water,
          groundwater or property.
          
                  "Requisite Lenders" means Lenders having
          or holding 66 2/3% or more of the aggregate Loan
          Exposure of all Lenders.
          
                  "Restricted Junior Payment" means (i) any
          distribution of cash or property or other distribution, direct
          or indirect, on account of any partnership interest in
          Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, except a
          distribution payable solely in interests of that class of
          partnership interest to the holders of that class, (ii) any
          redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment,
          purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect,
          of any interests of any class of partnership interest in
          Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment
          made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any
          outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire any
          interests of any class of partnership interests in Borrower
          now or hereafter outstanding, and (iv) any payment or
          prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on,
          or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including
          in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar
          payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.
          
                   "Scheduled Facility Reductions" means
          reductions to the Commitments made pursuant to
          Section 2.4A.
          
                 "Securities" means any stock, shares,
          partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of
          interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or
          arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes,
          or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured,
          convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any
          instruments commonly known as "securities" or any certifi-
          cates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or
          interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or
          any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the
          foregoing.
          
                   "Security Agreement" means the Amended
          and Restated Security Agreement executed and delivered by
          Borrower and Administrative Agent on the Closing Date, as
          it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise
          modified from time to time.
          
                  "Senior Officer" means, with respect to any
          Person, any Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive
          Vice President, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
          Treasurer or Controller of such Person, or any individual
          holding an equivalent position with such Person or any
          partner or member of such Person, including, without
          limitation, in the case of Borrower, the General Manager of
          Silver Legacy Hotel and Casino and the Director of Finance
          and Administration of the Silver Legacy Hotel and Casino.
          
                    "Silver Legacy Bridge" means the elevated
          building structure that connects the hotel portion of the
          Hotel with the casino portion of the Hotel.
          
                   "Skyway Easements" means those two
          certain Bridge Easements recorded in the Official Records
          of Washoe County, Nevada, one by and between Borrower
          and Eldorado Hotel and the other by and between Borrower
          and Circus Circus Casinos, Inc., pursuant to which, among
          other things, Borrower was granted perpetual easements for
          pedestrian access to and from the Improvements via the
          Eldorado Bridge and the Circus Bridge, respectively.
          
                    "Skyways" means the Circus Bridge and the
          Eldorado Bridge; the Skyways are owned by Circus and
          Eldorado Hotel, respectively, and are subject to the terms
          and provisions of the Skyway Easements.  The Skyways do
          not include the Silver Legacy Bridge.
          
                   "Stand-Alone Coverage Ratio" means, as of
          the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (a) EBITDA
          (without any increase by reason of any amounts paid to
          Borrower under the Make-Well Agreement) minus the sum
          (without duplication) of Tax Distributions made pursuant to
          Section 7.5(ii), Other Borrower Distributions made
          pursuant to Section 7.5(iii) or 7.5(iv) and Capital
          Expenditures (other than Capital Expenditures for the
          improvements to the mezzanine level of the Hotel described
          in the proviso to Section 7.8) to (b) Scheduled Facility
          Reductions during that period (whether or not Borrower is
          actually required to make any payments to the Lenders to
          meet such Scheduled Facility Reductions) plus Cash Interest
          Expense plus Other Permitted Indebtedness Payments, in
          each case for the four Fiscal Quarter Period ending on such
          date.
          
                   "Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio" means, as of
          the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio of (i) the sum
          of the average of the daily Total Utilization during the
          immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter plus all other
          Indebtedness of Borrower for borrowed money outstanding
          as of the last day of such period plus Indebtedness
          outstanding in respect of Capital Leases as of the last day
          of such period to (ii) EBITDA for the four consecutive
          Fiscal Quarter period ending on the date as of which the
          determination is being made.
          
                   "Standby Letter of Credit" means any
          standby letter of credit or similar instrument issued for the
          purpose of supporting (i) Indebtedness of Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries in respect of industrial revenue or
          development bonds or financings, (ii) workers'
          compensation liabilities of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries, (iii) the obligations of third party insurers of
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising by virtue of the
          laws of any jurisdiction requiring third party insurers, and
          (iv) performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in any case if required
          by law or governmental rule or regulation or in accordance
          with custom and practice in the industry; provided that
          Standby Letters of Credit may not be issued for the purpose
          of supporting (a) trade payables, (b) any Indebtedness
          constituting "antecedent debt" (as that term is used in
          Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code), or (c) any
          Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation of Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries if such Indebtedness or Contingent
          Obligation is secured by real property of Borrower or such
          Subsidiary located in the State of California.
          
                    "Subordination Agreement" means a
          Subordination Agreement executed and delivered by Circus,
          Borrower and Administrative Agent as of the date of the
          issuance by Borrower of any General Partner Subordinated
          Debt, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, and in
          any event, as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time.
          
                   "Subordinated Indebtedness" means (i) the
          General Partner Subordinated Debt and (ii) any other
          Indebtedness of Borrower subordinated in right of payment
          to the Obligations pursuant to documentation containing
          maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults,
          remedies, subordination provisions and other material terms
          in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent
          and Lenders.
          
                   "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any
          Person, any corporation, partnership, association, joint
          venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of
          the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership
          interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
          contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or
          Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other
          Persons performing similar functions) having the power to
          direct or cause the direction of the management and policies
          thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or
          indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other
          Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.
          
                  "Supermajority Lenders" means Lenders
          having or holding 75% or more of the aggregate Loan
          Exposure of all Lenders.
          
                 "Swing Line" means the revolving line of
          credit established by the Swing Line Lender in favor of
          Borrower pursuant to Section 2.10.
          
                "Swing Line Documents" means the
          promissory note and any other documents executed by
          Borrower in favor of the Swing Line Lender in connection
          with the Swing Line.
          
                "Swing Line Lender" means Bank of
          America, acting through its Las Vegas Commercial Banking
          Division.
          
               "Swing Line Loans" means loans made by
          the Swing Line Lender to Borrower pursuant to
          Section 2.10.
          
              "Swing Line Outstandings" means, as of any
          date of determination, the aggregate principal Indebtedness
          of Borrower on all Swing Line Loans then outstanding.
          
              "Tax" or "Taxes" means any present or
          future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or
          withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomso-
          ever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied,
          collected, withheld or assessed; provided that "Tax on the
          overall net income" of a Person shall be construed as a
          reference to a tax imposed by the jurisdiction in which that
          Person's principal office (and/or, in the case of a Lender,
          its lending office) is located or in which that Person is
          deemed to be doing business on all or part of the net
          income, profits or gains of that Person (whether worldwide,
          or only insofar as such income, profits or gains are
          considered to arise in or to relate to a particular
          jurisdiction, or otherwise).
          
                 "Tax Distributions" means distributions to
          the General Partners of cash or property pursuant to
          Section 4.1(a) of the Joint Venture Agreement as in effect
          on the Closing Date made in order to satisfy the General
          Partners' federal tax liability accruing in the Fiscal Year
          with respect to which such distributions are made assuming
          each General Partner's tax liabilities accrue at the maximum
          marginal federal income tax rate that applies to such
          General Partner as set forth in Section 4.2 of the Joint
          Venture Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.
          
                  "Title Policy" means the American Land
          Title Association extended coverage mortgagee title
          insurance policy issued on or about the May 30, 1995 to
          the Prior Agent and the Lenders by First American Title
          Insurance Company, together with all related coinsurance
          and reinsurance policies and subsequent endorsements,
          including those provided under Section 4.1F.
          
                  "Total Utilization" means, as at any date of
          determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount
          of all outstanding Loans (other than Loans made for the
          purpose of reimbursing the Issuing Lender for any amount
          drawn under any Letter of Credit but not yet so applied)
          plus (ii) the Swing Line Outstandings plus (iii) the Letter of
          Credit Usage.
          
                    "Tunnel" means the tunnel beneath Sierra
          Street that connects the casino portion of the Hotel to the
          hotel portion of the Hotel.
          
                    "Unutilized Amount" has the meaning
          assigned to that term in Section 7.8.
          
          1.2       Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for
                              Purposes of Calculations Under Agreement.
          
                   Except as otherwise expressly provided in
          this Agreement, all accounting terms not otherwise defined
          herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
          conformity with GAAP.  Financial statements and other
          information required to be delivered by Borrower to
          Lenders pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (xiii) of
          Section 6.1 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as
          in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered
          together with the reconciliation statements provided for in
          Section 6.1(v)).  Calculations in connection with the
          definitions, covenants and other provisions of this
          Agreement shall utilize accounting principles and policies in
          conformity with GAAP as in effect at the time such
          calculations are made.
          
          1.3  Other Definitional Provisions.
          
                 References to "Sections," and "Exhibits"
          shall be to Sections of and Exhibits to this Agreement
          unless otherwise specifically provided.  Any of the terms
          defined in Section 1.1 may, unless the context otherwise
          requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on
                    the reference.<PAGE>
                       SECTION 2
          AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND
          LOANS
          
          2.1       Commitments; Making of Loans; the
                              Register; Optional Notes.
          
                    A.   Commitments.  Subject to the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the
          representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth
          in the Loan Documents, each Lender hereby severally
          agrees to lend to Borrower from time to time during the
          period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Maturity
          Date an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share
          of the aggregate amount of the Commitments, provided
          that, notwithstanding any other provision of this
          Agreement, the Total Utilization shall not at any time
          exceed the Commitments then in effect.  The amount of
          each Lender's Commitment shall be as set forth on
          Schedule 2.1; provided that (i) the Commitments of
          Lenders shall be adjusted to give effect to any assignments
          of the Commitments pursuant to Section 10.1, and (ii) the
          amount of the Commitments shall be reduced from time to
          time by the amount of any reductions thereto made pursuant
          to Sections 2.4A, 2.4B(ii) and 2.4B(iii) or terminated as set
          forth in Section 8.  Each Lender's Commitment shall expire
          on the Maturity Date and all Loans and all other amounts
          owed hereunder with respect to the Loans and the
          Commitments shall be paid in full no later than that date.  
          Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1A may be repaid
          and reborrowed at any time prior to the Maturity Date.
          
                    B.    Borrowing Mechanics.  The Loans made on
          each Funding Date (other than Loans made pursuant to
          Section 3.3B for the purpose of reimbursing Issuing Lender
          for the amount of a drawing under a Letter of Credit issued
          by it) shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of
          $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of
          that amount; provided that each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall
          be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and
          integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount. 
          Subject to the next following paragraph, whenever
          Borrower desires that Lenders make Loans it shall deliver
          to Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing no later
          than 9:00 A.M. (Pacific time) at least three Business Days
          in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan) or at least one Business Day in
          advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a
          Base Rate Loan).  The Notice of Borrowing shall specify
          (i) the proposed Funding Date (which shall be a Business
          Day), (ii) the amount of Loans requested, (iii) whether such
          Loans shall be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans,
          and (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the initial
          Interest Period requested therefor.  Loans may be continued
          as or converted into Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate
          Loans in the manner provided in Section 2.2D.
          
                   Unless Administrative Agent, in its sole and
          absolute discretion, has notified Borrower to the contrary, a
          Loan may be requested by telephone by a duly authorized
          officer or other Person authorized to borrow on behalf of
          Borrower, in which case Borrower shall confirm such
          request by delivering promptly a Notice of Borrowing with
          respect to such Loan in person or by telecopier to
          Administrative Agent.  Neither Administrative Agent nor
          any Lender shall incur any liability to any Loan Party in
          acting upon any such telephonic notice that Administrative
          Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly
          authorized officer or other person authorized to borrow on
          behalf of Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith
          under this Section 2.1B, and upon funding of Loans by
          Lenders in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any
          such telephonic notice Borrower shall have effected Loans
          hereunder.
          
                 Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent
          prior to the funding of any Loans in the event that any of
          the matters to which Borrower is required to certify in the
          applicable Notice of Borrowing is no longer true and
          correct as of the applicable Funding Date, and the
          acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of any Loans shall
          constitute a re-certification by Borrower, as of the
          applicable Funding Date, as to the matters to which
          Borrower is required to certify in the applicable Notice of Borrowing.
          
                  Except as otherwise provided in
          Sections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice of Borrowing for a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof)
          shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate
          Determination Date, and Borrower shall be bound to make
          a borrowing in accordance therewith.
          
                    C.  Disbursement of Funds.  All Loans under
          this Agreement shall be made by Lenders severally and
          simultaneously and in proportion to their respective Pro
          Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be
          responsible for any default by any other Lender in that
          other Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested
          hereunder nor shall the Commitment of any Lender be
          increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other
          Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a Loan
          requested hereunder.  Promptly after receipt by
          Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to
          Section 2.1B (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof),
          Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the pro-
          posed borrowing.  Each Lender shall make the amount of
          its Loan available to Administrative Agent, in same day
          funds in Dollars, at the Funding and Payment Office, not
          later than 1:00 P.M. (Pacific time) on the applicable
          Funding Date.  Except as provided in Section 3.3B with
          respect to Loans used to reimburse Issuing Lender for the
          amount of a drawing under a Letter of Credit issued by it,
          upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent
          specified in Sections 4.1 (in the case of the initial Loans
          made hereunder) and 4.2 (in the case of all Loans),
          Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such
          Loans available to Borrower on the applicable Funding
          Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars
          equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by
          Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the
          account of Borrower at the Funding and Payment Office.
          
                   Unless Administrative Agent shall have been
          notified by any Lender prior to the Funding Date for any
          Loans that such Lender does not intend to make available to
          Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender's Loan
          requested on such Funding Date, Administrative Agent may
          assume that such Lender has made such amount available to
          Administrative Agent on such Funding Date and
          Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall
          not be obligated to, make available to Borrower a
          corresponding amount on such Funding Date.  If such
          corresponding amount is not in fact made available to
          Administrative Agent by such Lender, Administrative
          Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding
          amount on demand from such Lender together with interest
          thereon, for each day from such Funding Date until the date
          such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the Federal
          Funds Effective Rate for three Business Days and thereafter
          at the Base Rate.  If such Lender does not pay such
          corresponding amount forthwith upon Administrative
          Agent's demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall
          promptly notify Borrower and Borrower shall immediately
          pay such corresponding amount to Administrative Agent
          together with interest thereon, for each day from such
          Funding Date until the date such amount is paid to
          Administrative Agent, at the rate payable under this
          Agreement for Base Rate Loans.  Nothing in this
          Section 2.1C shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from
          its obligation to fulfill its Commitment hereunder or to
          prejudice any rights that Borrower may have against any
          Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.
          
                    D.  The Register.
          
                    (i)  Administrative Agent shall maintain, at its address
          referred to in Section 10.8, a register for the recordation of
          the names and addresses of Lenders and the Commitment
          and Loans of each Lender from time to time (the
          "Register").  The Register shall be available for inspection
          by Borrower, any Lender or any Gaming Board and their
          respective agents at any reasonable time and from time to
          time upon reasonable prior notice.
          
                    (ii) Administrative Agent shall record in the
          Register the Commitment and the Loans from time to time
          of each Lender and each repayment or prepayment in
          respect of the principal amount of the Loans of each
          Lender.  Any such recordation shall be presumed to be
          correct; provided that failure to make any such recordation,
          or any error in such recordation, shall not affect
          Borrower's Obligations in respect of the applicable Loans.
          
                    (iii)  Each Lender shall record on its internal records
          (including, without limitation, any Note held by such
          Lender) the amount of each Loan made by it and each
          payment in respect thereof.  Any such recordation shall be
          presumed to be correct; provided that failure to make any
          such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not
          affect Borrower's Obligations in respect of the applicable
          Loans; and provided, further that in the event of any
          inconsistency between the Register and any Lender's
          records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.
          
                    (iv) Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders
          shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the
          Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding
          Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes
          hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such
          Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case unless
          and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the
          assignment or transfer thereof shall have been accepted by
          Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as
          provided in Section 10.1B(ii).  Prior to such recordation,
          all amounts owed with respect to the applicable
          Commitment or Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in
          the Register as the owner thereof, and any request,
          authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of
          making such request or giving such authority or consent, is
          listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and
          binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of
          the corresponding Commitment or Loans.
          
                    (v)  Borrower hereby designates Administrative
          Agent to serve as Borrower's agent solely for purposes of
          maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.1D,
          and Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent
          Administrative Agent serves in such capacity,
          Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees,
          agents and affiliates shall constitute Indemnitees for all
          purposes under Section 10.3.
          
                    E. Optional Notes.  If so requested by any
          Lender, Borrower shall execute and deliver a Note to such
          Lender.
          
          2.2  Interest on the Loans.
          
                    A.   Rate of Interest.  Subject to the provisions of
          Sections 2.6 and 2.7, each Loan shall bear interest on the
          unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made
          through maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a
          rate determined by reference to the Base Rate or the
          Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, as the case may be.  The applic-
          able basis for determining the rate of interest with respect
          to any Loan shall be selected by Borrower initially at the
          time a Notice of Borrowing is given with respect to such
          Loan pursuant to Section 2.1B. The basis for determining
          the interest rate with respect to any Loan may be changed
          from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2D. If on any day a
          Loan is outstanding with respect to which notice has not
          been delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with
          the terms of this Agreement specifying the applicable basis
          for determining the rate of interest, then for that day that
          Loan shall bear interest determined by reference to the Base
          Rate.
          
                Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.2E
          and 2.6, the Loans shall bear interest through maturity as
          follows:
          
                    (i)  if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of the
          Adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar
          Rate Margin.
          
                    (ii)  if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate
          plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin.
          
                    B.  Interest Periods.  In connection with each
          Eurodollar Rate Loan, Borrower may, pursuant to the
          applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/
          Continuation, as the case may be, select an interest period
          (each an "Interest Period") to be applicable to such Loan,
          which Interest Period shall be, at Borrower's option, either
          a one, two, three or six month period; provided that:
          
                    (i)  the initial Interest Period for any Eurodollar
          Rate Loan shall commence on the Funding Date in respect
          of such Loan, in the case of a Loan initially made as a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan, or on the date specified in the
          applicable Notice of Conversion/Continuation, in the case
          of a Loan converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan;
          
                    (ii)  in the case of immediately successive Interest
          Periods applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan continued as
          such pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, each
          successive Interest Period shall commence on the day on
          which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires;
          
                (iii)  if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day
          that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire
          on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any
          Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not
          a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no
          further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest
          Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;
          
                    (iv)  any Interest Period that begins on the last
          Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which
          there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar
          month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to
          clause (v) of this Section 2.2B, end on the last Business
          Day of a calendar month;
          
                    (v)  no Interest Period with respect to any portion
          of the Loans shall extend beyond the Maturity Date;
          
                    (vi) no Interest Period with respect to any portion
          of the Loans shall extend beyond the date on which a
          permanent reduction of the Commitments is scheduled to
          occur unless the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount
          of Loans that are Base Rate Loans plus (b) the aggregate
          principal amount of Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans
          with Interest Periods expiring on or before such date plus
          (c) the excess of the Commitments then in effect over the
          Total Utilization as of such date equals or exceeds the
          permanent reduction of the Commitments that is scheduled
          to occur on such date;
          
                (vii)  there shall be no more than ten Interest Periods out-
          standing at any time; and
          
                    (viii)  in the event Borrower fails to specify an Interest
          Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable
          Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation,
          Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest
          Period of one month.
          
                    C.  Interest Payments.  Subject to the provisions
          of Section 2.2E, interest on each Loan shall be payable in
          arrears on and to each Interest Payment Date applicable to
          that Loan, upon any prepayment of that Loan (to the extent
          accrued on the amount being prepaid) and at maturity
          (including final maturity); provided that in the event any
          Loans that are Base Rate Loans are prepaid pursuant to
          Section 2.4B(i), interest accrued on such Loans through the
          date of such prepayment shall be payable on the next
          succeeding Interest Payment Date applicable to Base Rate
          Loans (or, if earlier, at final maturity).
          
                    D.  Conversion or Continuation.  Subject to the
          provisions of Section 2.6, Borrower shall have the option at
          any time (i) to convert all or any part of its outstanding
          Loans equal to $1,000,000 and integral multiples of
          $100,000 in excess of that amount from Loans bearing
          interest at a rate determined by reference to one basis to
          Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to
          an alternative basis or (ii) upon the expiration of any
          Interest Period applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, to
          continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to
          $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of
          that amount as a Eurodollar Rate Loan; provided, however,
          that a Eurodollar Rate Loan may only be converted into a
          Base Rate Loan on the expiration date of an Interest Period
          applicable thereto.
          
                       Subject to the next following paragraph,
          Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation
          to Administrative Agent no later than 9:00 A.M. (Pacific
          time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed
          conversion date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate
          Loan) and at least three Business Days in advance of the
          proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a
          conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate
          Loan).  A Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall specify
          (i) the proposed conversion/continuation date (which shall
          be a Business Day), (ii) the amount and type of the Loan to
          be converted/continued, (iii) the nature of the proposed
          conversion/continuation, (iv) in the case of a conversion to,
          or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the requested
          Interest Period, and (v) in the case of a conversion to, or a
          continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, that no Default or
          Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          
                Unless Administrative Agent, in its sole and
          absolute discretion, has notified Borrower to the contrary, a
          Loan may be requested by telephone by a duly authorized
          officer or other Person authorized to borrow on behalf of
          Borrower, in which case Borrower shall confirm such
          request by delivering promptly a Notice of Borrowing with
          respect to such Loan in person or by telecopier to
          Administrative Agent.  Borrower and Lenders may enter a
          memorandum of understanding that sets forth specific
          procedures for such telephonic requests; if Lenders comply
          with the procedures set forth in such memorandum (or if no
          such memorandum is entered), neither Administrative
          Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to Borrower
          in acting upon any such telephonic notice that
          Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been
          given by a duly authorized officer or other person
          authorized to act on behalf of Borrower or for otherwise
          acting in good faith under this Section 2.2D, and upon
          conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for
          determining the interest rate with respect to any Loans in
          accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such
          telephonic notice Borrower shall have effected a conversion
          or continuation, as the case may be, hereunder.
          
               Except as otherwise provided in
          Sections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice of Conversion/
          Continuation for conversion to, or continuation of, a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof)
          shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate
          Determination Date, and Borrower shall be bound to effect
          a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.
          
                    E.  Post-Maturity Interest.  Any principal
          payments on the Loans not paid when due and, to the
          extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments
          on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder
          not paid when due, in each case whether at stated maturity,
          by notice of prepayment (which may be revoked by
          Borrower to the extent such revocation will not result in the
          incurrence of costs by Administrative Agent or any Lender
          or, if incurred, such costs are reimbursed by Borrower), by
          acceleration or otherwise, shall thereafter bear interest
          (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the
          Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws)
          payable on demand at a rate which is 2% per annum in
          excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this
          Agreement with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the
          case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is
          2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise
          payable under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans);
          provided that, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, upon
          the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time any
          such increase in interest rate is effective such Eurodollar
          Rate Loans shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans and
          shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate
          which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate
          otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate
          Loans.  Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of
          interest provided for in this Section 2.2E is not a permitted
          alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a
          waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or
          limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any
          Lender.
          
                    F. Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest
          on the Loans shall be computed (i) in the case of Base Rate
          Loans, on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as the
          case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans,
          on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual
          number of days elapsed in the period during which it
          accrues.  Fees payable by Borrower under this Agreement
          shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the
          actual number of days during which the fee accrues.  In
          computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of
          such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable
          to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being
          converted from a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of
          conversion of such Eurodollar Rate Loan to such Base Rate
          Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of
          payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest
          Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base
          Rate Loan being converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
          date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such
          Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be
          excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same day
          on which it is made, one day's interest shall be paid on that
          Loan.
          
          2.3  Fees.
          
                    A.  Commitment Fees.  Borrower agrees to pay
          to Administrative Agent, for distribution to each Lender in
          proportion to that Lender's Pro Rata Share, commitment
          fees for the period from and including the Closing Date to
          and excluding the Maturity Date equal to: the average of
          the daily excess of the Maximum Availability over the
          Total Utilization multiplied by the Applicable Commitment
          Fee Rate, provided that for purposes of calculating
          commitment fees hereunder, the Swing Line Obligations
          shall not be included in Total Utilization.  These
          commitment fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on
          each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31,
          commencing on the first such date to occur after the
          Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date.
          
                    B.  Arrangement Fee and Servicing Fee. 
          Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent a non-
          refundable arrangement fee and a non-refundable servicing
          fee, payable in amounts set forth in the Fee Letter.
          
                    C. Amendment Fee.  Borrower agrees to pay to
          each Lender a non-refundable amendment fee in an amount
          equal to such Lender's allocated Commitment times 10.0
          basis points.
          
          2.4       Prepayments and Reductions in
                              Commitments; General Provisions Regarding
                              Payments.
          
                    A. Scheduled Reductions of Commitments.  The
          Commitments shall be permanently reduced on each
          Reduction Date occurring during a period set forth below in
          the amount set forth opposite that period:
          
                    Reduction Dates During       Amount
          
                    March 31, 1998 through
                    December 31, 2000                 
                                               $4,250,000
          
                    March 31, 2001 through
                    December 31, 2002                 
                                               $5,500,000
          
                    March 31, 2003                    
                                               $6,000,000
          
                    June 30, 2003                     
                                               $129,000,000
          
          provided that the scheduled reductions of the Commitments
          set forth above shall be (i) reduced in connection with any
          voluntary or mandatory reductions of the Commitments in
          accordance with Section 2.4B(iv) and (ii) accelerated to the
          extent acceleration of the Loans occurs pursuant to
          Section 8.20B.
          
           B.  Prepayments and Unscheduled Reductions in
          Commitments.
          
           (i)  Voluntary Prepayments.  Borrower may, upon not
          less than one Business Day's prior written or telephonic
          notice, in the case of Base Rate Loans, and three Business
          Days' prior written or telephonic notice, in the case of
          Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case given to
          Administrative Agent by 9:00 A.M. (Pacific time) on the
          date required and, if given by telephone, promptly
          confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (which
          original written or telephonic notice Administrative Agent
          will promptly transmit by telefacsimile or telephone to each
          Lender), at any time and from time to time prepay any
          Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggre-
          gate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples
          of $100,000 in excess of that amount; provided, however,
          that the payment of any Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date
          other than the last day of the related Interest Period shall be
          subject to Section 2.6D.  Notice of prepayment having been
          given as aforesaid, the principal amount of the Loans
          specified in such notice shall become due and payable on
          the prepayment date specified therein; provided that such
          notice may be revoked by Borrower to the extent such
          revocation will not result in the incurrence of costs by
          Administrative Agent or any Lender or, if incurred, such
          costs are reimbursed by Borrower.  Any such voluntary
          prepayment shall be applied as specified in
          Section 2.4B(iv).
          
           (ii)  Voluntary Reductions of Commitments.  Borrower
          may, upon not less than three Business Days' prior written
          or telephonic notice confirmed in writing to Administrative
          Agent (which original written or telephonic notice
          Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by
          telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender), at any time and
          from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce
          in part, without premium or penalty, the Commitments in
          an amount up to the amount by which the Commitments
          exceed the Total Utilization at the time of such proposed
          termination or reduction; provided that any such partial
          reduction of the Commitments shall be in an aggregate
          minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of
          $100,000 in excess of that amount.  Borrower's notice to
          Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall
          be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the
          amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or
          reduction of the Commitments shall be effective on the date
          specified in Borrower's notice and shall reduce the
          Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata
          Share.  Any such voluntary reduction of the Commitments
          shall be applied as specified in Section 2.4B(iv).
          
           (iii)  Mandatory Prepayments and Mandatory Reductions
          of Commitments.
          
           (a)  Prepayments and Reductions Due to Reversion of
                     Surplus Assets of Pension Plans.  On the date of return
                     to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any surplus
                     assets of any pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of
                     ERISA) of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, Borrower
                     shall prepay the Loans, and the Commitments shall be
                     permanently reduced, in an amount equal to 100% of
                     such returned surplus assets, net of transaction costs and
                     expenses incurred in obtaining such return, including
                     incremental taxes payable as a result thereof.  Any such
                     mandatory prepayments or reductions of the
                     Commitments shall be applied as specified in
                     Section 2.4B(iv).
          
           (b)  Prepayments Due to Reductions or Restrictions of
                     Commitments.  Borrower shall prepay the Loans to the
                     extent necessary so that the Total Utilization shall not at
                     any time exceed the Commitments then in effect. 
                     Borrower shall make any prepayment required under this
                     Section 2.4B(iii)(b) within three (3) Business Days of the
                     earlier of (x) the date on which any Senior Officer of
                     Borrower learns that such excess exists or (y) the date on
                     which Borrower receives written notice from any Lender
                     that a payment is due under this Section 2.4B(iii)(b). 
                     Any such mandatory prepayments shall be applied as
                     specified in Section 2.4B(iv).
          
          (iv) Application of Prepayments and Unscheduled
          Reductions of Commitments.
          
           (a)  Application of Prepayments to Base Rate Loans and
                     Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Any prepayment of the Loans
                     shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full
                     extent thereof before application to Eurodollar Rate
                     Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the
                     amount of any payments required to be made by
                     Borrower pursuant to Section 2.6D.
          
           (b)  Application of Unscheduled Reductions of
                     Commitments.  Any voluntary or mandatory reduction of
                     the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4B(ii) or
                     2.4B(iii) shall be applied to ratably reduce the then
                     remaining Scheduled Facility Reductions.
          
          C.    General Provisions Regarding Payments.
          
          (i)  Manner and Time of Payment.  All payments by
          Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations
          hereunder and under the Notes shall be made in Dollars in
          same day funds, without defense, set-off or counterclaim,
          free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to
          Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (Pacific
          time) on the date due at the Funding and Payment Office
          for the account of Lenders; funds received by
          Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall
          be deemed to have been paid by Borrower on the next
          succeeding Business Day.  Borrower hereby authorizes
          Administrative Agent to charge its accounts with
          Administrative Agent upon the occurrence and during the
          continuance of an Event of Default, in order to cause timely
          payment to be made to Administrative Agent of all
          principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject
          to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that
          purpose) and after such a charge is made on sufficient funds
          available, payment of principal, interest and fees under this
          Section 2.4C shall be deemed to have been made; provided
          however that until such occurrence and continuance of an
          Event of Default Administrative Agent shall not charge
          Borrower's accounts with Administrative Agent until receipt
          by Administrative Agent of written authorization from
          Borrower in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 10.8.
          
          (ii)  Application of Payments to Principal and Interest.  All
          payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan
          shall include payment of accrued interest on the principal
          amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments shall
          be applied to the payment of interest before application to
          principal.
          
          (iii)  Apportionment of Payments.  Aggregate principal and
          interest payments shall be apportioned among all out-
          standing Loans to which such payments relate, in each case
          proportionately to Lenders' respective Pro Rata Shares. 
          Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each
          Lender, at its primary address set forth below its name on
          the appropriate signature page hereof or at such other
          address as such Lender may request, its Pro Rata Share of
          all such payments received by Administrative Agent and the
          commitment fees of such Lender when received by
          Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.3. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
          Section 2.4C(iii), if, pursuant to the provisions of
          Section 2.6C, any Notice of Conversion/Continuation is
          withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected
          Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share
          of any Eurodollar Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall
          give effect thereto in apportioning payments received
          thereafter.
          
          (iv)  Payments on Business Days.  Whenever any payment
          to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day
          that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on
          the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of
          time shall be included in the computation of the payment of
          interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder, as
          the case may be.
          
          (v)  Notation of Payment.  Each Lender agrees that before
          disposing of any Note held by it, or any part thereof (other
          than by granting participations therein), that Lender will
          make a notation thereon of all Loans evidenced by that
          Note and all principal payments previously made thereon
          and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid;
          provided that the failure to make (or any error in the
          making of) a notation of any Loan made under such Note
          shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of any
          Loan Party hereunder or under such Note with respect to
          any Loan or any payments of principal or interest on such
          Note.
          
          2.5  Use of Proceeds.
          
          A.    The proceeds of the Loans, together with other
          funds available to Borrower, shall be applied by Borrower
          (i) on the Closing Date, to refinance the obligations under
          the Existing Credit Agreement and to repay the
          Subordinated Obligations to Circus described in Section
          7.5(i), and (ii) thereafter, to fund distributions permitted
          under Section 7.5 to the General Partners, for working
          capital and other general business purposes.
          
          B.    Margin Regulations.  No portion of the proceeds
          of any borrowing under this Agreement shall be used by
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any manner that
          might cause the borrowing or the application of such
          proceeds to violate Regulation G, Regulation U, Regulation
          T or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the
          Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such
          Board or to violate the Exchange Act, in each case as in
          effect on the date or dates of such borrowing and such use
          of proceeds.
          
          2.6   Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate
                          Loans.
          
                Notwithstanding any other provision of this
          Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall
          govern with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as to the
          matters covered:
          
           A.   Determination of Applicable Interest Rate.  As
          soon as practicable after 9:00 A.M. (Pacific time) on each
          Interest Rate Determination Date, Administrative Agent
          shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest
          error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the
          interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans
          for which an interest rate is then being determined for the
          applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice
          thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to
          Borrower and each Lender.
          
           B.   Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate. 
          In the event that Administrative Agent shall have
          determined (which determination shall be final and
          conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any
          Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any
          Eurodollar Rate Loans, that by reason of circumstances
          affecting the interbank Eurodollar market adequate and fair
          means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate
          applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the
          definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, Administrative
          Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by
          telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and each
          Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may
          be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans until
          such time as Administrative Agent notifies Borrower and
          Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no
          longer exist and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
          Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to
          the Loans in respect of which such determination was made
          shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.
          
           C.   Illegality or Impracticability of Eurodollar Rate
          Loans.  In the event that on any date any Lender shall have
          determined (which determination shall be final and
          conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be
          made only after consultation with Borrower and
          Administrative Agent) that the making, maintaining or
          continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans (i) has become
          unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good
          faith with any law, treaty, governmental rule, central bank
          directive, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict
          with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation,
          guideline or order not having the force of law even though
          the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful) or
          (ii) has become impracticable, or would cause such Lender
          material hardship, as a result of contingencies occurring
          after the date of this Agreement which materially and
          adversely affect the interbank Eurodollar market or the
          position of such Lender in that market, then, and in any
          such event, such Lender shall be an "Affected Lender" and
          it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile or by
          telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and
          Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice
          Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other
          Lender).  Thereafter (a) the obligation of the Affected
          Lender to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to,
          Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such notice
          shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (b) to the
          extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to
          a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by Borrower
          pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
          Conversion/Continuation, the Affected Lender shall make
          such Loan as (or convert such Loan to, as the case may be)
          a Base Rate Loan, (c) the Affected Lender's obligation to
          maintain its outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans (the
          "Affected Loans") shall be terminated at the earlier to occur
          of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with
          respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law, and
          (d) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Base
          Rate Loans on the date of such termination. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination
          by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by Borrower
          pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
          Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option,
          subject to the provisions of Section 2.6D, to rescind such
          Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation
          as to all Lenders by giving notice (by telefacsimile or by
          telephone confirmed in writing) to Administrative Agent of
          such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender
          gives notice of its determination as described above (which
          notice of rescission Administrative Agent shall promptly
          transmit to each other Lender).  Except as provided in the
          immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this
          Section 2.6C shall affect the obligation of any Lender other
          than an Affected Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or
          to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance
          with the terms of this Agreement.
          
           D.   Compensation For Breakage or Non-
          Commencement of Interest Periods.  Borrower shall
          compensate each Lender, upon written request by that
          Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for request-
          ing such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and
          liabilities (including, without limitation, any interest paid by
          that Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or
          carry its Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or
          liability sustained by that Lender in connection with the
          liquidation or re-employment of such funds) which that
          Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a
          default by that Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate
          Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice
          of Borrowing or a telephonic request for borrowing, or a
          conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan
          does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of
          Conversion/Continuation or a telephonic request for conver-
          sion or continuation, (ii) if any prepayment or other
          principal payment or any conversion of any of its
          Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day
          of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, (iii) if any
          prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made
          on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by
          Borrower, or (iv) as a consequence of any other default by
          Borrower in the repayment of its Eurodollar Rate Loans
          when required by the terms of this Agreement.
          
           E.   Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Any Lender
          may make, carry or transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at, to,
          or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office
          of an Affiliate of that Lender.
          
           F.   Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurodollar
          Rate Loans.  Calculation of all amounts payable to a
          Lender under this Section 2.6 and under Section 2.7A shall
          be made as though that Lender had actually funded each of
          its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loans through the purchase of
          a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained
          pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such
          Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to
          the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such
          Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of that Lender to
          a domestic office of that Lender in the United States of
          America; provided, however, that each Lender may fund
          each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit
          and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the
          purposes of calculating amounts payable under this
          Section 2.6 and under Section 2.7A.
          
           G.   Eurodollar Rate Loans After Default.  After the
          occurrence of and during the continuation of a Default or
          an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have a
          Loan be made or maintained as, or converted to, a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan after the expiration of any Interest
          Period then in effect for that Loan and (ii) subject to the
          provisions of Section 2.6D, any Notice of Borrowing or
          Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with
          respect to a requested borrowing or conversion/continuation
          that has not yet occurred shall be deemed to be rescinded
          by Borrower.
          
          2.7   Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy.
          
           A.   Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes. 
          Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7B, in the event that
          any Lender shall determine (which determination shall,
          absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding
          upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmen-
          tal rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the
          interpretation, administration or application thereof
          (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or
          governmental rule, regulation or order), or any
          determination of a court or governmental authority, in each
          case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or
          compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or
          directive issued or made after the date hereof by any central
          bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority
          (whether or not having the force of law):
          
           (i)  subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office)
          to any additional Tax (other than any Tax on the overall net
          income of such Lender) with respect to this Agreement or
          any of its obligations hereunder or any payments to such
          Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal,
          interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder;
          
           (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve
          (including without limitation any marginal, emergency,
          supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit,
          compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement
          against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or
          for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit
          extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any
          office of such Lender (other than any such reserve or other
          requirements with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans that are
          reflected in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate); or
          
           (iii)  imposes any other condition (other than with respect
          to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its
          applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the
          interbank Eurodollar market;
          
          and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost
          to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining
          Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or
          receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office)
          with respect thereto; then, in any such case, Borrower shall
          promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the statement
          referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or
          amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different
          method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender
          in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary
          to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or
          reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder. 
          Such Lender shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to
          Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in
          reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional
          amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.7A,
          which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all
          parties hereto absent manifest error.
          
           B.   Withholding of Taxes.
          
           (i)  Payments to Be Free and Clear.  All sums payable
          by Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents shall be paid free and clear of and (except to
          the extent required by law) without any deduction or
          withholding on account of any Tax (other than a Tax on the
          overall net income of any Lender) imposed, levied,
          collected, withheld or assessed by or within the United
          States of America or any political subdivision in or of the
          United States of America or any other jurisdiction from or
          to which a payment is made by or on behalf of Borrower or
          by any federation or organization of which the United
          States of America or any such jurisdiction is a member at
          the time of payment.
          
           (ii)  Grossing-up of Payments.  If Borrower or any other
          Person is required by law to make any deduction or
          withholding on account of any such Tax (other than a Tax
          on the overall net income of any Lender) from any sum
          paid or payable by Borrower to Administrative Agent or
          any Lender under any of the Loan Documents:
          
           (a)  Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent of any
                     such requirement or any change in any such requirement
                     as soon as Borrower becomes aware of it;
          
           (b)  Borrower shall pay any such Tax (other than a Tax
                     on the overall net income of any Lender) before the date
                     on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be
                     made (if the liability to pay is imposed on Borrower) for
                     its own account or (if that liability is imposed on
                     Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may
                     be) on behalf of and in the name of Administrative Agent
                     or such Lender;
          
           (c)  the sum payable by Borrower in respect of which the
                     relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required
                     shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that,
                     after the making of that deduction, withholding or
                     payment, Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the
                     case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to
                     what it would have received had no such deduction,
                     withholding or payment been required or made; and
          
           (d)  within 30 days after paying any sum from which it
                     is required by law to make any deduction or withholding,
                     and within 30 days after the due date of payment of any
                     Tax which it is required by clause (b) above to pay,
                     Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent evidence
                     satisfactory to the other affected parties of such
                     deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance
                     thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority;
          
          (iii)  Evidence of Exemption from U.S. Withholding Tax.
          
           (a)  Each Lender that is organized under the laws of any
                     jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or
                     other political subdivision thereof (for purposes of this
                     Section 2.7B(iii), a "Non-US Lender") shall deliver to
                     Administrative Agent for transmission to Borrower, on
                     or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender
                     listed on the signature pages hereof) or on the date of the
                     Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a
                     Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such
                     other times as may be necessary in the determination of
                     Borrower or Administrative Agent (each in the
                     reasonable exercise of its discretion), (1) two original
                     copies of Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224
                     (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly
                     executed by such Lender, together with any other
                     certificate or statement of exemption required under the
                     Internal Revenue Code or the regulations issued
                     thereunder to establish that such Lender is not subject to
                     deduction or withholding of United States federal income
                     tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of
                     principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under
                     any of the Loan Documents or (2) if such Lender is not
                     a "bank" or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3)
                     of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot deliver either
                     Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to
                     clause (1) above, a Certificate re Non-Bank Status
                     together with two original copies of Internal Revenue
                     Service Form W-8 (or any successor form), properly
                     completed and duly executed by such Lender, together
                     with any other certificate or statement of exemption
                     required under the Internal Revenue Code or the
                     regulations issued thereunder to establish that such
                     Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding of
                     United States federal income tax with respect to any
                     payments to such Lender of interest payable under any of
                     the Loan Documents.
          
           (b)  Each Lender required to deliver any forms,
                     certificates or other evidence with respect to United
                     States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to
                     Section 2.7B(iii)(a) hereby agrees, from time to time
                     after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms,
                     certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time
                     or change in circumstances renders such forms,
                     certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in
                     any material respect, such Lender shall (1) deliver to
                     Administrative Agent for transmission to Borrower two
                     new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form
                     1001 or 4224, or a Certificate re Non-Bank Status and
                     two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form
                     W-8, as the case may be, properly completed and duly
                     executed by such Lender, together with any other
                     certificate or statement of exemption required in order to
                     confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to
                     deduction or withholding of United States federal income
                     tax with respect to payments to such Lender under the
                     Loan Documents or (2) immediately notify
                     Administrative Agent and Borrower of its inability to
                     deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence.
          
           (c)  Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional
                     amount to any Non-US Lender under clause (c) of
                     Section 2.7B(ii) if such Lender shall have failed to
                     satisfy the requirements of Section 2.7B(iii)(a); provided
                     that if such Lender shall have satisfied such requirements
                     on the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on
                     the signature pages hereof) or on the date of the
                     Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a
                     Lender (in the case of each other Lender), nothing in this
                     Section 2.7B(iii)(c) shall relieve Borrower of its
                     obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant to
                clause (c) of Section 2.7B(ii) in the event that, as a result
                     of any change in any applicable law, treaty or
                     governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in
                     the interpretation, administration or application thereof,
                     such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver
                     forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date
                     establishing the fact that such Lender is not subject to
                     withholding as described in Section 2.7B(iii)(a).
          
          C.    Capital Adequacy Adjustment.  If any Lender
          shall have determined that the adoption, effectiveness,
          phase-in or applicability after the date hereof of any law,
          rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding
          capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpreta-
          tion or administration thereof by any governmental
          authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with
          the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
          by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) with any
          guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy
          (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
          governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency,
          has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
          on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling
          such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such
          Lender's Loans or Commitment or Letters of Credit or
          participations therein or other obligations hereunder with
          respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit to a level
          below that which such Lender or such controlling corpora-
          tion could have achieved but for such adoption,
          effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance
          (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or
          such controlling corporation with regard to capital
          adequacy), then from time to time, within five Business
          Days after receipt by Borrower from such Lender of the
          statement referred to in the next sentence, Borrower shall
          pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as
          will compensate such Lender or such controlling
          corporation on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such
          Lender shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to
          Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in
          reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such
          additional amounts, which statement shall be conclusive and
          binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.
          
          2.8   Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lender to
          Mitigate.
          
                Each Lender and Issuing Lender agrees that, as
          promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender or
          Issuing Lender responsible for administering the Loans or
          Letters of Credit of such Lender or Issuing Lender, as the
          case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event
          or the existence of a condition that would cause such
          Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle
          such Lender or Issuing Lender to receive payments under
          Section 2.7 or Section 3.6, it will, to the extent not
          inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender or
          Issuing Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory
          restrictions, use reasonable efforts (i) to make, issue, fund
          or maintain the Commitment of such Lender or the affected
          Loans or Letters of Credit of such Lender or Issuing
          Lender through another lending or letter of credit office of
          such Lender or Issuing Lender, or (ii) take such other
          measures as such Lender or Issuing Lender may deem
          reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which
          would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would
          cease to exist or the additional amounts which would
          otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender or Issuing
          Lender pursuant to Section 2.7 or Section 3.6 would be
          materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender or
          Issuing Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing,
          funding or maintaining of such Commitment or Loans or
          Letters of Credit through such other lending or letter of
          credit office or in accordance with such other measures, as
          the case may be, would not otherwise materially adversely
          affect such Commitment or Loans or Letters of Credit or
          the interests of such Lender or Issuing Lender; provided
          that such Lender or Issuing Lender will not be obligated to
          utilize such other lending or letter of credit office pursuant
          to this Section 2.8 unless Borrower agrees to pay all
          incremental expenses incurred by such Lender or Issuing
          Lender as a result of utilizing such other lending or letter of
          credit office as described in clause (i) above.  A certificate
          as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Borrower
          pursuant to this Section 2.8 (setting forth in reasonable
          detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by
          such Lender or Issuing Lender to Borrower (with a copy to
          Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest
          error.
          
          2.9    Termination of Make-Well Agreement.  It is
          acknowledged that, during the period from December 31,
          2000 through December 31, 2001, Circus shall have the
          option to elect to terminate the Make-Well Agreement
          pursuant to Section 2.14 thereof if all the following
          conditions have been satisfied:
          
                (i)  on the last day of each of the two most recent
                          Fiscal Quarters for which financial statements of
                          Borrower have been delivered pursuant to Section
                          5.1, the Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio shall be
                          3.00:1.00 or less;
          
                (ii)  for each of the two most recent Fiscal
                          Quarters for which financial statements of
                          Borrower have been delivered pursuant to Section
                          5.1, the Stand-Alone Coverage Ratio for the four
                          consecutive Fiscal Quarters then ended shall be
                          not less than 1.25:1.00;
          
                (iii)  no Event of Default or Default shall have
                          occurred and be continuing; and
          
                (iv)  Circus shall not be in default in any of its
                          monetary agreements under the Make-Well
                          Agreement.
          
          Borrower acknowledges that termination of the Make-Well
          Agreement under such circumstances shall be at the option
          of Circus, and that any such termination will result in
          higher interest rates and more restrictive covenants
          hereunder, as set forth herein.
          
                2.10  Swing Line.  (A)  Subject to the terms and
          conditions set forth herein, from the Closing Date through
          the day prior to the Maturity Date, the Swing Line Lender
          shall make Swing Line Loans to Borrower in such amounts
          as it may request which do not result in the Total
          Utilization being in excess of the then effective
          Commitments, provided that (i) after giving effect to each
          Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Outstandings shall not
          exceed $10,000,000, (ii) without the consent of all of the
          Lenders, no Swing Line Loan may be made during the
          continuation of a Default or Event of Default and (iii) the
          Swing Line Lender has not given at least twenty-four 
          hours prior notice to Borrower that availability under the
          Swing Line is suspended or terminated.  Each request for a
          Swing Line Loan shall constitute a representation by
          Borrower that each of the representations and warranties set
          forth herein are true and correct, to the extent set forth in
          Section 4.2(b).  Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow
          under this Section.  Unless notified to the contrary by the
          Swing Line Lender, borrowings under the Swing Line may
          be made in amounts which are integral multiples of
          $100,000 upon telephonic request by a Senior Officer of
          Borrower made to the Administrative Agent not later than
          1:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the Banking Day of the
          requested borrowing (which telephonic request shall be
          promptly confirmed in writing by telecopier), provided that
          if the requested Swing Line Loan is to be credited to an
          account which is not with the Swing Line Lender, the
          request must be submitted by 11:30 a.m., Pacific time. 
          Promptly after receipt of such a request for borrowing, the
          Administrative Agent shall provide telephonic verification
          to the Swing Line Lender that, after giving effect to such
          request, the Total Utilization will not exceed the then
          effective Commitments (and such verification shall be
          promptly confirmed in writing by telecopier).  Unless
          notified to the contrary by the Swing Line Lender, each
          repayment of a Swing Line Loan shall be in an amount
          which is an integral multiple of $100,000.  If Borrower
          instructs the Swing Line Lender to debit its demand deposit
          account at the Swing Line Lender in the amount of any
          payment with respect to a Swing Line Loan, or the Swing
          Line Lender otherwise receives repayment, after 3:00 p.m.,
          Pacific time, on a Banking Day, such payment shall be
          deemed received on the next Banking Day.  The Swing
          Line Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent
          of the Swing Loan Outstandings each time there is a change
          therein or if  it suspends or terminates availability under the
          Swing Line.
          
                (B)  Swing Line Loans shall bear interest at a
          fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Base Rate.  Interest
          shall be payable on such dates, not more frequent than
          monthly, as may be specified by the Swing Line Lender
          and in any event on the Maturity Date.  The Swing Line
          Lender shall be responsible for invoicing Borrower for such
          interest.  Interest payable on Swing Line Loans is solely for
          the account of the Swing Line Lender (subject to clause (D)
          below).
          
                (C)  The Swing Line Loans shall be payable
          within five (5) Banking Days after demand made by the
          Swing Line Lender and in any event on the Maturity Date
          or any earlier date when all other Obligations are due.
          
                (D)  Upon the making of a Swing Line Loan in
          accordance with Section 2.10(A), each Lender shall be
          deemed to have purchased from the Swing Line Lender a
          participation therein in an amount equal to that Lender's
          Pro Rata Share times the amount of the Swing Line Loan. 
          Upon demand made by the Swing Line Lender through the
          Administrative Agent, each Lender shall, according to its
          Pro Rata Share, promptly provide to the Swing Line Lender
          its purchase price therefor in an amount equal to its
          participation therein.  The obligation of each Lender to so
          provide its purchase price to the Swing Line Lender shall
          be absolute and unconditional (subject only to the making of
          a demand upon that Lender by the Swing Line Lender) and
          shall not be affected by the occurrence of a Default or
          Event of Default; provided that no Lender shall be
          obligated to purchase its Pro Rata Share of (i) Swing Line
          Loans to the extent that Swing Line Outstandings are in
          excess of $10,000,000 or to the extent that the making of
          such Swing Line Loan results in the Total Utilization being
          in excess of the then effective Commitments, or (ii) any
          Swing Line Loan is made (absent the consent of all of the
          Lenders) during the continuation of any Default or Event of
          Default.  Each Lender that has provided to the Swing Line
          Lender the purchase price due for its participation in Swing
          Line Loans shall thereupon acquire a pro rata participation,
          to the extent of such payment, in the claim of the Swing
          Line Lender against Borrower for principal and interest and
          shall share, in accordance with that pro rata participation,
          in any principal payment made by Borrower with respect to
          such claim and in any interest payment made by Borrower
          (but only with respect to periods subsequent to the date
          such Lender paid the Swing Line Lender its purchase price)
          with respect to such claim.
          
                (E)  In the event that the Swing Line Outstandings
          are (a) outstanding five consecutive Banking Days, or (b)
          the Swing Line Outstandings are in excess of $5,000,000
          for three Banking Days, then (unless Borrower has made
          other arrangements acceptable to the Swing Line Lender to
          pay the Swing Line Outstandings in full), on the next
          Banking Day, Borrower shall request a Loan pursuant to
          Section 2.1 which is sufficient to pay the Swing Line
          Outstandings in full.  In addition, upon any demand for
          payment of the Swing Line Outstandings by the Swing Line
          Lender (unless Borrower has made other arrangements
          acceptable to the Swing Line Lender to reduce the Swing
          Line Outstandings to $0), Borrower shall request a Loan
          pursuant to Section 2.1 which is sufficient to repay all
          Swing Line Outstandings (and, for this purpose, the
          conditions precedent to the making of Loans shall not
          apply).   In each case, the Administrative Agent shall
          automatically provide the Loans made by each Lender to
          the Swing Line Lender (which the Swing Line Lender shall
          then apply to the Swing Line Outstandings).  In the event
          that Borrower fails to request a Loan within the time speci-
          fied by Section 2.1B on any such date, the Administrative
          Agent may, but is not required to, without notice to or the
          consent of Borrower, cause Loans to be made by the
          Lenders under their Commitments in amounts which are
          sufficient to reduce the Swing Line Outstandings as
          required above.  The conditions precedent set forth in
          Section 4 shall not apply to Loans made pursuant to the
          three preceding sentences but the Lenders shall not be
          obligated to make such Loans to the extent that the
          conditions set forth in Section 2.10(A)(i), (ii) and (iii) were
          not satisfied as to any Swing Line Loan which is part of
          such Swing Line Outstandings.  The proceeds of such
          Loans shall be paid directly to the Swing Line Lender for
                    application to the Swing Line Outstandings.

                       SECTION 3
                   LETTERS OF CREDIT
          
          3.1   Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders'
                          Purchase of Participations Therein.
          
           A.   Letters of Credit.  In addition to Borrower
          requesting that Lenders make Loans pursuant to
          Section 2.1A, Borrower may request, in accordance with
          the provisions of this Section 3.1, from time to time during
          the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the
          Maturity Date, that Issuing Lender issue Letters of Credit
          for the account of Borrower for the purposes specified in
          the definition of Standby Letters of Credit.  Subject to the
          terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance
          upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties
          set forth in the Loan Documents, Issuing Lender shall be
          obligated, as provided in Section 3.1B(ii), to issue such
          Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this
          Section 3.1; provided that Borrower shall not request that
          Issuing Lender issue (and Issuing Lender shall not issue):
          
           (i)  any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such
          issuance, the Total Utilization would exceed the
          Commitments then in effect;
          
           (ii)  any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such
          issuance, the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed
          $5,000,000;
          
           (iii)  any Standby Letter of Credit having an expiration
          date later than the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date and
          (b) the date that is one year from the date of issuance of
          such Standby Letter of Credit; provided that the
          immediately preceding clause (b) shall not prevent Issuing
          Lender from agreeing that a Standby Letter of Credit will
          automatically be extended for one or more successive
          periods not to exceed one year each unless Issuing Lender
          elects not to extend for any such additional period;
          provided, further that Issuing Lender shall deliver a written
          notice to Administrative Agent setting forth the last day on
          which Issuing Lender may give notice that it will not extend
          such Standby Letter of Credit (the "Notification Date" with
          respect to such Standby Letter of Credit) at least ten
          Business Days prior to such Notification Date; and
          provided, further that, unless Lenders otherwise consent,
          Issuing Lender shall give notice that it will not extend such
          Standby Letter of Credit if it has knowledge that an Event
          of Default has occurred and is continuing on such
          Notification Date; or
          
           (iv)  any Letter of Credit denominated in a currency
          other than Dollars.
          
           B.   Mechanics of Issuance.
          
           (i)  Notice of Issuance.  Whenever Borrower desires the
          issuance of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to
          Administrative Agent a Notice of Issuance of Letter of
          Credit no later than 10:00 A.M. (Pacific time) at least 5
          Business Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed to
          by the Issuing Lender in any particular instance, in advance
          of the proposed date of issuance.  The Notice of Issuance
          of Letter of Credit shall specify (a) the proposed date of
          issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (b) the face
          amount of the Letter of Credit, (c) the expiration date of
          the Letter of Credit, (d) the name and address of the
          beneficiary, and (e) the verbatim text of the proposed Letter
          of Credit or the proposed terms and conditions thereof,
          including a precise description of any documents and the
          verbatim text of any certificates to be presented by the
          beneficiary that, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the
          expiration date of the Letter of Credit, would require the
          Issuing Lender to make payment under the Letter of Credit;
          provided that the Issuing Lender, in its reasonable
          discretion, may require changes in the text of the proposed
          Letter of Credit or any such documents or certificates; and
          provided, further that no Letter of Credit shall require
          payment against a conforming draft to be made thereunder
          on the same business day (under the laws of the jurisdiction
          in which the office of the Issuing Lender to which such
          draft is required to be presented is located) that such draft
          is presented if such presentation is made after 10:00 A.M.
          (Pacific time) on such business day.
          
                Borrower shall notify the Issuing Lender prior to
          the issuance of any Letter of Credit in the event that any of
          the matters to which Borrower is required to certify in the
          applicable Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit is no
          longer true and correct as of the proposed date of issuance
          of such Letter of Credit, and upon the issuance of any
          Letter of Credit Borrower shall be deemed to have re-
          certified, as of the date of such issuance, as to the matters
          to which Borrower is required to certify in the applicable
          Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit.
          
           (ii)  Issuing Lender.  Subject to the terms and conditions
          hereof, upon receipt by Administrative Agent of a Notice of
          Issuance of Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.1B(i)
          requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, Administrative
          Agent shall be the Issuing Lender with respect thereto. 
          Administrative Agent shall be obligated to issue such Letter
          of Credit and shall be the Issuing Lender with respect
          thereto, notwithstanding the fact that the Letter of Credit
          Usage with respect to such Letter of Credit and with
          respect to all other Letters of Credit issued by
          Administrative Agent, when aggregated with Administrative
          Agent's outstanding Loans, may exceed Administrative
          Agent's Commitment then in effect.
          
           (iii)  Issuance of Letter of Credit.  Upon satisfaction or
          waiver (in accordance with Section 10.6) of the conditions
          set forth in Section 4.3, the Issuing Lender shall issue the
          requested Letter of Credit in accordance with the Issuing
          Lender's standard operating procedures.
          
           (iv)  Notification to Lenders.  Upon the issuance of any
          Letter of Credit the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify
          each other Lender of such issuance, which notice shall be
          accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit.  Promptly
          after receipt of such notice, Administrative Agent shall
          notify each Lender of the amount of such Lender's
          respective participation in such Letter of Credit, determined
          in accordance with Section 3.1C.
          
           (v)  Reports to Lenders.  Within 15 days after the end of
          each calendar quarter ending after the Closing Date, so
          long as any Letter of Credit shall have been outstanding
          during such calendar quarter, Issuing Lender shall deliver
          to each other Lender a report setting forth the average for
          such calendar quarter of the daily maximum amount
          available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit issued by
          Issuing Lender that were outstanding during calendar
          quarter.
          
           C.   Lenders' Purchase of Participations in Letters of
          Credit.  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of
          Credit, each Lender (including the Lender that acts as
          Issuing Lender) shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to,
          have irrevocably purchased from the Issuing Lender a
          participation in such Letter of Credit and drawings
          thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata
          Share of the maximum amount which is or at any time may
          become available to be drawn thereunder.
          
          3.2   Letter of Credit Fees.
          
                Borrower agrees to pay the following amounts to
          Issuing Lender with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it:
          
                (A)  with respect to each Standby Letter of Credit,
                     a letter of credit fee in an amount equal to the greater of
                     (i) the product of the maximum aggregate amount that is,
                     or at any time, may become available for drawing with
                     respect to such Letter of Credit multiplied by the
                     Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin and (ii) $500; which
                     amount shall be payable in advance upon issuance for the
                     term of such Letter of Credit.
          
                (B)  with respect to the issuance, amendment or
                     transfer of each Letter of Credit and each drawing made
                     thereunder (in addition to the fees payable under
                     clause (i) above), documentary and processing charges in
                     accordance with Issuing Lender's standard schedule for
                     such charges in effect at the time of such issuance,
                     amendment, transfer or drawing, as the case may be.
          
          Promptly upon receipt by Issuing Lender of any amount
          described in clause (A) of this Section 3.2, Issuing Lender
          shall distribute to each other Lender its Pro Rata Share of
          such amount.
          
          3.3   Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Drawn
                          Under Letters of Credit.
          
           A.   Responsibility of Issuing Lender With Respect to
          Drawings.  In determining whether to honor any drawing
          under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, the
          Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to determine that
          the documents and certificates required to be delivered
          under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that
          they comply on their face with the requirements of such
          Letter of Credit.
          
           B.   Reimbursement by Borrower of Amounts Drawn
          Under Letters of Credit.  In the event Issuing Lender has
          determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit
          issued by it, Issuing Lender shall immediately notify
          Borrower and Administrative Agent, and Borrower shall
          reimburse Issuing Lender on or before the Business Day
          immediately following the date on which such drawing is
          honored (the "Reimbursement Date") in an amount in
          Dollars and in same day funds equal to the amount of such
          drawing; provided that, anything contained in this
          Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless
          Borrower shall have notified Administrative Agent and
          Issuing Lender prior to 8:30 A.M. (Pacific time) on the
          date of such drawing that Borrower intends to reimburse
          Issuing Lender for the amount of such drawing with funds
          other than the proceeds of Loans, Borrower shall be
          deemed to have given a timely Notice of Borrowing to
          Administrative Agent requesting Lenders to make Loans
          that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an
          amount in Dollars equal to the amount of such drawing and
          (ii) subject only to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
          specified in Section 4.5B, Lenders shall, on the
          Reimbursement Date, make Loans that are Base Rate Loans
          in the amount of such drawing, the proceeds of which shall
          be applied directly by Administrative Agent to reimburse
          Issuing Lender for the amount of such drawing; and
          provided, further that if for any reason proceeds of Loans
          are not received by Issuing Lender on the Reimbursement
          Date in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing,
          Borrower shall reimburse Issuing Lender, on demand, in an
          amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount
          of such drawing over the aggregate amount of such Loans,
          if any, that are so received.  Nothing in this Section 3.3B
          shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to
          make Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this
          Agreement, and Borrower shall retain any and all rights it
          may have against any Lender resulting from the failure of
          such Lender to make such Loans under this Section 3.3B.
          
           C.   Payment by Lenders of Unreimbursed Drawings
          Under Letters of Credit.
          
           (i)  Payment by Lenders.  In the event that Borrower
          shall fail for any reason to reimburse Issuing Lender as
          provided in Section 3.3B in an amount equal to the amount
          of any drawing honored by Issuing Lender under a Letter
          of Credit issued by it, Issuing Lender shall promptly notify
          each other Lender of the unreimbursed amount of such
          drawing and of such other Lender's respective participation
          therein based on such Lender's Pro Rata Share.  Each
          Lender shall make available to Issuing Lender an amount
          equal to its respective pro rata participation, in Dollars and
          in same day funds, at the office of Issuing Lender specified
          in such notice, not later than 1:30 P.M. (Pacific time) on
          the first business day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in
          which such office of Issuing Lender is located) after the
          date notified by Issuing Lender.  In the event that any
          Lender fails to make available to Issuing Lender on such
          business day the amount of such Lender's participation in 
          such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 3.3C,
          Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on
          demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at
          the Federal Funds Effective Rate for three Business Days
          and thereafter at the Base Rate.  Nothing in this
          Section 3.3C shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any
          Lender to recover from Issuing Lender any amounts made
          available by such Lender to Issuing Lender pursuant to this
          Section 3.3C in the event that it is determined by the final
          judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that the
          payment with respect to a Letter of Credit by Issuing
          Lender in respect of which payment was made by such
          Lender constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct
          on the part of Issuing Lender.
          
           (ii)  Distribution to Lenders of Reimbursements Received
          From Borrower.  In the event Issuing Lender shall have
          been reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to
          Section 3.3C(i) for all or any portion of any drawing
          honored by Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued
          by it, Issuing Lender shall distribute to each other Lender
          which has paid all amounts payable by it under
          Section 3.3C(i) with respect to such drawing such other
          Lender's Pro Rata Share of all payments subsequently
          received by Issuing Lender from Borrower in reimburse-
          ment of such drawing within five (5) Business Days of the
          date when such payments are received by Issuing Lender. 
          Any such distribution shall be made to a Lender at its
          primary address set forth below its name on the appropriate
          signature page hereof or at such other address as such
          Lender may request.
          
           D.   Interest on Amounts Drawn Under Letters of
          Credit.
          
           (i)  Payment of Interest by Borrower.  Borrower agrees
          to pay to Issuing Lender, with respect to drawings made
          under any Letters of Credit issued by it, interest on the
          amount paid by Issuing Lender in respect of each such
          drawing from and including the date of such drawing to but
          excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by Borrower
          (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of
          Loans pursuant to Section 3.3B) at a rate equal to (a) for
          the period from the date of such drawing to but excluding
          the Reimbursement Date, the rate then in effect under this
          Agreement with respect to Loans that are Base Rate Loans
          and (b) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess
          of the rate of interest otherwise payable under this
          Agreement with respect to Loans that are Base Rate Loans;
          provided that in no event shall interest accrue for two days
          when a drawing and the reimbursement of amounts paid in
          respect of such drawing occur on consecutive days. 
          Interest payable pursuant to this Section 3.3D(i) shall be
          payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date
          on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is
          reimbursed in full.
          
           (ii)  Distribution of Interest Payments by Issuing Lender. 
          Promptly upon receipt by Issuing Lender of any payment of
          interest pursuant to Section 3.3D(i) with respect to a
          drawing under a Letter of Credit issued by it, in the event
          Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed by other
          Lenders pursuant to Section 3.3C(i) for all or any portion
          of such drawing, Issuing Lender shall distribute to each
          other Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it
          under Section 3.3C(i) with respect to such drawing such
          other Lender's proportionate share (based on the amount
          reimbursed to the Issuing Lender pursuant to
          Section 3.3C(i)) of any interest received by Issuing Lender
          in respect of that portion of such drawing so reimbursed by
          other Lenders for the period from the date on which Issuing
          Lender was so reimbursed by other Lenders to and
          including the date on which such portion of such drawing is
          reimbursed by Borrower.  Any such distribution shall be
          made by Issuing Lender within five (5) Business Days of its
          receipt of such payment from Borrower to a Lender at its
          primary address set forth below its name on the appropriate
          signature page hereof or at such other address as such
          Lender may request.
          
          3.4   Obligations Absolute.
          
                The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Issuing
          Lender for drawings made under the Letters of Credit
          issued by it and to repay any Loans made by Lenders
          pursuant to Section 3.3B and the obligations of Lenders
          under Section 3.3C(i) shall be unconditional and irrevocable
          and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of
          this Agreement under all circumstances including, without
          limitation, the following circumstances:
          
           (i)  any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
          Credit;
          
           (ii)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
          right which Borrower or any Lender may have at any time
          against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of
          Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may
          be acting), Issuing Lender or other Lender or any other
          Person or, in the case of a Lender, against Borrower,
          whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions
          contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including
          any underlying transaction between Borrower or one of its
          Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of
          Credit was procured);
          
           (iii)  any draft, demand, certificate or other document
          presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
          fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
          statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
          
           (iv)  payment by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of
          Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate
          or other document which does not comply with the terms of
          such Letter of Credit;
          
           (v)  any adverse change in the business, operations,
          properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or
          prospects of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
          
           (vi)  any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan
          Document by any party thereto;
          
           (vii)  any other circumstance or happening whatsoever,
          whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or
          
           (viii)  the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall
          have occurred and be continuing;
          
          provided, in each case, that payment by the Issuing Lender
          under the applicable Letter of Credit shall not have
          constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of
          Issuing Lender under the circumstances in question (as
          determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
          jurisdiction).
          
          3.5   Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lender's
                          Duties.
          
           A.   Indemnification.  In addition to amounts payable
          as provided in Section 3.6, Borrower hereby agrees to
          protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless Issuing Lender
          from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities,
          damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including
          reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel and
          allocated costs of internal counsel) which Issuing Lender
          may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or
          indirect, of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by
          Issuing Lender, other than as a result of (a) the gross
          negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender as
          determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
          jurisdiction or (b) subject to the following clause (ii), the
          wrongful dishonor by Issuing Lender of a proper demand
          for payment made under any Letter of Credit issued by it or
          (ii) the failure of Issuing Lender to honor a drawing under
          any such Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission,
          whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de
          jure or de facto government or governmental authority (all
          such acts or omissions herein called "Governmental Acts").
          
           B.   Nature of Issuing Lender's Duties.  As between
          Borrower and Issuing Lender, Borrower assumes all risks
          of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of
          Credit issued by Issuing Lender by, the respective
          beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and
          not in limitation of the foregoing, but subject to the last
          paragraph of this Section 3.5, Issuing Lender shall not be
          responsible for:  (i) the form, validity, sufficiency,
          accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document
          submitted by any party in connection with the application
          for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it
          should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
          insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the
          validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or
          assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter
          of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds
          thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid
          or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary
          of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any
          conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of
          Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in
          transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable,
          telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in
          cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms;
          (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of
          any document required in order to make a drawing under
          any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof;
          (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such
          Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such
          Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from
          causes beyond the control of Issuing Lender, including
          without limitation any Governmental Acts, and none of the
          above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any
          of Issuing Lender's rights or powers hereunder.
          
                In furtherance and extension and not in limitation
          of the specific provisions set forth in the first paragraph of
          this Section 3.5B, any action taken or omitted by Issuing
          Lender under or in connection with the Letters of Credit
          issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered
          thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put
          Issuing Lender under any resulting liability to Borrower.
          
                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
          contained in this Section 3.5, Borrower shall retain any and
          all rights it may have against Issuing Lender for any
          liability arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful
          misconduct of Issuing Lender, as determined by a final
          judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          
          3.6   Increased Costs and Taxes Relating to Letters of
                          Credit.
          
                In the event that Issuing Lender or any Lender
          shall determine (which determination shall be presumed to
          be correct) that any law, treaty or governmental rule,
          regulation or order, or any change therein or in the
          interpretation, administration or application thereof
          (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or
          governmental rule, regulation or order), or any
          determination of a court or governmental authority, in each
          case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or
          compliance by Issuing Lender or any Lender with any
          guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date
          hereof by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-
          governmental authority (whether or not having the force of
          law):
          
           (i)  subjects such Issuing Lender or Lender (or its
          applicable lending or letter of credit office) to any
          additional Tax (other than any Tax on the overall net
          income of such Issuing Lender or Lender) with respect to
          the issuing or maintaining of any Letters of Credit or the
          purchasing or maintaining of any participations therein or
          any other obligations under this Section 3, whether directly
          or by such being imposed on or suffered by Issuing Lender;
          
           (ii)  imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve
          (including without limitation any marginal, emergency,
          supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit,
          compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement in
          respect of any Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender or
          participations therein purchased by any Lender; or
          
           (iii)  imposes any other condition (other than with respect
          to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Issuing Lender or
          Lender (or its applicable lending or letter of credit office)
          regarding this Section 3 or any Letter of Credit or any
          participation therein;
          
          and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost
          to such Issuing Lender or Lender of agreeing to issue,
          issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or agreeing to
          purchase, purchasing or maintaining any participation
          therein or to reduce any amount received or receivable by
          such Issuing Lender or Lender (or its applicable lending or
          letter of credit office) with respect thereto; then, in any
          case, Borrower shall promptly pay to such Issuing Lender
          or Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the
          next sentence, such additional amount or amounts as may
          be necessary to compensate such Issuing Lender or Lender
          for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts
          received or receivable hereunder.  Such Issuing Lender or
          Lender shall deliver to Borrower a written statement,
          setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the
          additional amounts owed to such Issuing Lender or Lender
          under this Section 3.6, which statement shall be conclusive
          and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

                       SECTION 4
          CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
          
                The obligations of Lenders to make Loans and the
          issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and to make the
          Swing Line Loans are subject to the satisfaction of the
          following conditions.
          
          4.1   Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit.
          
                The obligations of Lenders to make the Loans to
          be made on the Closing Date, the obligation of the Issuing
          Lender to provide the initial Letters of Credit hereunder,
          and the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make the
          initial Swing Line Loans, in addition to satisfaction of the
          conditions precedent specified in Section 4.2, are subject to
          prior or concurrent satisfaction of the following conditions:
          
           A.   Borrower Documents.  On or before the Closing
          Date, Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to
          Lenders (or one originally executed copy to Administrative
          Agent and, in the case of the Credit Agreement, sufficient
          originally executed copies for each Lender to
          Administrative Agent) the following, each, unless otherwise
          noted, dated the Closing Date and in form reasonably
          satisfactory to the Lenders: 
          
           (i)  Copies of the Joint Venture Agreement certified by
          an Executive Committee Signatory;
          
           (ii)  Resolutions of the Board of Directors of each
          General Partner, in each case, in its capacity as a general
          partner of Borrower, and of the Executive Committee, each
          approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and
          performance of this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents to which Borrower is a party;
          
           (iii)  Executed originals of this Agreement, any Notes,
          the Security Agreement, the Deed of Trust, the Assignment
          of Rents and Revenues, the Collateral Account Agreement
          and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a
          party; and
          
           (iv)  Such other documents as Administrative Agent may
          reasonably request.
          
           B.   Certain General Partner Documents.  On or before
          the Closing Date, each of Circus, Eldorado Hotel and
          General Partners shall deliver or cause to be delivered to
          Lenders (or to Administrative Agent for Lenders) the
          following, each, unless otherwise noted, dated the Closing
          Date: 
          
           (i)  Certificates as to the absence of any changes in the
          certified copies of its Articles of Incorporation or
          Organization or charter documents previously delivered to
          the Lenders, together with, as applicable, a good standing
          certificate from the Secretary of State of the state of its
          incorporation or organization, each dated a recent date prior
          to the Closing Date;
          
           (ii)  Certificates as to the absence of any changes in the
          certified copies of its Bylaws or Operating Agreement,
          certified as of the Closing Date by its or its managing
          general partner's secretary or an assistant secretary;
          
           (iii)  Resolutions of its or its managing general partner's
          Board of Directors, approving and authorizing the
          execution, delivery and performance of the Environmental
          Indemnities and each other Loan Document to which it is a
          party, certified as of the Closing Date by its or its
          managing general partner's secretary or an assistant secre-
          tary as being in full force and effect without modification or
          amendment;
          
           (iv)  Executed originals of the Amended and Restated
          Make-Well Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents to
          which it is a party; and
          
           (v)  Evidence acceptable to the Administrative Agent that
          the Indebtedness under the Loan Agreement dated as of
          May 30, 1995 between Borrower and Circus has been
          repaid, that such Loan Agreement has been terminated, and
          that the Liens securing such Indebtedness have been
          reconveyed and terminated.
          
           C.   Opinions of Loan Parties' Counsel.  Lenders and
          their respective counsel shall have received (i) originally
          executed copies of one or more favorable written opinions
          of Wolf, Block, Schorr & Solis-Cohen LLP, special
          counsel for Borrower and Circus, and Jones Vargas,
          Nevada counsel for Borrower and Circus, dated as of the
          Closing Date as to such matters as Administrative Agent
          acting on behalf of Lenders may reasonably request and
          (ii) evidence satisfactory to Administrative Agent that
          Borrower has requested such counsel to deliver such
          opinions to Lenders.
          
           D.   Opinions of Administrative Agent's Counsel. 
          Lenders shall have received originally executed copies of
          one or more favorable written opinions of Sheppard,
          Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP, counsel to Administrative
          Agent, dated as of the Closing Date, as to such matters as
          Administrative Agent acting on behalf of Lenders may
          reasonably request.
          
           E.   Perfection of Security Interests.  The Prior Agent
          shall have delivered assignments to the Administrative
          Agent of the deed of trust and the assignment of rents
          executed in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement. 
          Borrower shall have taken or caused to be taken such
          actions in such a manner so that Administrative Agent, for
          the benefit of Lenders, has a valid and perfected first
          priority security interest in all Collateral in which a Lien is
          purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or any
          of them, executed as of the Closing Date.  Such actions
          shall include, without limitation:  (i) the delivery to
          Administrative Agent of Uniform Commercial Code
          financing statements, executed by Borrower as to the
          Collateral granted by Borrower for all jurisdictions as may
          be necessary or desirable to perfect Administrative Agent's
          security interest in such collateral; (ii) evidence that
          counterparts of the Deed of Trust and Assignment of Rents
          and Revenues were recorded in all locations to the extent
          necessary or desirable, in the reasonable judgment of
          Administrative Agent, effectively to create a valid and
          enforceable first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted
          Encumbrances) on the Premises in favor of Administrative
          Agent for the benefit of Lenders and (iii) evidence
          reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent that all
          other filings, recordings and other actions Administrative
          Agent deems necessary or advisable to establish, preserve
          and perfect the first priority Liens (subject to the Liens
          permitted under Section 7.2) granted to Administrative
          Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, in the Collateral shall
          have been made.
          
           F.   Title Policy.  Administrative Agent and Lenders
          shall have received a modification endorsement to the Title
          Policy assuring the continued priority and perfection of the
          Title Policy to secure the Obligations in form and substance
          acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and shall have
          received an endorsement to the Title Policy increasing the
          insurance thereunder from $220,000,000 to $230,000,000.
          
           G.   Insurance.  Administrative Agent shall have
          received evidence, satisfactory to Administrative Agent, of
          insurance required to be procured and maintained pursuant
          to Section 6.4 hereof and Section 8 of the Security
          Agreement and Section 6 of the Deed of Trust indicating
          that, with respect to casualty insurance, such policies of
          insurance have been endorsed to name Administrative
          Agent, on behalf of Lenders, as loss payee pursuant to a
          standard mortgagee clause and, with respect to liability
          insurance, such policies of insurance name Administrative
          Agent, on behalf of Lenders, as an additional insured.
          
           H.   Necessary Consents.  On or before the Closing
          Date, each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents to
          the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the
          other Loan Documents, of any Person required under any
          Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party, including,
          without limitation, approval of the terms of the Loans by
          the Executive Committee pursuant to Section 5.9(c) of the
          Joint Venture Agreement and by the General Partners, all
          of the foregoing in form and substance satisfactory to
          Administrative Agent.
          
           I.   Environmental Indemnities.  Lenders shall have
          received reaffirmations of the Environmental Indemnities in
          form, scope and substance satisfactory to Lenders.
          
           J.   Fees.  Borrower shall have paid to Administrative
          Agent, for distribution (as appropriate) to Administrative
          Agent and Lenders, the fees payable on the Closing Date
          referred to in Section 2.3.
          
           K.   No Material Adverse Effect.  Since December 31,
          1996, no Material Adverse Effect (in the sole discretion of
          Administrative Agent and Lenders) shall have occurred.
          
           L.   Representations and Warranties; Performance of
          Agreements.  Borrower shall have delivered to
          Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate from each
          General Partner and Executive Committee Signatories, in
          form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, to
          the effect that the representations and warranties in
          Section 5 hereof are true, correct and complete on and as of
          the Closing Date to the same extent as though made on and
          as of that date and that Borrower shall have performed all
          agreements and satisfied all conditions which this
          Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by it on
          or before the Closing Date except as otherwise disclosed to
          and agreed to in writing by Administrative Agent and
          Lenders.
          
           M.   Interbank Arrangements.  Any Lender under the
          Existing Credit Agreement which will not continue as a
          Lender under this Agreement shall have assigned its rights
          under the Existing Credit Agreement to one or more
          Lenders under this Agreement, with such assignment to
          become effective concurrently with the effectiveness hereof.
          
           N.   Completion of Proceedings.  All corporate and
          other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with
          the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents
          incidental thereto not previously found acceptable by
          Administrative Agent, acting on behalf of Lenders, and its
          counsel shall be satisfactory in form and substance to
          Administrative Agent and such counsel, and Administrative
          Agent and such counsel shall have received all such
          counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents
          as Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
          
          4.2   Conditions to All Loans, Letters of Credit and
          Swing Line Loans.
          
                The obligations of Lenders to make Loans on each
          Funding Date, the issuance of each Letter of Credit, and
          the making of each Swing Line Loan, are each subject to
          the following further conditions precedent:
          
           A.   Administrative Agent shall have received before
          that Funding Date, in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 2.1B, an originally executed Notice of Borrowing,
          in each case signed by the Director of Finance and
          Administration or the General Manager of Borrower, or the
          chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or the
          treasurer of Managing Partner on behalf of Borrower or by
          any executive officer of Managing Partner on behalf of
          Borrower designated in writing by the Executive Committee
          or by two Executive Committee Signatories.
          
           B.   As of that Funding Date:
          
           (i)       The representations and warranties contained
          herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true,
          correct and complete on and as of that Funding Date to the
          same extent as though made on and as of that date, except
          to the extent such representations and warranties
          specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such
          representations and warranties shall have been true, correct
          and complete in all material respects on and as of such
          earlier date;
          
           (ii)      No event shall have occurred and be continuing or
          would result from the consummation of the borrowing
          contemplated by such Notice of Borrowing that would
          constitute an Event of Default or a Default;
          
           (iii)     Each Loan Party shall have performed in all
          material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions
          which this Agreement provides shall be performed or
          satisfied by it on or before that Funding Date;
          
           (iv)      No order, judgment or decree of any court,
          arbitrator or governmental authority shall purport to enjoin
          or restrain any Lender from making the Loans to be made
          by it on that Funding Date;
          
           (v)       The making of the Loans requested on such
          Funding Date shall not violate any law including, without
          limitation, Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U or
          Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
          Reserve System; and
          
           (vi)      There shall not be pending or, to the knowledge
          of any Senior Officer of Borrower or Executive Committee
          Signatory, threatened, any action, suit, proceeding,
          governmental investigation or arbitration against or
          affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any
          property of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is
          required to be disclosed but has not been disclosed by
          Borrower in writing pursuant to Section 5.6 or 6.1(x) prior
          to the making of the last preceding Loans (or, in the case of
          the initial Loans, prior to the execution of this Agreement),
          and there shall have occurred no development in any such
          action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or
          arbitration so disclosed by Borrower in writing pursuant to
          Section 5.6 or 6.1(x) prior to the making of the last
          preceding Loans (or in the case of the initial Loans, prior
          to the execution of this Agreement), that, in either event, in
          the opinion of such Senior Officer or Executive Committee
          Signatory could reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect; and no injunction or other restraining order
          shall have been issued and no hearing to cause an injunction
          or other restraining order to be issued shall be pending or
          noticed with respect to any action, suit or proceeding
          seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation
          of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result
          of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
          making of Loans hereunder.
          
           C.   Since December 31, 1996, no Material Adverse
          Effect (as determined in the reasonable discretion of
          Administrative Agent and Lenders) shall have occurred.
          
          4.3   Conditions to Letters of Credit.
          
                The issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder
          (whether or not the Issuing Lender is obligated to issue
          such Letter of Credit) is subject to the following conditions
          precedent:
          
           A.   On or before the date of issuance of the initial
          Letter of Credit pursuant to this Agreement, the initial
          Loans shall have been made.
          
           B.   On or before the date of issuance of such Letter of
          Credit, Administrative Agent shall have received, in
          accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1B(i), an
          originally executed Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit,
          in each case signed by the chief executive officer, the chief
          financial officer or the treasurer of Managing Partner on
          behalf of Borrower or by any executive officer of
          Managing Partner on behalf of Borrower designated by any
          of the above-described officers or by two Executive
          Committee Signatories in a writing delivered to
          Administrative Agent, together with all other information
          specified in Section 3.1B(i) and such other documents or
          information as the Issuing Lender may reasonably require
          in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.
          
           C.   Since December 31, 1996, no Material Adverse
          Effect (as determined in the reasonable discretion of
          Administrative Agent and Lenders) shall have occurred.
          
           D.   On the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit,
          all conditions precedent described in Section 4.2B shall be
          satisfied to the same extent as if the issuance of such Letter
          of Credit were the making of a Loan and the date of
          issuance of such Letter of Credit were a Funding Date.

                       SECTION 5
            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          
                In order to induce Lenders to enter into this
          Agreement and to make the Loans, to induce Issuing
          Lender to issue Letters of Credit and to induce other
          Lenders to purchase participations therein, Borrower
          represents and warrants to each Lender, on the date of this
          Agreement, on each Funding Date and on the date of
          issuance of each Letter of Credit, that the following
          statements are true, correct and complete:
          
          5.1   Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good
                          Standing, Business and Subsidiaries.
          
           A.   Organization and Powers.  Borrower is a general
          partnership duly organized, validly existing under the laws
          of the State of Nevada.  Borrower has all requisite
          partnership power and authority to own and operate its
          properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as
          proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan
          Documents and to carry out the transactions contemplated
          thereby.
          
           B.   Qualification and Good Standing.  Borrower is
          qualified to do business in every jurisdiction where its
          assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its
          business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the
          failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had
          and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          
           C.   Conduct of Business.  Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries are engaged only in the businesses permitted to
          be engaged in pursuant to Section 7.13.
          
           D.   Subsidiaries.  All of the Subsidiaries of Borrower
          are identified in Schedule 5.1, as said Schedule 5.1 may be
          supplemented from time to time pursuant to the provisions
          of Section 6.1(xvii).  The capital stock of each of the
          Subsidiaries of Borrower identified in Schedule 5.1 (as so
          supplemented) is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
          and nonassessable and none of such capital stock constitutes
          Margin Stock.  Each of the Subsidiaries of Borrower
          identified in Schedule 5.1 (as so supplemented) is a
          corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
          standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of
          incorporation set forth therein, has all requisite corporate
          power and authority to own and operate its properties and
          to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed
          to be conducted, and is qualified to do business and in good
          standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located
          and wherever necessary to carry out its business and
          operations, in each case except where failure to be so
          qualified or in good standing or a lack of such corporate
          power and authority has not had and will not have a
          Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule 5.1 (as so
          supplemented) correctly sets forth the ownership interest of
          Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries in each of the
          Subsidiaries of Borrower identified therein.
          
          5.2   Authorization of Borrowing, etc.
          
           A.   Authorization of Borrowing.  The execution,
          delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have
          been duly authorized by all necessary partnership action on
          the part of Borrower.
          
           B.   No Conflict.  The execution, delivery and perfor-
          mance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a
          party and the consummation of the transactions
          contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not
          (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental
          rule or regulation applicable to Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries which violation or violations, in the aggregate,
          could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect, (ii) violate the Certificate or Articles of
          Incorporation or charter documents or Bylaws or
          partnership agreement of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court
          or other agency of government binding on Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of
          or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a
          default under any Contractual Obligation of Borrower or
          any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) result in or require the creation
          or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or
          assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any
          Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in favor of
          Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (v) require
          any approval of stockholders or any approval or consent of
          any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Borrower
          or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or
          consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing
          Date and disclosed in writing to Lenders.
          
           C.   Governmental Consents.  The execution, delivery
          and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to
          which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions
          contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not
          require any registration with, consent or approval of, or
          notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state
          or other governmental authority or regulatory body except
          (i) those that have been obtained and copies of which have
          been delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to
          Section 4.1I or the absence of which Administrative Agent
          has deemed satisfactory pursuant to Section 4.1I, (ii) those
          notices or informational filings or both that will be required
          to be given to the Securities and Exchange Commission or
          any Gaming Board but that are not yet due and (iii) any
          right of any Gaming Board to object to any Lender or
          participant in the Loans at any future date.
          
           D.   Binding Obligation.  Each of the Loan Documents
          and to which it is a party has been duly executed and
          delivered by Borrower and General Partners, assuming due
          execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, and is
          the legally valid and binding obligation of Borrower,
          enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its
          respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
          relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by
          equitable principles relating to enforceability.
          
          5.3   Financial Condition.
          
                Borrower has heretofore delivered to Lenders
          audited financial statements of Borrower as of
          December 31, 1996 which have been prepared in
          conformity with GAAP and fairly present the financial
          position of Borrower as of that date.  Borrower does not
          (and will not as a result of the funding of the initial Loans)
          have any Contingent Obligation, contingent liability or
          liability for taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or
          long-term commitment that is not reflected in the foregoing
          balance sheet and which in any such case is material in
          relation to the business, operations, properties, assets,
          condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower
          and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
          
          5.4   No Material Adverse Change; No Restricted
          Junior Payments.
          
                Since December 31, 1996, no event or change has
          occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or
          in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither
          Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has directly or
          indirectly declared, ordered, paid or made, or set apart any
          sum or property for, any Restricted Junior Payment or
          agreed to do so except as permitted by Section 7.5.
          
          5.5   Title to Properties; Liens; All Collateral.
          
                Borrower and its Subsidiaries have (i) good,
          sufficient and legal title to all of their respective properties
          and assets reflected in the financial statements referred to in
          Section 5.3 or in the most recent financial statements
          delivered pursuant to Section 6.1, in each case except for
          assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements
          in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted
          under Section 7.7.  Except as permitted or required by this
          Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear
          of Liens.  The Collateral constitutes all of the assets of
          Borrower related to those portions of the Hotel owned by
          or under the control of Borrower.
          
          5.6   Litigation; Adverse Facts.
          
                There are no actions, suits, proceedings,
          arbitrations or governmental investigations (whether or not
          purportedly on behalf of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries) at law or in equity or before or by any
          federal, state, municipal or other governmental department,
          commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
          domestic or foreign, pending or, to the knowledge of any
          Senior Officer of Borrower, threatened against or affecting
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in
          the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a
          Material Adverse Effect.  Neither Borrower nor any of its
          Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of any applicable laws that,
          individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
          expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or
          (ii) subject to or in default with respect to any final
          judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations
          of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other
          governmental department, commission, board, bureau,
          agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that,
          individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
          expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          
          5.7   Payment of Taxes.
          
                Except to the extent permitted by Section 6.3, all
          tax returns and reports of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
          required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed,
          and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental
          charges upon Borrower and its Subsidiaries and upon their
          respective properties, assets, income, businesses and fran-
          chises which are due and payable have been paid when due
          and payable.  Borrower knows of no proposed tax
          assessment against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
          which is not being actively contested by Borrower or such
          Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
          provided that such reserves or other appropriate provisions,
          if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall
          have been made or provided therefor.
          
          5.8   Performance of Agreements; Materially Adverse
                          Agreements.
          
           A.   Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in
          default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any
          of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any
          of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists that,
          with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both,
          would constitute such a default, except where the conse-
          quences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if
          any, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          
           B.   Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a
          party to or is otherwise subject to any agreements or
          instruments or any charter or other internal restrictions
          which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
          expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          
          5.9   Governmental Regulation.
          
                Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
          subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding
          Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
          Interstate Commerce Act or the Investment Company Act
          of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or
          regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness
          (other than Gaming Laws) or which may otherwise render
          all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.
          
          5.10    Securities Activities.
          
                Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
          engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in
          the business of extending credit for the purpose of
          purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, and none of the
          proceeds of the Loans will be used to purchase or carry
          Margin Stock in violation of Regulations G, T, U or X of
          the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
          
          5.11    Employee Benefit Plans.
          
           A.   Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates are in
          compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements
          of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations
          thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and
          have performed all their obligations under each Employee
          Benefit Plan.
          
           B.   No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
          expected to occur with respect to Borrower or any or its
          ERISA Affiliates.
          
           C.   Except to the extent required under Section 4980B
          of the Internal Revenue Code, no Employee Benefit Plan
          provides health or welfare benefits (through the purchase of
          insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former employees
          of Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates.
          
           D.   As of the most recent valuation date for any
          Pension Plan, the amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as
          defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or
          in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for
          purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with
          respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not
          exceed $5,000,000.
          
          5.12    Environmental Protection.
          
                Except as set forth in Schedule 5.12, in each
          particular instance, with respect to the particular clause of
          this Section 5.12 to which such exception is taken:
          
           (i)       to the best knowledge of Borrower, the operations
          of Borrower and of each of its Subsidiaries (including,
          without limitation, all operations and conditions at or in the
          Facilities) related to the Hotel or Facilities comply in all
          material respects with all Environmental Laws;
          
           (ii)      to the best knowledge of Borrower, each of
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries has obtained all
          Governmental Authorizations under Environmental Laws
          necessary to its operations related to the Hotel or Facilities,
          and all such Governmental Authorizations are in good
          standing, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in
          compliance with all material terms and conditions of such
          Governmental Authorizations;
          
           (iii)     neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
          received (a) any notice or claim to the effect that it is or
          may be liable to any Person as a result of or in connection
          with any Hazardous Material related to the Hotel or
          Facilities or (b) any letter or request for information under
          Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental
          Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.
           9604) or comparable state laws, with respect to that
          portion of the Hotel or Facilities which are owned or
          controlled by Borrower and, to the best of Borrower's
          Senior Officers' knowledge, none of the operations of
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject of any
          federal or state investigation relating to or in connection
          with any Hazardous Material at any Facility or any
          Hazardous Material in any other manner related to the
          Hotel;
          
           (iv)      neither of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a
          party to any judicial or administrative proceeding alleging
          the violation of or liability under any Environmental Laws
          which if adversely determined could reasonably be expected
          to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          
           (v)       neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
          subject to any outstanding written order or agreement with
          any governmental authority or private party relating to
          (a) any Environmental Laws or (b) any Environmental
          Claims;
          
           (vi)      to the best knowledge of Borrower, neither
          Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contingent
          liability in connection with any Release of any Hazardous
          Material related to the Hotel or Facilities which could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
          
           (vii)     none of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and,
          to the best knowledge of Senior Officers of Borrower none
          of their respective predecessors, has filed any notice under
          any Environmental Law indicating past or present treatment
          or Release of Hazardous Material at any Facility and none
          of Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' operations
          involves the generation, transportation, treatment, storage
          or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40 C.F.R.
          Parts 260-270 or any state equivalent;
          
           (viii)    no Hazardous Material exists on, under or
          about any Facility in a manner that has a reasonable
          possibility of giving rise to an Environmental Claim having
          a Material Adverse Effect, and neither Borrower nor any of
          its Subsidiaries has filed any notice or report of a Release
          of any Hazardous Material that has a reasonable possibility
          of giving rise to an Environmental Claim having a Material
          Adverse Effect;
          
           (ix)      to the best knowledge of Borrower, none of
          Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best
          knowledge of Senior Officers of Borrower, any of their
          respective predecessors has disposed of any Hazardous
          Material in a manner that has a reasonable possibility of
          giving rise to an Environmental Claim having a Material
          Adverse Effect;
          
           (x)       to the best knowledge of Borrower, no
          underground storage tanks or surface impoundments are on
          or at any Facility; and
          
           (xi)      no Lien in favor of any Person relating to or in
          connection with any Environmental Claim has been filed or
          has been attached to any Facility.
          
          5.13    Employee Matters.
          
                There is no strike or work stoppage in existence
          or, to the best knowledge of Senior Officers of Borrower,
          threatened involving Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
          that could reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect.
          
          5.14    Disclosure.
          
                No representation or warranty of Borrower or any
          of its Subsidiaries contained in any Loan Document or in
          any other document, certificate or written statement fur-
          nished to Lenders by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement contains any untrue
          statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
          (known to Borrower, in the case of any document not
          furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements
          contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the
          circumstances in which the same were made.  Any
          projections and pro forma financial information contained in
          such materials are based upon good faith estimates and
          assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the
          time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projec-
          tions as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and
          that actual results during the period or periods covered by
          any such projections may differ from the projected results.
          
          5.15    Compliance With Laws; Licenses,
                          Permits and Authorizations.
          
                Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in
          compliance with the requirements of all applicable laws,
          rules, regulations, ordinances and orders  (including,
          without limitation, Gaming Laws), noncompliance with
          which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially
          adversely affect the ability of any such party to complete or
          operate those portions of the Hotel owned by or under the
          control of Borrower or would, individually or in the
          aggregate, materially adversely affect the ability of any of
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries to perform its obligations
          under the Loan Documents to which it is a party.  The
          planned use of those portions of the Hotel owned by or
          under the control of Borrower complies with applicable
          zoning ordinances, regulations and restrictive covenants
          affecting the Premises as well as all ecological, landmark,
          and other applicable laws and regulations (including,
          without limitation, Gaming Laws), noncompliance with
          which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially
          adversely affect the ability of any of Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries to operate those portions of the Hotel owned
          by or under the control of Borrower or would, individually
          or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the ability of
          any of Borrower and its Subsidiaries to perform its
          obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a
          party; and all requirements for such use have been satisfied. 
          Those portions of the Hotel owned by or under the control
          of Borrower are in compliance and will comply with all
          applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, restrictive
          covenants and agreements and requirements of
          Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation,
          Gaming Laws, zoning laws and environmental regulations),
          noncompliance with which would, individually or in the
          aggregate, materially adversely affect the ability of any of
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries to complete or operate those
          portions of the Hotel owned by or under the control of
          Borrower or would, individually or in the aggregate,
          materially adversely affect the ability of any of Borrower
          and its Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under the
          Loan Documents to which it is a party.  All authorizations,
          plot plan approval, subdivision approval, sewer permits and
          zoning variances, if any, building and other material
          permits and Governmental Authorizations required by any
          Governmental Authority for the use, occupancy and
          operation of the Premises and/or those portions of the Hotel
          owned by or under the control of Borrower for the
          purposes contemplated herein have been obtained; and all
          requirements for such use have been satisfied.  There are
          no violations of any permits, approvals, licenses or other
          requirements of any Governmental Authority with respect
          to (a) those portions of the Hotel owned by or under the
          control of Borrower or (b) the Premises, in each case to the
          extent that any such violation could be reasonably likely to
          result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          
          5.16    Intangible Property.
          
                Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is the sole
          and exclusive owner or licensee, or has the right to use in
          the conduct of its business as presently conducted, all trade
          names, unregistered trademarks and service marks, brand
          names, patents, registered and unregistered copyrights,
          registered trademarks and service marks, and all
          applications for any of the foregoing, and all permits,
          grants and licenses or other rights with respect thereto, the
          absence of which would materially adversely affect its
          business, operations, properties or financial condition or the
          use, occupancy or operation of those portions of the Hotel
          owned by or under the control of Borrower.  Neither
          Borrower nor its Subsidiaries owns, or has applied for, any
          service marks and registered trademarks except as set forth
          on Schedule 5.16.  None of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
          has been charged with any material infringement of any
          intangible property of the character described above or been
          notified or advised of any material claim of any other
          Person relating to any of the intangible property.
          
          5.17    Rights to Hotel Agreements, Permits
                          and Licenses.
          
                Borrower is the owner of all rights in and to all
          existing agreements, permits and licenses relating to the
          Hotel (other than rights of third parties under leases and
          agreements permitted hereunder), and will be the true
          owner of all rights in and to all future agreements, permits
          and licenses relating to the Hotel (other than rights of third
          parties under leases and agreements permitted hereunder). 
          Borrower's interest in all such agreements, permits, and
          licenses is not subject to any matured claim (other than
          under the Loan Documents), setoff or deduction other than
          in the ordinary course of business.
                    

                       SECTION 6
                 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
          
                Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as
          the Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until
          payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations
          and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit,
          unless Lenders shall otherwise give prior written consent,
          Borrower shall perform, and shall cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.
          
          6.1   Financial Statements and Other Reports.
          
                Borrower will maintain, and cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting established
          and administered in accordance with sound business
          practices to permit preparation of financial statements in
          conformity with GAAP.  Borrower will deliver to
          Administrative Agent and Lenders:
          
           (i)  Monthly Financials:  as soon as available and in any
          event within 45 days after the end of each month ending
          after the Closing Date, (a) the balance sheet of Borrower as
          at the end of such month and the related statements of
          income, partners' equity and cash flows of Borrower for
          such month and for the period from the beginning of the
          then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting
          forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
          figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal
          Year and the corresponding figures from the plan and
          financial forecast for the current Fiscal Year delivered
          pursuant to Section 6.1(xiii), to the extent prepared on a
          monthly basis, all in reasonable detail and certified by the
          chief financial officer of Managing Partner on behalf of
          Borrower that they fairly present the financial condition of
          Borrower as at the dates indicated and the results of its
          operations and its cash flows for the periods indicated,
          subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end
          adjustments, and (b) a narrative report, if any is prepared
          for presentation to senior management, describing the
          operations of Borrower in the form so prepared for such
          month and for the period from the beginning of the then
          current Fiscal Year to the end of such month; 
          
           (ii)  Quarterly Financials:  as soon as available and in
          any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first
          three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year and, with respect
          to the fourth Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year,
          concurrently with the delivery of financial statements
          pursuant to subdivision (iii) below, (a) the balance sheet of
          Borrower as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the
          related statements of income, partners' equity and cash
          flows of Borrower for such Fiscal Quarter and for the
          period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to
          the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in
          comparative form the corresponding figures for the
          corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the
          corresponding figures from the plan and financial forecast
          for the current Fiscal Year delivered pursuant to
          Section 6.1(xiii), all in reasonable detail and certified by the
          chief financial officer of Managing Partner on behalf of
          Borrower that they fairly present the financial condition of
          Borrower as at the dates indicated and the results of its
          operations and its cash flows for the periods indicated,
          subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end
          adjustments, and (b) a narrative report, if any is prepared
          for presentation to senior management, describing the
          operations of Borrower in the form so prepared for such
          Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the
          then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter;
          
           (iii)  Year-End Financials:  as soon as available and in
          any event within 100 days after the end of each Fiscal
          Year, (a) the balance sheet of Borrower as at the end of
          such Fiscal Year and the related statements of income,
          partners' equity and cash flows of Borrower for such Fiscal
          Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
          corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year and,
          when available, the corresponding figures from the plan and
          financial forecast delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(xiii) for
          the Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements, all in
          reasonable detail and certified by the chief financial officer
          of Managing Partner on behalf of Borrower that they fairly
          present the financial condition of Borrower as at the dates
          indicated and the results of its operations and its cash flows
          for the periods indicated, (b) a narrative report, if any is
          prepared for presentation to senior management, describing
          the operations of Borrower in the form so prepared for such
          Fiscal Year, and (c) in the case of such financial
          statements, a report thereon of Arthur Andersen LLP or
          other independent certified public accountants of recognized
          national standing selected by Borrower and satisfactory to
          Administrative Agent, which report shall be without
          qualification as to the scope of the audit, shall express no
          doubts about the ability of Borrower to continue as a going
          concern, and shall state that financial statements fairly
          present the financial position of Borrower as at the dates
          indicated and the results of its operations and its cash flows
          for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied
          on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise
          disclosed in such financial statements) and that the
          examination by such accountants in connection with such
          financial statements has been made in accordance with
          generally accepted auditing standards;
          
           (iv)  Officers' and Compliance Certificates:  (a) together
          with each delivery of financial statements of Borrower
          pursuant to subdivisions (ii) and (iii) above, an Officers'
          Certificate of Borrower stating that the signers have
          reviewed the terms of this Agreement and have made, or
          caused to be made under their supervision, a review in
          reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of
          Borrower during the accounting period covered by such
          financial statements and that such review has not disclosed
          the existence during or at the end of such accounting
          period, and that the signers do not have knowledge of the
          existence as at the date of such Officers' Certificate, of any
          condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or
          Default, or, if any such condition or event existed or exists,
          specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and
          what action Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to
          take with respect thereto; and (b) together with each
          delivery of financial statements of Borrower pursuant to
          subdivision (ii) above, a Compliance Certificate
          demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance during and at
          the end of the applicable accounting periods with the
          restrictions contained in Sections 7.6 and 7.8;
          
           (v)  Reconciliation Statements:  if, as a result of any
          change in accounting principles and policies from those
          used in the preparation of the audited financial statements
          referred to in Section 5.3, the financial statements of
          Borrower delivered pursuant to subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii) or
          (xiii) of this Section 6.1 will differ in any material respect
          from the financial statements that would have been
          delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change
          in accounting principles and policies been made, then
          (a) together with the first delivery of financial statements
          pursuant to subdivision (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii) of this
          Section 6.1 following such change, financial statements of
          Borrower for (y) the current Fiscal Year to the effective
          date of such change and (z) the two full Fiscal Years
          immediately preceding the Fiscal Year in which such
          change is made, in each case prepared on a pro forma basis
          as if such change had been in effect during such periods,
          and (b) together with each delivery of financial statements
          pursuant to subdivision (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii) of this
          Section 6.1 following such change, a written statement of
          the chief accounting officer or chief financial officer of
          Managing Partner on behalf of Borrower setting forth the
          differences which would have resulted if such financial
          statements had been prepared without giving effect to such
          change;
          
           (vi)  Accountants' Certification:  together with each
          delivery of financial statements of Borrower pursuant to
          subdivision (iii) above, a written statement by the
          independent certified public accountants giving the report
          thereon (a) stating that their audit has included a review of
          the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
          as they relate to accounting matters, (b) stating whether, in
          connection with their audit, any condition or event that
          constitutes an Event of Default or Default has come to their
          attention and, if such a condition or event has come to their
          attention, specifying the nature and period of existence
          thereof; provided that such accountants shall not be liable
          by reason of any failure to obtain knowledge of any such
          Event of Default or Default that would not be disclosed in
          the course of their audit and their report may state that their
          audit was not directed toward obtaining such knowledge,
          and (c) stating that based on their audit nothing has come to
          their attention that causes them to believe either or both that
          the information contained in the certificates delivered
          therewith pursuant to subdivision (iv) above is not correct
          or that the matters set forth in the Compliance Certificates
          delivered therewith pursuant to clause (b) of subdivision
          (iv) above for the applicable Fiscal Year are not stated in
          accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
          
           (vii)  Accountants' Reports:  promptly upon receipt
          thereof, but in no case later than concurrently with each
          delivery of financial statements of Borrower pursuant to
          subdivisions (ii) and (iii) above (unless restricted by
          applicable professional standards), copies of all reports
          submitted to Borrower by independent certified public
          accountants in connection with each annual, interim or
          special audit of the financial statements of Borrower made
          by such accountants, including, without limitation, any
          comment letter submitted by such accountants to
          management in connection with their annual audit;
          
           (viii)  SEC Filings and Press Releases:  promptly upon
          their becoming available, and, with respect to (a) and (b)
          below, at and after the time Borrower or a Subsidiary of
          Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements
          under Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934, copies of (a) all financial
          statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or
          made available generally by Borrower to its security
          holders or by any Subsidiary of Borrower to its security
          holders other than Borrower or another Subsidiary of
          Borrower, (b) all regular and periodic reports and all
          registration statements (other than on Form S-8 or a similar
          form) and prospectuses, if any, filed by Borrower or any of
          Borrower's Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or
          with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
          governmental or private regulatory authority, and (c) all
          press releases and other statements made available generally
          by or on behalf of Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsid-
          iaries to the public concerning material developments in the
          business of Borrower or any of Borrower's Subsidiaries;
          
           (ix)  Events of Default, etc.:  promptly upon any Senior
          Officer of any General Partner or any Executive Committee
          member obtaining knowledge, but in no case later than
          concurrently with each delivery of financial statements of
          Borrower pursuant to subdivisions (ii) and (iii) above, (a) of
          any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default
          or Default, or becoming aware that any Lender has given
          any notice (other than to Administrative Agent) or taken
          any other action with respect to a claimed Event of Default
          or Default, (b) that any Person has given any notice to
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other
          action with respect to a claimed default or event or
          condition of the type referred to in Section 8.2, (c) of the
          occurrence of any event or change that has caused or
          evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material
          Adverse Effect, or (d) that any Gaming Board has indicated
          its intent to consider or act upon a License Revocation or a
          fine or penalty of $1,000,000 or more with respect to
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, an Officers' Certificate
          specifying the nature and period of existence of such
          condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given
          or action taken by any such Person and the nature of such
          claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condi-
          tion, and what action Borrower has taken, is taking and
          proposes to take with respect thereto;
          
           (x)  Litigation or Other Proceedings:  (a) promptly upon
          any officer of Borrower obtaining knowledge of, but in no
          case later than concurrently with each delivery of financial
          statements of Borrower pursuant to subdivisions (ii) and
          (iii) above, (X) the institution of any action, suit, proceed-
          ing (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise),
          governmental investigation or arbitration against or
          affecting Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any
          property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (collec-
          tively, "Proceedings") not previously disclosed in writing
          by Borrower to Lenders or (Y) any material development in
          any Proceeding that, in any case:
          
           (1)  if adversely determined, has a reasonable possibility
                     of giving rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or
          
           (2)  seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the
                     consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain
                     relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated
                     hereby;
          
          written notice thereof together with such other information
          as may be reasonably available to Borrower to enable
          Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters; and
          (b) together with each delivery of financial statements
          pursuant to subdivision (ii) above, a schedule of all
          Proceedings involving an alleged liability of, or claims
          against or affecting, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
          equal to or greater than $5,000,000, and promptly after
          request by Administrative Agent such other information as
          may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent to
          enable Administrative Agent and its counsel to evaluate any
          of such Proceedings;
          
           (xi)  ERISA Events:  promptly upon becoming aware of
          the occurrence of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA
          Event with respect to Borrower or any of its ERISA
          Affiliates, but in no case later than concurrently with each
          delivery of financial statements of Borrower pursuant to
          subdivisions (ii) and (iii) above, a written notice specifying
          the nature thereof, what action Borrower or any of its
          ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take
          with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or
          threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department
          of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto;
          
           (xii)  ERISA Notices:  together with each delivery of
          financial statements of Borrower pursuant to subdivision (ii)
          above, copies of (a) each Schedule B (Actuarial
          Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed
          by Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates with the
          Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan
          since the last such delivery of financial statements; (b) all
          notices received by Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
          from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA
          Event since the last such delivery of financial statements;
          and (c) such other documents or governmental reports or
          filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan as
          Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;
          
           (xiii)  Financial Plans:  concurrent with delivery thereof
          pursuant to Section 5.2 (or any successor provision) of the
          Joint Venture Agreement, and in any event no later than 90
          days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the
          "Annual Business Plan" (as such term is defined in
          Section 5.2 (or any successor provision) of the Joint
          Venture Agreement) as approved by the Executive
          Committee pursuant to such Section 5.2;
          
           (xiv)  Insurance:  as soon as practicable and in any event
          no later than 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a
          report in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative
          Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained
          as of the date of such report by Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries and all material insurance coverage planned to
          be maintained by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
          immediately succeeding Fiscal Year to the extent not
          included in the information delivered pursuant to
          Section 6.1(xiii);
          
           (xv)  Environmental Audits and Reports:  promptly upon
          receipt thereof, but in no case later than concurrently with
          each delivery of financial statements of Borrower pursuant
          to subdivisions (ii) and (iii) above, copies of all environ-
          mental audits and reports, whether prepared by personnel of
          Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by independent consultants,
          with respect to significant environmental matters at any
          Facility, that could result in a Material Adverse Effect;
          
           (xvi)  Certain Changes Within Borrower; Events of
          Bankruptcy:  with reasonable promptness, but in no case
          later than concurrently with each delivery of financial
          statements of Borrower pursuant to Subdivision (ii) and (iii)
          above, written notice of (a) any change or proposed change
          in Managing Partner or any change in "General Manager"
          (as such term is used in the Joint Venture Agreement) or
          (b) the occurrence of any event or action that, with the
          passage of time, would become an "Event of Bankruptcy"
          (as such term is defined in Section 14.1 of the Joint
          Venture Agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date);
          
           (xvii)  Formation of Subsidiary; Circus Loan Agreement: 
          together with each delivery of financial statements of
          Borrower pursuant to subdivision (ii) and (iii) above, (a) a
          written notice with respect to any Person that has become a
          Subsidiary of Borrower since the last such delivery of
          financial statements, setting forth (1) the date on which
          such Person became a Subsidiary of Borrower and (2) all of
          the data required to be set forth in Schedule 5.1 with
          respect to all Subsidiaries of Borrower (it being understood
          that such written notice shall be deemed to supplement
          Schedule 5.1 for all purposes of this Agreement) and
          (b) copies of any amendment, supplement or modification
          of the Circus Loan Agreement since the Closing Date that
          have not previously been delivered;
          
           (xviii)  Other Information:  with reasonable promptness,
          such other information and data with respect to Borrower or
          any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be
          reasonably requested by any Lender; and
          
           (xix)  Regulation 6.090 Reports:  Promptly after the
          same are available, but in no case later than concurrently
          with each delivery of the financial statements of Borrower
          pursuant to subdivisions (ii) and (iii) above, copies of the
          Nevada "Regulation 6.090 Report" and "6-A Report" and
          copies of any written communication to Borrower or any of
          its Subsidiaries from any Gaming Board advising it of a
          violation of or non-compliance with, any Gaming Law by
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
          
          6.2   Borrower or Corporate Existence, etc.
          
                Except as permitted under Section 7.7, Borrower
          will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times
          preserve and keep in full force and effect its partnership or
          corporate existence, as applicable, and all rights and
          franchises material to its business.
          
          6.3   Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation.
          
           A.   Borrower will, and will cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to, pay all taxes, assessments and other
          governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its
          properties or assets or in respect of any of its income,
          businesses or franchises before any penalty accrues thereon,
          and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for
          labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have
          become due and payable and that by law have or may
          become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to
          the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with
          respect thereto; provided that no such charge or claim need
          be paid if being contested in good faith by appropriate
          proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted
          and if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any,
          as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have
          been made therefor.
          
           B.   Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, file or consent to the filing of any
          consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries).
          
          6.4   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.
          
                Borrower will, and will cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good
          repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear
          excepted, all material properties used or owned by
          Borrower and useful in the business of Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, maintenance of
          Intellectual Property) and from time to time will make or
          cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and
          replacements thereof and will comply fully with the terms
          and conditions of the Section 4 of the Deed of Trust. 
          Borrower will maintain or cause to be maintained, with
          financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with
          respect to its properties and business and the properties and
          businesses of its Subsidiaries against loss or damage of the
          kinds customarily carried or maintained under similar
          circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged
          in similar businesses and will otherwise comply fully with
          the terms and conditions of Section 6 of the Deed of Trust. 
          Each such policy of insurance shall name Administrative
          Agent for the benefit of Lenders as the loss payee
          thereunder for amounts in excess of $1,000,000 and shall
          provide for at least 30 days prior written notice to
          Administrative Agent of any modification or cancellation of
          such policy.
          
          6.5   Inspection; Lender Meeting.
          
                To the extent not prohibited by applicable law,
          Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
          permit any authorized representatives designated by any
          Lender to visit and inspect any of the properties of
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including its and their
          financial and accounting records, and to make copies and
          take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its and their affairs,
          finances and accounts with its and their officers and
          independent public accountants (provided that Borrower
          may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any
          such discussion), all upon reasonable notice and at such
          reasonable times during normal business hours and as often
          as may be reasonably requested.  Without in any way
          limiting the foregoing, Borrower will, upon the request of
          Administrative Agent or Lenders, participate in a meeting
          of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each
          Fiscal Year to be held at Borrower's principal offices (or
          such other location as may be agreed to by Borrower and
          Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by
          Borrower and Administrative Agent.
          
          6.6   Compliance with Laws, etc.
          
                Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all
          applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any
          governmental authority, including, without limitation, all
          Gaming Laws, and to obtain and keep in full force and
          effect each permit, license, consent, or approval required to
          permit the operation of the Hotel, except where the failure
          to be in compliance or to obtain and keep in full force and
          effect could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material
          Adverse Effect.  Borrower shall and shall cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to comply with the requirements of all Gaming
          Laws applicable to such Person.
          
          6.7   Environmental Disclosure and Inspection.
          
           A.   Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to, exercise due diligence in order to comply
          and use its best efforts to cause (i) all tenants under any
          leases or occupancy agreements affecting any portion of the
          Facilities and (ii) all other Persons on or occupying such
          property, to comply with all Environmental Laws.
          
           B.   Borrower agrees that Administrative Agent may,
          from time to time and in its sole and absolute discretion,
          retain, at Borrower's expense, an independent professional
          consultant to review any report relating to Hazardous
          Material prepared by or for Borrower and, whether or not
          any such report exists, upon reasonable notice to Borrower,
          to conduct its own investigation of any Facility currently or
          previously owned, leased, operated or used by Borrower or
          any of its Subsidiaries, and Borrower agrees to use its best
          efforts to obtain permission for Administrative Agent's
          professional consultant to conduct its own investigation of
          any Facility previously owned, leased, operated or used by
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.  Borrower hereby
          grants to Administrative Agent and its Administrative
          Agents, employees, consultants and contractors the right to
          enter into or on to the Facilities currently owned, leased,
          operated or used by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to
          perform such tests on such property as are reasonably
          necessary to conduct such a review and/or investigation. 
          Any such investigation of any Facility shall be conducted,
          unless otherwise agreed to by Borrower and Administrative
          Agent, during normal business hours and, to the extent
          reasonably practicable, shall be conducted with prior notice
          and so as not to interfere with the ongoing operations at any
          such Facility or to cause any damage or loss to any
          property at such Facility.  Borrower and Administrative
          Agent hereby acknowledge and agree that any report of any
          investigation conducted at the request of Administrative
          Agent pursuant to this Section 6.7B will be obtained and
          shall be used by Administrative Agent and Lenders for the
          purposes of Lenders' internal credit decisions, to monitor
          and police the Loans and to protect Lenders' security
          interests, if any, created by the Loan Documents. 
          Administrative Agent agrees to deliver a copy of any such
          report to Borrower promptly after its completion, and
          Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (i) it will indemnify
          and hold harmless Administrative Agent and each Lender
          from any costs, losses or liabilities relating to Borrower's
          use of or reliance on any such report, (ii) neither
          Administrative Agent nor any Lender makes any
          representation or warranty with respect to any such report,
          and (iii) by delivering such report to Borrower, neither
          Administrative Agent nor any Lender is requiring or
          recommending the implementation of any suggestions or
          recommendations contained in any such report; provided,
          however, that Administrative Agent shall not be required by
          this Section 6.7B to deliver any such report to Borrower
          that is protected by the attorney-client privilege or other
          privilege if and to the extent that to do so could reasonably
          be expected to result in the waiver or loss of that privilege.
          
           C.   Borrower shall promptly advise Lenders in writing
          and in reasonable detail of (i) any Release of any
          Hazardous Material required to be reported to any federal,
          state or local governmental or regulatory agency under any
          applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) any and all written
          communications with respect to any Environmental Claims
          that have a reasonable possibility of giving rise to a
          Material Adverse Effect or with respect to any Release of
          Hazardous Material required to be reported to any federal,
          state or local governmental or regulatory agency, (provided,
          however, that Borrower shall not be required by this
          Section 6.7C to advise Lenders of the contents of any
          written communication that is protected by the attorney-
          client or other privilege if and to the extent that to do so
          could reasonably be expected to result in the waiver or loss
          of that privilege), (iii) any remedial action taken by
          Borrower or any other Person in response to (x) any
          Hazardous Material on, under or about any Facility, the
          existence of which has a reasonable possibility of resulting
          in an Environmental Claim having a Material Adverse
          Effect, or (y) any Environmental Claim that reasonably
          could have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) Borrower's
          discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real
          property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that
          reasonably could cause such Facility or any part thereof to
          be subject to (x) any restrictions on the ownership or
          transferability thereof or (y) any material restriction on the
          occupancy or use thereof under any Environmental Laws
          which restriction on occupancy or use could reasonably be
          expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (v) any
          request for information from any governmental agency that
          indicates such agency is investigating whether Borrower or
          any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for a
          Release of Hazardous Material.
          
           D.   Borrower shall promptly notify Lenders of (i) any
          proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be
          expected to expose Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to,
          or result in, Environmental Claims that could have a
          Material Adverse Effect or that could reasonably be
          expected to have a material adverse effect on any Govern-
          mental Authorization then held by Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries and (ii) any action that Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries proposes to take to commence manufacturing,
          industrial or other operations that reasonably could be
          expected to subject Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to
          laws, rules or regulations (including, without limitation,
          laws, rules and regulations requiring additional
          environmental permits or licenses) not theretofore
          applicable to the Hotel, Facilities or operations of Borrower
          or any of its Subsidiaries.
          
           E.   Borrower shall, at its own expense, provide copies
          of such documents or information as Administrative Agent
          may reasonably request in relation to any matters disclosed
          pursuant to this Section 6.7 (provided, however, that
          Borrower shall not be required by the provisions of this
          Section 6.7E to provide documents or information that is
          protected by the attorney-client or other privilege if and to
          the extent that to do so could reasonably be expected to
          result in the waiver or loss of that privilege).
          
          6.8   Borrower's Remedial Action Regarding Hazardous
                          Material.
          
                Borrower shall promptly take, and shall cause
          each of its Subsidiaries promptly to take, any and all
          necessary remedial action in connection with the presence,
          storage, use, disposal, transportation or Release of any
          Hazardous Material on, under or about any Facility in
          order to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws
          and Governmental Authorizations.  In the event Borrower
          or any of its Subsidiaries undertakes any remedial action
          with respect to any Hazardous Material on, under or about
          any Facility, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall conduct and
          complete such remedial action in compliance with all
          applicable Environmental Laws and other applicable legal
          requirements (including lawful policies, orders and
          directives of federal, state and local governmental
          authorities).
          
          6.9   Documentation Concerning General Partner
                          Subordinated Debt.
          
                In the event that Circus elects to make any
          required Additional Contributions pursuant to the Make-
          Well Agreement, Borrower shall promptly, and in any
          event within the periods required for the making of such
          Additional Contributions, execute and deliver to Circus, in
          a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent,
          credit documentation of the type contemplated by the
          definition of General Partner Subordinated Debt.

                       SECTION 7
                  NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          
                Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as
          the Commitments remain in effect and until payment in full
          of all of the Loans and other Obligations and the
          cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit, unless
          Lenders shall otherwise give prior written consent,
          Borrower shall perform, and shall cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 7.
          
          7.1   Indebtedness.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume
          or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or
          indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except
          that Borrower may become and remain liable with respect
          to:
          
           (i)  the Obligations;
          
           (ii)  Contingent Obligations permitted by Section 7.4
          and, upon any matured obligations actually arising pursuant
          thereto, the Indebtedness corresponding to the Contingent
          Obligations so extinguished;
          
           (iii)  Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases in an
          aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,000,000 at
          any one time outstanding; provided that such Capital Leases
          are not prohibited under the terms of Section 7.8; provided,
          further that all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to in
          this clause (iii) of this Section 7.1 shall reduce the Other
          Permitted Indebtedness permitted in clause (vi) of this
          Section 7.1;
          
           (iv)  Indebtedness to any of its wholly-owned
          Subsidiaries, and any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower
          may become and remain liable with respect to Indebtedness
          to Borrower incurred in the ordinary course of the business
          of Borrower and that Subsidiary; provided that (a) all such
          intercompany Indebtedness shall be evidenced by
          promissory notes, (b) all such intercompany Indebtedness
          owed by Borrower to any of its Subsidiaries shall be
          subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of
          the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the applicable
          promissory notes or an intercompany subordination
          agreement, and (c) any payment by any Subsidiary of
          Borrower under any guaranty of the Obligations shall result
          in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any intercompany
          Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Borrower or to
          any of its Subsidiaries for whose benefit such payment is
          made;
          
           (v)  Indebtedness consisting of the amount of General
          Partner Subordinated Debt required to be contributed from
          time to time to Borrower in accordance with the terms of
          the Make-Well Agreement; and
          
           (vi)  other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
          not to exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding minus
          the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (iii)
          above.
          
          7.2   Liens and Related Matters.
          
                A.  Prohibition on Liens.  Borrower shall not, and
          shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
          indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien
          on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind
          (including any document or instrument in respect of goods
          or accounts receivable) of Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or
          any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit the filing
          of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or
          other similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such
          property, asset, income or profits under the Uniform
          Commercial Code of any State or under any similar
          recording or notice statute, except:
          
           (i)  Permitted Encumbrances;
          
           (ii)  Liens described in Schedule 7.2;
          
           (iii)  Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents;
          
          
           (iv)  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under
          Section 7.1(iii); provided that such Liens relate solely to the
          property financed with such Indebtedness; 
          
           (v)  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under
          Section 7.1(vi); provided that such Liens relate solely to the
          property financed with such Indebtedness;
          
           (vi)  Liens created by or resulting from litigation or a
          legal proceeding against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
          or both in the ordinary course of business which litigation
          or legal proceeding currently is being contested in good
          faith by appropriate proceedings and which litigation or
          legal proceeding does not result in an Event of Default
          under Section 8.8; provided that such Lien shall be bonded
          or foreclosure of such Lien stayed by order of a court of
          competent jurisdiction and; provided further, that any such
          Lien shall cease to be a permitted exception to this
          Section 7.2 if any attempt to foreclose thereon could
          reasonably be expected to occur within the next 60 days;
          and
          
           (vii)  In the event that Circus makes any required
          Additional Contributions under the Make-Well Agreement
          in the form of General Partner Subordinated Debt, Liens
          securing such General Partner Subordinated Debt which are
          subordinated to the Indebtedness hereunder pursuant to a
          Subordination Agreement.
          
           B.   Equitable Lien in Favor of Lenders.  If Borrower
          or any of its Subsidiaries shall create or assume any Lien
          upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or
          hereafter acquired, other than Liens excepted by the
          provisions of Section 7.2A, it shall make or cause to be
          made effective provision whereby the Obligations will be
          secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all
          other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such
          Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided that,
          notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall not be
          construed as a consent by Lenders to the creation or
          assumption of any such Lien not permitted by the provi-
          sions of Section 7.2A.
          
           C.   No Further Negative Pledges.  Except with
          respect to (i) specific property encumbered pursuant to
          Section 7.2A(iv) or (v) to secure payment of particular
          Indebtedness, (ii) specific property to be sold pursuant to an
          executed agreement with respect to an Asset Sale or (iii) a
          Lien created in favor of Administrative Agent pursuant to
          the Collateral Documents, neither Borrower nor any of its
          Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement prohibiting the
          creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its
          respective properties or assets, whether now owned or
          hereafter acquired.
          
           D.   No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions to
          Borrower or Other Subsidiaries.  Except as provided
          herein, Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist
          or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
          restriction of any kind on the ability of any such Subsidiary
          to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any
          of such Subsidiary's capital stock owned by Borrower or
          any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (ii) repay or prepay any
          Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Borrower or any
          other Subsidiary of Borrower, (iii) make loans or advances
          to Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, or
          (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to Borrower or
          any other Subsidiary of Borrower.
          
          7.3   Investments.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any
          Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture,
          except:
          
           (i)  Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make and own
          Investments in Cash Equivalents;
          
           (ii)  Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries may
          create, and make and own Investments in, wholly-owned
          Subsidiaries engaged in operations reasonably necessary for
          the business of Borrower with respect to the Hotel;
          provided, however, that (a) the aggregate of all such
          Investments (without duplication in the case of Investments
          through multiple tiers of Subsidiaries) may not exceed
          $10,000,000, (b) no such Subsidiary may (1) create, incur,
          assume or guarantee, or otherwise become or remain
          directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any
          Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted under
          clause (iv) of Section 7.1), (2) create, incur, assume or
          permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property
          or asset of any kind of such Subsidiary (other than
          Permitted Encumbrances and Liens granted pursuant to the
          Collateral Documents), or (3) create or become or remain
          liable with respect to any Contingent Obligation (other than
          Contingent Obligations under any guarantee of the
          Obligations);
          
           (iii)  Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Capital
          Expenditures permitted by Section 7.8; and
          
           (iv)  Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make advances
          to customers in the ordinary course of business substantially
          consistent with the practice of other gaming institutions in
          connection with their gaming operations in the State of
          Nevada.
          
          7.4   Contingent Obligations.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or become or
          remain liable with respect to any Contingent Obligation,
          except that Borrower may become and remain liable with
          respect to:
          
           (i)  Contingent Obligations in respect of Letters of
          Credit;
          
           (ii)  Interest Rate Agreements; provided that the
          aggregate notional amount with respect to such Interest Rate
          Obligations shall not exceed at any time the aggregate
          amount, without duplication, of the Commitments and the
          Loans then in effect or outstanding;
          
           (iii)  Contingent Obligations pursuant to indemnity
          obligations with respect to taxes of Borrower, the
          Environmental Indemnity, workers compensation for
          Borrower's employees, a title policy and other indemnity
          obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
          
          7.5   Restricted Junior Payments.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order or pay
          any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment; provided that
          so long as no Event of Default or Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing or occurs as a result thereof
          Borrower may make the following Restricted Junior
          Payments:
          
           (i) payment of all Subordinated Debt owed to Circus (the
          principal amount of  which is $35,103,549) on the Closing
          Date, together with interest thereon through the Closing
          Date;
          
           (ii)  Tax Distributions to General Partners in proportion
          to their Percentage Interests;
          
           (iii)  In addition to the foregoing, during the Make-Well
          Period, Other Borrower Distributions which do not exceed
          45% of Available Cash Flow for the period beginning with
          the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date and ending
          with the then most recently ended fiscal quarter (calculated
          without reduction for such Other Borrower Distribution),
          provided that no such Borrower Distributions shall be made
          if the Make-Well Leverage Ratio (as of the then most
          recent Fiscal Quarter and on a pro forma basis giving effect
          to such payment) would be in excess of 4.75:1.00; and
          
           (iv)  In addition to the foregoing, following the Make-
          Well Period, Other Borrower Distributions which do not
          exceed 25% of Available Cash Flow for the period
          beginning with the first day of the fiscal quarter during
          which the Make-Well Period ended and ending with the
          then most recently ended fiscal quarter (calculated without
          reduction for such Other Borrower Distributions);
          
          Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries may directly
          or indirectly declare, order, pay or make, or set apart any
          sum or property for, any Restricted Junior Payment or
          agree to do so except as permitted by this Section 7.5.
          
          7.6   Financial Covenants.
          
           A.   Minimum Coverage Ratio.  Borrower shall not
          permit the Coverage Ratio:
          
                (a) As of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter which
                     ends during the Make-Well Period, to be less than
                     1.05:1.00, provided that Borrower shall be deemed not
                     to be in default under this Section 7.6A if Circus or its
                     Affiliates make a timely Additional Contribution (as that
                     term is defined in the Make-Well Agreement) pursuant to
                     the terms of the Make-Well Agreement; or
          
                (b) As of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter which
                     ends after the Make-Well Period, to be less than
                     1.25:1.00.
          
           B.   Maximum Leverage Ratio.  Borrower shall not
          permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal
          Quarter ending during a period described below to exceed
          the ratio set forth opposite that period:
          
           Quarters Ending                          Maximum
          Leverage Ratio
          
           Closing Date through               4.85:1.00
           December 31, 1997
          
           January 1, 1998 through
           December 31, 1998                  4.50:1.00
          
           January 1, 1999 through
           March 31, 1999                4.25:1.00
          
           April 1, 1999 through
           December 31, 1999                  4.00:1.00
          
           January 1, 2000
           June 30, 2000                 3.50:1.00
          
           July 1, 2000 through          
           December 31, 2000                  3.25:1.00
          
           Thereafter through Termination Date     3.00:1.00
          
          
          7.7   Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales
                          and Acquisitions.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, alter the corporate, partnership, capital or
          legal structure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or
          enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or
          liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any
          liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, sublease,
          transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a
          series of transactions, all or any part of its business,
          property or fixed assets, whether now owned or hereafter
          acquired, or acquire by purchase or otherwise all or
          substantially all the business, property or fixed assets of, or
          stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any
          Person or any division or line of business of any Person,
          except:
          
           (i)  any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged with or
          into Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of
          Borrower, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all
          or any part of its business, property or assets may be
          conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed
          of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to
          Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower;
          provided that, in the case of such a merger, Borrower or
          such wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or
          surviving Person;
          
           (ii)  Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Capital
          Expenditures permitted under Section 7.8;
          
           (iii)  Borrower and its Subsidiaries may sell or otherwise
          dispose of assets in transactions that do not constitute Asset
          Sales; provided that the consideration received for such
          assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market
          value thereof;
          
           (iv)  Borrower and its Subsidiaries may, in the ordinary
          course of business, sell for cash, equipment that is obsolete
          or in need of replacement and no longer used or useful in
          its business;
          
           (v)  Borrower may dispose of personal property to
          customers or potential customers in connection with
          promotions in the ordinary course of business substantially
          consistent with the practice of other gaming institutions in
          connection with their gaming operations in the State of
          Nevada; and
          
           (vi)  Borrower and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries may
          make Investments permitted by Section 7.3(ii).
          
          7.8  Capital Expenditures.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit its
          Subsidiaries to, make or incur Capital Expenditures (other
          than additional Capital Expenditures of up to $7,500,000
          for purposes of initial construction of (but not subsequent
          improvement of) a restaurant, retail or entertainment
          attraction to be constructed on the mezzanine level of the
          Hotel), in any calendar year in an aggregate amount in
          excess of $7,000,000, provided that (a) any amount not so
          expended during any calendar year may be expended in the
          immediately succeeding calendar year, and
          (b) notwithstanding clause (a) the aggregate amount so
          expended shall never exceed $10,000,000 in any calendar
          year..
          
          7.9    Sales and Lease-Backs.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain
          liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with
          respect to any lease, whether an Operating Lease or a
          Capital Lease, of any property (whether real, personal or
          mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
          (i) which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has sold or
          transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person
          (other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or
          (ii) which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use
          for substantially the same purpose as any other property
          which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Borrower
          or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with
          such lease, other than as contemplated by Sections 7.1(iii)
          and 7.1(vi).
          
          7.10    Sale or Discount of Receivables.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell with recourse, or
          discount or otherwise sell for less than the face value
          thereof, any of its notes or accounts receivable (other than
          settlements in the ordinary course of business and
          substantially consistent with the practice at other gaming
          institutions in connection with their gaming operations in
          the State of Nevada with payors of such notes or accounts
          receivable reached to facilitate collection from such payor
          of such notes or accounts receivable).
          
          7.11    Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates.
          
                Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit
          to exist any transaction (including, without limitation, the
          purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the
          rendering of any service) with any holder of 5% or more of
          any class of equity Securities of Borrower or with any
          Affiliate of Borrower or of any such holder; provided that
          the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any
          transaction between Borrower and any of its wholly-owned
          Subsidiaries or between any of its wholly-owned
          Subsidiaries, (ii) reasonable and customary management
          fees and reimbursements of expenses paid to Managing
          Partner pursuant to the terms of the Joint Venture Agree-
          ment, (iii) other payments permitted by the Joint Venture
          Agreement as in effect at the Closing Date and not
          otherwise prohibited or restricted by the terms of this
          Agreement, (iv) the Make-Well Agreement and
          Subordinated Debt incurred pursuant thereto, or
          (v) transactions between Borrower and its Affiliates
          necessary to the operation of the Hotel that the Executive
          Committee has determined in good faith are conducted on
          terms no less favorable than could be obtained from a third
          party in an arm's-length transaction.
          
          7.12    Conduct of Business.
          
                From and after the Closing Date, Borrower shall
          not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage
          in any business other than the operation of the hotel and
          casino business of the Hotel and other businesses
          reasonably incidental thereto and located on or adjacent to
          the Premises.
          
          7.13    Amendments of Related Documents.
          
           A.   Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise change the terms of
          any Subordinated Indebtedness, or make any payment
          consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, if
          the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the
          interest rate on such Subordinated Indebtedness, change (to
          earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal
          or interest are due thereon, change any event of default or
          condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other
          than to eliminate any such event of default), change the
          redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof,
          change the subordination provisions thereof (or of any
          guaranty thereof), or change any collateral therefor (other
          than to release such collateral), or if the effect of such
          amendment or change, together with all other amendments
          or changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of
          the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on
          the holders of such Subordinated Indebtedness (or a trustee
          or other representative on their behalf) which would be
          materially adverse to Borrower or adverse to Lenders.
          
           B.   Borrower shall not amend or otherwise change the
          terms of the Joint Venture Agreement if the effect of such
          amendment or change, together with all other amendments
          or changes made, is to increase the obligations of Borrower
          thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the other
          parties thereto that in either case would be materially
          adverse to Borrower or adverse to Lenders.
          
          7.14    Fiscal Year.
          
                Borrower shall not change its Fiscal Year-end
          from December 31 without giving notice to Administrative
          Agent at least 30 days in advance of such change.
          
          7.15    Transfer of Borrower Interests.
          
                No General Partner shall transfer all or any
          portion of its interest in Borrower or any rights therein
          except as permitted pursuant to Section 12.4 of the Joint
          Venture Agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date;
          provided that the provisions of this Section shall not limit
          the operation of Section 8.12.
                    

                       SECTION 8
                   EVENTS OF DEFAULT
          
                If any of the following conditions or events
          ("Events of Default") shall occur:
          
          8.1   Failure to Make Payments When Due.
          
                (a) Failure by Borrower to pay any installment of
          principal of any Loan when due, whether at stated maturity,
          by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment (unless
          such notice is revoked by Borrower and would not result in
          the incurrence of any costs by Administrative Agent or any
          Lender or, if incurred, such costs are reimbursed by
          Borrower) by mandatory prepayment or otherwise;
          
                (b)  Failure by Borrower to pay when due any
          amount payable to an Issuing Lender in reimbursement of
          any drawing under a Letter of Credit; or
          
                (c)  Failure by Borrower to pay any interest on
          any Loan or any fee or any other amount due under this
          Agreement or the other Loan Documents within five days
          after the date due; or
          
          8.2   Default in Other Agreements.
          
           A.   Borrower's Agreements.
          
                (i)  Failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
                     to pay when due (a) any principal of or interest on any
                     Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in
                     Section 8.1) in an individual principal amount of
                     $2,500,000 or more or any items of Indebtedness with an
                     aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or more or
                     (b) any Contingent Obligation in an individual principal
                     amount of $2,500,000 or more or any Contingent
                     Obligations with an aggregate principal amount of
                     $5,000,000 or more, in each case beyond the end of any
                     grace period provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default
                     by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to
                     any other material term of (a) any evidence of any
                     Indebtedness in an individual principal amount of
                     $2,500,000 or more or any items of Indebtedness with an
                     aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or more or
                     any Contingent Obligation in an individual principal
                     amount of $2,500,000 or more or any Contingent
                     Obligations with an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or
                     more or (b) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or
                     other agreement relating to such Indebtedness or
                     Contingent Obligations, if the effect of such breach or
                     default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of
                     that Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations (or a trustee
                     on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, that
                     Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations to become or be
                     declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or
                     the stated maturity or any underlying obligation, as the
                     case may be (upon the giving or receiving of notice,
                     lapse of time, both, or otherwise); or
          
           B.   Circus Loan Agreement.
          
                If the Make-Well Agreement is then in effect, the
                     occurrence of (i) any default (or in the case of
                     amendment, supplementation, other modification or
                     termination of the Circus Loan Agreement after the
                     Closing Date, the occurrence of any event that would
                     have been a default had such amendment,
                     supplementation, modification or termination not
                     occurred) under Sections 6.3, 9.1(a), 9.1(b), 9.1(c),
                     9.1(g), 9.1(k) or 9.1(o) of the Circus Loan Agreement,
                     whether or not such default is later cured or waived or
                     (ii) any default under the Circus Loan Agreement if, as a
                     result thereof, the lenders thereunder elect the remedies
                     described in Section 9.2(a)(2) thereof.
          
          8.3   Breach of Certain Covenants.
          
                Failure of Borrower or its Subsidiaries to perform
          or comply with any term or condition contained in
          Section 2.4A, 2.4B(iii), 2.5, 6.1(ix), 6.2, 6.6 or Section 7
          of this Agreement; or
          
          8.4   Breach of Warranty.
          
                Any representation, warranty, certification or
          other statement made by any Loan Party or by any of
          Parents in any Loan Document or in any statement or
          certificate at any time given by any of them in writing
          pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or
          therewith shall be false in any material respect on the date
          as of which made; or
          
          8.5   Other Defaults Under Loan Documents.
          
                Any Loan Party or Circus or Eldorado Hotel shall
          default in the performance of or compliance with any term
          contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan
          Documents to be complied with by such Person, other than
          any such term referred to in any other Section of this
          Section 8, and such default shall not have been remedied or
          waived within 15 days after receipt by Borrower of notice
          from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default;
          or
          
          8.6   Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver,
          etc.
          
                (i)  A court having jurisdiction in the premises
          shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of any
          Loan Party in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy
          Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
          or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or
          order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be
          granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an
          involuntary case shall be commenced against any Loan
          Party under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other
          applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or
          hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having
          jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a
          receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other
          officer having similar powers over any Loan Party, or over
          all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been
          entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary
          appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other
          custodian of any Loan Party for all or a substantial part of
          its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or
          similar process shall have been issued against any
          substantial part of the property of any Loan Party, and any
          such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for 60
          days unless dismissed, bonded or discharged; or
          
          8.7   Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver,
          etc.
          
                (i)  Any Loan Party shall have an order for relief
          entered with respect to it or commence a voluntary case
          under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable
          bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in
          effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in
          an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary
          case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall
          consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a
          receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial
          part of its property; or any Loan Party shall make any
          assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) any Loan
          Party shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit
          in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts
          become due; or the Board of Directors of any Loan Party
          (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or
          otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions
          referred to in clause (i) above or this clause (ii); or
          
          8.8   Judgments and Attachments.
          
                Any money judgment, writ or warrant of
          attachment or similar process involving (i) in any individual
          case an amount in excess of $2,500,000 or (ii) in the
          aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $5,000,000
          (in either case not adequately covered by insurance as to
          which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has
          acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against
          any Loan Party or any of their respective assets and shall
          remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for
          a period of 60 days (or in any event later than five days
          prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder); or
          
          8.9   Dissolution.
          
           (i)  Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered
          against any Loan Party decreeing the dissolution or split up
          of such Loan Party and such order shall remain
          undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of 30 days;
          or
          
           (ii)  the occurrence of any "Liquidating Event" (as such
          term is defined in Section 13.1 (or any successor provision)
          of the Joint Venture Agreement).
          
          8.10    Employee Benefit Plans.
          
                There shall occur one or more ERISA Events
          which individually or in the aggregate results in or might
          reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower or
          any of its ERISA Affiliates in excess of $5,000,000 during
          the term of this Agreement; or there shall exist an amount
          of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in
          Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the
          aggregate for all Pension Plans sponsored by Borrower or
          any of its ERISA Affiliates (excluding for purposes of such
          computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets
          exceed benefit liabilities), which exceeds $5,000,000; or
          
          8.11    Material Adverse Effect.
          
                Any event or change shall occur that has caused
          or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a
          Material Adverse Effect; or
          
          8.12    Change in Control.
          
                General Partners or their Affiliates on the Closing
          Date shall cease to beneficially own and control all of the
          partnership interests in Borrower or Circus and its Affiliates
          shall cease to beneficially own and control at least 50% of
          the partnership interests in Borrower; or 
          
          8.13    Invalidity of Environmental Indemnities or
          Guaranties.
          
                Any Environmental Indemnity or any guaranty of
          the Obligations, including, without limitation, the Make-
          Well Agreement for any reason, other than the satisfaction
          in full of all Obligations (or in the case of the Make-Well
          Agreement, its termination in accordance with its terms)
          ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null
          and void, or any guarantor or indemnitor, including Circus
          and Eldorado Hotel, denies that it has any further liability,
          including, without limitation, with respect to future
          advances by Lenders, under any indemnity or guaranty or
          under any make-well agreement, including the Make-Well
          Agreement, or under any Environmental Indemnity or gives
          notice to such effect, in each case, to the extent it relates to
          the Obligations; or
          
          8.14    Impairment of Collateral.
          
                (A) A judgment creditor of any Loan Party or any
          of their respective Subsidiaries shall obtain possession of
          any material portion of the Collateral under the Collateral
          Documents by any means, including, without limitation,
          levy, distraint, replevin or self-help, (B) any substantial
          portion of the Collateral shall be taken by eminent domain
          or condemnation, (C) any of the Collateral Documents shall
          cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any
          party thereto shall purport to disavow its obligations
          thereunder or shall declare that it does not have any further
          obligations thereunder or shall contest the validity or
          enforceability thereof or Lenders shall cease to have a valid
          and perfected first priority security interest in any material
          Collateral therein except as permitted under the terms of
          such Collateral Document, or (D) Administrative Agent's
          security interests or Liens, in each case on behalf of
          Lenders, on any material portion of the Collateral under the
          Collateral Documents shall become otherwise impaired or
          unenforceable; or
          
          8.15    Loss of Governmental Authorizations.
          
                Any Governmental Authorization that is material
          to the ownership, use or operation of the Hotel ceases to be
          valid and in full force or effect or to be held by the Person
          required to hold such Governmental Authorization for more
          than five (5) calendar days; or
          
          8.16    Gaming License.
          
                The occurrence of a License Revocation that
          continues for at least five (5) calendar days;
          
          8.17    Remedies.
          
                         THEN
          
           at any time, (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of
          Default described in Section 8.6 or 8.7, each of (a) the
          unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the
          Loans, (b) an amount equal to the maximum amount that
          may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then
          outstanding (whether or not any beneficiary under any such
          Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at
          such time to present, the drafts or other documents or
          certificates required to draw under such Letter of Credit),
          and (c) all other Obligations shall automatically become
          immediately due and payable, without presentment,
          demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of
          which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower, and the
          obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, the obligation
          of Administrative Agent to issue any Letter of Credit and
          the right of any Lender to issue any Letter of Credit
          hereunder shall thereupon automatically terminate, and
          (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any
          other Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall, upon
          the written request or with the written consent of Requisite
          Lenders, by written notice to Borrower, declare all or any
          portion of the amounts described in clauses (a) through (c)
          above to be, and the same shall forthwith become, immedi-
          ately due and payable, and the obligation of each Lender to
          make any Loan, the obligation of Administrative Agent to
          issue any Letter of Credit and the right of any Lender to
          issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon
          terminate; provided that the foregoing shall not affect in
          any way the obligations of Lenders under Section 3.3C(i). 
          No remedy conferred in this Agreement upon any Lender is
          intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and
          every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in
          addition to every other remedy conferred herein or now or
          hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or
          otherwise.
          
                Any amounts described in clause (b) of
          Section 8.17, when received by Administrative Agent, shall
          be held by Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of
          the Collateral Account Agreement and shall be applied as
          therein provided.
          
                Notwithstanding anything contained in the second
          preceding paragraph, if at any time within 60 days after an
          acceleration of the Loans pursuant to such paragraph
          Borrower shall pay all arrears of interest and all payments
          on account of principal which shall have become due
          otherwise than as a result of such acceleration (with interest
          on principal and, to the extent permitted by law, on
          overdue interest, at the rates specified in this Agreement)
          and all Events of Default and Potential Events of Default
          (other than non-payment of the principal of and accrued
          interest on the Loans, in each case which is due and
          payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied
          or waived pursuant to Section 10.6, then Supermajority
          Lenders, by written notice to Borrower, may at their option
          rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences;
          but such action shall not affect any subsequent Event of
          Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
          The provisions of this paragraph are intended to bind all
          Lenders to a decision that may be made at the election of
          Supermajority Lenders and are not intended to benefit
          Borrower and do not grant Borrower the right to require
          Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder,
          even if the conditions set forth herein are met.
                    <PAGE>
                       SECTION 9
                 Administrative Agent
          
          9.1   Appointment.
          
                Bank of America National Trust and Savings
          Association is hereby appointed Administrative Agent here-
          under and under the other Loan Documents and each
          Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to act as its
          Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Administrative
          Agent agrees to act upon the express conditions contained
          in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as
          applicable.  The provisions of this Section 9 are solely for
          the benefit of Administrative Agent and Lenders and
          Borrower shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of
          any of the provisions thereof.  In performing its functions
          and duties under this Agreement, Administrative Agent
          shall act solely as an Administrative Agent of Lenders and
          does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed
          any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust
          with or for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than
          as set forth in Section 2.1D(v).
          
          9.2   Powers; General Immunity.
          
           A.   Duties Specified.  Each Lender irrevocably
          authorizes Administrative Agent to take such action on such
          Lender's behalf and to exercise such powers hereunder and
          under the other Loan Documents as are specifically
          delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and
          thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
          incidental thereto.  Administrative Agent shall have only
          those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified
          in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and it
          may perform such duties by or through its agents or
          employees.  Administrative Agent shall not have, by reason
          of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, a
          fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender; and nothing
          in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,
          expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed
          as to impose upon Administrative Agent any obligations in
          respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan
          Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.
          
           B.   No Responsibility for Certain Matters. 
          Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender
          for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity,
          enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this
          Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any
          representations, warranties, recitals or statements made
          herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements
          or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports
          or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by
          Administrative Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of
          Borrower to Administrative Agent or any Lender in
          connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions
          contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or
          business affairs of Borrower or any other Person liable for
          the payment of any Obligations, nor shall Administrative
          Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the perfor-
          mance or observance of any of the terms, conditions,
          provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the
          Loan Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the
          Loans or the use of the Letters of Credit or as to the exis-
          tence or possible existence of any Event of Default or
          Default.  Anything contained in this Agreement to the
          contrary notwithstanding, Administrative Agent shall not
          have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount
          of outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit Usage or the
          component amounts thereof.
          
           C.   Exculpatory Provisions.  Neither Administrative
          Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or
          agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or
          omitted by Administrative Agent under or in connection
          with any of the Loan Documents except to the extent
          caused by Administrative Agent's gross negligence or
          willful misconduct.  If Administrative Agent shall request
          instructions from Lenders with respect to any act or action
          (including the failure to take an action) in connection with
          this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,
          Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such
          act or taking such action unless and until Administrative
          Agent shall have received instructions from Requisite
          Lenders, Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders if unanimity
          is required hereunder.  Without prejudice to the generality
          of the foregoing, (i) Administrative Agent shall be entitled
          to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any
          communication, instrument or document reasonably
          believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been
          signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and shall be
          entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions
          and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries), accountants, experts and
          other professional advisors reasonably selected by it; and
          (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever
          against Administrative Agent as a result of Administrative
          Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting
          under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
          in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders or
          all Lenders as required or permitted by this Agreement. 
          Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from
          exercising any power, discretion or authority vested in it
          under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
          unless and until it has obtained the instructions of Requisite
          Lenders.
          
           D.   Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender. 
          The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect
          any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or
          obligations upon, Administrative Agent in its individual
          capacity as a Lender hereunder.  With respect to its par-
          ticipation in the Loans and the Letters of Credit,
          Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers
          hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same
          as though it were not performing the duties and functions
          delegated to it hereunder, and the term "Lender" or
          "Lenders" or any similar term shall, unless the context
          clearly otherwise indicates, include Administrative Agent in
          its individual capacity.  Administrative Agent and its
          Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and
          generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial
          advisory or other business with Borrower or any of its
          Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified
          herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from
          Borrower for services in connection with this Agreement
          and otherwise without having to account for the same to
          Lenders.
          
          9.3   Representations and Warranties; No Responsibility
                          For Appraisal of Creditworthiness.
          
                Each Lender represents and warrants that it has
          made its own independent investigation of the financial
          condition and affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
          connection with the making of the Loans and the issuance
          of Letters of Credit hereunder and that it has made and
          shall continue to make its own appraisal of the
          creditworthiness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 
          Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or
          responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to
          make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf
          of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or
          other information with respect thereto, whether coming into
          its possession before the making of the Loans or at any
          time or times thereafter, and Administrative Agent shall not
          have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or
          the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.
          
          9.4   Right to Indemnity.
          
                Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share,
          severally agrees to indemnify Administrative Agent, to the
          extent that Administrative Agent shall not have been
          reimbursed by Borrower or another Loan Party, for and
          against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
          penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses
          (including, without limitation, counsel fees and
          disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature
          whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or
          asserted against Administrative Agent in performing its
          duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or
          otherwise in its capacity as Administrative Agent in any
          way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the
          other Loan Documents; provided that no Lender shall be
          liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses,
          damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
          expenses or disbursements resulting from Administrative
          Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided,
          further, that if Administrative Agent is subsequently
          reimbursed by Borrower or any other Loan Party for any
          such liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
          judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements in an
          amount that, together with amounts paid to Administrative
          Agent by Lenders under this Section 9.4, exceeds the
          amount actually expended by Administrative Agent
          therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly disburse such
          excess amount to those Lenders that made payments under
          this Section 9.4 in proportion to their payments hereunder. 
          If any indemnity furnished to Administrative Agent for any
          purpose shall, in the opinion of Administrative Agent, be
          insufficient or become impaired, Administrative Agent may
          call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence,
          to do the acts indemnified against until such additional
          indemnity is furnished.  The Prior Agent shall be entitled to
          the continued protection of the indemnities provided to the
          Prior Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement for the
          period in which it served as agent under the Existing Credit
          Agreement.
          
          9.5   Successor Administrative Agent.
          
                Administrative Agent may resign at any time by
          giving 30 days' prior written notice thereof to Lenders and
          Borrower, and Administrative Agent may be removed at
          any time with or without cause by an instrument or
          concurrent instruments in writing delivered to Borrower and
          Administrative Agent and signed by Requisite Lenders
          (determined without giving effect to Administrative Agent's
          Loan Exposure).  Upon any such notice of resignation or
          any such removal, Lenders shall have the right, with the
          consent of Borrower (which consent shall not be withheld
          unreasonably), to appoint a successor Administrative Agent
          provided that such Requisite Lenders may proceed without
          Borrower's consent if Borrower refuses to consent to one of
          two successive nominees for successor Administrative
          Agent who are Lenders on the Closing Date.  Upon the
          acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent
          hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that
          successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to
          and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges
          and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent
          and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be
          discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agree-
          ment.  After any retiring or removed Administrative
          Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative
          Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its
          benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
          while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.
          
          9.6   Collateral Documents.
          
                Each Lender hereby further authorizes
          Administrative Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents
          as secured party on behalf of and for the benefit of each
          Lender and agrees to be bound by the terms of the
          Collateral Documents; provided that Administrative Agent
          shall not enter into or consent to any amendment,
          modification, termination or waiver of any provision
          contained in the Collateral Documents except as set forth in
          Section 10.6.  Anything contained in any of the Loan
          Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender
          agrees that no Lender shall have any right individually to
          realize upon any of the collateral under the Collateral
          Documents, it being understood and agreed that all rights
          and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be
          exercised solely by Administrative Agent for the benefit of
          Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof.
          
          Section 9.7 - Administrative Agent to Hold Liens for
          Benefit of Lenders as Parties to Interest Rate Agreements.  
          
          
           A.   Borrower hereby agrees that each of the liens and
          security interests granted to the Administrative Agent for
          the benefit of the Lenders under this Agreement and the
          other Loan Documents shall be deemed to also secure the
          obligations of Borrower to Lenders under Interest Rate
          Agreements entered into with respect to the Obligations and
          Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the other
          Loan Documents.  The obligations under any such Interest
          Rate Agreements shall rank pari passu with, and shall be
          entitled to the benefit of the Collateral Documents to the
          same extent as, the other Obligations to the extent of the
          Administrative Agent s risk assessment factor for such
          obligations (but shall be subordinate and junior to the
          Loans, Letters of Credit and other Obligations to the extent
          of any excess amounts); provided that the right of  the
          holders of such Interest Rate Agreements with respect to
          the Collateral shall be limited to the right to receive a share
          of the proceeds of the Collateral and that Lenders shall
          have the right to make all determinations with respect to the
          exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral until
          payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations
          and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit. 
          Each Interest Rate Agreement entered into by Borrower
          with any Lender shall be conclusively presumed to relate to
          the obligations and Indebtedness evidenced by this
          Agreement unless it otherwise specifies. 
          
           B.   Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the
          Administrative Agent to act as collateral agent for that
          Lender with respect to the liens and security interests
          created by the Loan Documents for the benefit of that
          Lender as a creditor under Interest Rate Agreements of the
          type described in clause (A) of this Section; in such
          capacity the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to the
          indemnity provided by Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement
          and to the other indemnities and protections afforded to the
          Administrative Agent by this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents, mutatis mutandis.
          
           C.   Each Lender agrees that the claims of the Lenders
          under this Agreement and the claims of each Lender under
          any Interest Rate Agreement shall rank pari passu, provided
          that the right of each Lender with respect to the Collateral
          by reason of its claims under such Interest Rate Agreements
          shall be limited to the right to receive a share of the
          proceeds of the Collateral and that the Lenders (in their
          capacity as Lenders under this Agreement) shall have the
          exclusive right to make all determinations with respect to
          the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral until
          payment in full of all of the Loans and other Obligations
          and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit.
          No person other than the Lenders shall be deemed to have
          any rights under this clause (C).
          
           D.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this
          Agreement to the contrary, no Interest Rate Agreement
          shall have the benefit of the Make-Well Agreement.


                      SECTION 10
                     MISCELLANEOUS
          
          10.1    Assignments and Participations in Loans and
                          Letters of Credit.
          
           A.   General.  Each Lender shall have the right at any
          time to (i) sell, assign or transfer to any Eligible Assignee,
          or (ii) sell participations to any Person in, all or any part of
          its Commitment or any Loan or Loans made by it or its
          Letters of Credit or participations therein or any other
          interest herein or in any other Obligations owed to it;
          provided that no such sale, assignment, transfer or partici-
          pation shall, without the consent of Borrower, require
          Borrower to file a registration statement with the Securities
          and Exchange Commission or apply to qualify such sale,
          assignment, transfer or participation under the securities
          laws of any state; provided, further that no such sale,
          assignment or transfer described in clause (i) above shall be
          effective unless and until an Assignment Agreement
          effecting such sale, assignment or transfer shall have been
          accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the
          Register as provided in Section 10.1B(ii); provided, further
          that no such sale, assignment, transfer or participation of
          any Letter of Credit or any participation therein may be
          made separately from a sale, assignment, transfer or
          participation of a corresponding interest in the Commitment
          and the Loans of the Lender effecting such sale,
          assignment, transfer or participation; and provided further
          that no such sale, assignment, transfer or participation of
          any Letter of Credit or any participation therein shall be
          required to the extent it would be prohibited by any Gaming
          Law.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.1, no
          Lender shall, as between Borrower and such Lender, be
          relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of
          any sale, assignment or transfer of, or any granting of
          participations in, all or any part of its Commitment or the
          Loans, the Letters of Credit or participations therein, or the
          other Obligations owed to such Lender.
          
           B.   Assignments.
          
           (i)  Amounts and Terms of Assignments.  Each Lender
          may assign its interests in the Commitment, Loan, Letter of
          Credit or participation therein, or other Obligation,
          provided that each such assignment (i) shall be subject to
          the written consent of Borrower and the Administrative
          Agent (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld,
          provided that when an Event of Default exists, no such
          consent will be required from Borrower), (ii) which is not
          to another Lender or to an Affiliate of the assigning Lender
          shall be in an amount not less than $10,000,000 (or such
          lesser amount as shall constitute the aggregate amount of
          the Commitment, Loans, Letters of Credit and
          participations therein, and other Obligations of the assigning
          Lender) and shall be to an Eligible Assignee described in
          clause (A) of the definition of "Eligible Assignee", and (iii)
          shall effect a pro rata assignment of the Loans, Letters of
          Credit (or participations therein) and commitment of the
          assigning Lender.  The parties to each such assignment
          shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent, for its
          acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment
          Agreement, together with a processing and recordation fee
          of $2,500 and such forms, certificates or other evidence, if
          any, with respect to United States federal income tax
          withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment
          Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative
          Agent pursuant to Section 2.7B(iii)(a).  Upon such
          execution, delivery, acceptance and recordation, from and
          after the effective date specified in such Assignment
          Agreement, (y) the assignee thereunder shall be a party
          hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations
          hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such
          Assignment Agreement, shall have the rights and
          obligations of a Lender hereunder and (z) the assigning
          Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and
          obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to
          such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights and be
          released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in
          the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the
          remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and
          obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease
          to be a party hereto).  The Commitments hereunder shall be
          modified to reflect the Commitment of such assignee and
          any remaining Commitment of such assigning Lender and,
          if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any
          Notes hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the
          effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter
          as practicable, surrender its Note, if any, to Administrative
          Agent for cancellation, and thereupon new Notes shall, if
          so requested by the assignee and/or the assigning Lender in
          accordance with Section 2.1E, be issued to the assignee
          and/or to the assigning Lender to reflect the new
          Commitments of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.
          
           (ii)  Acceptance by Administrative Agent; Recordation in
          Register.  Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement
          executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee
          representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with
          the processing and recordation fee referred to in
          Section 10.1B(i) and any forms, certificates or other
          evidence with respect to United States federal income tax
          withholding matters that such assignee may be required to
          deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to
          Section 2.7B(iii)(a), Administrative Agent shall, if such
          Assignment Agreement has been completed, (a) accept such
          Assignment Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof
          as provided therein (which acceptance shall evidence any
          required consent of Administrative Agent to such
          assignment), (b) record the information contained therein in
          the Register, and (c) give prompt notice thereof to
          Borrower.  Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of
          each Assignment Agreement delivered to and accepted by it
          as provided in this Section 10.1B(ii).
          
           C.   Participations.  The holder of any participation
          shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit
          to take any action hereunder except action directly affecting
          (i) the extension of the scheduled final maturity date of any
          Loan allocated to such participation or (ii) a reduction of
          the principal amount of or the rate of interest payable on
          any Loan allocated to such participation, and all amounts
          payable by Borrower hereunder (including without
          limitation amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to
          Sections 2.6D, 2.7 and 3.6) shall be determined as if such
          Lender had not sold such participation.  Borrower and each
          Lender hereby acknowledge and agree that, solely for
          purposes of Sections 10.4 and 10.5, (a) any participation
          will give rise to a direct obligation of Borrower to the
          participant and (b) the participant shall be considered to be
          a "Lender".
          
           D.   Assignments to Federal Reserve Banks.  In
          addition to the assignments and participations permitted
          under the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.1, any
          Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of its
          Loans, the other Obligations owed to such Lender, and its
          Note to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security
          pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the
          Federal Reserve System and any operating circular issued
          by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided that (i) no Lender
          shall, as between Borrower and such Lender, be relieved of
          any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such
          assignment and pledge and (ii) in no event shall such
          Federal Reserve Bank be considered to be a "Lender" or be
          entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to
          take any action hereunder.
          
           E.   Information.  Each Lender may furnish any
          information concerning Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the
          possession of that Lender from time to time to assignees
          and participants (including prospective assignees and
          participants), subject to Section 10.19.
          
          10.2    Expenses.
          
                Whether or not the transactions contemplated
          hereby shall be consummated, Borrower agrees to pay
          promptly (i) all the actual and reasonable costs and
          expenses of preparation of the Loan Documents; (ii) all the
          costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower
          and any other Loan Party (including without limitation any
          opinions requested by Lenders as to any legal matters
          arising hereunder) and of each Loan Party's performance of
          and compliance with all agreements and conditions on its
          part to be performed or complied with under this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents including,
          without limitation, with respect to confirming compliance
          with environmental and insurance requirements; (iii) the
          reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to
          Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation,
          preparation, execution and administration of the Loan
          Documents and the Loans and any consents, amendments,
          waivers or other modifications hereto or thereto and any
          other documents or matters requested by Borrower or any
          other Loan Party; (iv) all other actual and reasonable costs
          and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent in
          connection with the syndication of the Commitments prior
          to the Closing Date and the negotiation, preparation and
          execution of the Loan Documents and the transactions
          contemplated hereby and thereby; and (v) after the
          occurrence of an Event of Default, all costs and expenses,
          including reasonable attorneys' fees (including allocated
          costs of internal counsel) and costs of settlement, incurred
          by Administrative Agent and Lenders in enforcing any
          Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from
          Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under the
          other Loan Documents by reason of such Event of Default
          or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the
          credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the
          nature of a "work-out" or pursuant to any insolvency or
          bankruptcy proceedings.
          
          10.3    Indemnity.
          
                In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to
          Section 10.2, whether or not the transactions contemplated
          hereby shall be consummated, Borrower agrees to defend,
          indemnify, pay and hold harmless Administrative Agent,
          the Arranger, the Documentation Agent, and each Lender,
          and the officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates
          thereof (collectively called the "Indemnitees") from and
          against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses,
          damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs,
          expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature
          whatsoever (including without limitation the reasonable fees
          and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitees in
          connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial
          proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person,
          whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a
          party or a potential party thereto), whether direct, indirect
          or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or
          foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including
          without limitation securities and commercial laws, statutes,
          rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common
          law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that
          may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any
          such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of
          this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the
          transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including
          without limitation Lenders' agreement to make the Loans
          hereunder or the use or intended use of the proceeds of any
          of the Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder
          or the use or intended use of any of the Letters of Credit)
          or the statements contained in the commitment letter
          delivered by any Lender to Borrower with respect thereto
          (collectively called the "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided
          that Borrower shall not have any obligation to an
          Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified
          Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise
          solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
          that Indemnitee as determined by a final judgment of a
          court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that the
          undertaking to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless
          set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable
          because it is violative of any law or public policy,
          Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion that it is
          permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the
          payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities
          incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them.
          
          10.4    Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts.
          
                In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted
          under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any
          such rights, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default
          each Lender (with the consent of Requisite Lenders) is
          hereby authorized by Borrower at any time or from time to
          time, without notice to Borrower or to any other Person,
          any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off
          and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits
          (general or special, including, but not limited to, Indebt-
          edness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether
          matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and
          any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by that
          Lender to or for the credit or the account of Borrower
          against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of
          Borrower to that Lender under this Agreement, the Letters
          of Credit and participations therein and the other Loan
          Documents, including, but not limited to, all claims of any
          nature or description arising out of or connected with this
          Agreement, the Letters of Credit and participations therein
          or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not
          (i) that Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or
          (ii) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any
          amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other
          amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable
          pursuant to Section 8 and although said obligations and
          liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured. 
          Borrower hereby further grants to Administrative Agent and
          each Lender a security interest in all deposits and accounts
          maintained with Administrative Agent or such Lender as
          security for the Obligations.
          
          10.5    Ratable Sharing.
          
                Lenders hereby agree among themselves that if
          any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment, by
          realization upon security, through the exercise of any right
          of set-off or banker's lien, by counterclaim or cross action
          or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan
          Documents or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a
          deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy
          Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the
          aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in
          respect of Letters of Credit, fees and other amounts then
          due and owing to that Lender hereunder or under the other
          Loan Documents (collectively, the "Aggregate Amounts
          Due" to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion
          received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate
          Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender
          receiving such proportionately greater payment shall
          (i) notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of
          the receipt of such payment and (ii) apply a portion of such
          payment to purchase participations (which it shall be
          deemed to have purchased from each seller of a
          participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller
          of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts
          Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of
          Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in
          proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them;
          provided that if all or part of such proportionately greater
          payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter
          recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or
          reorganization of Borrower or otherwise, those purchases
          shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such
          participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender
          ratably to the extent of such recovery.  Borrower expressly
          consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any
          holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and
          all rights of banker's lien, set-off or counterclaim with
          respect to any and all monies owing by Borrower to that
          holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were
          owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.
          
          10.6    Amendments and Waivers; Release of Collateral.
          
           A.   No amendment, modification, termination or
          waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Notes or
          any other Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by
          Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective without
          the written concurrence of Requisite Lenders; provided that
          any such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or
          consent which: increases the amount of any of the Commit-
          ments or reduces the principal amount of any of the Loans;
          increases the maximum amount of Letters of Credit;
          changes any Lender's Pro Rata Share; changes in any
          manner the definition of "Lenders", "Requisite Lenders" or
          "Supermajority Lenders"; changes in any manner any
          provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, expressly
          requires the approval or concurrence of all Lenders;
          postpones the scheduled final maturity date of any of the
          Loans; postpones the date or reduces the amount of any
          scheduled reduction of the Commitments; postpones the
          date on which any interest or any fees are payable;
          decreases the interest rate borne by any of the Loans (other
          than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate
          applicable to any of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.2E) or
          the amount of any fees payable hereunder; increases the
          maximum duration of Interest Periods permitted hereunder;
          reduces the amount or postpones the due date of any
          amount payable in respect of, or extends the required
          expiration date of, any Letter of Credit; changes in any
          manner the obligations of Lenders relating to the purchase
          of participations in Letters of Credit; or changes in any
          manner the provisions contained in Section 8.1(a) or (b) or
          this Section 10.6; or changes any of the terms of or
          releases the Make-Well Agreement (except in accordance
          with Section 2.14 thereof) or the Environmental Indemnities
          shall be effective only if evidenced by a writing signed by
          or on behalf of all Lenders and; provided, further, that no
          provision of this Agreement that, by its terms, expressly
          requires approval or action of Supermajority Lenders, may
          be amended, modified or waived except with the consent of
          Supermajority Lenders; provided further that if there has
          been a change in Managing Partner, no amendment to the
          performance standard required of Borrower under
          Section 7.6A that would increase the amount required to be
          paid to fulfill the "Make-Well Obligations" under and as
          defined in the Make-Well Agreement, shall be effective to
          cause such increase unless Circus shall have received prior
          notice of such change.  In addition, (i) any material amend-
          ment, modification, termination or waiver of any of the
          provisions contained in Section 4 shall be effective only if
          evidenced by a writing signed by or on behalf of
          Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders, (ii) no
          amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
          provision of any Note shall be effective without the written
          concurrence of the Lender which is the holder of that Note,
          and (iii) no amendment, modification, termination or waiver
          of any provision of Section 3 or Section 9 or of any other
          provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, expressly
          requires the approval or concurrence of Administrative
          Agent shall be effective without the written concurrence of
          Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent may, but shall
          have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender,
          execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on
          behalf of that Lender.  Any waiver or consent shall be
          effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
          purpose for which it was given.  No notice to or demand
          on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other
          or further notice or demand in similar or other
          circumstances.  Any amendment, modification, termination,
          waiver or consent effected in accordance with this
          Section 10.6 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time
          outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by
          Borrower, on Borrower.  No amendment, modification,
          termination or waiver of Section 7.6A shall be effective
          without the written consent of Circus or its successors and
          assigns under the Make-Well Agreement.
          
           B.   Administrative Agent may release personal
          property Collateral without the consent of any Lender to the
          extent sold or disposed of by Borrower in a transaction or
          series of transactions that do not constitute Asset Sales.  In
          addition:  (i) Administrative Agent may release personal
          property Collateral subject to the Security Agreement
          having a fair market less than $100,000 with the consent of
          Requisite Lenders; and (ii) Administrative Agent shall not
          release any personal property Collateral having a fair
          market value in excess of $100,000 or any other Collateral
          without the consent of all Lenders.  
          
          10.7    Independence of Covenants.
          
                All covenants hereunder shall be given
          independent effect so that if a particular action or condition
          is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it
          would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise
          be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not
          avoid the occurrence of an Event of Default or Default if
          such action is taken or condition exists.
          
          10.8    Notices.
          
                Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any
          notice or other communication herein required or permitted
          to be given shall be in writing and may be personally
          served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States
          mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been
          given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon
          receipt of telefacsimile or telex prior to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific
          time) on a Business Day or three Business Days after
          depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid
          and properly addressed; provided that notices to
          Administrative Agent and the Lenders from Borrower shall
          not be effective until received.  For the purposes hereof,
          the address of each party hereto shall be as set forth under
          such party's name on the signature pages hereof or (i) as to
          Borrower and Administrative Agent, such other address as
          shall be designated by such Person in a written notice
          delivered to the other parties hereto and (ii) as to each other
          party, such other address as shall be designated by such
          party in a written notice delivered to Administrative Agent.
          
          10.9    Survival of Representations, Warranties and
          Agreements.
          
           A.   All representations, warranties and agreements
          made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this
          Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of
          the Letters of Credit hereunder.
          
           B.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or
          implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of Borrower
          set forth in Sections 2.6D, 2.7, 3.5A, 3.6, 10.2 and 10.3
          and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 9.2C,
          9.4 and 10.5 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the
          cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the
          reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, and the
          termination of this Agreement.
          
          10.10  Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies
          Cumulative.
          
                No failure or delay on the part of Administrative
          Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or
          privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document
          shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed
          to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor
          shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right
          or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of
          any other power, right or privilege.  All rights and
          remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any
          rights or remedies otherwise available.
          
          10.11 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.
          
                Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender
          shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor
          of Borrower or any other party or against or in payment of
          any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that Borrower
          makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent or
          Lenders (or to Administrative Agent for the benefit of
          Lenders), or Administrative Agent or Lenders enforce any
          security interests or exercise their rights of set-off, and such
          payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement
          or set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated,
          declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or
          required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other
          party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal
          law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the
          extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof
          originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and
          remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and
          continued in full force and effect as if such payment or
          payments had not been made or such enforcement or set-off
          had not occurred.
          
          10.12 Severability.
          
                In case any provision in or obligation under this
          Agreement or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or un-
          enforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and
          enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or
          of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction,
          shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          
          10.13 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of
                          Lenders' Rights.
          
                The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several
          and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or
          Commitment of any other Lender hereunder.  Nothing
          contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no
          action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be
          deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an
          association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The
          amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall
          be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall
          be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out of
          this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other
          Lender to be joined as an additional party in any
          proceeding for such purpose.
          
          10.14 Headings.
          
                Section and Section headings in this Agreement
          are included herein for convenience of reference only and
          shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other
          purpose or be given any substantive effect.
          
          10.15 Applicable Law.
          
                THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
          BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED
          IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF
          THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO
          CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.
          
          10.16 Successors and Assigns.
          
                This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties
          hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall
          inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors
          and assigns of Lenders (it being understood that Lenders'
          rights of assignment are subject to Section 10.1).  Neither
          Borrower's rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest
          therein may be assigned or delegated by Borrower without
          the prior written consent of all Lenders.
          
          10.17 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.
          
                ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT
          AGAINST BORROWER ARISING OUT OF OR
          RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER
          LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OBLIGATION May BE
          BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF
          COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF
          NEVADA, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF
          THIS AGREEMENT BORROWER ACCEPTS FOR
          ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPER-
          TIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE
          EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID
          COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM
          NON CONVENIENS AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO
          BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED
          THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREE-
          MENT, SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR SUCH
          OBLIGATION.  Borrower hereby agrees that service of all
          process in any such proceeding in any such court may be
          made by registered or certified mail, return receipt
          requested, to Borrower at its address provided in
          Section 10.8, such service being hereby acknowledged by
          Borrower to be sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any
          action against Borrower in any such court and to be
          otherwise effective and binding service in every respect. 
          Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any
          other manner permitted by law.
          
          10.18 Waiver of Jury Trial.
          
                EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS
          AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS
          RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY
          CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR
          ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF
          THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY
          DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE
          SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION
          OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT
          RELATES HERETO.  The scope of this waiver is intended
          to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be
          filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of
          this transaction, including without limitation contract
          claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other
          common law and statutory claims.  Each party hereto
          acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to
          enter into a business relationship, that each has already
          relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and
          that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their related
          future dealings.  Each party hereto further warrants and
          represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal
          counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its
          jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. 
          THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT
          May NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN
          WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO
          ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS,
          SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS
          AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN
          DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR
          AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE
          HEREUNDER.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement
          may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.
          
          10.19 Confidentiality.
          
                Each Lender shall hold all non-public information
          obtained pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement
          which has been identified as confidential by Borrower in
          accordance with such Lender's customary procedures for
          handling confidential information of this nature and in
          accordance with safe and sound banking practices, it being
          understood and agreed by Borrower that in any event a
          Lender may make disclosures reasonably required by any
          bona fide assignee, transferee or participant in connection
          with the contemplated assignment or transfer by such
          Lender of any Loans or any participation therein or as
          required or requested by any governmental agency or repre-
          sentative thereof or pursuant to legal process; provided that,
          unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court
          order, each Lender shall notify Borrower of any request by
          any governmental agency or representative thereof (other
          than any such request in connection with any examination
          of the financial condition of such Lender by such
          governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public
          information prior to disclosure of such information; and
          provided, further that in no event shall any Lender be
          obligated or required to return any materials furnished by
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.  In addition, Borrower
          hereby authorizes each Lender to share any information
          delivered to such Lender by Borrower and its Subsidiaries
          pursuant to this Agreement or the Loan Documents to
          Subsidiaries and Affiliates of that Lender in connection with
          the bona fide provision or attempted provision of services
          by the Subsidiaries and Affiliates of that Lender to the
          Borrower and its Affiliates provided that each such
          Subsidiary and Affiliate shall agree to be bound by this
          Section.
          
          10.20 Counterparts; Effectiveness.
          
                This Agreement and any amendments, waivers,
          consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith
          may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
          different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
          which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
          original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute
          but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be
          detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached
          to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are
          physically attached to the same document.  This Agreement
          shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart
          hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by
          Borrower and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic
          notification of such execution and authorization of delivery
          thereof.
          
          10.21 Non-Recourse to General Partners.
          
                Notwithstanding any term or provision of the
          Loan Documents or of applicable law to the contrary, the
          holders of the Obligations shall not have recourse to the
          General Partners (or either of them) for payment thereof,
          provided that this Section 10.21 shall not limit or impair
          (i) recourse to the General Partners (or either of them) by
          the holders of the Obligations for any fraud, gross
          negligence, or willful misconduct of the General Partners
          (or either of them), (ii) any cause of action such holders
          may have other than an action to collect the Obligations,
          (iii) the exercise or enforcement of rights and remedies in
          respect of any Collateral granted under the Loan
          Documents, including, without limitation, any collateral
          rights granted to Lenders in any claims or causes of action
          of Borrower against the General Partners (or either of
          them), (iv) the terms and provisions of any Subordinated
          Indebtedness issued to General Partners (or either of them)
          and (v) the terms of the Environmental Indemnities to
          which the General Partners are party.
          
          10.22 Cooperation With Gaming Boards.
          
                Administrative Agent and each Lender agree to
          cooperate with all Gaming Boards in connection with the
          administration of their regulatory jurisdiction over any Loan
          Party, including the provision of such documents or other
          information as may be requested by any such Gaming
          Board relating to any Loan Party or to the Loan
          Documents.
                    

          10.23 Principles of Restatement; Assignment by Prior
          Agent.  This Agreement amends and restates the Existing
          Credit  Agreement referred to in the recitals in its entirety,
          and constitutes the integrated agreement of the parties
          hereto, provided that this Agreement shall not result in the
          release of any collateral security or guarantees given in
          support of the Existing Credit Agreement, the benefits of
          which are hereby reserved by the Lenders and regranted by
          Borrower.  The Prior Agent hereby assigns to the
          Administrative Agent, without recourse, representation or
          warranty of any kind, all of its interest as Agent under the
          Existing Credit Agreement under the Collateral Documents,
          to be held by the Administrative Agent for the ratable
          benefit of the Lenders hereunder (including Wells Fargo
          Bank, N.A.) in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares. 
          Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this
          Section, it is acknowledged and agreed that the
          Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have the
          continuing benefit of the Assignment of General
          Contractor's Contract and all assurances provided by the
          Architect and the Auditors in connection with this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          
                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
          caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by
          their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the
          date first written above.
          
          BORROWER:
                           
                           CIRCUS AND ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE
                           
                           By: GALLEON, INC.
                           Its:     Managing Partner
                           
                           
                           By:     Glenn Schaeffer                         
                               
                           Title:        President                         
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           c/o Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc.
                           2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                           Las Vegas, Nevada  89109
                           Attention:  General Counsel
                                                      

                           By:      ELDORADO LIMITED LIABILITY
                                    COMPANY
                               Its:  General Partner
                           
                                 By:     ELDORADO RESORTS LLC
                                    Its: Manager
                           
                           By:     Donald Carano                  
                           Title: _______________________
                               
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           c/o Eldorado Resorts LLC
                           345 N. Virginia Street
                           P.O. Box 3399
                           Reno, Nevada 89508
                           Attention:  General Counsel
                           
                           
                           EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
                           
                           
                           By:    Gary Carano                                
                           
                           Title:  General Manager                          
                           
                           
                           By:   Bruce Sexton                                 
                            
                           Title:  Director of Finance and Administration
                           
                           
                           LENDERS:
                           
                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                           SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Administrative
                           Agent
                           
                           
                           By:    Janice Hammond                             
                           
                           Title:  Vice President                             
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           555 South Flower Street, 11th Floor
                           Los Angeles, California 90071
                           Attention: Janice Hammond, Vice President
                           Telephone (213) 228-9681
                           Telecopier (213) 228-2299
                           
                           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                           SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
                           
                           
                           By:     Scott Faber                               
                           
                           Title:   Vice President                         
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           555 South Flower Street, 11th Floor
                           Los Angeles, California 90071
                           Attention: Scott Faber, Vice President
                           Telephone (213) 228-2768
                           Telecopier (213) 228-2299
                           
                           With a copy to:
                           
                           Bank of America National Trust and
                           Savings Association
                           555 South Flower Street (LA-5777)
                           Los Angeles, California  90071
                           
                           Attn:  William Newby, 
                               Managing Director
                           
                           Telecopier:  (213) 228-3145
                           Telephone:   (213) 228-2438
                           
                           WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Prior Agent
                           and as a Lender
                           
                           By:    Kathleen Stone                             
                           
                           Title:  Vice President                             
                           
                           Address for notices:
                           
                           3800 Howard Hughes Parkway     
                           Las Vegas, NV 89109                  
                           ____________________________
                           
                           
                           THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN,
                           LTD., LOS ANGELES AGENCY
                           
                           By:   Noboru Akahane                                 
                           
                           Title:  Deputy General Manager                    
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           350 South Grand Avenue, Suite 3000
                           Los Angeles, CA  90071
                           Attention:  Noboru Akahane
                           
                           
                           SOCIETE GENERALE
                           
                           
                           
                           By:    Donald L. Schubert                          
                           
                           Title: Vice President                              
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           2029 Century Park East, Suite 2900
                           Los Angeles, CA  90067
                           Attention: Don Schubert
                           
                           
                           CIBC INC.
                           
                           
                           
                           By:   Cheryl L. Root                                 
                           
                           
                           Title:     Executive Director                       
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           425 Lexington Avenue
                           New York, New York 10017
                           Attention: Cheryl Root
                           
                           
                           With a copy to:
                           
                           
                           350 S. Grand Avenue, Suite 2600
                           Los Angeles, CA 90071
                           Attention:  Paul J. Chakmak
                           
                           
                           CREDIT LYONNAIS LOS ANGELES BRANCH
                           
                           
                           
                           By:    Robert Ivosevich                            
                           
                           Title:     Senior Vice President                    
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           Credit Lyonnais Los Angeles Branch
                           515 South Flower Street
                           Los Angeles, CA 90071
                           Attention: Glenn Harvey
                           
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED
                           
                           
                           
                           By:   Bradford E. Chambers                         
                           
                           Title:  Vice President                               
                           
                           
                           By:   Frantz Osse                                   
                           
                           Title:  Vice President & Manager                  
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           800 West Sixth Street, Suite 950
                           Los Angeles, CA 90017
                           Attention:  ____________________
                           
                           
                           FIRST SECURITY BANK, N.A.
                           
                           
                           By:   David P. Williams                         
                           
                           Title:  Vice President                             
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           Second Floor
                           15 East One Hundred South
                           Salt Lake City, Utah  84111
                           Attn: David Williams
                           
                           
                           PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                           
                           
                           
                           By:   Denise D. Killen                             
                           
                           Title:  Vice President                              
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           Two Tower Center
                           East Brunswick, New Jersey 08816
                           Attention:  Denise D. Killen
                           
                           U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                           
                           
                           By:  Kurt Imerman                                  
                           
                           Title:  Senior Vice President                     
                           
                           
                           Notice Address:
                           
                           1 East Liberty Street, 2nd Floor
                           Reno, NV 89501
                           Attention:  Kurt Imerman
                           
                           CITY NATIONAL BANK
                           
                           By:  George Hayrapetian                            
                           
                           Title:  Vice President                              
                           
                           Notice Address: 
                           400 North Roxbury Drive              
                           3rd Floor                                          
                           Beverly Hills, CA 90210                 
                           Attention: George Hayrapetian        
                               
                                                      

                      EXHIBIT D
           
                    [FORM OF NOTE]
           
                   PROMISSORY NOTE
           
           
           
           $________________   _________________, 1997
                                          Reno, Nevada
           
           
                     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, CIRCUS AND
           ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE, a Nevada general
           partnership ("Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of
           ____________________ ("Payee") or its registered
           assigns, on or before the Commitment Termination Date,
           the lesser of
           (x)________________________________________
           ($__________) and (y) the unpaid principal amount of all
           advances made by Payee to Borrower as Loans under the
           Credit Agreement referred to below.
           
                     Borrower also promises to pay interest on the
           unpaid principal amount hereof, from the date hereof until
           paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be
           determined in accordance with the provisions of that
           certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as
           amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
           to time, the "Credit Agreement"), dated as of November
           24, 1997 by and among Borrower, BANK OF AMERICA
           NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
           as Administrative Agent ("Agent"), and the financial
           institutions listed therein as Lenders.  Capitalized terms
           used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the
           meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.
           
                     This Note is one of Borrower's "Notes" in the
           aggregate principal amount of $230,000,000 and is issued
           pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the Credit
           Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more
           complete statement of the terms and conditions under
           which the Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to
           be repaid.
           
                     All payments of principal and interest in respect of
           this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United
           States of America in same day funds at the Funding and
           Payment Office or at such other place as shall be
           designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with
           the terms of the Credit Agreement.  Unless and until and
           Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or
           transfer of this Note shall have been accepted by the
           Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in
           subsection 10.1B(ii) of the Credit Agreement, Borrower
           and Agent shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the
           owner and holder of this Note and the Loans evidenced
           hereby.  Payee shall use its best efforts to keep a record
           of Loans made by it and payments received by it with
           respect to this Note, and, absent manifest error, such
           record shall be presumptive evidence of the amounts
           owing under this Note.
           
                     Whenever any payment on this Note shall be
           stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such
           payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business
           Day and such extension of time shall be included in the
           computation of the payment of interest on this Note;
           provided, however, that if the day on which any payment
           relating to a Eurodollar Rate Loan is due is not a Business
           Day but is a day of the month after which no further
           Business Day occurs in such month, then the due date
           thereof shall be the next preceding Business Day.
           
                     The holders of the Obligations do not have
           recourse to the General Partners (or either of them) for
           payment thereof other than as specifically set forth in the
           Credit Agreement.
           
                     This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment as
           provided in subsection 2.4B(iii) of the Credit Agreement
           and to prepayment at the option of Borrower as provided
           in subsection 2.4B(i) of the Credit Agreement.
           
                     THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THIS NOTE
           SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE
           CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE
           WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF
           NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF
           LAW PRINCIPLES.
           
                     Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
           unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note,
           together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may
           become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the
           manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided
           in the Credit Agreement.
           
                     The terms of this Note are subject to amendment
           only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.
           
                     No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and
           no provision of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall
           alter or impair the obligations of Borrower, which are
           absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and
           interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times,
           and in the currency herein prescribed.
           
                     Borrower promises to pay all costs and expenses,
           including reasonable attorneys' fees, all as provided in
           subsection 10.2 of the Credit Agreement, incurred in the
           collection and enforcement of this Note.  Borrower and
           any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and
           extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without
           notice, and hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest,
           demand and notice of every kind and, to the full extent
           permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of
           limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.
           
                     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused
           this Note to he duly executed and delivered by an officer
           of its Managing Partner duly authorized as of the date and
           at the place first written above.
           
           CIRCUS AND ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE
                           
                           By: GALLEON, INC.
                           Its:     Managing Partner
                           
                               By:                    
                           
                               Title:                           
                           
                           By: ELDORADO LIMITED LIABILITY
                                                          COMPANY
                           Its:     General Partner
                           
                               By:  ELDORADO RESORTS LLC, a
                                    Nevada limited liability company
                               Its: Manager
                           
                               By:                         
                           
                               Title:                                    
                           
                           By:  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
                           
                               By:                             
                           
                               Title:                     
                           
                           
                               By:                             
                           
                               Title:
                           
                           
                                                      

           AMENDED AND RESTATED MAKE-WELL
           AGREEMENT
           
                     This AMENDED AND RESTATED MAKE-
           WELL AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 24,
           1997 by CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., a
           Nevada corporation ("Circus"), in favor of BANK OF
           AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
           ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as agent for and
           representative of (in such capacity herein called
           "Administrative Agent") the financial institutions
           ("Lenders") party to the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter
           defined), for the benefit of Administrative Agent and
           Lenders, and CIRCUS AND ELDORADO JOINT
           VENTURE, a Nevada general partnership ("Borrower")
           (as an express third-party beneficiary of this Make-Well
           Agreement), and amends and restates the Existing Make-
           Well Agreement referred to below in its entirety.
           
                       RECITALS
           
                X.   Borrower entered into that certain Amended and
           Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 9, 1996,
           with the lenders referred to therein, Wells Fargo Bank,
           N.A., as Agent, and the Co-Agents and Managing Agents
           therein named (as amended, the "Existing Credit
           Agreement").
           
                Y.   Pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement, Circus
           delivered an Amended and Restated Make-Well
           Agreement dated September 9, 1996 to the lenders under
           the Existing Credit Agreement (the "Existing Make-Well
           Agreement").
           
                Z.   Concurrently with the execution hereof, Borrower
           has entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit
           Agreement of even date herewith with Lenders and
           Administrative Agent to amend and restate the Existing
           Credit Agreement in its entirety (said Amended and
           Restated Credit Agreement, as it may hereafter be
           amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
           to time, being the "Credit Agreement"; capitalized terms
           defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being
           used herein as therein defined).
           
                AA.  It is a condition precedent to execution and
           delivery of the Credit Agreement that the Existing Make-
           Well Agreement be amended as set forth herein and that
           Circus thereby provide assurance to the Lenders of
           Borrower's ability to perform certain of its obligations
           thereunder.
           
                AB.  Circus is irrevocably and unconditionally willing
           to provide such assurance, subject to the right of Circus to
           terminate this Agreement in the manner, and upon the
           fulfillment of the conditions, set forth in Section 2.14
           hereof.
           
                     NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing
           and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
           sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in
           order to induce Lenders and Administrative Agent to enter
           into the Credit Agreement and to make the Loans
           thereunder, Circus hereby agrees as follows:
           
                SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
           
                     1.1  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this
           Make-Well Agreement, the following terms shall have the
           following meanings unless the context otherwise requires:
           
                     "Additional Contributions" has the meaning
                           assigned to that term in Section 2.1.
           
                     "Make-Well Agreement" means, as of any date,
                           this Amended and Restated Make-Well Agreement as it
                           may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
                           from time to time through such date.
           
                     "Make-Well Coverage Ratio" has the meaning set
                           forth for that term in the Credit Agreement; provided
                          that any contribution of cash to Borrower by Circus in
                           exchange for equity of Borrower or General Partner
                     Subordinated Debt shall be included, without duplication,
                           in Net Income for the Fiscal Quarter in which such
                     contribution is made (or, if made within 25 calendar days
                       of the end of a Fiscal Quarter, for such Fiscal Quarter
                           immediately ended if Circus notifies Administrative
                        Agent in writing at the time of such contribution that
                           such contribution is to be so credited).
           
                     "Make-Well Obligations" has the meaning
                           assigned to that term in Section 2.1.
           
                     "Minimum Coverage Ratio" has the meaning
                           assigned to that term in Section 2.1.
           
                     "Obligations" has the meaning assigned such term
                       in the Credit Agreement and shall also include, without
                           limitation, Borrower's performance obligations
                     thereunder, including without limitation, its obligation to
                           perform Section 7.6A thereof.
           
                     "payment in full", "paid in full" or any similar
                           term means the indefeasible payment in full of the
                           Obligations or the Make-Well Obligations, as the case
                           may be, including, without limitation, all principal,
                    interest, costs, fees, expenses and indemnities (including,
                      without limitation, legal fees and expenses) of Lenders
                           and Administrative Agent as required under the Loan
                           Documents.
           
                     1.2  Interpretation.
           
                          a.   References to "Sections" shall be to
           Sections of this Make-Well Agreement unless otherwise
           specifically provided.
           
                          b.   In the event of any conflict or
           inconsistency between the terms, conditions and provisions
           of this Make-Well Agreement and the terms, conditions
           and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms,
           conditions and provisions of this Make-Well Agreement
           shall prevail.
           
                 SECTION 2. MAKE-WELL
           
                     2.1  Obligation of Circus.  Until the termination
           of this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof,
           Circus shall make Additional Contributions (as defined
           below) to Borrower in such amounts as are necessary to
           ensure that Borrower maintains a Make-Well Coverage
           Ratio of at least 1.05:1.00 ("Minimum Coverage Ratio")
           as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter for the period of
           four Fiscal Quarters then ended.  If, at any time prior to
           the termination of this Agreement in accordance with
           Section 2.14 hereof, or the termination of all of the
           Commitments, payment in full of all Loans and other
           Obligations and the expiration or cancellation of all
           Letters of Credit (or the deposit of cash collateral with
           respect thereto), Borrower fails to maintain the Minimum
           Coverage Ratio, Circus shall make additional contributions
           of cash for equity of Borrower or General Partner
           Subordinated Debt or both (with the manner in which the
           Additional Contributions are so made to be in the
           discretion of Circus) in the amount necessary for
           Borrower to maintain the Minimum Coverage Ratio (such
           additional contributions, "Additional Contributions"). 
           Circus' obligations to make such Additional Contributions
           are referred to herein as the "Make-Well Obligations." 
           
                     Circus shall make such Additional Contributions
           no later than 10 Business Days after (i) the date on which
           Borrower delivers a Compliance Certificate pursuant to
           Section 6.1(iv) of the Credit Agreement demonstrating
           Borrower's failure to maintain such Minimum Coverage
           Ratio or, (ii) if Borrower fails to deliver a Compliance
           Certificate by the date required pursuant to Section 6.1(iv)
           of the Credit Agreement, on the date upon which
           Administrative Agent determines that the  Make-Well
           Coverage Ratio was less than the Minimum Coverage
           Ratio (which determination shall be presumed correct
           unless and until Circus demonstrates the inaccuracy
           thereof) and notifies Circus of the same.  If Circus fails to
           make Additional Contributions on the date required,
           interest shall accrue on the amount of Additional
           Contributions at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate
           until such Additional Contributions are made to Borrower;
           provided that all such interest accrued to the date such
           Additional Contributions are made shall be paid to
           Borrower together therewith and shall be treated as a cash
           contribution to Borrower in exchange for equity of
           Borrower or General Partner Subordinated Debt or,
           without duplication, both.
           
                     In the event that Circus, in its discretion, elects to
           make Additional Contributions in the form of General
           Partner Subordinated Debt, Borrower hereby agrees that it
           will execute and deliver (and Circus agrees that it shall
           accept as evidence of such General Partner Subordinated
           Debt) the following:
           
                (a)  a Loan Agreement, substantially in the form of the
                           Credit Agreement dated as of May 30, 1995 between
                      Borrower and Circus, together with a promissory note in
                           the form contemplated thereby;
           
                (b)  a Deed of Trust, substantially in the form of the
                           Construction Deed of Trust dated May 30, 1995 made by
                           Borrower for the benefit of Circus; and
           
                (c)  a Security Agreement, substantially in the form of
                           the Security Agreement dated May 30, 1995 made by
                           Borrower in favor of Circus;
           
                (d)  Financing Statements, fixture financing statements
                           and other instruments, documents and agreements
                       necessary or desirable to perfect the liens granted by
                     Borrower to Circus in connection therewith, in each case
                    substantially in the form delivered on May 30, 1995; and
           
                (e)  an Environmental Indemnity, substantially in the
                           form of the Environmental Indemnity dated May 30,
                           1995 made by Borrower in favor of Circus.
           
           Circus and Borrower further agree that, concurrently with
           the execution and delivery of such agreements, they shall
           execute and deliver in favor of the Administrative Agent
           and the Lenders a Subordination Agreement, substantially
           in the form of Exhibit B hereto.
           
           All changes to the above documents from the forms
           delivered as of May 30, 1995 shall be reasonably
           acceptable to the Administrative Agent and its legal
           counsel, and any and all such agreements shall be
           executed and delivered within the time frames set forth
           herein for the making of Additional Contributions.
           
                     2.2  Liability of Circus Absolute.  Circus agrees
           that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute,
           independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by
           any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable
           discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in
           full and prompt and complete performance of the
           Obligations, subject, however, to the right of Circus to
           terminate this Agreement in the manner, and upon the
           fulfillment of the conditions, set forth in Section 2.14
           hereof.  
           
                     In furtherance of the foregoing and without
           limiting the generality thereof, Circus agrees as follows:
           
                          (a)  This Make-Well Agreement is not
                     conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity,
                           regularity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or
                     other instruments relating to the creation or performance
                    of the Obligations or the pursuit by Administrative Agent
                           of any remedies that it now has or may hereafter have
                     with respect thereto under the Loan Documents, at law,
                           in equity or otherwise.
           
                          (b)  Administrative Agent may enforce
                           this Make-Well Agreement upon the occurrence of an
                           Event of Default or Default under Section 7.6A of the
                           Credit Agreement even if Borrower, any Loan Party or
                     any Borrower Parent disputes the existence of such Event
                           of Default or Default.
           
                          (c)  The obligations of Circus hereunder
                      are independent of the obligations of Borrower under the
                           Loan Documents and the obligations of any other
                       guarantor of the obligations of Borrower under the Loan
                           Documents, and a separate action or actions may be
                           brought and prosecuted against Circus whether or not
                           any action is brought against Borrower or any of such
                       other guarantors and whether or not Borrower is joined
                           in any such action or actions.
           
                          (d)  Circus' payment of a portion, but not
                      all, of the Make-Well Obligations shall in no way limit,
                   affect, modify or abridge Circus' liability for any portion
                      of the Make-Well Obligations which has not been paid. 
                           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if
                      Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit
                        brought to enforce Circus' covenant to pay a portion of
                           the Make-Well Obligations, such judgment shall not be
                           deemed to release Circus from its covenant to pay the
                           portion of the Make-Well Obligations that is not the
                           subject of such suit.
           
                          (e)  Administrative Agent, upon such
                       terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand
                   and without affecting the validity or enforceability of this
                           Make-Well Agreement or giving rise to any reduction,
                           limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of
                           Circus' liability hereunder, from time to time may
                  (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest
                           on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or
                           terms of payment or performance of the Obligations
                           subject to the limitations set forth in the Credit
                     Agreement; provided that, at any time after Galleon, Inc.
                           ceases to be Managing Partner, unless Circus has
                      received prior notice of any such change with respect to
                           the performance standard required of Borrower under 
                           7.6A of the Credit Agreement that would increase the
                           amount of the Additional Contributions that would
                       otherwise have been necessary to fulfill the Make-Well
                           Obligations, Circus' obligations hereunder shall be
                       limited to making the amount of Additional Contributions
                       necessary to fulfill the Make-Well Obligations prior to
                           such change; (ii) settle, compromise, release or
                       discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance
                     with respect to, or substitutions for, the Obligations or
                           the Make-Well Obligations or any agreement relating
                           thereto and/or subordinate the payment or performance
                      of the same to the payment or performance of any other
                     obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of
                           the Obligations or the performance of Section 7.6A of
                       the Credit Agreement and take and hold security for the
                           payment of the Make-Well Obligations or the
                   Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute,
                    compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or
                      modify, with or without consideration, any security for
                           payment or performance of the Obligations, any other
                           guaranties of the Obligations or the performance of
                           Section 7.6A of the Credit Agreement, or any other
                      obligation of any Person with respect to the Obligations
                           or the performance of Section 7.6A of the Credit
                           Agreement; (v) enforce and apply any security now or
                      hereafter held by or for the benefit of Administrative
                           Agent or any Lender in respect of this Make-Well
                           Agreement or the performance of the Obligations and
                      direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise
                      any other right or remedy that Administrative Agent or
                           Lenders, or any of them, may have against any such
                      security, as Administrative Agent in its discretion may
                       determine consistent with the Credit Agreement and any
                           applicable security agreement; and (vi) exercise any
                       other rights available to it under the Loan Documents.
                                  (f)  This Make-Well Agreement and the
                           obligations of Circus hereunder shall be valid and
                       enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction,
                     limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any
                           reason (other than payment in full and prompt and
                      complete performance of the Obligations or, only as to
                      the portion paid, payment of a portion of the Make-Well
                      Obligations for any relevant period), including without
                           limitation the occurrence of any of the following,
                           whether or not Circus shall have had notice or
                     knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to
                     assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert
                      or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court,
                           by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or
                           enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right,
                           power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan
                      Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect
                           to the Obligations, the Make-Well Obligations or any
                      agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other
                           guaranty of or security for the payment of the
                       Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
                      modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of
                           the terms or provisions (including without limitation
                      provisions relating to events of default) of the Credit
                           Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any
                      agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of
                      any other guaranty or security for the Obligations, or of
                           the obligations encompassed thereby, in each case
                           whether or not in accordance with the terms of the
                           Credit Agreement or such Loan Document or any
                       agreement relating to such other guaranty or security;
                    (iii) the Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at
                           any time being found to be illegal, invalid or
                           unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of
                           payments received from  any source to the payment of
                           indebtedness other than the Obligations, even though
                       Administrative Agent or Lenders, or any of them, might
                      have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of
                           the Obligations; (v) any Lender's or Administrative
                           Agent's consent to the change, reorganization or
                           termination of the legal structure or existence of
                      Borrower and to any corresponding restructuring of the
                           Obligations; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue
                     perfection of a security interest in any collateral which
                      secures any of the Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set-
                           offs or counterclaims which Borrower may allege or
                           assert against Administrative Agent or any Lender in
                      respect of the Obligations, including but not limited to
                       failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment,
                      statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and
                    satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or
                       omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which
                           may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the
                      risk of Circus as an obligor in respect of the Make-Well
                           Obligations.
           
                     2.3  Waivers by Circus.  Circus hereby waives,
           for the benefit of Lenders and Administrative Agent:
           
                          (a)  any right to require Administrative
                           Agent or Lenders, as a condition of payment or
                       performance by Circus, to (i) proceed against Borrower,
                           any other guarantor of the Obligations or any other
                     Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held
                           from Borrower, any other guarantor of the Obligations
                     or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort
                      to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the
                     books of Administrative Agent or any Lender in favor of
                      Borrower or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other
                           remedy in the power of Administrative Agent or any
                           Lender whatsoever;
           
                          (b)  any defense arising by reason of the
                      incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other
                       defense of Borrower including, without limitation, any
                      defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or
                      the unenforceability of the Obligations or any agreement
                           or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the
                           cessation of the liability of Borrower from any cause
                           other than payment in full of the Obligations;
           
                          (c)  any defense based upon any statute
                          or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a
                           surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other
                           respects more burdensome than that of the principal;
           
                          (d)  any defense based upon
                           Administrative Agent's or any Lender's errors or
                    omissions in the administration of the Obligations, except
                           behavior which amounts to willful misconduct;
           
                          (e)  (i) any principles or provisions of
                           law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in
                      conflict with the terms of this Make-Well Agreement and
                      any legal or equitable discharge of Circus' obligations
                      hereunder, (ii) any rights to set-offs, recoupment and
                     counterclaims, and (iii) promptness, diligence and any
                           requirement that Administrative Agent or any Lender
                     protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or
                           lien or any property subject thereto:
           
                          (f)  notices, demands, presentments,
                           protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and
                     notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of
                      this Make-Well Agreement, notices of default under the
                      Credit Agreement or any agreement or instrument related
                           thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or
                     modification of the Obligations or any agreement related
                      thereto, notices of any extension of credit to Borrower
                     and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section
                           2.2 and any right to consent to any thereof: and
           
                          (g)  any defenses or benefits that may be
                     derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability
                           of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may
                           conflict with the terms of this Make-Well Agreement,
                           including without limitation the provisions of Nevada
                           Revised Statutes Sections 40.430-40.459, 40.475 and
                      40.485 as permitted by Nevada Revised Statutes Sections
                           40.495 (1993), and any successor provisions.
           
                     2.4  Circus' Rights of Subrogation,
           Contribution, Etc.  Circus and Borrower hereby expressly
           agree that any Additional Contributions made by Circus
           pursuant to this Make-Well Agreement shall be made in
           exchange for equity of Borrower or General Partner
           Subordinated Debt or, without duplication, both (as
           determined by Circus), and Circus shall not be entitled to
           any right of subrogation, contribution or reimbursement
           from any Person (including without limitation, Borrower,
           Administrative Agent, any Lender or any guarantor) with
           respect to such Additional Contributions until this Make-
           Well Agreement has been terminated pursuant to Section
           2.8 hereof; provided that to the extent Circus receives
           General Partner Subordinated Debt in exchange for
           Additional Contributions, Circus shall be entitled (subject
           to Section 2.5 below) to such reimbursement as is
           permitted pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Documents;
           provided further that such entitlement shall cease upon the
           occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
           Default or Default.
           
                     2.5  Real Property Security.  Circus agrees that,
           if all or a portion of the Obligations or any other guaranty
           of all or a portion of the Obligations are at any time
           secured by a deed of trust or mortgage covering interests
           in real property, then, in the event that Additional
           Contributions are not made when required pursuant to
           Section 2.1, Administrative Agent or its designee, in its
           sole discretion, without notice or demand and without
           affecting the liability of Circus, may foreclose at any time
           thereafter, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents
           (including Section 7.6A of the Credit Agreement) or
           otherwise in accordance with applicable law, on any such
           deed of trust or mortgage and the property described
           therein by nonjudicial or other sale without affecting the
           obligations of Circus hereunder.  Without limiting any of
           the waivers contained elsewhere herein, Circus hereby
           waives any defense to liability arising by reason of the
           exercise by Lenders or Administrative Agent or any of
           them, of any right or remedy contained in any such deed
           of trust or mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents. 
           Circus hereby authorizes and empowers Administrative
           Agent and any Lender to exercise, in its sole discretion,
           any rights or remedies, or any combination thereof, which
           may then be available, since it is the intent and purpose of
           Circus that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute,
           independent and unconditional under any and all
           circumstances, subject, only, to the right of Circus to
           terminate this Agreement in the manner, and upon the
           fulfillment of the conditions, set forth in Section 2.14
           hereof.  Notwithstanding any foreclosure of the lien of
           any such deed of trust or mortgage, whether by the
           exercise of the power of sale contained therein, by an
           action for judicial foreclosure, or by acceptance of a deed
           in lieu of foreclosure, Circus shall remain bound under
           this Make-Well Agreement; provided the net proceeds of
           any such exercise of remedies shall be deducted from the
           Obligations to the extent such proceeds are applied to
           reduce the Obligations in any calculation of amounts
           owing from Circus under the terms of this Make-Well
           Agreement.
           
                     2.6  Expenses.  Circus agrees to pay, or cause
           to be paid, on demand, and to save Administrative Agent
           and Lenders harmless against liability for, any and all
           costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of
           counsel and allocated costs of internal counsel) incurred or
           expended by Administrative Agent or any Lender in
           connection with the enforcement of or preservation of any
           rights under this Make-Well Agreement.
           
                     2.7  Continuing Guaranty.  This Make-Well
           Agreement is a continuing guaranty and, subject to Section
           2.14, shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations
           shall have been paid in full in cash by Circus, Borrower
           or otherwise and promptly and completely performed and
           the Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of
           Credit shall have expired or been canceled.  Circus'
           liability under this Make-Well Agreement shall not be
           reduced by virtue of any payment by Borrower of any
           amounts due under the Credit Agreement (other than a
           payment that increases the actual Make-Well Coverage
           Ratio maintained by Borrower) or under any of the Loan
           Documents or by Administrative Agent's or Lenders'
           recourse to any collateral or security.  Circus hereby
           irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Make-Well
           Agreement as to future transactions giving rise to any
           Make-Well Obligations.
           
                     2.8  Authority of Circus or Borrower.  It is not
           necessary for Lenders or Administrative Agent to inquire
           into the capacity or powers of Circus or Borrower or the
           officers, directors or any Administrative Agents acting or
           purporting to act on behalf of any of them.
           
                     2.9  Financial Condition of Borrower.  Any
           Loans may be granted to Borrower or continued from time
           to time without notice to or authorization from Circus
           regardless of the financial or other condition of Borrower
           at the time of any such grant or continuation.  Lenders
           and Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to
           disclose or discuss with Circus their assessment, or
           Circus' assessment, of the financial condition of
           Borrower; provided that Administrative Agent shall give
           notice to Circus of any reduction of Commitments or
           change in the final maturity of the Loans; provided,
           further, that the failure of Administrative Agent to so
           notify Circus shall not affect the obligations of Circus
           hereunder.  Circus has adequate means to obtain
           information from Borrower on a continuing basis
           concerning the financial condition of Borrower and its
           ability to perform its obligations under the Loan
           Documents (including, without limitation, its obligations
           to satisfy its financial covenants), and Circus assumes the
           responsibility for being and keeping informed of the
           financial condition of Borrower and of all circumstances
           bearing upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance
           of the Obligations.  Circus hereby waives and relinquishes
           any duty on the part of Administrative Agent or any
           Lender to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the
           business, operations or conditions of Borrower now
           known or hereafter known by Administrative Agent or any
           Lender.
           
                     2.10 Rights Cumulative.  The rights, powers and
           remedies given to Lenders and Administrative Agent by
           this Make-Well Agreement are cumulative and shall be in
           addition to and independent of all rights, powers and
           remedies given to Lenders and Administrative Agent by
           virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other
           Loan Documents or any agreement between Circus and
           Lenders and/or Administrative Agent or between
           Borrower and Lenders and/or Administrative Agent.  Any
           forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay by any
           Lender or Administrative Agent in exercising, any right,
           power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such
           right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver
           thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any
           such right, power or remedy.
           
                     2.11 Bankruptcy.  So long as any Obligations
           remain outstanding, Circus shall not, without the prior
           written consent of Administrative Agent in accordance
           with the terms of the Credit Agreement, commence or join
           with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy,
           reorganization or insolvency proceedings of or against
           Borrower.  The obligations of Circus under this Make-
           Well Agreement shall not be reduced, limited, impaired,
           discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any
           proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the
           bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization,
           liquidation or arrangement of Borrower or by any defense
           which Borrower may have by reason of the order, decree
           or decision of any court or administrative body resulting
           from any such proceeding.
           
                     2.12 Notice of Events.  As soon as Circus
           obtains knowledge thereof, Circus shall give
           Administrative Agent written notice of any condition or
           event which has resulted in (a) a material adverse change
           in the financial condition of Circus or Borrower or (b) a
           breach of or noncompliance with any term, condition or
           covenant contained herein or in the Circus Loan
           Agreement, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan
           Document or any other document delivered pursuant
           hereto or thereto.  Promptly upon Administrative Agent's
           receipt of notice thereof, Administrative Agent shall give
           Circus written notice of any Event of Default; provided
           that the failure of Administrative Agent to so notify Circus
           shall not affect any obligation of Circus hereunder.
           
                     2.13  Cooperation With Gaming Boards.   Circus
           agrees that it shall cooperate with Administrative Agent
           and Lenders to fulfill the requirements of any Gaming
           Board with respect to the rights of Administrative Agent
           and Lenders to enforce and apply any security now or
           hereafter held by or for the benefit of Administrative
           Agent or any Lender in respect of the Obligations, or to
           exercise any other right or remedy that Administrative
           Agent or Lenders, or any of them, may have against any
           such party.
           
                     2.14  Termination of Agreement; Conditions. 
           During the period from December 31, 2000 through
           December 31, 2001, Circus shall have the option to elect
           to terminate the Make-Well Agreement by written notice
           to the Administrative Agent (subject to confirmation of
           receipt by Administrative Agent as set forth below),
           substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, if all the
           following conditions have been satisfied:
           
                          (i)  on the last day of each of the two most
                                recent Fiscal Quarters for which financial
                                statements of Borrower have been delivered
                                pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement,
                                the Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio is 3.00:1.00 or
                                less;
           
                          (ii)  for each of the two most recent Fiscal
                                Quarters for which financial statements of
                                Borrower have been delivered pursuant to Section
                                6.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Stand-Alone
                                Coverage Ratio for the four consecutive Fiscal
                                Quarters then ended is not less than 1.25:1.00;
           
                          (iii)  no Event of Default or Default shall
                                have occurred and be continuing; and
           
                          (iv)  Circus shall not be in default in any of
                                its monetary agreements under this Agreement.
           
                     Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of any
           such notice in a form which the Administrative Agent
           believes to be proper, the Administrative Agent shall give
           notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders.  In the
           event that any Lender believes that the Make-Well
           Agreement may not properly be terminated, it shall
           provide written notice of its objection to the termination of
           the Make-Well Agreement within 10 days of the date of
           such notice, which written notice shall state the basis of
           the objection.  In the absence of any such objection, the
           Administrative Agent shall acknowledge receipt of the
           request, and terminate the Make-Well Agreement within
           14 days of the giving of such notice (or, if any objection
           has been served, as promptly as possible following the
           resolution of such objection).
           
                     The termination of this Agreement in accordance
           with this Section shall not result in a termination of the
           Environmental Indemnity executed by Circus nor shall it
           absolve Circus of any obligation to make payments which
           have previously accrued hereunder.
           
            SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND
           WARRANTIES
           
                In order to induce Lenders and Administrative Agent to
           accept this Make-Well Agreement and to enter into the
           Credit Agreement and to make the Loans thereunder,
           Circus hereby represents and warrants to Lenders that the
           following statements are true and correct:
           
                     3.1  Incorporation of Representations and
           Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties set
           forth in the Circus Loan Agreement is true, correct and
           complete in all material respects as if originally made as
           of the date hereof other than Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and
           4.11 thereof.
           
                     3.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc.
           
                          (a)  Authorization of Borrowing.  The
                           execution, delivery and performance of the Loan
                           Documents to which it is a party have been duly
                     authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part
                           of Circus.
           
                          (b)  No Conflict.  The execution,
                           delivery and performance by Circus of the Loan
                           Documents to which it is a party and the consummation
                      of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents
                    do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any law
                           or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to
                           Circus or any of its Subsidiaries, the Certificate of
                           Incorporation or Bylaws of Circus or any of its
                           Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any
                           court or other agency of government binding on Circus
                    or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, result in a
                    breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time
                      or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of
                Circus or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) result in or require
                      the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the
                    properties or assets of Circus or any of its Subsidiaries
                           (other than any Liens created under any of the Loan
                     Documents in favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of
                      Lenders), or (iv) require any approval of stockholders or
                           any approval or consent of any Person under any
                           Contractual Obligation of Circus or any of its
                           Subsidiaries.
           
                          (c)  Governmental Consents.  The
                           execution, delivery and performance by Circus of the
                           Loan Documents to which it is a party and the consum-
                           mation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan
                       Documents do not and will not require any registration
                           with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other
                           action to, with or by, any federal, state or other
                           governmental authority or regulatory body.
           
                          (d)  Binding Obligation.  Each of the
                           Loan Documents to which it is a party has been duly
                     executed and delivered by Circus and is the legally valid
                           and binding obligation of Circus, enforceable against
                      Circus in accordance with its respective terms, except as
                           such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
                       insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
                     relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by
                           equitable principles relating to enforceability.
           
           SECTION 4. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
           
                     Circus covenants and agrees that, unless and until
           all of the Obligations shall have been paid in full by
           Circus, Borrower or otherwise and the Commitments shall
           have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have
           expired or been canceled, or until the termination of this
           Agreement in accordance with Section 2.14 unless
           Requisite Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:
           
                     4.1  Covenants in Circus Loan Agreement. 
           Circus shall at all times perform all of its obligations set
           forth in Article 6 of the Circus Loan Agreement for the
           benefit of the financial institutions party thereto.
           
                     4.2  Reporting Requirements.  As soon as
           possible after the same are available to Circus, and in any
           event within the time set for such delivery in the Circus
           Loan Agreement, Circus will deliver to Lenders copies of
           the documents required to be delivered under
           Sections 7.1(a), 7.1(c) and 7.2 of the Circus Loan
           Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date
           notwithstanding any subsequent amendment, modification
           or termination thereof.  Circus will promptly and in any
           event no later than concurrently with delivery of financial
           statements pursuant to such Section 7.1(a), deliver to
           Lenders written notice of any change in the Debt Rating
           (as defined in the Circus Loan Agreement).
           
                     4.3  Bankruptcy. Circus agrees that it shall not
           commence or join with any other creditor of Borrower to
           commence any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
           other similar proceedings against Borrower.
           
               SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS
           
                     5.1  Survival of Warranties. All agreements,
           representations and warranties made herein shall survive
           the execution and delivery of this Make-Well Agreement
           and the other Loan Documents and any increase in the
           Commitments under the Credit Agreement.
           
                     5.2  Notices. Any communications between or
           among Administrative Agent, Circus and Borrower and
           any notices or requests provided herein to be given may
           be given by mailing the same, postage prepaid, or by telex
           or facsimile transmission prior to 5:00 P.M. (Pacific
           Time) on a Business Day to each such party at its address
           set forth in the Credit Agreement, on the signature pages
           hereof or to such other addresses as each such party may
           in writing hereafter indicate.  Any notice, request or
           demand to or upon Administrative Agent, Borrower or
           Lenders or Circus under or relating to this Make-Well
           Agreement shall not be effective until received.
           
                     5.3  Severability. In case any provision in or
           obligation under this Make-Well Agreement shall be
           invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the
           validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
           provisions or obligations, or of such provision or
           obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way
           be affected or impaired thereby.
           
                     5.4  Amendments and Waivers.  No
           amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
           provision of this Make-Well Agreement, or consent to any
           departure by Circus therefrom, shall in any event be
           effective without the written concurrence of all Lenders
           under the Credit Agreement.  Any waiver or consent shall
           be effective only in the specific instance and for the
           specific purpose for which it was given.
           
                     5.5  Headings.  Section headings in this Make-
           Well Agreement are included herein for convenience of
           reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Make-
           Well Agreement for any other purpose or be given any
           substantive effect.
           
                     5.6  Applicable Law. THIS MAKE-WELL
           AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
           SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
           ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF
           THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO
           CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.
           
                     5.7  Successors and Assigns.  This Make-Well
           Agreement is a continuing guaranty and shall be binding
           upon Circus and its successors and assigns.  This Make--
           Well Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Borrower,
           Lenders, Administrative Agent and their respective
           successors and assigns.  Circus shall not assign this Make-
           Well Agreement or any of the rights or obligations of
           Circus hereunder without the prior written consent of all
           Lenders.  Any Lender may, without notice or consent,
           assign its third party beneficiary interest in this Make-
           Well Agreement in whole or in part.  The terms and
           provisions of this Make-Well Agreement shall inure to the
           benefit of any transferee or assignee of any Loan, and in
           the event of such transfer or assignment the rights and
           privileges herein conferred upon Lenders and
           Administrative Agent shall automatically extend to and be
           vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the
           terms and conditions hereof.
           
                     5.8  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of
           Process. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT
           AGAINST CIRCUS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
           TO THIS MAKE-WELL AGREEMENT MAY BE
           BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF
           COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF
           NEVADA AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF
           THIS MAKE-WELL AGREEMENT CIRCUS ACCEPTS
           FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS
           PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND
           UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE
           JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND
           WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON
           CONVENIENS AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE
           BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY
           IN CONNECTION WITH THIS MAKE WELL
           AGREEMENT.  Circus hereby agrees that service of all
           process in any such proceeding in any such court may be
           made by registered or certified mail, return receipt
           requested, to Circus at its address provided in Section 5.2,
           such service being hereby acknowledged by Circus to be
           sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any action against
           Circus in any such court and to be otherwise effective and
           binding service in every respect.  Nothing herein shall
           affect the right to serve process in any other manner
           permitted by law.
           
                     5.9  Waiver of Trial by Jury.  CIRCUS AND,
           BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF,
           BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
           EACH HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS
           RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY
           CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR
           ARISING OUT OF THIS MAKE-WELL AGREEMENT. 
           The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-
           encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in
           any court and that relate to the subject matter of this
           transaction, including without limitation contract claims,
           tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common
           law and statutory claims.  Circus and, by its acceptance of
           the benefits hereof, Borrower and Administrative Agent
           each (i) acknowledges that this waiver is a material
           inducement for Circus, Borrower and Administrative
           Agent to enter into a business relationship, that Circus,
           Borrower and Administrative Agent have already relied on
           this waiver in entering into this Make-Well Agreement or
           accepting the benefits thereof, as the case may be, and
           that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their
           related future dealings and (ii) further warrants and
           represents that each has reviewed this waiver with its legal
           counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives
           its jury trial rights following consultation with legal
           counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS
           IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE
           MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND
           THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
           SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS,
           SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS
           MAKE-WELL AGREEMENT.  In the event of litigation,
           this Make-Well Agreement may be filed as a written
           consent to a trial by the court.
           
                     5.10 No Other Writing.  This writing is intended
           by Circus, Borrower and Administrative Agent as the final
           expression of this Make-Well Agreement and is also
           intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the
           terms of their agreement with respect to the matters
           covered hereby.  No course of dealing, course of
           performance or trade usage, and no parol evidence of any
           nature, shall be used to supplement or modify any terms
           of this Make-Well Agreement.  There are no conditions to
           the full effectiveness of this Make-Well Agreement.
           
                     5.11 Further Assurances.  At any time or from
           time to time, upon the request of Administrative Agent or
           Requisite Lenders, Circus or Borrower or both shall
           execute and deliver such further documents and do such
           other acts and things as Administrative Agent or Requisite
           Lenders may reasonably request in order to effect fully the
           purposes of this Make-Well Agreement.
           
                     5.12 Borrower Third-Party Beneficiary.  Circus
           and Administrative Agent hereby expressly agree and
           acknowledge that Borrower is intended to be an express
           third-party beneficiary of this Make-Well Agreement and
           Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights
           and remedies afforded third-party beneficiaries under the
           laws of the relevant jurisdiction.
           
                     5.13 Counterparts.  This Make-Well Agreement
           may be executed in one or more counterparts and by
           different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
           which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
           original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute
           but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be
           detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached
           to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are
           physically attached to the same document.
           
                     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Circus has caused this
           Make-Well Agreement to be duly executed and delivered
           by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first
           written above.
           
                               CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES,
           INC.
           
                               By      Glenn Schaeffer                  
                      
           
                               Title   President                           
                        
           
                               Address:  2880 Las Vegas
           Boulevard South
                                         Las Vegas, Nevada
           89109
                                         Attention: General
           Counsel
           
           
           Accepted by:
           
           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
           AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
           as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders
           
           
           By Janice Hammond                      
           
           Title Vice President                       
           
           Address:  555 South Flower Street, 11th Floor
                     Los Angeles, California  90071
                     Attention:  Janice Hammond, Vice President
           
           
           CIRCUS AND ELDORADO
           JOINT VENTURE, as express
           third-party beneficiary
           
                By:  GALLEON, INC.
           
           
                By: Glenn Schaeffer                           
           
                Title: President                                   
           
                Address:  c/o Circus Circus Enterprises 
                          2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South 
                          Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
                          Attention:     General Counsel
           
           
           By:  ELDORADO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
           Its: General Partner 
           
                By:  ELDORADO RESORTS LLC.
                     Its: Manager
           
                     By:    Donald Carano                            
           
                     Title:                                                   
           
                     Address:  c/o Eldorado Hotel Casino 
                               345 North Virginia Street 
                               P.O. Box 3399 
                               Reno, Nevada 89508
                               Attention: General Counsel
           
                      

                By:  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
           
                     By:  Gary Carano                    
           
                     Title: General Manager            
           
                     By: Bruce Sexton                   
           
                     Title:Director of Finance and Administration
                      <PAGE>
          [Exhibit A to Make-Well Agreement]
           
           
               ________________, 200__
           
           
           Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
           555 South Flower Street, 11th Floor
           Los Angeles, California  90071
           
           
           Gentlemen:
           
                     This letter is delivered with reference to the
           Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
           _____________, 1997 among CIRCUS AND
           ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE, the Lenders named
           therein, and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
           AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Administrative
           Agent (said Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as
           it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise
           modified from time to time, being the "Credit
           Agreement"; capitalized terms defined therein and not
           otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein
           defined).
           
                     By this notice Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc.
           ("Circus") hereby requests the termination of the Make-
           Well Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement.  In
           support of this request, Circus hereby certifies that:
           
                          (i)  on the last day of each of the two most
                                recent Fiscal Quarters for which financial
                                statements of Borrower have been delivered
                                pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement,
                                the Stand-Alone Leverage Ratio was 3.00:1.00 or
                                less;
           
                          (ii)  for each of the two most recent Fiscal
                                Quarters for which financial statements of
                                Borrower have been delivered pursuant to Section
                                6.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Stand-Alone
                                Coverage Ratio for the four consecutive Fiscal
                                Quarters then ended was not less than 1.25:1.00;
           
                          (iii)  to the best knowledge of Circus, no
                                Event of Default or Default has occurred and
                                remains continuing; and
           
                          (iv)  Circus is not in default in any of its
                                monetary agreements under the Make-Well
                                Agreement.
           
                     Please promptly execute this request in the space
           provided below, whereupon the Make-Well Agreement
           shall be deemed terminated.
           
           
                                         Very truly yours,
           
           
                                         CIRCUS CIRCUS
           ENTERPRISES, INC.
           
           
                                         By:
           ___________________________
           
                                         Title:
           ________________________
           
           cc.  Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture
                Attn: Chief Financial Officer
           
           
           The undersigned acknowledges on behalf of the Lenders
           that the Make-Well Agreement has been terminated in 
           accordance with its terms.
           
           
           BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
           AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
           
           
           
           By: __________________________
           
           Title: _______________________
                      

           
  
  
                    AMENDED AND RESTATED CONSTRUCTION
                    DEED OF TRUST, FIXTURE FILING AND
                  SECURITY AGREEMENT WITH ASSIGNMENT OF
                                  RENTS
                                     
  
  NOTICE:  THE OBLIGATIONS SECURED HEREBY
  INCLUDE REVOLVING CREDIT OBLIGATIONS
  WHICH PERMIT BORROWING, REPAYMENT AND
  REBORROWING.  INTEREST ON OBLIGATIONS
  SECURED HEREBY ACCRUES AT RATES WHICH
  MAY FLUCTUATE FROM TIME TO TIME.  THIS
  INSTRUMENT SECURES FUTURE ADVANCES. 
  THIS DEED OF TRUST SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
  A CONSTRUCTION MORTGAGE UNDER NEVADA
  REVISED STATUTES 104.9313(1)(c) AND UNDER
  THE NEVADA UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE.
  
  
           THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED
  CONSTRUCTION DEED OF TRUST, FIXTURE
  FILING AND SECURITY AGREEMENT WITH
  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS (this "Deed of Trust"),
  made as of November 24, 1997, by and among CIRCUS
  AND ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE, a Nevada
  general partnership, as debtor and trustor ("Trustor"),
  FIRST AMERICAN TITLE COMPANY OF
  NEVADA, a Nevada corporation, as trustee ("Trustee"),
  and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
  SAVINGS ASSOCIATION , in its capacity as
  "Administrative Agent" for the "Lenders" under the 
  Credit Agreement (defined below), as beneficiary,
  assignee and secured party (as defined and described
  hereinbelow)("Beneficiary").
  
           Trustor and Beneficiary hereby agree that this
  Deed of Trust hereby amends and restates in full that
  certain Amended and Restated Construction Deed of
  Trust, Fixture Filing and Security Agreement with
  Assignment of Rents ("Existing Deed of Trust"), made as
  of September 9, 1996, by Trustor, as trustor, assignor and
  debtor, in favor of Trustee, as trustee, for the benefit of
  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Agent ("Existing
  Beneficiary"), as beneficiary, assignee and secured party,
  recorded October 4, 1996, in Book ______, Page ___, as
  Document No. 2036418 of the Official Records of
  Washoe County, Nevada,
  
           Existing Beneficiary has executed an Assignment
  of Amended and Restated Construction Deed of Trust,
  Fixture Filing and Security Agreement with Assignment of
  Rents (the  Assignment ) dated as of even date herewith,
  in favor of Administrative Agent, pursuant to which
  Existing Beneficiary has assigned and transfered over to
  Administrative Agent all of its right, title and interest, as
  Agent under the Existing Credit Agreement, in to and
  under the Existing Deed of Trust,
  
           The Assignment was recorded in the Official
  Records of Washoe County, Nevada, on _________, 1997
  in Book _______, Page _______, as Instrument
  ____________.
  
  
                          W I T N E S S E T H:
  
           THAT TRUSTOR HEREBY:
  
           Grants, bargains, sells, transfers, conveys and
  assigns the following described real property and related
  collateral to Trustee, IN TRUST, WITH POWER OF
  SALE, to have and to hold the same unto Trustee and its
  successors in interest, for the benefit of and on behalf of
  Beneficiary, upon the trusts, covenants and agreements
  herein expressed:
  
                      DESCRIPTION OF REAL PROPERTY
  COLLATERAL
  
           All that certain real property, and the interests of
  Trustor therein, situate in the County of Washoe, State of
  Nevada, that is more particularly described on Part I of
  that certain exhibit marked Exhibit A, affixed hereto and
  by this reference incorporated herein and made a part
  hereof (the "Land");
  
           Together with all right, title and interest of
  Trustor, now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to any
  land lying within the right-of-way of any street, open or
  proposed, adjoining any of the Land and any and all
  sidewalks, bridges, elevated walkways, tunnels, alleys,
  strips and gores of land adjacent to, connecting or used in
  connection with any of the Land, with appurtenances
  ("Adjacent Interests"); 
  
           Together with all buildings, structures and all
  other improvements and fixtures that are or may hereafter
  be erected or placed on or in the Land and all rights and
  interests of Trustor in and to all buildings, structures and
  other improvements and fixtures that are or may hereafter
  be erected or placed on or in Adjacent Interests
  (including, but not limited to, Trustor's rights, title and
  interests in and to all buildings, structures and other
  improvements and fixtures that are or may hereafter be
  erected or placed on or in the easement areas, and leased
  areas, or any of them, referred to in Part II of Exhibit A)
  (collectively, the "Improvements"), provided, however,
  Trustor and Beneficiary acknowledge that the Skyways (as
  that term is defined in the "Credit Agreement" described
  below) are owned by entities other than Trustor, and that
  Trustor's rights, title and interests in and to the Skyways
  arise from and under (i) rights of reverter for the air
  rights parcels within which the Skyways are located, as
  provided in two Grant, Bargain and Sale Deeds executed
  by Trustor, one in favor of each of the two entities that
  own the Skyways, and (ii) certain Bridge Easements
  referred to in Part II of Exhibit A and, while Trustor's
  rights, title and interests arising from and under such
  Grant, Bargain and Sale Deeds and such Bridge Easements
  are hereby bargained, sold, transferred, conveyed and
  assigned to Trustee, in trust, with power of sale, for the
  benefit of and on behalf of Beneficiary, the term
  "Improvements" as used in this Deed of Trust shall not
  otherwise include the Skyways;
  
           Together with all and singular the tenements,
  hereditaments and appurtenances belonging or in anyway
  appertaining to any of the Land, Adjacent Interests,
  Improvements or Skyways (including, but not limited to,
  the easements and other rights referred to in Part II of
  Exhibit A) (collectively, the "Appurtenances");
  
           Together with all rents, issues, products, earnings,
  revenues, payments, profits, royalties and other proceeds
  and income of or from any of the foregoing or of or from
  any of the Leases, as hereinafter defined (collectively, the
  "Rents"), subject, however, in the case of Rents, to the
  absolute assignment given to Beneficiary in Section 12
  hereof, to which Section 12 this grant to the Trustee is
  subject and subordinate;
  
           Together with all leasehold estate, right, title and
  interest of Trustor in and to all leases, subleases, licenses,
  concessions, franchises and other use or occupancy
  agreements (excepting, however, agreements made by
  Trustor in the ordinary course of business for short-term
  use by members of the public of guest rooms and public
  rooms, including banquet and meeting facilities, located in
  the Improvements), and any amendments, modifications,
  extensions or renewals thereof (collectively, "Leases")
  covering any of the Land, Adjacent Interests,
  Improvements, Skyways or Appurtenances, now or
  hereafter existing or entered into, and all right, title and
  interest of Trustor thereunder, including, without
  limitation, the right to all security deposits, advance
  rentals, other deposits, and all payments of similar nature,
  relating thereto;  
  
           Together with all water rights and rights to the use
  of water now or hereafter appurtenant to or used in
  connection with any of the Land, Adjacent Interests,
  Improvements or Appurtenances ("Water Rights");
  
           Together with any and all other estate, right, title,
  interest, property, possession, claim or demand, in law or
  in equity, which Trustor now has or may hereafter acquire
  in or to any of the Land, Adjacent Interests,
  Improvements, Skyways, Appurtenances, Rents, Leases
  and Water Rights, or pertaining or appurtenant thereto,
  and all reversions and remainders thereof, and all
  tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto
  belonging or in any wise appertaining thereto ("Other
  Interests") (said Land, Adjacent Interests, Improvements,
  Appurtenances, Rents, Leases, Water Rights and Other
  Interests may be referred to herein as the "Real
  Property"); and
  
  
           THAT TRUSTOR HEREBY:
  
           Grants a security interest, pursuant to the Nevada
  Uniform Commercial Code -- Secured Transactions, to
  Beneficiary, on the terms and provisions (by this reference
  incorporated herein with respect to the security interest
  herein granted and the rights and obligations of the parties
  with respect to the Personal Property, as hereinafter
  defined, but for no other purpose) set forth in that certain
  Amended and Restated Security Agreement of even date
  herewith by and between Trustor, as Grantor and Debtor,
  and Beneficiary, as Secured Party (the "Security
  Agreement"), in all of the following described personal
  property, and the interests of Trustor therein, whether
  now owned or hereafter acquired (collectively, the
  "Personal Property"):
  
                    DESCRIPTION OF PERSONAL PROPERTY
  COLLATERAL
  
           (c)  All present and future chattels, furniture,
  furnishings, goods, equipment, fixtures and all other
  tangible personal property, of whatever kind and nature,
  now or hereafter used in connection with or placed or
  located in or on any part of the Real Property (including,
  without limitation, any building or structure that is now or
  that may hereafter be erected on the Real Property, and
  including any of the foregoing owned by Trustor and
  placed or located in or on the Skyways), including, but
  not limited to, machinery, materials, goods and equipment
  now or hereafter used in the construction or operation of
  the hotel, casino, restaurant, entertainment and shopping
  complex constructed and to be constructed on the Real
  Property or portions thereof (the "Project") (including,
  without limitation, air conditioning, heating, electrical,
  lighting, fire fighting and fire prevention, food and
  beverage service, laundry, plumbing, refrigeration,
  security, sound, signaling, telephone, television, window
  washing and other equipment and fixtures, of whatever
  kind or nature, including generators, transformers,
  switching gear, boilers, burners, furnaces, piping,
  sprinklers, sinks, tubs, valves, compressors, motors, carts,
  dumb waiters, elevators and other lifts, floor coverings,
  hardware, keys, locks, organs, pianos, planters, railings,
  scales, shelving, signs, tools, machinery, molds, dies,
  drills, presses, planers, saws, furniture, business fixtures,
  trade fixtures, electric, gas and other motor vehicles,
  uniforms, vacuum cleaners, hotel furniture, furnishings
  and equipment, bathroom furniture and furnishings
  (including towels, bathmats, hamperettes, shower curtains
  and other bath linens), beds and bedding (including
  mattresses, springs, pillows, bed pads, sheets, blankets,
  comforters, spreads and other bed linens and furnishings),
  bric-a-brac, chairs, chests, vanities, secretaries, bureaus,
  chiffonniers, love seats, benches, costumers, smoking
  stands, sand jars, desks, dressers, hangings, paintings,
  pictures, frames, sculptures, lamps, light bulbs, mirrors,
  night stands, ornaments, radios, stereo equipment, sofas,
  statuary, tables, telephones, televisions, vases, window
  coverings, foodstuffs, beverages (including beer, wine,
  liquor and other alcoholic beverages), and other
  consumables (including soap, shampoo, cleaning supplies
  and paper goods), cutlery, cooking, baking and other
  kitchen utensils and apparatus (including crockery, fryers,
  grills, kettles, mixers, pots, pans, pails, racks, steamers
  and toasters), china and other dishes, flatware, glassware,
  hollowware, serving pieces, trays, table linens, washers,
  dryers, irons, ironing boards and other ironing equipment,
  cables, outlets, plugs, wiring and related apparatus and
  fixtures, card readers, cash registers, adding machines,
  calculators, computers, keyboards, monitors, printers,
  printing equipment, envelopes, stationary, posting
  machines, blank forms, typewriters, typewriter stands,
  other office and accounting equipment and supplies, time
  stamps, time recorders, bookkeeping machines, checking
  machines, payroll machines, computer reservations
  systems, equipment used in the operation of casinos on the
  Real Property (including but not limited to, gaming
  devices and associated equipment (as defined in Nevada
  Revised Statutes Chapter 463), including but not limited
  to, slot machines, cards, poker chips and gaming tables)
  and all other goods, equipment, furnishings, apparatus and
  fixtures that are now or may hereafter be located at or
  used at or in connection with the Real Property, and all
  other tangible personal property used or to be used at or
  in connection with, or placed or to be placed in, rooms,
  halls, lounges, offices, lobbies, lavatories, basements,
  cellars, vaults or other portions of the Project or of any
  other building or buildings hereafter constructed or erected
  thereon, whether herein enumerated or not, and whether
  or not contained in any such building, and which are used
  or to be used or useful in the operation and maintenance
  thereof, or in any bar, casino, hotel, restaurant, store,
  health spa, salon or other business conducted thereon,
  together with all replacements and substitutions for any
  and all personal property in which Trustor has an interest,
  including without limitation such goods and equipment as
  shall from time to time be located, placed, installed or
  used in or upon, or procured for use, or to be used or
  useful in connection with the operation of the whole, or
  any part of, the Project and all parts thereof and all
  accessions thereto;
  
           (d)  All present and future goods, including,
  without limitation, all consumer goods, inventory,
  equipment (excluding, however, any Equipment pledged to
  secure "Other Permitted Indebtedness" (as such initially
  capitalized term is defined in the Credit Agreement)
  incurred to finance the purchase of such Equipment,
  pursuant to a pledge in form, scope and substance
  satisfactory to Beneficiary), and other supplies, of
  whatever kind or nature, and any and all other goods,
  wherever located, used or to be used in connection with or
  in the conduct of Trustor's business;
  
           (e)  All present and future inventory and
  merchandise in all of its forms (including, but not limited
  to, (i) all goods held by Trustor for sale or lease or to be
  furnished under contracts of service or so leased or
  furnished, (ii) all raw materials, work in process, finished
  goods, and materials used or consumed in the
  manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling,
  leasing, furnishing or production of such inventory or
  otherwise used or consumed in Trustor's business, (iii) all
  goods in which Trustor has an interest in mass or a joint
  or other interest or right of any kind, (iv) all goods that
  are returned to or repossessed by Trustor, and (v) all
  packing materials, supplies and containers relating to or
  used in connection with any of the foregoing, and all
  accessions thereto and products thereof and all negotiable
  documents of title (including without limitation warehouse
  receipts, dock receipts and bills of lading) issued by any
  person covering any of the foregoing;
  
           (f)  All present and future accounts, accounts
  receivable, rentals, revenues, receipts, payments, and
  income of any other nature whatsoever derived from or
  received with respect to hotel rooms, banquet facilities,
  convention facilities, retail premises, bars, restaurants,
  casinos and any other facilities on the Real Property and
  any facilities in the Skyways leased by Trustor,
  agreements, contracts, leases, contract rights, rights to
  payment (including, without limitation, rights to payment
  under the Make-Well Agreement, as that term is defined
  in the Credit Agreement), instruments, documents, chattel
  paper, security agreements, guaranties, undertakings,
  surety bonds, insurance policies, condemnation deposits
  and awards, notes and drafts, securities, certificates of
  deposit and the right to receive all payments thereon or in
  respect thereof (whether principal, interest, fees or
  otherwise), contract rights (other than rights under
  contracts or governmental permits that may not be
  transferred by law), including, without limitation, rights to
  all deposits from tenants and other users of the Project or
  facilities in the Skyways leased by Trustor, rights under
  all contracts relating to the construction, renovation or
  restoration of any of the improvements now or hereafter
  located on the Real Property or the financing thereof and
  all rights under payment or performance bonds,
  warranties, and guaranties, and all rights to payment from
  any credit/charge card organization or entity such as or
  similar to, and including, without limitation, the
  organizations or entities that sponsor and administer,
  respectively, the American Express Card, the Carte
  Blanche Card, the Diners Club Card, the Discover Card,
  the MasterCard and the Visa Card, books of account, and
  principal, interest and payments due on account of goods
  sold, services rendered, loans made or credit extended, on
  or in connection with the Project and all forms of obliga-
  tions owing to and rights of Trustor or in which Trustor
  may have any interest, however created or arising;
  
           (g)  All present and future general intangibles
  (including but not limited to all governmental permits
  relating to construction or other activities on the
  premises), all tax refunds of every kind and nature to
  which Trustor now or hereafter may become entitled,
  however arising, all other refunds, and all deposits,
  goodwill, choses in action, rights to payment or
  performance, gambling debts or gaming debts owed to
  Trustor by Trustor's patrons (whether or not evidenced by
  a note), judgments taken on any rights or claims included
  in the Property (as hereinafter defined), trade secrets,
  computer programs, software, customer lists, business
  names, trademarks, trade names and service marks
  (including, but not limited to: "Silver Legacy Hotel
  Casino" and any derivation thereof, including any and all
  state and federal applications and registrations thereof),
  patents, patent applications, licenses, copyrights,
  technology, processes, proprietary information and
  insurance proceeds;
  
           (h)  All present and future deposit accounts of
  Trustor, including, without limitation, the Circus and
  Eldorado Joint Venture Account maintained at the office
  of Beneficiary, any demand, time, savings, passbook or
  like account maintained by Trustor with any bank, savings
  and loan association, credit union or like organization, and
  all money, cash and cash equivalents of Trustor, whether
  or not deposited in any such deposit account;
  
           (i)  All present and future books and records,
  including, without limitation, books of account and ledgers
  of every kind and nature, ledger cards, computer
  programs, tapes, disks and other information storage
  devices, all related data processing software, and all
  electronically recorded data relating to Trustor or its
  business or the Project, all receptacles and containers for
  such records, and all files and correspondence;
  
           (j)  All present and future stocks, bonds,
  debentures, securities, subscription rights, options,
  warrants, puts, calls, certificates, partnership interests,
  joint venture interests, investments, brokerage accounts
  and all rights, preferences, privileges, dividends,
  distributions, redemption payments and liquidation
  payments received or receivable with respect thereto;
  
           (k)  All present and future right, title and
  interest of Trustor in and to all Leases, whether or not
  specifically herein described, that now or may hereafter
  pertain to or affect the Real Property or any portion
  thereof, or the Skyways, and all amendments to the same,
  including, but not limited to, the following: (i) all
  payments due and to become due under such Leases,
  whether as rent, damages, insurance payments,
  condemnation awards, or otherwise; (ii) all claims, rights,
  powers, privileges and remedies under such Leases; and
  (iii) all rights of the Trustor under such Leases to exercise
  any election or option, or to give or receive any notice,
  consent, waiver or approval, or to accept any surrender of
  the premises or any part thereof, together with full power
  and authority in the name of the Trustor, or otherwise, to
  demand and receive, enforce, collect, and receipt for any
  or all of the foregoing, to endorse or execute any checks
  or any instruments or orders, to file any claims, and to
  take any other action that Beneficiary may deem necessary
  or advisable in connection therewith;
  
           (l)  All present and future maps, plans,
  specifications, surveys, studies, reports, data and drawings
  (including, without limitation, architectural, structural,
  mechanical and engineering plans and specifications,
  studies, data and drawings) prepared for or relating to the
  development of the Project and the Skyways or the
  construction, renovation or restoration of any improve-
  ments on the Real Property or the extraction of minerals,
  sand, gravel or other valuable substances from the Real
  Property, together with all amendments and modifications
  thereto;
  
           (m)  All present and future licenses, permits,
  variances, special permits, franchises, certificates, rulings,
  certifications, validations, exemptions, filings,
  registrations, authorizations, consents, approvals, waivers,
  orders, rights and agreements (including options, option
  rights and contract rights), other than those (including
  non-transferable gaming permits) that may not be
  transferred by law, now or hereafter obtained by Trustor
  from any governmental authority having or claiming
  jurisdiction over the Project, the Real Property or any
  other element of the Property or the Skyways or providing
  access thereto, or the operation of any business on, at, or
  from the Project or the Skyways;
  
           (n)  All present and future accessions,
  appurtenances, components, repairs, repair parts, spare
  parts, replacements, substitutions, additions, issue and
  improvements to or of or with respect to any of the
  foregoing;
  
           (o)  All other fixtures and storage and office
  facilities, and all accessions thereto and products thereof
  and all water stock relating to the Real Property;
  
           (p)  All other tangible and intangible personal
  property of Trustor;
  
           (q)  All rights, remedies, powers and privileges
  of Trustor with respect to any of the foregoing; and
  
           (r)  Any and all proceeds, products, rents,
  income and profits of any of the foregoing, including,
  without limitation, all money, accounts, general
  intangibles, deposit accounts, documents, instruments,
  chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds (whether or not
  the Beneficiary is the loss payee), and any other tangible
  or intangible property received upon the sale or
  disposition of any of the foregoing (it being agreed, for
  purposes hereof, that the term "proceeds" includes
  whatever is receivable or received when any of the
  Property is sold, collected, exchanged or otherwise
  disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or
  involuntary).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
  contained herein, Beneficiary acknowledges that it has no
  security interest in (x) any cash of Trustor described in
  clauses (e), (f) and (h) above, to the extent such a security
  interest is prohibited by any Gaming Laws (as defined in
  the Credit Agreement), or (y) any deposit account
  described in clause (f) above, to the extent such a security
  interest is not permitted by applicable law.
  
           (The Real Property, the Personal Property and all
  of the other collateral described above may hereinafter be
  collectively referred to as the "Property".  The parties
  intend for this Deed of Trust to create a lien on and
  security interest in the Property, and, as provided in
  Section 12 hereof, an absolute assignment of the Rents
  and the Leases, all in favor of Beneficiary.  To the extent
  any of the Property, Rents or Leases are not encumbered
  by a perfected lien or security interest created above, and
  are not absolutely assigned by the assignment set forth in
  Section 12, below, it is the intention of the parties that
  such Property, Rents and/or Leases shall constitute
  "proceeds, product, offspring, rents or profits" (as defined
  in and for the purposes of Section 552(b) of the United
  States Bankruptcy Code, as such section may be modified
  or supplemented) of the Land and Improvements, and/or
  "fees, charges, accounts, or other payments for the use or
  occupancy of rooms and other public facilities in . . .
  lodging properties," as applicable (as such terms are
  defined in and for the purpose of Section 552(b) of the
  United States Bankruptcy Code, as such Section may be
  modified or supplemented).)
  
           FOR THE PURPOSE OF SECURING:
  
           First:  Payment when due, whether at stated
  maturity, by required prepayment, declaration,
  acceleration, demand or otherwise (including payment of
  amounts that would become due but for the operation of
  the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy
  Code, 11 U.S.C. 362(a)), of all obligations and liabilities
  of every nature of Trustor now or hereafter existing under
  or arising out of or in connection with that certain
  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement executed
  concurrently herewith by Trustor, as Borrower,
  Beneficiary, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders
  listed therein as lenders (the "Lenders"), together with
  any and all renewals, extensions, amendments,
  modifications, rearrangements, replacements,
  restatements, substitutions and addendums thereof or
  thereto (herein referred to as the "Credit Agreement"), or
  the promissory notes issued to the Lenders to evidence
  such obligations and liabilities, together with any and all
  renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications,
  rearrangements, replacements, restatements, substitutions
  and addendums thereof or thereto (herein referred to as
  the "Notes"), whether for principal in the amount of Two
  Hundred Thirty Million Dollars ($230,000,000) or such
  principal amount as may be advanced and remain unpaid
  or for interest (including, without limitation, interest that,
  but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect
  to Trustor, would accrue on such obligations),
  reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit
  (as defined in the Credit Agreement), fees, expenses, and
  amounts owing under indemnities or otherwise, whether
  voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, absolute or
  contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, whether or not
  jointly owed with others, and whether or not from time to
  time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created
  or incurred, and all or any portion of such obligations or
  liabilities that are paid, to the extent all or any part of
  such payment is avoided or recovered directly or
  indirectly from Beneficiary or any such Lender as a
  preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise.
  
           Second:  Payment and performance of every
  obligation, covenant, promise and agreement of Trustor
  herein contained (excepting, however, the obligations of
  Trustor under Section 5(c) hereof are not secured hereby),
  or incorporated herein by reference, including any sums
  paid or advanced by Beneficiary or Trustee pursuant to the
  terms hereof.
  
           Third:  Payment of the expenses and costs
  incurred or paid by Beneficiary in the preservation and
  enforcement of the rights and remedies of Beneficiary and
  the duties and liabilities of Trustor hereunder, including,
  but not by way of limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees,
  court costs, reasonable witness fees, reasonable expert
  witness fees, reasonable collection costs, Trustee's fees
  and costs of a Trustee's Sale Guarantee, and costs and
  expenses paid by Beneficiary in performing for Trustor's
  account any obligation of Trustor.
  
           Fourth:  Payment of additional sums and interest
  thereon which may hereafter be loaned to Trustor by the
  Lenders when evidenced by a promissory note or notes or
  other agreement between Trustor and the Lenders that
  recites that this Deed of Trust is security therefor.
  
           Fifth:  Performance of every obligation, warranty,
  representation, covenant, agreement and promise of
  Trustor contained in the Credit Agreement.
   
           The foregoing are described herein as the
  "Secured Obligations".  All persons who may have or
  acquire an interest in all or any part of the Property will
  be considered to have notice of, and will be bound by, the
  terms of the Secured Obligations and each other
  agreement or instrument made or entered into in
  connection with each of the Secured Obligations.  Such
  terms include any provisions in the Notes or the Credit
  Agreement which permit borrowing, repayment and
  reborrowing, or the making of future advances, or which
  provide that the interest rate on one or more of the
  Secured Obligations may vary from time to time.
  
           It is the intention of Trustor and Beneficiary that
  this Deed of Trust is an "instrument" (as defined in NRS
  106.330 as amended and recodified from time to time)
  which secures "future advances" (as defined in NRS
  106.320 as amended and recodified from time to time) and
  which is governed by NRS 106.300 through 106.400 as
  amended and recodified from time to time.  It is the
  intention of the parties that the Secured Obligations
  include the obligation of Trustor to repay "future
  advances" of "principal" (as defined in NRS 106.345 as
  amended and recodified from time to time) in an amount
  up to the aggregate amount of the Commitments (which is
  initially up to $230,000,000.00), and that the lien of this
  Deed of Trust secures the obligation of Trustor to repay
  all such "future advances" with the priority set forth in
  NRS 106.370(1) as amended and recodified from time to
  time.  Trustor acknowledges and agrees that the obligation
  of Lenders to make the Loans pursuant to the Credit
  Agreement, and the obligation of Issuing Bank (as defined
  in the Credit Agreement) to issue Letters of Credit
  pursuant to the Credit Agreement and to honor draws
  thereunder are obligatory in nature and not governed by
  the provisions of NRS 106.300, et. seq.  Notwithstanding
  the foregoing, however, in the event that the making of
  the Loans, the issuance of the Letters of Credit, or the
  honoring of the draws under the Letters of Credit, are
  deemed to be optional, then the maximum "principal"
  amount of such Advances to be secured hereunder is
  initially $230,000,000.00.
  
           Sixth: Payment and performance by Trustor of
  each and every obligation of Trustor with respect to
  interest rate swap agreements, currency swap agreements,
  and similar hedging arrangements, interest rate swaps,
  caps and/or collar agreements entered into with any
  Lender which is party to the Credit Agreement, (each
  such agreement being referred to herein as an "Interest
  Rate Agreement"), each covenant, promise and agreement
  contained in any Interest Rate Agreement, and the costs
  and expenses of enforcement against Trustor of any
  Interest Rate Agreements.
  
  
           THIS DEED OF TRUST FURTHER
  WITNESSETH THAT, IN CONNECTION WITH
  AND IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING
  GRANTS, AND THE ENCUMBRANCES, LIENS
  AND SECURITY INTERESTS CREATED THEREBY,
  TRUSTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES AS
  FOLLOWS: 
  
           11.  Certain Representations and Warranties
  of Trustor.  Trustor represents, warrants and covenants
  that, except as set forth in the Credit Agreement or as
  previously disclosed to Beneficiary in a writing making
  reference to this Section 1:
  
                (a)  Trustor lawfully possesses and holds
        fee simple title to all of the Land and Improvements;
  
                (b)  Trustor has or will have good title to
        all Property other than the Land and Improvements;
  
                (c)  Trustor has the full and unlimited
        partnership power, right and authority to encumber the
        Property and assign the Rents;
  
                (d)  This Deed of Trust creates a first
        priority deed of trust lien on the Property, subject only
        to the Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in the Credit
        Agreement);
  
                (e)  The Property includes all property
        and rights which may be reasonably necessary to
        promote the present and any reasonable future beneficial
        use and enjoyment of the Land, the Improvements and
        the Project;
  
                (f)  Trustor owns (or, with respect to any
        Personal Property acquired by Trustor after the date
        hereof, will own) the Personal Property free and clear of
        any security agreements, reservations of title or
        conditional sales contracts and there is no financing
        statement affecting the Personal Property on file in any
        public office other than one filed to perfect the security
        interests herein granted; and
  
                (g)  Trustor's place of business, or its
        chief executive office if it has more than one place of
        business, is located at the address of Trustor specified in
        the Credit Agreement.
  
           12.  Payment of Obligations.  Trustor shall pay
  when due the principal of and interest on the indebtedness
  evidenced by the Notes; all charges, fees and other sums
  as provided in the Loan Documents (as defined in the
  Credit Agreement); the principal of and interest on any
  future advances secured by this Deed of Trust; and the
  principal of and interest on any other indebtedness secured
  by this Deed of Trust.
  
           13.  Compliance with Laws.  Trustor shall not
  commit, suffer or permit any act to be done, or condition
  to exist, on, or with respect to, the Property which
  violates or is prohibited by any law, statute, code, act,
  ordinance, order, judgment, decree, injunction, rule,
  regulation, permit, license, authorization or direction of
  any government or subdivision thereof, whether it be
  federal, state, county or municipal (collectively, "Legal
  Requirements"), which is applicable to the Property, or
  any part thereof, now or at any time hereafter, if such
  violation or prohibited act or condition could reasonably
  be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect
  (as defined in the Credit Agreement).
  
           14.  Maintenance of Property.  Trustor agrees: 
  (a) properly to care for and keep said Property in good
  condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b)
  not to remove, demolish or substantially alter any building
  on the Real Property, or permit the removal, demolition
  or substantial alteration of the Skyways (except as may
  otherwise be permitted in the Bridge Easements referred
  to in Part II of Exhibit A), except upon the prior written
  consent of Beneficiary, provided that neither this clause
  (b) nor any other provision of this Deed of Trust shall
  alter, modify, supersede or limit the provisions of the
  Credit Agreement, or any party's rights and obligations
  thereunder, relating to the construction of the Project; (c)
  to complete promptly and in a good and workmanlike
  manner any building or other improvement which may be
  constructed thereon, to restore promptly in like manner
  any portion of the Improvements (and to cause the prompt
  restoration of the Skyways) which may be damaged or
  destroyed from any cause whatsoever (provided that if,
  pursuant to Section 7(c) below, Beneficiary is to apply
  insurance proceeds to the restoration of the Property but
  fails to do so, such failure shall excuse Trustor's
  obligation under this clause (c) but only to the extent of
  the insurance proceeds withheld by Beneficiary) and to
  pay when due all claims for labor performed and materials
  furnished therefor (subject to Trustor's right to contest the
  validity or amount of such lien in accordance with Section
  9 below); (d) to comply (or, with respect to the Skyways,
  cause the compliance) with all Legal Requirements and
  covenants, conditions and restrictions (including any
  which require alteration or improvement thereof) now or
  hereafter affecting the Property or any part thereof or the
  Skyways if such noncompliance could reasonably be
  expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, and
  with all requirements of insurance companies insuring the
  Property or any portion thereof or the Skyways and of any
  bureau or agency which establishes standards of
  insurability; (e) not to commit or permit any waste or
  deterioration of the Property or the Skyways; (f) to keep
  and maintain abutting grounds, sidewalks, roads, parking
  and landscaped areas in good and neat order and repair;
  (g) not to apply for, willingly suffer or permit any change
  in zoning, subdivision, or land use regulations affecting
  the Property or the Skyways without the prior written
  consent of Beneficiary, other than any such change that is
  beneficial to the Property (with the beneficial nature of
  any such change to be determined in Beneficiary's
  reasonable judgment); (h) not to drill or extract or enter
  into any lease for the drilling for or extraction of oil, gas
  or other hydrocarbon substances or any mineral of any
  kind or character on or from the Property or any part
  thereof without the prior written consent of Beneficiary;
  and (i) to do (or, with respect to the Skyways, to cause to
  be done) all other acts, in a timely and proper manner,
  which, from the character or use of the Property or the
  Skyways, may be reasonably necessary to maintain and
  preserve its value, the specific enumerations herein not
  excluding the general.  With respect to any matter in this
  Section 4 requiring Beneficiary's prior consent, Trustor
  shall submit to Beneficiary a written request for such
  consent (together with such information and
  documentation as appropriate to enable Beneficiary to
  make an informed decision regarding such request), and
  Beneficiary will have thirty (30) days after receipt thereof
  in which to review and respond to such request.  If
  Beneficiary fails to respond to Trustor's request within
  said thirty (30) day period, Trustor may resubmit its
  request in writing, stating that Beneficiary failed to
  respond to the initial request within said thirty (30) day
  period and, if Beneficiary thereafter fails to respond to
  such request within five (5) days, Beneficiary shall be
  deemed to have consented thereto.
  
           15.  Environmental Obligations.
  
           (a)  Trustor shall exercise due diligence in order
  to comply with any and all Environmental Laws (as
  hereinafter defined) regarding the presence or removal of
  Hazardous Material on or in the Property, shall pay
  immediately, when due, the costs of removal from the
  Property and disposal of any Hazardous Material which is
  required to be removed pursuant to any Environmental
  Laws and shall keep the Property free of any lien which
  may arise pursuant to any such Environmental Laws. 
  Trustor shall not, and shall use its best efforts to not
  permit any person or entity to, release, discharge, or
  dispose of any Hazardous Material on the Real Property
  except in compliance with all Environmental Laws and, if
  the same shall exist, Trustor shall immediately remove or
  cause to be removed from the Real Property such
  Hazardous Material to the extent required to be removed
  pursuant to any Environmental Laws.
  
           (b)  As used herein, the term "Hazardous
  Material" shall means:  (i) any chemical, material or
  substance at any time defined as or included in the
  definition of "hazardous substances", "hazardous
  materials", hazardous wastes", "extremely hazardous
  waste", "restricted hazardous waste", "infectious waste",
  "toxic substances" or any other formulations intended to
  define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious
  properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity,
  carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity, "TCLP
  toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar import
  under any applicable Environmental Law or publication
  promulgated pursuant thereto; (ii) any oil, petroleum,
  petroleum fraction or petroleum derived substance; (iii)
  any drilling fluid, produced water or other waste
  associated with the exploration, development or production
  of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal resources; (iv) any
  flammable substance or explosive; (v) any radioactive
  material; (vi) asbestos in any form; (vii) urea
  formaldehyde foam insulation; (viii) electrical equipment
  which contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing poly-
  chlorinated biphenyls; (ix) any pesticide; (x) all hazardous
  substances defined in NRS 40.504 ("NRS" means Nevada
  Revised Statutes), and (xi) any other chemical, material or
  substance exposure to which is prohibited, limited or
  regulated by any Federal, state, local or other
  governmental authority or which may or could pose a
  hazard to human health or safety or the environment if
  released into the workplace or the environment; the term
  "Environmental Law" means any statute, ordinance,
  order, rule, regulation, plan, policy, decree, permit,
  guidance document, or other requirement of any Federal,
  state, local or other governmental authority relating to:
  (aa) environmental matters, including, without limitation,
  those relating to fines, injunctions, penalties, damages,
  contribution, cost recovery compensation, losses or
  injuries resulting from the Release or threatened Release
  of Hazardous Material, (bb) the presence, generation, use,
  storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Material,
  or (cc) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene,
  land use or the protection of human, plant or animal
  health or welfare, in any manner applicable to any of the
  Property, including, without limitation, the
  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
  and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.  9601 et seq.), the
  Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 
  1801 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery
  Act (42 U.S.C.  6901 et seq.), the Federal Water
  Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.  1251 et seq.), the
  Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.  7401 et seq.), the Federal
  Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 
  136 et seq.), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29
  U.S.C. 651 et seq.) and the Emergency Planning and
  Community Right-to-Know Act (42 U.S.C.  11001 et
  seq.), each as amended and supplemented, and any
  analogous future or present local, state and federal
  statutes, ordinances and other laws, and rules and
  regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, each as in effect
  as of the date of determination; and the term "Release"
  means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
  pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, dispersal,
  dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Material
  into the indoor or outdoor environment (including, without
  limitation, the abandonment or disposal of any barrels,
  containers or other closed receptacles containing any
  Hazardous Material), or into or out of any of the
  Property, including the movement of any Hazardous
  Material through the air, soil, surface, water, groundwater
  or property. 
  
           (c)  Trustor hereby agrees to indemnify, hold
  harmless and defend (by counsel of Beneficiary's choice)
  Beneficiary, its directors, officers, employees, agents,
  successors and assigns from and against any and all
  claims, losses, damages, demands, liabilities, fines,
  penalties, assessments, charges, administrative and judicial
  proceedings and orders, judgments, remedial action
  requirements, enforcement actions of any kind, and all
  costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith
  (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' and
  consultants' fees and expenses), arising directly or
  indirectly, in whole or in part, out of (i) the presence on
  or under the Property (including, but not limited to, the
  surrounding streets and sidewalks) of any Hazardous
  Material (including, without limitation, the existence in
  the aquifer underlying the Property and other portions of
  Reno, Nevada, or in soils affecting that aquifer, of PCE
  (tetrachloroethylene) and hydrocarbons, or either of them
  on or prior to the "Transfer Date" (as such term is defined
  in the "Environmental Indemnity" described in Section 45
  below), or any Release of any Hazardous Material on,
  under or from the Property on or prior to the Transfer
  Date, or (b) any activity carried on or undertaken on or
  off the Property on or prior to the Transfer Date, whether
  by Trustor or any employees, agents, contractors or
  subcontractors of Trustor or any third persons occupying
  or present on the Property, in connection with the use,
  holding, handling, treatment, removal, storage,
  decontamination, cleanup, transport, Release, generation,
  processing or abatement of any Hazardous Material
  located or present in, on or under the Property (including,
  but not limited to, the surrounding streets and sidewalks). 
  The foregoing indemnity shall further apply to any
  residual contamination in, on or under the Property
  (including, but not limited to, the surrounding streets and
  sidewalks), or affecting any natural resources, and to any
  contamination of any property or natural resources arising
  in connection with the generation, use, holding, handling,
  treatment, removal, decontamination, cleanup, storage,
  transport, Release, processing or abatement of any such
  Hazardous Material on or prior to the Transfer Date, and
  irrespective of whether any of such activities are
  undertaken in accordance with applicable Environmental
  Laws, but shall not include, with respect to any particular
  indemnitee and loss, that portion, if any, of that loss
  which was caused by the gross negligence or wilful
  misconduct of that indemnitee.  Trustor hereby
  acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding any other
  provision of this Deed of Trust to the contrary, the
  obligations of Trustor under this Section 5(c) shall be
  unlimited personal obligations of Trustor, shall not be
  secured by this Deed of Trust and shall survive any
  foreclosure under this Deed of Trust, any transfer in lieu
  thereof, and any satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.
  
           16.  Insurance.
  
           (a)  Types and Amounts Required.  During
  the continuance of this Trust, Trustor shall at all times
  provide, maintain and keep in force, at no expense to
  Trustee or Beneficiary, for the benefit of Trustor and
  Beneficiary, as their respective interests may appear, the
  following policies of insurance:
  
                (i)     During the course of any
      construction or repair of Improvements on the
      Property, (x) builder's completed value risk
      insurance against "all risks of physical loss"
      (including fire and extended coverage, and
      endorsements extending coverage for vandalism
      and malicious mischief, collapse and property in
      transit, offsite storage, delay of opening (business
      interruption), demolition and debris removal,
      flood, and, if reasonably available, earthquake), in
      non-reporting form, covering 100% of the
      anticipated construction cost, including "soft
      costs," with not more than $250,000 deductible
      from the loss payable for any casualty and no more
      than fourteen (14) days for delay of opening; said
      policy to contain a "permission to occupy upon
      completion of work or occupancy" endorsement
      and waiver of subrogation endorsement acceptable
      to Beneficiary, and replacement cost coverage in
      an agreed amount, and (y) an "owner/contractor
      protective liability" policy, providing separate
      liability coverage for Trustor and Beneficiary, with
      a limit of not less than $10,000,000;
  
                (ii)    Insurance against loss or damage
      to the Improvements and Personal Property by fire
      and any of the other risks covered by insurance of
      the type now known as "all risks of physical loss"
      (including flood, and, if reasonably available,
      earthquake coverage) in an amount not less than
      100% of the then replacement cost of the
      Improvements and Personal Property (exclusive of
      the cost of excavations, pilings, foundations,
      footings and other underground improvements
      lying below the lowest basement level) without
      deduction for physical depreciation; with an
      Agreed Amount endorsement (waiving co-
      insurance), a Replacement Cost Valuation
      endorsement, a waiver of subrogation
      endorsement, coverage for the cost of removing
      damaged property, and, if Beneficiary shall so
      require, coverage for demolition and increased cost
      of construction occasioned by operation of any law
      or ordinance regulating the construction, use or
      repair of the Improvements; and with not more
      than $250,000 deductible per occurrence and
      $1,000,000 for the perils of flood and earthquake,
      if a sub-deductible applies (and Trustor shall cause
      similar casualty insurance to be carried by the
      owners of the Skyways in accordance with the
      provisions of the Bridge Easements referred to in
      Part II of Exhibit A);
  
                (iii)   Mechanical breakdown insurance
      (also known as "boiler and machinery" insurance)
      covering pressure vessels, air tanks, boilers,
      machinery, pressure piping, heating, air
      conditioning and elevator equipment and escalator
      equipment, if the Improvements contain equipment
      of such nature, and insurance against loss of
      occupancy or use arising from any such
      breakdown, written on a comprehensive form with
      a combined direct and indirect limit of
      $50,000,000; the policy shall include an Agreed
      Amount endorsement (waiving co-insurance), a 
      Replacement Cost Valuation endorsement, and
      coverage for increased cost of construction
      occasioned by operation of any law or ordinance
      regulating the construction, use or repair of the
      Improvements; the policy may contain deductibles
      of no greater than $250,000 for direct damage and
      forty-eight (48) hours for indirect loss;
  
                (iv)    Comprehensive general liability
      insurance (1973 Form), written on an "occurrence
      basis," against claims for death, bodily injury,
      personal injury and property damage occurring in,
      on or about the Real Property or the adjoining
      streets, sidewalks and passageways (including,
      without limitation, the Skyways), or arising from
      or connected with the use, conduct or operation of
      Trustor's business or interest (including, without
      limitation, products liability coverage; blanket
      contractual liability coverage, including both oral
      and written contracts; broad form property damage
      coverage; coverage against liability for injury or
      property damage arising out of the use, by or on
      behalf of the Trustor or any other person or
      organization, of any owned, non-owned, leased or
      hired automotive equipment in the conduct of any
      and all operations of Trustor; coverage for "liquor
      legal liability," "innkeepers legal liability," "safe
      deposit legal liability," and "employee benefits
      legal liability;" coverage for all professional
      liability exposures associated with the operation of
      the health spa; coverage for those hazards
      commonly known in the insurance industry as
      explosion, collapse and underground property
      damage; and owners' and contractors' protective
      coverage), such insurance to afford combined
      single limit protection of not less than $1,000,000
      per occurrence; if such policy contains a self-
      insured retention, (A) such self-insured retention
      shall be no greater than $100,000 per occurrence,
      with an aggregate of $1,500,000 for all losses
      (including expenses) within the self-insured
      retention, and (B) Trustor shall be solely
      responsible for the payment of all amounts due
      within said self-insured retention, and the
      indemnification provisions contained in this Deed
      of Trust shall include all liability associated with
      said self-insured retention;
  
                (v)     Comprehensive business
      automobile liability insurance, written under
      Coverage Symbol "1,"  covering all owned, non-
      owned and hired or borrowed vehicles of Trustor
      used in connection with any of the construction,
      maintenance and operation of the Improvements,
      naming Trustor as the named insured and covering
      Beneficiary as additional insured, insuring against
      liability for bodily injury and death and/or for
      property damage in an amount not less than
      $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident; (if
      the policy contains a self-insured retention, (A)
      such self-insured retention shall be no greater than
      $100,000 per occurrence, with an aggregate limit
      of $1,500,000 for all losses (including expenses)
      within the self-insured retention, and (B) Trustor
      shall be solely responsible for the payment of all
      amounts due within said self-insured retention, and
      the indemnification provisions contained in this
      Deed of Trust shall include all liability associated
      with said self-insured retention); in addition to said
      automobile liability insurance, Trustor must
      provide, maintain and keep in effect (x) garage
      liability insurance, providing $1,000,000 combined
      single limit for bodily injury and property damage
      for the parking garage operation, and (y)
      garagekeepers legal liability insurance, providing
      $1,000,000 limit for comprehensive and collision
      coverages for physical damage to vehicles in
      Trustor's care, custody and control, with a
      deductible no greater than $2,500 for each
      automobile and $25,000 for each loss;
  
                (vi)    A standard Worker's
      Compensation policy covering the State of Nevada
      and Employer's Liability coverage subject to a
      limit of no less than $500,000 for each employee,
      $500,000 for each accident, and a $500,000 policy
      limit, which policy shall include endorsements for
      Voluntary Compensation and Employer's Liability
      Coverage and Stop Gap Liability; if Trustor elects
      to self-insure Worker's Compensation coverage in
      the State of Nevada, Beneficiary must be furnished
      with a copy of the certificate from the state
      permitting self insurance and evidence of a stop
      loss Excess Worker's Compensation policy with a
      specific retention of no greater than $300,000.
  
                (vii)   An Umbrella Liability policy
      with a limit of no less than $75,000,000 providing
      excess coverage over all limits and coverages set
      forth in paragraphs (iv), (v) and (vi) above, which
      limits can be obtained by a combination of Primary
      and Excess Umbrella policies, provided that all
      layers follow form with the underlying policies set
      forth in paragraphs (iv), (v) and (vi) and are
      written on an "occurrence form;"
  
                (viii)  Business interruption
      insurance/extra expense and loss of "rental value"
      insurance, including coverage for off-premises
      power losses and an extended period of indemnity
      endorsement for at least 180 days, in an amount
      representing not less than 100% percent of the
      annual net profit plus continuing expenses
      (including debt service) for the Project, as such net
      profit and continuing expenses are reasonably
      projected by Trustor and consented to by
      Beneficiary (or, in the absence of such a
      projection, as reasonably projected by Beneficiary),
      with a deductible of no greater than seventy-two
      (72) hours, or $250,000 if a separate deductible
      applies ($1,000,000 for the perils of flood and
      earthquake);
  
                (ix)    If the Property is located in an
      area identified by the Secretary of Housing and
      Urban Development as a flood hazard area and in
      which flood insurance has been made available
      under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968,
      flood insurance covering the Improvements, in an
      amount, available under the Act, satisfactory to
      Beneficiary;
  
                (x)     A comprehensive crime policy,
      including the following coverages: (A) Employee
      Dishonesty: $5,000,000; (B) Money & Securities
      (inside): $2,000,000; (C) Money & Securities
      (outside): $2,000,000; (D) Depositors Forgery:
      $2,500,000; and (E) Computer Fraud: $2,500,000;
      such policy shall be amended so that the term
      "money" is defined therein to include "chips," the
      policy may contain deductibles of no more than
      $500,000 for Employee Dishonesty and $250,000
      for all other agreements listed above; and
  
                (xi)    Such other insurance and in such
      amounts, and such additional amounts of the
      foregoing insurance, as may reasonably be
      required by Beneficiary, from time to time, due
      consideration being given to standard practices in
      the industry and to the risks involved in Trustor's
      business, operations or interest.
  
         (b)    Uniform Policy Requirements.  All
  policies of insurance required by the terms of this Deed of
  Trust:
  
                (i)     shall be issued by insurance
      companies licensed and admitted to do business in
      the State of Nevada, and rated no lower than
      A:XII in the most recent edition of A.M. Best's
      and AA in the most recent edition of Standard &
      Poor's, and in such form and amounts as are
      reasonably satisfactory to Beneficiary from time to
      time;
  
                (ii)    shall contain an endorsement or
      agreement by the insurer that any loss shall be
      payable in accordance with the terms of such
      policy notwithstanding any act, failure to act,
      negligence or breach of representation or warranty
      of Trustor, or of any party holding under Trustor,
      which might otherwise result in forfeiture of said
      insurance;
  
                (iii)   shall contain a waiver by the
      insurer of all rights of setoff, counterclaim and
      deduction against Trustor;
  
                (iv)    shall contain a waiver of
      subrogation by the insurer in favor of Beneficiary
      and a clause providing that the policy is primary
      and that any other insurance of Beneficiary with
      respect to the matters covered by such policy shall
      be excess and non-contributing;
  
                (v)     shall, in the case of policies
      affording liability insurance coverage, name
      Beneficiary (and Beneficiary's officers, directors,
      employees, agents and representatives) as
      additional insured by an endorsement satisfactory
      to Beneficiary and contain cross-liability and
      severability of interest clauses satisfactory to
      Beneficiary, and, in the case of other policies,
      shall name Beneficiary as a loss payee and have
      attached thereto a lender's loss payable
      endorsement, for the benefit of Beneficiary, in
      form satisfactory to Beneficiary (Form 438 BFU,
      unless otherwise specified by Beneficiary); and
  
                 (vi)   shall contain a provision that,
      notwithstanding any contrary agreement between
      Trustor and insurance company, such policies will
      not be canceled, fail to be renewed or materially
      amended (which term shall include any reduction
      in the type, scope or limits of coverage) without at
      least thirty (30) days prior written notice to
      Beneficiary.
  
         (c)  Blanket and Umbrella Policies.  If
  Beneficiary consents, Trustor may provide any of the
  required insurance through an umbrella policy or policies
  or through blanket policies carried by Trustor and
  covering more than one location, or by policies procured
  by a tenant or other party holding under Trustor;
  provided, however, that the amount of the total insurance
  allocated to the Real Property and available with respect
  to occurrences required to be insured against shall be such
  as to furnish protection the equivalent of separate policies
  in the amounts herein required, and provided further, that,
  in all other respects, any such policy or policies shall
  comply with all of the other provisions of this Deed of
  Trust.
  
         (d)  Evidence of Insurance.  At
  Beneficiary's option, Trustor shall furnish Beneficiary
  with an original of all policies of insurance required under
  this Section or with a certificate of insurance for each
  required policy setting forth the coverage, the limits of
  liability, the deductibles, if any, the name of the carrier,
  the policy number, and the period of coverage, which
  certificates shall be executed by authorized officials of the
  companies issuing such insurance, or by agents or
  attorneys-in-fact authorized to issue said certificates (in
  which event each such certificate shall be accompanied by
  a notarized affidavit, agency agreement or power of
  attorney evidencing the authority of the signatory to issue
  such certificate on behalf of the insurer named therein). 
  Trustor shall furnish to Beneficiary annually, within ten
  days after the date hereof, or more often if Beneficiary
  shall reasonably request, a certificate of Trustor specifying
  all insurance policies with respect to the Property and all
  other policies required hereby then outstanding and in
  force, and stating whether or not such insurance complies
  with the requirements of this Section and, if it does not,
  the manner in which it does not comply.  At least ten (10)
  days prior to the expiration of each required policy,
  Trustor shall deliver to Beneficiary evidence satisfactory
  to Beneficiary of the payment of premium and the renewal
  or replacement of such policy continuing insurance in
  force as required by this Deed of Trust.
  
         (e)  Procurement by Beneficiary.  If
  Trustor fails to provide, maintain, keep in force or deliver
  to Beneficiary the policies of insurance required by this
  Deed of Trust, Beneficiary may (but shall have no
  obligation to) procure such insurance, or single interest
  insurance for such risks covering Beneficiary's interests,
  and Trustor will pay all premiums therefor promptly upon
  demand by Beneficiary; and until such payment is made
  by Trustor, the amount of all such premiums, together
  with interest thereon at an annual rate equal to the rate
  specified in Section 2.2 E. (Post-Maturity Interest) of the
  Credit Agreement (or if such provision is hereafter
  replaced or renumbered, the equivalent section) (the
  "Agreed Rate"), shall be secured by this Deed of Trust.
  
         (f)  Reserve Fund.  Upon request by
  Beneficiary following an Event of Default (as defined in
  Section 23 hereof) relating to the payment of money, or
  following and during the continuance of any other Event
  of Default, Trustor shall pay to Beneficiary an initial cash
  reserve in an amount adequate to pay all insurance
  premiums due within the next succeeding twelve calendar
  months on all policies of insurance required by this Deed
  of Trust (or such lesser amount as may then be specified
  by Beneficiary), and shall thereafter deposit with
  Beneficiary each month, commencing with the first month
  after such request by Beneficiary and continuing until all
  sums secured hereby are paid in full or Beneficiary
  notifies Trustor to cease making such deposits, an amount
  equal to one-twelfth of the aggregate annual insurance
  premiums on all policies of insurance required by this
  Deed of Trust, as reasonably estimated by Beneficiary.  In
  such event Trustor further agrees to cause all bills,
  statements or other documents relating to the foregoing
  insurance premiums to be sent or mailed directly to
  Beneficiary.  Upon receipt of such bills, statements or
  other documents evidencing that a premium for a required
  policy is then payable, and providing Trustor has
  deposited sufficient funds with Beneficiary pursuant to this
  Section, Beneficiary shall pay such amounts as may be
  due thereunder out of the funds so deposited with
  Beneficiary.  If at any time and for any reason the funds
  deposited with Beneficiary are or will be insufficient to
  pay such amounts as may be then or subsequently due,
  Beneficiary may notify Trustor and Trustor shall
  immediately deposit an amount equal to such deficiency
  with Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
  contained herein shall cause Beneficiary to be deemed a
  trustee of said funds or to be obligated to pay any amounts
  in excess of the amount of funds deposited with
  Beneficiary pursuant to this Section, nor shall anything
  contained herein modify the obligation of Trustor to
  maintain and keep in force at all times such insurance as
  is required by this Deed of Trust. Beneficiary may
  commingle said reserve with its own funds and Trustor
  shall be entitled to no interest thereon. 
  
         (g)  Replacement Cost.  Whenever
  Beneficiary requires insurance with full replacement cost
  protection, such full replacement cost shall be determined
  annually (except in the event of substantial changes,
  alterations or additions to the Improvements or in the
  event of new construction undertaken by the Trustor, in
  which event such full replacement cost shall be determined
  from time to time as required to assure full replacement
  cost coverage).  Such determination of full replacement
  cost shall be made by written agreement of the insurance
  carrier and Trustor, subject to the reasonable approval of
  Beneficiary.  If they cannot agree or the value shall not be
  approved by Beneficiary within thirty (30) days after such
  request, such full replacement cost shall be determined by
  an appraiser, architect or contractor who shall be
  reasonably acceptable to Beneficiary.  No omission on the
  part of Beneficiary to request any such determination shall
  relieve Trustor of its obligations hereunder, and any such
  determination to the contrary notwithstanding, Beneficiary
  may require Trustor to obtain additional insurance as
  provided in this Section.
  
         (h)  Separate Insurance.  Trustor shall not
  take out separate insurance concurrent in form or
  contributing in the event of loss with that required by this
  Section to be furnished by Trustor unless Beneficiary is a
  named insured therein, with loss payable as provided
  herein.  Trustor shall immediately notify Beneficiary of
  the taking out of any such separate insurance and shall
  cause the original policies in respect thereof or certificates
  therefor to be delivered to Beneficiary.
  
         (i)  
  Compliance with Insurance Requirements. Trustor shall
  observe and comply with the requirements of all policies
  of insurance required to be maintained in accordance with
  this Deed of Trust and shall cause the requirements of the
  companies writing such policies to be so performed and
  satisfied that at all times companies of good standing
  satisfactory to Beneficiary shall be willing to write and to
  continue such insurance.  Notwithstanding any approval,
  disapproval, acceptance or acquiescence by Beneficiary
  with respect to such insurance, or Beneficiary's obtaining
  or failure to obtain any insurance, Beneficiary shall incur
  no liability as to the form or legal sufficiency of insurance
  contracts, the solvency of any insurer or the payment of
  any loss, and Trustor hereby expressly assumes full
  responsibility therefor.
  
         (j)  
  Assignment of Policies upon Foreclosure.  In the event
  of foreclosure of this Deed of Trust or other transfer of
  title or assignment of any of the Property in
  extinguishment, in whole or in part, of the debt secured
  hereby, all right, title and interest of Trustor in and to all
  policies of insurance required by this Section with respect
  to such Property and any unearned premiums paid thereon
  shall, without further act, be assigned to and shall inure to
  the benefit of and pass to the successor in interest to
  Trustor or the purchaser or grantee of the Property, and
  Trustor hereby appoints Beneficiary its lawful attorney-in-
  fact to execute an assignment thereof and any other
  document necessary to effect such transfer.
  
         (k)  Waiver of Subrogation.  Trustor
  waives any and all right to claim or recover against
  Beneficiary, its directors, officers, employees, agents and
  representatives, for loss of or damage to Trustor, the
  Property, any other property of Trustor, or  any property
  of others under Trustor's control, from any cause insured
  against or required to be insured against by the provisions
  of this Deed of Trust.
  
         (l)  Requirements Supplemental.  The
  requirements of this Deed of Trust with respect to
  insurance and maintenance of the Property shall be
  supplemental to and not exclusive of the requirements of
  the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement relating
  thereto.
  
         17.  Casualties; Insurance Proceeds.
  
         (a)  Notice of Casualties.  Trustor shall
  give prompt written notice thereof to Beneficiary after the
  happening of any material casualty to or in connection
  with the Property or any part thereof, whether or not such
  casualty is covered by insurance.
  
         (b)  Payment of Proceeds.  Prior to any
  Event of Default, proceeds of insurance in an amount not
  greater than $1,000,000 payable in connection with any
  casualty affecting all or any portion of the Property shall
  be payable to Trustor.  Proceeds in any greater amount
  and, after an Event of Default, all proceeds, payable in
  connection with any casualty affecting all or any portion
  of the Property shall be payable to Beneficiary.  Trustor
  hereby authorizes and directs any affected insurance
  company to make payment of such proceeds directly to
  Beneficiary.  If Trustor receives any proceeds of insurance
  resulting from a casualty which, pursuant to this Deed of
  Trust, are to be paid to Beneficiary, Trustor shall
  promptly pay over such proceeds to Beneficiary.  Trustor
  shall not settle, adjust or compromise any claims for loss,
  damage or destruction of the Property or any part thereof
  under any policy or policies of insurance in connection
  with a loss in an amount of $1,000,000 or more without
  the prior written consent of Beneficiary to such settlement,
  adjustment or compromise; and, after an Event of Default
  hereunder, Beneficiary shall have the sole and exclusive
  right, and Trustor hereby authorizes and empowers
  Beneficiary, to settle, adjust or compromise any such
  claims.
  
         (c)  Use in Restoration.  In the event of
  any damage to or destruction of the Property, and
  provided that (i) at the time of such damage or destruction
  or thereafter, an Event of Default does not exist
  hereunder, and (ii) application of insurance proceeds to
  restoration of the Property will not, in Beneficiary's sole
  judgment, materially impair Beneficiary's security for the
  obligations secured hereby, insurance proceeds payable in
  connection with such damage or destruction shall be
  applied, first, toward reimbursement of all of
  Beneficiary's reasonable costs and expenses of recovering
  the proceeds, including reasonable attorneys' fees; then, to
  payment of all sums advanced by Beneficiary to protect
  the Property or the security of the Secured Obligations;
  then, to payment of installments of principal and interest
  then due and payable under the Notes; then, to restoration
  of the Property, upon conditions which are substantially
  similar to the disbursement provisions and conditions set
  forth in the Credit Agreement, and all other conditions
  and provisions established by Beneficiary which are
  similar to conditions and provisions then used by
  Beneficiary for disbursements of a construction loan
  (including, without limitation: delivery to Beneficiary by
  Trustor of detailed plans and specifications providing for
  restoration in accordance with all applicable Legal
  Requirements of all governmental authorities having
  jurisdiction over the Project, together with a detailed
  estimate of the cost of the work and schedule therefor and
  a construction contract satisfactory to Beneficiary, with a
  contractor satisfactory to Beneficiary, for performance of
  the work within the budgeted amount, and within the
  scheduled time for completion; proof that the insurance
  required hereby is in force; proof that an amount equal to
  the sum which Beneficiary is requested to disburse has
  theretofore been paid by Trustor, or is then due and
  payable, for materials theretofore installed or work
  theretofore performed upon the Property and properly
  includable in the cost of repair, reconstruction or
  restoration thereof; proof that, after repair or
  reconstruction, the Property will be at least as valuable as
  it was immediately before the damage or condemnation
  occurred; and proof that the insurance proceeds available
  for repair or restoration are sufficient, in Beneficiary's
  determination, to pay for the total cost of repair or recon-
  struction, including all associated development costs and
  interest projected to be payable on the Secured Obligations
  until the repair or reconstruction is complete, or Trustor
  must provide its own funds in an amount equal to the
  difference between the proceeds available for repair or
  restoration and a reasonable estimate, made by Trustor
  and found acceptable by Beneficiary, of the total cost of
  repair or reconstruction); and, upon completion of the
  work of restoration and payment of the cost thereof, any
  balance of such proceeds shall be applied to the
  indebtedness secured hereby, in such order as Beneficiary,
  in its sole discretion, shall determine; and, if any then
  remains, it shall be paid over to Trustor.
  
         (d)  Application by Beneficiary.  If (i) at
  the time of such damage or destruction or thereafter, an
  Event of Default exists hereunder, or (ii) application of
  insurance proceeds to restoration will, in Beneficiary's
  sole judgment, materially impair Beneficiary's security for
  the obligations secured hereby, Beneficiary shall have the
  option, in its sole and absolute discretion, (1) to apply all
  or any portion of such proceeds to any indebtedness or
  other obligation secured hereby and in such order as
  Beneficiary may determine, notwithstanding that said
  indebtedness or the performance of said obligation may
  not be due according to the terms thereof, or (2) to apply
  all or any portion of such proceeds to the restoration of
  the Property, subject to such conditions as Beneficiary
  shall determine, or (3) to deliver all or any portion such
  proceeds to Trustor, subject to such conditions as
  Beneficiary may determine.
  
         (e)  Duty to Restore.  Nothing in this Deed
  of Trust shall be deemed to excuse Trustor from restoring,
  repairing and maintaining the Property, as herein provided
  (other than Beneficiary's failure to apply insurance
  proceeds to the restoration of the Property as and to the
  extent required by Section 7(c) above, which failure shall
  excuse Trustor only to the extent of the insurance
  proceeds so withheld by Beneficiary), regardless of
  whether or not insurance proceeds are available for
  restoration, whether or not any such proceeds are
  sufficient in amount, or whether or not the Property can
  be restored to the same condition and character as existed
  prior to such damage or destruction.
  
         18.  Taxes and Impositions.
  
         (a)  Payment by Trustor.  Subject to the
  provisions of Section 8(d) below, Trustor shall pay, or
  cause to be paid, at least ten (10) days prior to
  delinquency, all real property taxes and assessments,
  general and special, and all other taxes and assessments of
  any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without
  limitation, non-governmental levies or assessments such as
  maintenance charges, owner association dues or charges
  or fees, levies or charges resulting from covenants,
  conditions or restrictions affecting the Property or the
  Skyways, which are assessed or imposed upon the
  Property or the Skyways, or become due and payable, and
  which create, may create or appear to create a lien upon
  the Property, or any part thereof, or the Skyways, or upon
  any personal property, equipment or other facility used in
  the operation or maintenance thereof (all of which taxes,
  assessments and charges, together with any and all other
  taxes, and charges of a similar kind or nature are
  collectively referred to hereinafter as "Impositions");
  provided, however, that if, by law, any such Imposition is
  payable, or may at the option of the taxpayer be paid, in
  installments, Trustor may pay the same or cause it to be
  paid, together with any accrued interest on the unpaid
  balance of such Imposition, in installments as the same
  become due and before any fine, penalty, interest or cost
  may be added thereto for the nonpayment of any such
  installment and interest.
  
         (b)  New Impositions.  If at any time after
  the date hereof there shall be assessed or imposed (i) a tax
  or assessment on the Property in lieu of or in addition to
  the Impositions payable by Trustor pursuant to Subsection
  (a) of this Section, or (ii) a license fee, tax or assessment
  imposed on Beneficiary and measured by or based in
  whole or in part upon the amount of the Notes or other
  obligations secured hereby, then all such taxes,
  assessments or fees shall be deemed to be included within
  the term "Impositions" as defined in Subsection (a) of this
  Section, and Trustor shall pay and discharge the same as
  herein provided with respect to the payment of
  Impositions, if Trustor is permitted by law to pay the
  same.  If Trustor is prohibited by law from paying such
  Impositions, then, at the option of Beneficiary, all
  obligations secured hereby, together with all accrued
  interest thereon, shall immediately become due and
  payable.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding,
  Trustor shall have no obligation to pay any franchise,
  estate, inheritance, income, excess profits or similar tax
  levied on Beneficiary or on the obligations secured
  hereby.
  
         (c)  Proof of Payment.  Subject to the
  provisions of Subsection (d) of this Section, Trustor shall
  deliver to Beneficiary, within seven (7) days after the date
  upon which any Imposition is due and payable by Trustor
  in accordance with this Deed of Trust, official receipts of
  the appropriate taxing authority, or other proof
  satisfactory to Beneficiary, evidencing the payment
  thereof.
  
         (d)  Contest of Assessments.  Trustor shall
  have the right before any delinquency occurs to contest or
  object to the amount or validity or amount of any such
  Imposition by appropriate legal proceedings, but this shall
  not be deemed or construed in any way as relieving,
  modifying or extending Trustor's covenant to pay any
  such Imposition at the time and in the manner provided in
  this Section unless Trustor has given prior written notice
  to Beneficiary of Trustor's intent so to contest or object to
  an Imposition, and unless, at Beneficiary's sole option,
  (i) Trustor shall demonstrate to Beneficiary's satisfaction
  that the legal proceedings shall conclusively operate to
  prevent the sale of the Property, or any part thereof, to
  satisfy such Imposition prior to final determination of such
  proceedings; or (ii) Trustor shall furnish a good and
  sufficient bond or surety as requested by and satisfactory
  to Beneficiary; or (iii) Trustor shall demonstrate to
  Beneficiary's satisfaction that Trustor has provided a good
  and sufficient undertaking as required or permitted by law
  to accomplish a stay of any such sale.
  
         (e)  Reserve Fund.  Upon request by
  Beneficiary following an Event of Default relating to the
  payment of money, or following and during the
  continuance of any other Event of Default, Trustor shall
  pay to Beneficiary an initial cash reserve in an amount
  adequate to pay all Impositions for the ensuing tax fiscal
  year (or such lesser amount as may then be specified by
  Beneficiary), and shall thereafter deposit with Beneficiary
  each month, commencing with the first month after such
  request by Beneficiary and continuing until all sums
  secured hereby are paid in full or Beneficiary gives notice
  to Trustor to cease making such deposits, an amount equal
  to one-twelfth of the sum of the annual Impositions, as
  reasonably estimated by Beneficiary.  In such event,
  Trustor further agrees to cause all bills, statements or
  other documents relating to Impositions to be sent or
  mailed directly to Beneficiary.  Upon receipt of such bills,
  statements or other documents evidencing that Impositions
  are then payable, and providing Trustor has deposited
  sufficient funds with Beneficiary pursuant to this Section,
  Beneficiary shall pay such amounts as may be due
  thereunder out of the funds so deposited with Beneficiary. 
  If at any time and for any reason the funds deposited with
  Beneficiary are or will be insufficient to pay such amounts
  as may then or subsequently be due, Beneficiary may
  notify Trustor and upon such notice Trustor shall
  immediately deposit an amount equal to such deficiency
  with Beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
  contained herein shall cause Beneficiary to be deemed a
  trustee of said funds or to be obligated to pay any amounts
  in excess of the amount of funds deposited with
  Beneficiary pursuant to this Section, nor shall anything
  contained herein modify the obligation of Trustor to pay,
  or cause to be paid, all Impositions.  Beneficiary may
  commingle said reserve with its own funds and Trustor
  shall be entitled to no interest thereon.  Beneficiary may
  impound or reserve for future payment of Impositions
  such portion of such payments as Beneficiary may in its
  absolute discretion deem proper, applying the balance
  upon any indebtedness or obligation secured hereby in
  such order as Beneficiary may determine, notwithstanding
  that said indebtedness or the performance of said
  obligation may not yet be due according to the terms
  thereof.  Should Trustor fail to deposit with Beneficiary
  (exclusive of that portion of said payments which has been
  applied by Beneficiary upon any indebtedness or
  obligation secured hereby) sums sufficient to fully pay
  such Impositions at least thirty (30) days before
  delinquency thereof, Beneficiary may, at Beneficiary's
  election, but without any obligation so to do, advance any
  amounts required to make up the deficiency, which
  advances, if any, together with interest thereon at an
  annual rate equal to the Agreed Rate, shall be secured
  hereby and shall be repayable to Beneficiary upon
  demand; or, at the option of Beneficiary, Beneficiary may,
  without making any advance whatever, apply any sums
  held by it upon any indebtedness or obligation secured
  hereby, in such order as Beneficiary may determine,
  notwithstanding that said indebtedness or the performance
  of said obligation may not yet be due according to the
  terms thereof.
  
         (f)  Joint Assessment.  Trustor shall not
  initiate, and, to the maximum extent permitted by law,
  shall not suffer or permit the joint assessment of any real
  and personal property which may constitute all or a
  portion of the Property or any other procedure whereby
  the lien of real property taxes and the lien of personal
  property taxes shall be assessed, levied or charged to the
  Property as a single lien.
  
         (g)  Tax Service.  Trustor shall cause to be
  furnished to Beneficiary a tax reporting service, covering
  the Property, of the type and duration, and with a
  company, satisfactory to Beneficiary.
  
         19.  Liens.  Trustor shall pay and promptly
  discharge, at Trustor's cost and expense, all liens, encum-
  brances and charges upon the Property, or any part
  thereof or interest therein; provided that Trustor shall have
  the right to contest in good faith the validity or amount of
  any such lien, encumbrance or charge in accordance with
  the provisions of the Credit Agreement, and provided
  further that Trustor will not be required to pay or
  discharge Permitted Encumbrances.  If Trustor shall fail
  to remove and discharge any such lien, encumbrance or
  charge when due (or, if being contested in accordance
  with the Credit Agreement, promptly upon final
  determination of such contest proceedings), then, in
  addition to any other right or remedy of Beneficiary,
  Beneficiary may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge
  the same, either by paying the amount claimed to be due,
  or by procuring the discharge of such lien, encumbrance
  or charge by depositing in a court a bond or the amount
  claimed or otherwise giving security for such claim, or by
  procuring such discharge in such manner as is or may be
  prescribed by law.  Trustor shall, immediately upon
  demand therefor by Beneficiary, pay to Beneficiary an
  amount equal to all costs and expenses incurred by Benefi-
  ciary in connection with the exercise by Beneficiary of the
  foregoing right to discharge any such lien, encumbrance
  or charge, together with interest thereon from the date of
  such expenditure at an annual rate equal to the Agreed
  Rate.
  
         20.  Easements and Leaseholds.  If a
  leasehold estate or an easement or other incorporeal right
  constitutes a portion of the Real Property, Trustor agrees
  not to amend, change or modify (other than any such
  amendment, change or modification that is beneficial to
  the Real Property, with the beneficial nature thereof to be
  determined in Beneficiary's reasonable judgment) or
  terminate such leasehold estate, easement or other right or
  interest, or any right thereto or interest therein, without
  the prior written consent of Beneficiary.  Consent to one
  amendment, change, agreement or modification shall not
  be deemed to be a waiver of the right to require consent
  to other, future or successive amendments, changes,
  agreements or modifications.  Trustor shall submit to
  Beneficiary any such request for consent in writing (which
  request shall include such information and documentation
  as appropriate to enable Beneficiary to make an informed
  decision regarding such request), and Beneficiary will
  have thirty (30) days after receipt thereof in which to
  review and respond to such request.  If Beneficiary fails to
  respond to Trustor's request within said thirty (30) day
  period, Trustor may resubmit its request in writing,
  stating that Beneficiary failed to respond to the initial
  request within said thirty (30) day period and, if
  Beneficiary thereafter fails to respond to such request
  within five (5) days, Beneficiary shall be deemed to have
  consented thereto.  Trustor agrees to perform all
  obligations and agreements with respect to said leasehold,
  easement or other right or interest and shall not take any
  action or omit to take any action which would effect or
  permit the termination thereof.  Trustor agrees to
  promptly notify Beneficiary in writing with respect to any
  default or alleged default by any party thereto and to
  deliver to Beneficiary copies of all notices, demands,
  complaints or other communications received or given by
  Trustor with respect to any such default or alleged default. 
  Beneficiary shall have the option to cure any such default
  and to perform any or all of Trustor's obligations
  thereunder or with respect thereto. All sums expended by
  Beneficiary in curing any such default shall be secured
  hereby and shall be immediately due and payable without
  demand or notice and shall bear interest from date of
  expenditure at an annual rate equal to the Agreed Rate.
  
         21.  Further Acts.  Trustor shall do and
  perform all acts necessary to keep valid and effective the
  charges and lien hereof, to carry into effect its object and
  purposes, to protect the lawful owners of the Notes and
  other obligations secured hereby; shall execute and deliver
  to Beneficiary at any time, upon request of Beneficiary,
  all other and further instruments in writing necessary to
  vest in and secure to Trustee each and every part of the
  Real Property and to Beneficiary the Rents therefrom and
  rights and interest of Beneficiary therein or with respect
  thereto; and, upon request by the Beneficiary, shall supply
  evidence of fulfillment of each of the covenants herein
  contained concerning which a request for such evidence
  has been made.
  
         22.  Assignment of Rents.  
  
         (a)  Assignment to Beneficiary; Trustor's
  Limited License to Collect Prior to Default. 
  Notwithstanding any language contained herein, or in any
  other document, to the contrary, Trustor hereby
  irrevocably and absolutely assigns and transfers to
  Beneficiary, without having to first take possession of the
  Property, all Rents, including all present and future
  Leases and other rental agreements, reserving unto
  Trustor a license to collect such Rents prior to the
  occurrence of any Event of Default.  Upon the occurrence
  of an Event of Default, such license reserved to Trustor
  shall be immediately revoked without further demand or
  notice, and any Rents, including those past due, unpaid or
  undetermined, may be collected by Beneficiary or its
  agent, and any amount so collected shall be applied, less
  costs and expenses of operation and collection, including
  reasonable attorneys' fees, to any indebtedness and/or
  obligations secured hereby, and in such order as
  Beneficiary shall determine, provided that, upon Trustor's
  cure of any Event of Default not relating to the payment
  of money, Beneficiary will reinstate Trustor's license to
  collect such Rents.  The collection of such Rents, and the
  application thereof as aforesaid, shall not cure or
  constitute a waiver of any default or notice of default
  hereunder or invalidate any act done pursuant to such
  notice.  Trustor and Beneficiary intend that this
  assignment shall be a present, absolute and unconditional
  assignment, not an assignment for additional security only,
  and shall, immediately upon the execution hereof, subject
  to the license granted above, give Beneficiary, and its
  agent, the right to collect the Rents and to apply them as
  aforesaid.  Nothing contained herein, nor any collection of
  Rents by Beneficiary, or its agent or a receiver, shall be
  construed to make Beneficiary (i) a "Mortgagee-in-
  Possession" of the Property so long as Beneficiary has not
  itself entered into actual possession of the Property; (ii)
  responsible for performing any of the obligations of the
  lessor under any Lease; (iii) responsible for any waste
  committed by lessees or any other parties, any dangerous
  or defective condition of the Property, or any negligence
  in the management, upkeep, repair or control of the
  Property; or (iv) liable in any manner for the Property or
  the use, occupancy, enjoyment or operation of all or any
  part of it (provided that this clause (iv) shall not act to
  relieve Beneficiary from liability resulting from the gross
  negligence or willful misconduct of Beneficiary).
  
         (b)  No Other Assignments.  Trustor
  hereby represents to Beneficiary that there is no
  assignment or pledge of any Leases of, or Rent from, the
  Property now in effect, and covenants that, until the Notes
  are fully paid, the Letters of Credit (as defined in the
  Credit Agreement) have expired or been canceled, and the
  other Secured Obligations are fully satisfied and the
  Commitments (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are
  terminated, Trustor will not make any such assignment or
  pledge to anyone other than Beneficiary nor will it accept
  any periodic payments which are to be made pursuant to
  such Leases or Rents more than thirty (30) days in
  advance of the date on which such payments are due.
  
         23.  Actions Affecting Property.  Trustor
  shall give Beneficiary and Trustee prompt written notice
  of the assertion of any claim with respect to, or the filing
  of any action or proceeding affecting or purporting to
  affect, the Property or Skyways, or title thereto or any
  right of possession thereof, or this Deed of Trust or the
  security hereof or the rights or powers of Beneficiary or
  Trustee hereunder.  Trustor shall appear in and contest
  any such action or proceeding at Trustor's sole expense;
  and shall pay all costs and expenses, including cost of
  evidence of title and reasonable attorneys' fees, in any
  such action or proceeding in which Beneficiary or Trustee
  may appear.
  
         24.  Eminent Domain.  If any proceeding
  or action be commenced for the taking of the Property, or
  any part thereof or interest therein, for public or quasi-
  public use under the power of eminent domain,
  condemnation or otherwise, or if the same be taken or
  damaged by reason of any public improvement or
  condemnation proceeding, or in any other manner, or
  should Trustor receive any notice or other information
  regarding such proceeding, action, taking or damage
  (including, without limitation, a proposal to purchase the
  Property or some portion thereof in lieu of condemnation),
  Trustor shall give prompt written notice thereof to
  Beneficiary.  Beneficiary shall be entitled, at its option,
  without regard to the adequacy of its security, to
  investigate and negotiate with the condemnor concerning
  the proposed taking, to commence, appear in and
  prosecute in its own name any such action or proceeding,
  and, if the amount of the Award (defined below) is an
  amount greater than $1,000,000, or if an Event of Default
  then exists hereunder, to make any compromise or
  settlement in connection with such taking or damage. 
  Trustor shall not compromise or settle any such action or
  proceeding or agree to any sale in lieu of condemnation if
  the amount of the Award is an amount greater than
  $1,000,000 without the prior written consent of
  Beneficiary.  All compensation, awards, damages, rights
  of action and proceeds awarded to Trustor by reason of
  any such taking, transfer or damage (the "Award") are
  hereby assigned to Beneficiary and Trustor agrees to
  execute such further assignments of the Award as
  Beneficiary or Trustee may require.  After deducting
  therefrom all costs and expenses (regardless of the
  particular nature thereof and whether incurred with or
  without suit), including reasonable attorneys' fees,
  incurred by it in connection with any such negotiations,
  action or proceeding (whether or not prosecuted to
  judgment), Beneficiary shall, if (i) an Event of Default
  does not then exist hereunder, and (ii) if application of the
  Award to restoration of the Property will not, in
  Beneficiary's sole judgment, materially impair
  Beneficiary's security for the obligations secured hereby,
  apply the Award to the restoration of the Property, upon
  conditions substantially similar to the disbursement
  provisions and conditions set forth in the Credit
  Agreement, and all other conditions and provisions
  established by Beneficiary which are similar to conditions
  and provisions then used by Beneficiary for disbursements
  of a construction loan (it being expressly understood and
  agreed that Beneficiary may condition disbursement of
  such proceeds for restoration upon proof that an amount
  equal to the sum which Beneficiary is requested to
  disburse has theretofore been paid by Trustor without
  reimbursement therefor, or is then due and payable, for
  materials theretofore installed or work theretofore
  performed upon the Property and properly includable in
  the cost of repair, reconstruction or restoration thereof). 
  If, at the time of receipt by Beneficiary of such proceeds,
  (i) an Event of Default then exists hereunder, or (ii)
  application of the Award to restoration will, in
  Beneficiary's sole judgment, materially impair
  Beneficiary's security for the obligations secured hereby,
  Beneficiary shall have the option, in its sole and absolute
  discretion, (1) to apply all or any portion of the Award
  upon any indebtedness or other obligation secured hereby
  and in such order as Beneficiary may determine,
  notwithstanding that said indebtedness or the performance
  of said obligation may not be due according to the terms
  thereof, or (2) to apply all or any portion of the Award to
  the restoration of the Property, subject to such conditions
  as Beneficiary may determine, or (3) to deliver all or any
  portion of the Award, after such deductions, to Trustor,
  subject to such conditions as Beneficiary may determine
  (and, if the Award is not sufficient to satisfy the Secured
  Obligations in full, Trustor shall immediately pay any re-
  maining balance, together with all accrued interest
  thereon).  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
  excuse Trustor from restoring, repairing and maintaining
  the Property, as herein provided (other than Beneficiary's
  failure to apply the Award to the restoration of the
  Property as and to the extent required by the provisions of
  this Section 14, which failure shall excuse Trustor only to
  the extent of the Award so withheld by Beneficiary),
  regardless of whether or not the Award is available for
  restoration, whether or not any such Award is sufficient in
  amount, or whether or not the Property can be restored to
  the same condition and character as existed prior to such
  damage or partial taking.  Trustor hereby specifically,
  unconditionally and irrevocably waives all rights of a
  property owner under all laws, including NRS 37.115, as
  amended or recodified from time to time, which provide
  for allocation of condemnation proceeds between a
  property owner and a lienholder.
  
         25.  Due on Sale.  Except as otherwise
  permitted in the Credit Agreement, or this Deed of Trust,
  if the Trustor shall sell or convey, or create or permit to
  exist any mortgage, pledge, security interest or other
  encumbrance on, or in any other manner alienate or
  otherwise "transfer" the Real Property hereby encumbered
  or any part thereof or any interest therein, or shall enter
  into any agreement for the same that is not expressly
  conditioned on Beneficiary's approval, or shall be divested
  of its title in any manner or way, whether voluntary or
  involuntary or by merger, without the written consent of
  Beneficiary being first had and obtained, any indebtedness
  or obligation secured hereby, irrespective of the maturity
  dates expressed in the Notes or any other notes,
  instruments or documents evidencing the same, at the
  option of Beneficiary, and without demand or notice, shall
  immediately become due and payable.  Consent to one
  such transaction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the
  right to require consent to future or successive
  transactions.  Beneficiary may grant or deny such consent
  in its sole discretion and, if consent should be given, any
  such transfer shall be subject to this Deed of Trust, and
  any such transferee shall assume all obligations hereunder
  and agree to be bound by all provisions contained herein. 
  Such assumption shall not, however, release Trustor or
  any maker or guarantor of any Secured Obligation from
  any liability with respect thereto without the prior written
  consent of Beneficiary.  As used herein, "transfer"
  includes the direct or indirect sale, agreement to sell,
  transfer, conveyance, pledge, collateral assignment or
  hypothecation of the Real Property, or any portion thereof
  or interest therein, whether voluntary, involuntary, by
  operation of law or otherwise, the execution of any
  installment land sale contract or similar instrument
  affecting all or a portion of the Real Property, or the lease
  of all or substantially all of the Real Property.  The term
  "transfer" shall also include the direct or indirect
  transfer, assignment, hypothecation or conveyance of legal
  or beneficial ownership of (i) any partnership interest in
  Trustor, (ii) any partnership or other interest in any
  general partner in Trustor, or in any partner or member in
  or other constituent of any general partner of Trustor, that
  is a partnership or limited liability company or similar
  entity, or (iii) any stock in any general partner in Trustor,
  or in any constituent of any general partner or Trustor,
  that is a corporation.
  
         26.  Partial or Late Payments.  By
  accepting payment of any indebtedness secured hereby
  after its due date, Beneficiary does not waive its right
  either to require prompt payment, when due, of all other
  indebtedness so secured or to declare default, as herein
  provided, for failure to so pay.
  
         27.  Reconveyance By Trustee.  Upon
  receipt of written request from Beneficiary reciting that all
  sums secured hereby have been paid, and the Letters of
  Credit have expired or been canceled and the
  Commitments have terminated, and upon surrender of this
  Deed of Trust and the Notes secured hereby to Trustee for
  cancellation and retention, or such other disposition as
  Trustee, in its sole discretion, may choose, and upon
  payment of its fees, the Trustee shall reconvey, without
  warranty or recourse, the Property then held hereunder. 
  The recitals in such reconveyance of any matters of fact
  shall be conclusive proof of the truth thereof.  The grantee
  in such reconveyance may be described in general terms
  as "the person or persons legally entitled thereto".
  
         28.  Right of Beneficiary and Trustee to
  Appear.  If, during the existence of the trust created
  hereby, there be commenced or pending any suit or action
  materially and adversely affecting the Property, or any
  part thereof, or the title thereto, or if any adverse claim
  for or against the Property, or any part thereof, be made
  or asserted, the Trustee or Beneficiary may appear or
  intervene in the suit or action and retain counsel therein
  and, unless such suit or action is being diligently contested
  in good faith by Trustor and Trustor shall have established
  and maintained adequate reserves with Beneficiary for the
  full payment and satisfaction of such suit or action if
  determined adversely to Trustor, may defend same, or
  otherwise take such action therein as the Trustee or
  Beneficiary may be advised and may pay and expend such
  sums of money as the Trustee or Beneficiary may deem to
  be necessary and Trustor shall pay all reasonable costs and
  expenses of Trustee and Beneficiary incurred in
  connection therewith.  
  
         29.  Performance by Trustee or
  Beneficiary.  If Trustor fails to make any payment or
  perform any act as and in the manner provided in any of
  the Loan Documents, then the Trustee or Beneficiary, at
  the election of either of them and without any obligation
  to do so, after the giving of reasonable notice to the
  Trustor, or any successor in interest of the Trustor, or any
  of them and without releasing Trustor from any obligation
  hereunder, may make such payment or perform such act
  and incur any liability, or expend whatever amounts, in its
  absolute discretion, it may deem necessary therefor.  In
  connection therewith (without limiting their general and
  other powers, whether conferred herein, in another Loan
  Document or by law), Beneficiary and Trustee, and each
  of them, shall have and are hereby given the right, but not
  the obligation, (i) to enter upon and take possession of the
  Property; (ii) to make additions, alterations, repairs and
  improvements to the Property which they or either of
  them may consider necessary or proper to keep the
  Property in good condition and repair; (iii) to appear and
  participate in any action or proceeding affecting or which
  may affect the security hereof or the rights or powers of
  Beneficiary or Trustee; (iv) to pay, purchase, contest or
  compromise any encumbrance, claim, charge, lien or debt
  which in the judgment of either may affect or appears to
  affect the security of this Deed of Trust or to be prior or
  superior hereto; and (v) in exercising such powers, to pay
  necessary expenses, including employment of counsel and
  other necessary or desirable consultants.  All sums
  incurred or expended by the Trustee or Beneficiary, under
  the terms hereof (including, without limiting the generality
  of the foregoing, costs of evidence of title, court costs,
  appraisals, surveys, and receiver's, Trustee's and
  reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and expenses (including,
  without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of
  attorneys for Trustee), whether or not an action is actually
  commenced in connection therewith), shall become due
  and payable by the Trustor to the Trustee or Beneficiary,
  as the case may be, on the next interest or installment
  payment date under the Notes secured hereby and shall
  bear interest until paid at an annual percentage rate equal
  to the Agreed Rate.  In no event shall payment by Trustee
  or Beneficiary be construed as a waiver of the default
  occasioned by Trustor's failure to make such payment or
  payments.
  
         30.  Inspections.  Beneficiary, or its agents,
  representatives or workers, are authorized to enter at any
  reasonable time upon or in any part of the Property for
  the purpose of inspecting the same and for the purpose of
  performing any of the acts it is authorized to perform
  hereunder or under the terms of any of the Loan
  Documents.
  
         31.  Invalidity of Lien.  If the lien of this
  Deed of Trust is invalid or unenforceable as to any part of
  the "Obligations" or the "Indebtedness" (as those
  capitalized terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) of
  Trustor under the Loan Documents, or if the lien is
  invalid or unenforceable as to any part of the Property,
  the unsecured or partially secured portion of such
  Obligations and Indebtedness shall be completely paid
  prior to the payment of the remaining and secured or
  partially secured portion of such Obligations and
  Indebtedness, and all payments made on such Obligations
  and Indebtedness, whether voluntary or under foreclosure
  or other enforcement action or procedure, shall be
  considered to have been first paid on and applied to the
  full payment of that portion of such Obligations and
  Indebtedness which is not secured or is not fully secured
  by the lien of this Deed of Trust.
  
         32.  Subrogation.  To the extent that
  proceeds of the Notes or other sums advanced by
  Beneficiary are used to pay any outstanding lien, charge
  or prior encumbrance against the Property, such proceeds
  shall be deemed to have been advanced by Beneficiary at
  Trustor's request and Beneficiary shall be subrogated to
  any and all rights and liens held by any owner or holder
  of such outstanding liens, charges and prior
  encumbrances, regardless of whether said liens, charges or
  encumbrances are released.
  
         33.  Events of Default.  Trustor will be in
  default under this Deed of Trust upon the occurrence of
  any one or more of the following events (some or all
  collectively, "Events of Default"; any one singly, an
  "Event of Default"):
  
         (a)  Failure to Pay.  Any amount due
  under any of the Notes, the Credit Agreement, this Deed
  of Trust or any other Loan Document, or any other
  amount the payment of which is secured hereby, is not
  paid when due; or 
  
         (b)  Other Breaches Hereof.  A breach by
  Trustor of any representation, warranty or covenant in this
  Deed of Trust which is not cured within fifteen (15) days
  after receipt by Trustor of notice of such breach; or
  
         (c)  Future Advances.  Trustor or any
  other "borrower" (as that term is defined in NRS 106.310,
  as amended or recodified from time to time) who may
  send a notice pursuant to NRS 106.380(1), as amended or
  recodified from time to time with respect to this Deed of
  Trust, (i) delivers, sends by mail or otherwise gives, or
  purports to deliver, send by mail or otherwise give, to
  Beneficiary, (A) any notice of an election to terminate the
  operation of this Deed of Trust as security for any
  Secured Obligation, including any obligation to repay any
  "future advance" (as defined in NRS 106.320, as amended
  or recodified from time to time) of "principal" (as defined
  in NRS 106.345, as amended or recodified from time to
  time), or (B) any other notice pursuant to NRS
  106.380(1), as amended or recodified from time to time,
  (ii) records a statement pursuant to NRS 106.380(3), as
  amended or recodified from time to time, or (iii) causes
  this Deed of Trust, any Secured Obligation, or Beneficiary
  to be subject to NRS 106.380(2), 106.380(3) or 106.400,
  each as amended or recodified from time to time; or
  
         (d)  Defaults Under Other Loan
  Documents.  The occurrence under any of the Loan
  Documents of an "Event of Default" (as defined therein).
  
         34.  Remedies.  At any time after an Event
  of Default, Beneficiary and Trustee will be entitled to
  invoke any and all of the following rights and remedies,
  all of which will be cumulative, and the exercise of any
  one or more of which shall not constitute an election of
  remedies:
  
         (a)  Acceleration.  Beneficiary may declare
  any or all of the Secured Obligations to be due and
  payable immediately, without presentment, demand,
  protest or notice of any kind.
  
         (b)  Receiver.  Beneficiary may apply to
  any court of competent jurisdiction for, and obtain
  appointment of, a receiver for the Property or any part
  thereof, without notice to Trustor or anyone claiming
  under Trustor, and without regard to the then value of the
  Property or the adequacy of any security for the Secured
  Obligations, and Trustor hereby irrevocably consents to
  such appointment and waives notice of any application
  therefor.  Any such receiver or receivers shall have all the
  usual powers and duties of receivers in like or similar
  cases and all the powers and duties of Beneficiary in case
  of entry as provided herein and in the Credit Agreement
  and shall continue as such and exercise all such powers
  until the later of (i) the date of confirmation of sale of all
  of the Property; (ii) the disbursement of all proceeds of
  the Property collected by such receiver and the payment of
  all expenses incurred in connection therewith; or (iii) the
  termination of such receivership with the consent of
  Beneficiary or pursuant to an order of a court of
  competent jurisdiction.  Beneficiary may also request, in
  connection with any foreclosure proceeding hereunder,
  that the Nevada Gaming Commission petition a District
  Court of the State of Nevada for the appointment of a
  supervisor to conduct the normal gaming activities on the
  Property following such foreclosure proceeding.
  
         (c)  Entry.  Beneficiary, in person, by
  agent or by court-appointed receiver, may enter, take
  possession of, manage and operate all or any part of the
  Property, subject to applicable Gaming Laws, and may
  also do any and all other things in connection with those
  actions that Beneficiary may, in its sole discretion,
  consider necessary and appropriate to protect the security
  of this Deed of Trust.  Such other things may include,
  among other things, any of the following: taking and
  possessing all of Trustor's or the then owner's books and
  records; entering into, enforcing, modifying, or canceling
  Leases on such terms and conditions as Beneficiary may
  consider proper; obtaining and evicting tenants; fixing or
  modifying Rents; collecting and receiving any payment of
  money owing to Trustor; completing construction; and
  contracting for and making repairs and alterations.  If
  Beneficiary so requests, Trustor shall assemble all of the
  Property that has been removed from the Real Property in
  violation of the Loan Documents and make all of it
  available to Beneficiary at the site of the Real Property. 
  Trustor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
  Beneficiary as Trustor's attorney-in-fact to perform such
  acts and execute such documents as Beneficiary in its sole
  discretion may consider to be appropriate in connection
  with taking these measures, including endorsement of
  Trustor's name on any instruments.  Regardless of any
  provision of this Deed of Trust or the Credit Agreement,
  Beneficiary shall not be considered to have accepted any
  property other than cash or immediately available funds in
  satisfaction of any obligation of Trustor to Beneficiary,
  unless Beneficiary has given express written notice of
  Beneficiary's election of that remedy in accordance with
  the Nevada Uniform Commercial Code, as it may be
  amended or recodified from time to time.
  
         (d)  Cure; Protection of Security.  Either
  Beneficiary or Trustee may cure any breach or default of
  Trustor, and if it chooses to do so in connection with any
  such cure, Beneficiary or Trustee may also enter the
  Property and, whether or not Beneficiary or Trustee enter
  the Property, do any and all other things which it, in its
  sole discretion, may consider necessary and appropriate to
  protect the security of this Deed of Trust, including,
  without limitation, the right to complete the
  Improvements.  Such other things may include: appearing
  in and/or defending any action or proceeding which
  purports to affect the security of, or the rights or powers
  of Beneficiary or Trustee under, this Deed of Trust;
  paying, purchasing, contesting or compromising any
  encumbrance, charge, lien or claim of lien which in
  Beneficiary's or Trustee's sole judgment is or may be
  senior in priority to this Deed of Trust, such judgment of
  Beneficiary or Trustee to be conclusive as among the
  parties to this Deed of Trust; obtaining insurance and/or
  paying any premiums or charges for insurance required to
  be carried under this Deed of Trust; otherwise caring for
  and protecting any and all of the Property; and employing
  counsel, accountants, contractors and other appropriate
  persons to assist Beneficiary or Trustee.  Beneficiary and
  Trustee may take any of the actions permitted under this
  Subsection either with or without giving notice to any
  person.
  
         (e)  Uniform Commercial Code Remedies.
  With respect to Personal Property, Beneficiary may
  exercise any or all of the remedies granted to a secured
  party under NRS Article 104.9101 et seq. (the Nevada
  enactment of the Uniform Commercial Code), together
  with any and all other rights and remedies provided in the
  Security Agreement.
  
         (f)  Judicial Action.  Beneficiary may
  bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to
  foreclose this Deed of Trust or to obtain specific
  enforcement of any of the covenants or agreements of this
  Deed of Trust or for any other remedy provided herein, in
  the Credit Agreement, in any Loan Document or
  otherwise provided by law or in equity.
  
         (g)  Power of Sale.  Under the power of
  sale herein granted, Beneficiary shall have the
  discretionary right to cause some or all of the Property,
  including any Property which constitutes personal
  property, to be sold or otherwise disposed of in any
  combination and in any manner permitted by applicable
  law.
  
              (i)  Sales of Personal Property.
  
                   (A)  For purposes of the power
           of sale herein granted, Beneficiary may elect
           to treat as personal property any Property
           which is intangible or which can be severed
           from the Land or Improvements without
           causing structural damage. If Beneficiary
           chooses to do so, Beneficiary may dispose of
           any personal property separately from the sale
           of real property, in any manner permitted by
           or under the NRS, including any public or
           private sale, or in any manner permitted by
           any other applicable law.
  
                   (B)  The following provision
           shall apply in the absence of any specific
           statutory requirement which permits or
           requires a different notice period:  In
           connection with any sale or other disposition
           of such Property, Trustor agrees that the
           following procedures constitute a
           commercially reasonable sale: Beneficiary
           shall mail written notice of the sale to Trustor
           not later than ten (10) days prior to such sale. 
           Upon receipt of any written request,
           Beneficiary will, to the extent reasonably
           practicable, make the Property available to
           any bona fide prospective purchaser for
           inspection during reasonable business hours
           prior to the sale.  Notwithstanding any
           provision to the contrary, Beneficiary shall be
           under no obligation to consummate a sale if,
           in its judgment, none of the offers received by
           it equals the fair value of the Property offered
           for sale.  The foregoing procedures do not
           constitute the only procedures that may be
           commercially reasonable.
  
              (ii) Trustee's Sales of Real
           Property or Mixed Collateral.
  
                   (A)  Beneficiary may choose to
           dispose of some or all of the Property which
           consists solely of real property in any manner
           then permitted by applicable law.  In its
           discretion, Beneficiary may also or
           alternatively choose to dispose of some or all
           of the Property, in any combination consisting
           of both real and personal property, together in
           one sale to be held in accordance with the law
           and procedures applicable to real property.  
           Trustor agrees that any sale of personal
           property together with real property
           constitutes a commercially reasonable sale of
           the personal property.  For purposes of this
           power of sale, either a sale of real property
           alone, or a sale of both real and personal
           property together in accordance with law, will
           sometimes be referred to as a "Trustee's
           Sale."
  
                   (B)  Before any Trustee's Sale,
           Beneficiary or Trustee shall give and record
           such notice of default and election to sell as
           may then be required by law.  When all time
           periods then legally mandated have expired,
           and after such notice of sale as may then be
           legally required has been given, Trustee shall
           sell the property being sold at a public auction
           to be held at the time and place specified in
           the notice of sale.  Neither Trustee nor
           Beneficiary shall have any obligation to make
           demand on Trustor before any Trustee's Sale. 
           From time to time, in accordance with then
           applicable law, Trustee may, and in any event
           at Beneficiary's request shall, postpone any
           Trustee's sale by public announcement at the
           time and place noticed for that sale, or may,
           in its discretion, give a new notice of sale.
  
                   (C)  At any Trustee's Sale,
           Trustee shall sell to the highest bidder at
           public auction for cash in lawful money of the
           United States.  Trustee shall execute and
           deliver to the purchaser(s) a deed or deeds
           conveying the property being sold without any
           covenant or warranty whatsoever, express or
           implied.  The recitals in any such deed of any
           matters or facts, including any facts bearing
           upon the regularity or validity of any
           Trustee's Sale, shall be conclusive proof of
           their truthfulness.  Any such deed shall be
           conclusive against all persons as to the facts
           recited in it.
  
         (h)  Single or Multiple Foreclosure Sales. 
  If the Property at the time of sale or other disposition
  consists of more than one lot, parcel or item of property,
  Beneficiary may:
  
              (i)  Designate the order in which the
           lots, parcels or items shall be sold or disposed
           of or offered for sale or disposition; and
  
              (ii) Elect to dispose of the lots,
           parcels or items through a single consolidated
           sale or disposition to be held or made under
           the power of sale herein granted, or in
           connection with judicial proceedings, or by
           virtue of a judgment and decree of foreclosure
           and sale; or through two or more such sales
           or dispositions; or in any other manner that
           Beneficiary may deem to be in its best
           interests (any such sale or disposition, a
           "Foreclosure Sale;" any two or more,
           "Foreclosure Sales").
  
  If Beneficiary chooses to have more than one Foreclosure
  Sale, Beneficiary at its option may cause the Foreclosure
  Sales to be held simultaneously or successively, on the
  same day, or on such different days and at such different
  times and in such order as Beneficiary may deem to be in
  its best interests.  No Foreclosure Sale shall terminate or
  affect the liens of this Deed of Trust on any part of the
  Property which has not been sold, until all of the Secured
  Obligations have been paid in full.
  
         35.  Costs of Enforcement.  If an
  installment of principal or interest on the Notes is not paid
  when due or if any other Event of Default occurs,
  Beneficiary and Trustee, and each of them, may employ
  an attorney or attorneys to protect their rights hereunder. 
  Trustor promises to pay to Beneficiary, on demand, the
  reasonable fees and expenses of such attorneys and all
  other costs of enforcing the obligations secured hereby,
  including but not limited to, recording fees, the expense of
  a Trustee's Sale Guarantee, Trustee's fees and expenses,
  receivers' fees and expenses, and all other expenses, of
  whatever kind or nature, incurred by Beneficiary and
  Trustee, and each of them, in connection with the
  enforcement of the obligations secured hereby, whether or
  not such enforcement includes the filing of a lawsuit. 
  Until paid, such sums shall be secured hereby and shall
  bear interest, from date of expenditure, at an annual rate
  equal to the Agreed Rate. 
  
         36.  Remedies Cumulative and Not
  Exclusive.  Trustee and Beneficiary, and each of them,
  shall be entitled to enforce payment and performance of
  any indebtedness or obligations secured hereby and to
  exercise all rights and powers under this Deed of Trust or
  under any Loan Document or other agreement or any laws
  now or hereafter in force, notwithstanding some or all of
  the said indebtedness and obligations secured hereby may
  now or hereafter be otherwise secured, whether by
  mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, assignment or
  otherwise.  Neither the acceptance of this Deed of Trust
  nor its enforcement whether by court action or pursuant to
  the power of sale or other powers herein contained, shall
  prejudice or in any manner affect Trustee's or
  Beneficiary's right to realize upon or enforce any other
  security now or hereafter held by Trustee or Beneficiary,
  it being agreed that Trustee and Beneficiary, and each of
  them, shall be entitled to enforce this Deed of Trust and
  any other security now or hereafter held by Beneficiary or
  Trustee in such order and manner as they or either of
  them may in their absolute discretion determine.  No
  remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Trustee or
  Beneficiary is intended to be exclusive of any other
  remedy herein or by law provided or permitted, but each
  shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other
  remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at
  law or in equity or by statute.  Every power or remedy
  given by any of the Loan Documents to Trustee or
  Beneficiary or to which either of them may be otherwise
  entitled, may be exercised, concurrently or independently,
  from time to time and as often as may be deemed
  expedient by Trustee or Beneficiary and either of them
  may pursue inconsistent remedies.
  
         37.  Credit Bids.  At any Foreclosure Sale,
  any person, including Trustor, Trustee or Beneficiary,
  may bid for and acquire the Property or any part thereof
  to the extent permitted by then applicable law.  Instead of
  paying cash for such property, Beneficiary may settle
  therefor by crediting such portion of the following
  obligations against the sales price of the property as is
  necessary to equal such price:
  
         (a)  First, the portion of the Secured
  Obligations attributable to the expenses of sale, costs of
  any action and any other sums for which Trustor is
  obligated to pay or reimburse Beneficiary or Trustee
  hereunder or under any other Loan Document; and
  
         (b)  Second, any of the other Secured
  Obligations, in any order and proportion as Beneficiary, in
  its sole discretion, may elect.
  
         38.  Application of Foreclosure Sale
  Proceeds. Beneficiary and Trustee shall apply the
  proceeds of any Foreclosure Sale in the following manner:
  
         (a)  First, to pay the portion of the Secured
  Obligations attributable to the expenses of sale, costs of
  any action and any other sums for which Trustor is
  obligated to reimburse Beneficiary or Trustee hereunder or
  under any other Loan Document;
  
         (b)  Second, to pay the portion of the
  Secured Obligations attributable to any sums expended or
  advanced by Beneficiary or Trustee under the terms of this
  Deed of Trust which then remain unpaid;
  
         (c)  Third, to pay any and all other Secured
  Obligations, in any order and proportion as Beneficiary, in
  its sole discretion, may elect; and
  
         (d)  Fourth, the remainder, if any, shall be
  remitted to the person or persons entitled to it.
  
         39.  Application of Rents and Other
  Sums. Beneficiary shall apply any and all Rents collected
  by it, and any and all sums, other than proceeds of a
  Foreclosure Sale, which Beneficiary may receive or
  collect, in the following manner:
  
         (a)  First, to pay the portion of the Secured
  Obligations attributable to the costs and expenses of
  operation and collection that may be incurred by Trustee,
  Beneficiary or any receiver;
  
         (b)  Second, to pay any and all other
  Secured Obligations in any order and proportion as
  Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, may elect; and
  
         (c)  Third, the remainder, if any, shall be
  remitted to the person or persons entitled to it. 
  
  Beneficiary shall have no liability for any funds which it
  does not actually receive.
  
         40.  Incorporation of Certain Nevada
  Covenants.  The following covenants, Nos. 1, 3, 4 (at the
  Agreed Rate), 6, 7 (reasonable percentage), 8 and 9 of
  NRS 107.030, where not in conflict with the provisions of
  the Loan Documents, are hereby adopted and made a part
  of this Deed of Trust.  Upon any Event of Default by
  Trustor hereunder, Beneficiary may (a) declare all sums
  secured immediately due and payable without demand or
  notice or (b) have a receiver appointed as a matter of right
  without regard to the sufficiency of said property or any
  other security or guaranty and without any showing as
  required by NRS 107.100.  All remedies provided in this
  Deed of Trust are distinct and cumulative to any other
  right or remedy under this Deed of Trust or afforded by
  law or equity and may be exercised concurrently,
  independently or successively.  The sale of said property
  conducted pursuant to Covenants Nos. 6, 7 and 8 of NRS
  107.030 may be conducted either as to the whole of said
  property or in separate parcels and in such order as
  Trustee may determine.
  
         41.  Substitution of Trustee.  Beneficiary
  or assigns may, from time to time, by a written instrument
  executed and acknowledged by Beneficiary, recorded in
  the county in which the Real Property is located and
  otherwise complying with applicable law, appoint a
  successor trustee or trustees to any Trustee named herein
  or acting hereunder, to execute the trust created by the
  Deed of Trust or other conveyance in trust.  Upon the
  recording of such instrument, the new trustee or trustees
  shall, without conveyance from the predecessor trustee, be
  vested with all the title, estate, interest, rights, powers,
  duties and trusts in the premises vested in or conferred
  upon the predecessor trustee.  If there be more than one
  trustee, either may act alone and execute the trusts upon
  the request of the Beneficiary, and all his acts thereunder
  shall be deemed to be the acts of all trustees, and the
  recital in any conveyance executed by such sole trustee of
  such request shall be conclusive evidence thereof, and of
  the authority of such sole trustee to act.
  
         42.  Binding Nature.  This Deed of Trust
  applies to, inures to the benefit of and binds Trustor and
  the heirs, legatees, devisees, administrators, personal
  representatives, executors and the successors and assigns
  thereof, Trustee and Beneficiary.  As used herein, the
  term "Beneficiary" shall include the owners and holders of
  the Notes and other Secured Obligations from time to
  time, whether or not named as Beneficiary herein (it being
  expressly agreed, however, that Beneficiary may act
  through an agent; that only the signature of such agent is
  required on any amendment hereof or any consent,
  approval or other action hereunder; and that Wells Fargo
  Bank, N.A., is the initial such agent hereunder); the term
  "Trustee" shall mean the trustee appointed hereunder from
  time to time, whether or not notice of such appointment is
  given; and the term "Trustor" shall mean the Trustor
  named herein and the successors-in-interest, if any, of said
  named Trustor, in and to the Property or any part thereof. 
  If there be more than one Trustor hereunder, their
  obligations hereunder shall be joint and several.  It is
  expressly agreed that the Trust created hereby is
  irrevocable by Trustor.
  
         43.  Acceptance of Trust; Resignation by
  Trustee.  Trustee accepts this trust when this Deed of
  Trust, duly executed and acknowledged, is made a public
  record as provided by law, reserving, however, unto the
  Trustee, the right to resign from the duties and obligations
  imposed herein whenever Trustee, in its sole discretion,
  deems such resignation to be in the best interest of the
  Trustee.  Written notice of such resignation shall be given
  to Trustor and Beneficiary.
  
         44.  Full Performance Required; Survival
  of Warranties.  All representations, warranties and
  covenants of Trustor contained in any loan application or
  made to Beneficiary in connection with the loan secured
  hereby or contained in any of the Loan Documents or
  incorporated by reference therein, shall survive the
  execution and delivery of this Deed of Trust and shall re-
  main continuing obligations, warranties and
  representations of Trustor so long as any portion of the
  obligations secured by this Deed of Trust remains
  outstanding.
  
         45.  Waiver of Certain Rights By Trustor. 
  Trustor waives, to the extent permitted by law, (i) the
  benefit of all laws now existing or that may hereafter be
  enacted providing for any appraisement before sale of any
  portion of the Property, (ii) all rights of redemption,
  valuation, appraisement, stay of execution, notice of
  election to mature or declare due the whole of the secured
  indebtedness and marshaling in the event of foreclosure of
  the liens hereby created, and (iii) all rights and remedies
  which Trustor may have or be able to assert by reason of
  the laws of the State of Nevada pertaining to the rights
  and remedies of sureties.  Without limiting the generality
  of the foregoing, Trustor waives, to the extent permitted
  by law, all rights (including any rights provided by NRS
  100.040 and 100.050) to direct the order in which any of
  the Property shall be sold in the event of any sale or sales
  pursuant hereto and to have any of the Property or any
  other property now or hereafter constituting security for
  the indebtedness secured hereby marshaled upon any
  foreclosure of this Deed of Trust or of any other security
  for any of such indebtedness.
  
         46.  Construction.  The language in all
  parts of this Deed of Trust shall be in all cases construed
  simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or
  against any of the parties hereto.  Headings at the
  beginning of Sections, Subsections, paragraphs and
  subparagraphs of this Deed of Trust are solely for the
  convenience of the parties, are not a part hereof and shall
  not be used in construing this Deed of Trust.  The
  preamble, any recitals and all exhibits and schedules to
  this Deed of Trust are part of this Deed of Trust and are
  incorporated herein by this reference.  When required by
  the context:  whenever the singular number is used in this
  Deed of Trust, the same shall include the plural, and the
  plural shall include the singular; and the masculine gender
  shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice
  versa.  Unless otherwise required by the context (or
  otherwise provided herein): the words "herein", "hereof"
  and "hereunder" and similar words shall refer to this
  Deed of Trust generally and not merely to the provision in
  which such term is used; the word "person" shall include
  individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
  company, business trust, joint stock company, trust,
  unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental
  authority and other entity of whatever nature;  the words
  "including", "include" or "includes" shall be interpreted
  in a non-exclusive manner as though the words "but [is]
  not limited to" or "but without limiting the generality of
  the foregoing" or "without limitation" immediately
  followed the same; the word "month" shall mean calendar
  month; and the term "business day" shall mean any day
  other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday under the
  laws of the State of Nevada.  If the day on which
  performance of any act or the occurrence of any event
  hereunder is due is not a business day, the time when such
  performance or occurrence shall be due shall be the first
  business day occurring after the day on which
  performance or occurrence would otherwise be due
  hereunder.  All times provided in this Deed of Trust for
  the performance of any act will be strictly construed, time
  being of the essence hereof.
  
         47.  Priority.  This Deed of Trust is
  intended to have, and retain, priority over all other liens
  and encumbrances upon the Real Property, excepting
  only: (i) such Impositions as, at the date hereof, have, or,
  by law, gain, priority over the lien created hereby; (ii)
  covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, rights of
  way and Leases which are of record or are disclosed of
  record and which, on the date hereof, affect the Real
  Property and are superior in right to or have priority over
  this Deed of Trust and (iii) Leases, liens, encumbrances
  and other matters as to which Beneficiary hereafter
  expressly subordinates the lien of this Deed of Trust by
  written instrument in recordable form.  Under no
  circumstances shall Beneficiary be obligated or required to
  subordinate the lien hereof to any lien, encumbrance,
  covenant or other matter affecting the Real Property or
  any portion thereof.  Beneficiary may, however, at
  Beneficiary's option, exercisable in its sole and absolute
  discretion, subordinate the lien of this Deed of Trust, in
  whole or in part, to any or all Leases, liens,
  encumbrances or other matters affecting all or any portion
  of the Real Property, by executing and recording, in the
  Office of the County Recorder of the county or counties in
  which the Real Property is located, a unilateral declaration
  of such subordination specifying the Lease, lien,
  encumbrance or other matter or matters to which this
  Deed of Trust shall thereafter be subordinate. 
  
         48.  Amendments.  This Deed of Trust
  cannot be waived, changed, discharged or terminated
  orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the
  party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change,
  discharge or termination is sought.
  
         49.  Financing Statement.  Portions of the
  Personal Property (and portions of the Real Property) are
  goods which are or are to become fixtures on or relating
  to the Real Property.  This Deed of Trust constitutes a
  financing statement filed as a fixture filing, under NRS
  104.9402(6) of the Nevada Uniform Commercial Code, in
  the Official Records of the County Recorder of the County
  in which the Real Property is located with respect to any
  and all fixtures included within the term "Property" as
  used herein and with respect to any goods or other
  Personal Property that may now be or hereafter become
  such fixtures.  The address of Beneficiary, the secured
  party, from which information concerning the security
  interest granted hereunder may be obtained, is set forth in
  Section 48, below, and the address of Trustor, the debtor,
  is set forth in Section 48, below.
  
         50.  Attorney-in-Fact.  Trustor hereby
  appoints Beneficiary the attorney-in-fact of Trustor to
  prepare, sign, file and record one or more financing
  statements; any documents of title or registration, or like
  papers, and to take any other action deemed necessary,
  useful or desirable by Beneficiary to perfect and preserve
  Beneficiary's security interest against the rights or
  interests of third persons.
  
         51.  Releases, Extensions, Modifications
                and Additional Security.
  
         (a)  From time to time, Beneficiary may
  perform any of the following acts without incurring any
  liability or giving notice to any person, and without
  affecting the personal liability of any person for the
  payment of the Secured Obligations (except as provided
  below), and without affecting the security hereof for the
  full amount of the Secured Obligations on all Property
  remaining subject hereto, and without the necessity that
  any sum representing the value of any portion of the
  Property affected by the Beneficiary's action be credited
  on the Secured Obligations:
  
                (i)     Release any person liable for
      payment of any Secured Obligation;
  
                (ii)    Extend the time for payment, or
      otherwise alter the terms of payment, of any
      Secured Obligation;
  
                (iii)   Accept additional real or
      personal property of any kind as security for any
      Secured Obligation, whether evidenced by deeds of
      trust, mortgages, security agreements or any other
      instruments of security; or
  
                (iv)    Alter, substitute or release any
      property securing the Secured Obligations.
  
         (b)  From time to time when requested to
  do so by Beneficiary in writing, Trustee may perform any
  of the following acts without incurring any liability or
  giving notice to any person:
  
                (i)     Consent in writing to the making
      of any plat or map of the Property or any part of
      it;
  
                (ii)    Join in granting any easement or
      creating any restriction affecting the Property;
  
                (iii)   Join in any subordination or
      other agreement affecting this Deed of Trust or the
      lien of it or other agreement or instrument relating
      hereto or to the Property or any portion thereof; or
  
                (iv)    Reconvey the Property or any
      part of it without any warranty.
  
         52.  Exculpation and Indemnification.
  
         (a)  Beneficiary shall not be directly or
  indirectly liable to Trustor or any other person as a
  consequence of any of the following:
  
                (i)     Beneficiary's exercise of or
      failure to exercise any rights, remedies or powers
      granted to Beneficiary in this Deed of Trust;
  
                (ii)    Beneficiary's failure or refusal to
      perform or discharge any obligation or liability of
      Trustor under any agreement related to the
      Property or under this Deed of Trust; or
  
                (iii)   Any loss sustained by Trustor or
      any third party resulting from Beneficiary's failure
      to lease the Property, or from any other act or
      omission of Beneficiary in managing the Property,
      after an Event of Default, unless the loss is caused
      by the willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad
      faith of Beneficiary.
  
  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Trustor hereby
  expressly waives and releases all liability of the types
  described above, and agrees that no such liability shall be
  asserted against or imposed upon Beneficiary.
  
         (b)  Except for losses caused by the willful
  misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith of Trustee or
  Beneficiary, Trustor agrees to indemnify Trustee and
  Beneficiary against and hold them harmless from all
  losses, damages, liabilities, claims, causes of action,
  judgments, court costs, reasonable attorneys' fees and
  other reasonable legal expenses, cost of evidence of title,
  cost of evidence of value, and other reasonable costs and
  expenses which either may suffer or incur:
  
                (i)     In performing any act required
      or permitted by this Deed of Trust or any of the
      other Loan Documents or by law;
  
                (ii)    Because of any failure of Trustor
      to perform any of Trustor's obligations; or
  
                (iii)   Because of any alleged obligation
      of or undertaking by Beneficiary to perform or
      discharge any of the representations, warranties,
      conditions, covenants or other obligations in any
      document relating to the Property other than the
      Loan Documents.
  
  This agreement by Trustor to indemnify Trustee and
  Beneficiary shall survive the release and cancellation of
  any or all of the Secured Obligations and the full or
  partial release and/or reconveyance of this Deed of Trust.
  
         (c)  Trustor shall pay all amounts arising
  under the indemnity obligations of this Deed of Trust
  immediately upon demand by Trustee or Beneficiary.
  
         53.  Relationship to Credit Agreement. 
  This Deed of Trust has been executed pursuant to and is
  subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement executed
  concurrently herewith and Trustor agrees to observe and
  perform all provisions contained therein.  If and to the
  extent of any conflict between the provisions of the Credit
  Agreement and the provisions of this Deed of Trust, the
  provisions of this Deed of Trust shall control.
  
         54.  Relationship to Security Agreement. 
  Concurrently herewith, Trustor is entering into the
  Security Agreement with Beneficiary with respect to the
  Personal Property.  As provided above, the terms of said
  Security Agreement shall, with respect to the Personal
  Property and the security interest therein granted hereby,
  supplement the terms of this Deed of Trust and, if and to
  the extent of any conflict with the terms hereof applicable
  to said security interest and Personal Property, shall, to
  the extent enforceable, control.  Nothing in this Section 44
  shall be deemed or construed, however, to impair the
  rights of Beneficiary to conduct one or more Trustee's
  Sales at which real and personal property are sold together
  pursuant to the laws applicable to the sale of real
  property.
  
         55.  Relationship to Environmental
  Indemnity.  Trustor has executed an agreement entitled
  "Environmental Indemnity" dated as of May 30, 1995, for
  the benefit of the Lenders.  Trustor hereby acknowledges
  and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of
  this Deed of Trust to the contrary, the obligations of
  Trustor under such "Environmental Indemnity" agreement
  shall be unlimited personal obligations of Trustor, the
  obligations of Trustor under such instrument shall not be
  secured by this Deed of Trust and shall survive
  foreclosure under this Deed of Trust, any transfer in lieu
  thereof, and any satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.
  
         56.  Severability.  If any provision in or
  obligation under this Deed of Trust shall be invalid, illegal
  or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality
  and enforceability of the remaining provisions or
  obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other
  jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired
  thereby.
  
         57.  Loan Statement Fees.  Trustor shall
  pay the amount demanded by Beneficiary or its authorized
  loan servicing agent for any statement requested by
  Trustor regarding the obligations secured hereby;
  provided, however, that such amount may not exceed the
  maximum amount allowed by law at the time request for
  the statement is made.
  
         58.  Notices.  
  
         (a)  Methods; Addresses.  All notices,
  requests and demands to be made hereunder to the parties
  hereto shall be in writing and shall be given by any of the
  following means:  (i) personal service; (ii) electronic
  communication, whether by telex, telegram or telecopying
  (if confirmed in writing sent by registered or certified,
  first class mail, return receipt requested); or
  (iii) registered or certified, first class mail, return receipt
  requested.  Such addresses may be changed by notice to
  the other parties given in the same manner as provided
  above.  Any notice, demand or request sent pursuant to
  clause (i) of this Section shall be deemed received upon
  such personal service, and if sent pursuant to clause (ii) of
  this Section shall be deemed received upon receipt if sent
  prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day, and otherwise shall
  be deemed received on the next succeeding business day,
  and, if sent pursuant to clause (iii) of this Section shall be
  deemed received three (3) days following deposit in the
  mail.
  
         To Beneficiary:     Bank of America National Trust
           and Savings Association
         
                             555 South Flower Street 
                               11th Floor
                             Los Angeles,
  California  90071
                             Attention:  Janice
  Hammond, Vice President
  
  
         With a copy to:     Sheppard, Mullin, Richter &
                               Hampton
                             333 South Hope Street,
  48th Floor
                             Los Angeles, California
  90071
                             Attn:  William M. Scott
  IV 
  
  
         To Trustor:         Circus and Eldorado Joint
                               Venture
                             430 North Virginia Street
                             Reno, Nevada 89503
                             Attn: General Manager
   
         To Trustee:         First American Title Company of
                          Nevada
                             241 Ridge Street
                             Reno, Nevada 89504
                             Attn:  Gene T. Turk
                        
              (b)  Reliance on Faxes.  Each party hereto
  (a "Recipient") who receives from another party hereto (a
  "Sender") by electronic facsimile transmission (telecopier
  or fax) any writing which appears to be signed by an
  authorized signatory of that Sender is authorized to rely
  and act upon that writing in the same manner as if the
  original signed writing was in the possession of the
  Recipient upon oral confirmation of that Sender to the
  Recipient that the writing was signed by an authorized
  signatory of that Sender and is intended by that Sender to
  be relied upon by the Recipient.  Each party transmitting
  any writing to any other party by electronic facsimile
  transmission agrees to forward immediately to that
  Recipient, by expedited means (for next day delivery, if
  possible), or by first class mail if the Recipient so agrees,
  the signed hard copy of that writing, unless the Recipient
  expressly agrees to some other disposition of the original
  by the Sender.
  
              59.  Governing Law.  THIS DEED OF
  TRUST SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL
  BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
  ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF
  THE STATE OF NEVADA, WITHOUT REGARD TO
  CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, EXCEPT TO
  THE EXTENT THAT APPLICABLE LAW
  PROVIDES THAT THE VALIDITY OR
  PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST
  HEREUNDER, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN
  RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL
  ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A
  JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF
  NEVADA.
  
              60.  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of
  Process.  ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS
  BROUGHT AGAINST TRUSTOR ARISING OUT OF
  OR RELATING TO THIS DEED OF TRUST MAY
  BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL
  COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE
  STATE OF NEVADA, AND BY EXECUTION AND
  DELIVERY OF THIS DEED OF TRUST TRUSTOR
  ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION
  WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND
  UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE
  JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS
  AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON
  CONVENIENS AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO
  BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED
  THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS DEED OF
  TRUST.  Trustor hereby agrees that service of all process
  in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by
  registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to
  Trustor at its address provided in the Credit Agreement,
  such service being hereby acknowledged by Trustor to be
  sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any action against
  Trustor in any such court and to be otherwise effective
  and binding service in every respect.  Nothing herein shall
  affect the right to serve process in any other manner
  permitted by law. 
  
              61.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  TRUSTOR
  AND BENEFICIARY HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE
  THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL
  OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED
  UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS DEED OF
  TRUST.  The scope of this waiver is intended to be all-
  encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in
  any court and that relate to the subject matter of this
  transaction, including without limitation contract claims,
  tort claims, breach of duty claims, and all other common
  law and statutory claims.  Trustor and Beneficiary each
  acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement for
  Trustor and Beneficiary to enter into a business
  relationship, that Trustor and Beneficiary have already
  relied on this waiver in entering into this Deed of Trust
  and that each will continue to rely on this waiver in their
  related future dealings.  Trustor and Beneficiary further
  warrant and represent that each has reviewed this waiver
  with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and
  voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
  consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS
  IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT
  BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING,
  AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
  SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS,
  SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS
  DEED OF TRUST.  In the event of litigation, this Deed
  of Trust may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the
  court.
  
              62.  Nonforeign Entity.  Section 1445 of
  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
  "Code") provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property
  interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign
  person.  To inform Beneficiary that the withholding of tax
  will not be required in the event of the disposition of the
  Property pursuant to the terms of this Deed of Trust,
  Trustor hereby certifies, under penalty of perjury, that:
  
              (a)  Trustor is not a foreign corporation,
  foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate, as
  those terms are defined in the Code and the regulations
  promulgated thereunder; and
  
              (b)  Trustor's U.S. employer identification
  number is 88-0310787; and 
  
              (c)  Trustor's principal place of business is
  430 North Virginia Street, Reno, Nevada 89503.
  
  It is understood that Beneficiary may disclose the contents
  of this certification to the Internal Revenue Service and
  that any false statement contained herein could be
  punished by fine, imprisonment or both.  Trustor
  covenants and agrees to execute such further certificates,
  which shall be signed under penalty of perjury, as
  Beneficiary shall reasonably require.  The covenant set
  forth herein shall survive the foreclosure of the lien of this
  Deed of Trust or acceptance of a deed in lieu thereof.
  
              63.  Counterparts.  This Deed of Trust
  may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
  which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall
  constitute one and the same document with the same effect
  as if all parties had signed the same signature page.  Any
  signature page and acknowledgment page of this Deed of
  Trust may be detached from any counterpart of this Deed
  of Trust and reattached to any other counterpart of this
  Deed of Trust identical in form hereto but having attached
  to it one or more additional signature and acknowledgment
  pages.
  
  
                          [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]<PAGE>
              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trustor has
  executed this instrument as of the day and year first above
  written.
  
  
  TRUSTOR:
  
  CIRCUS AND ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE,
  a Nevada general partnership
  
  By:  GALLEON, INC.
  Its: Managing Partner
  
         By:    Glenn Schaeffer                       
  
         Title: President                                 
  
  
  By: ELDORADO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
  Its:  General Partner
  
    By:  ELDORADO RESORTS LLC
    Its: Manager
  
       By:    Donald Carano                       
  
       Title:                                              
  
  By:    EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
  
  
       By:  Gary Carano                            
  
       Title: General Manager                     
  
  
       By: Bruce Sexton                             
  
         Title: Director of Finance and Administration

                                 EXHIBIT A

Legal Description

         THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN IS
         SITUATED IN THE COUNTY OF WASHOE,
         STATE OF NEVADA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS
         FOLLOWS:

PARCEL 1:

         Beginning at the intersection of the Southern line of
         West Fifth Street with the Western line of North
         Virginia Street; thence Southerly along said Western
         line of North Virginia Street, 88.00 feet; thence
         Westerly parallel with the Northern line of West
         Fourth Street 140.00 feet to the Eastern line of alley;
         thence Northerly along the last mentioned line 88.00
         feet to said Southern line of West Fifth Street; thence
         Easterly along said Southern line of West Fifth
         Street, 140.00 feet to the point of beginning.

PARCEL 2:

         Beginning at the intersection of the West line of
         North Virginia Street with the North line of Lot 10
         in Block "B" of ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW CITY
         OF RENO, according to the map thereof, filed in the
         office of the County Recorder of Washoe County,
         State of Nevada, on June 27,  1871;  thence
         Northerly along the Westerly line of North Virginia
         Street, 12 feet, more or less, to the Southeast corner
         of the parcel of land described in the deed to Ivanhoe
         Corporation of record in Book 453, File No.
         278019, Deed Records; thence Westerly along the
         Southern line of said Ivanhoe Corporation parcel 140
         feet to the Easterly line of an alley; thence Southerly
         along the last mentioned line, 12 feet, more or less,
         to the Northwest corner of said Lot 10; thence
         Easterly to the point of beginning.

PARCEL 3:

         Lots 10, 11, 12 and the North 13 feet of Lot 13 in
         Block "B" of ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW CITY OF
         RENO, according to the map thereof, filed in the
         office of the County Recorder of Washoe County,
         State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 4:

         The Northerly 9.25 feet of Lot 3 and all of Lots 4,
         5, 6, 7 and 8 in Block "B" of ORIGINAL TOWN,
         NOW CITY OF RENO, according to the map
         thereof, filed in the office of the County Recorder of
         Washoe County, State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

         ALSO a parcel of land bounded on the South by the
         Southern line of the 40 foot alley as laid out on the
         map of the Town, now City of Reno, in said Block
         "B", bounded on the West by the Eastern line of
         North Sierra Street, bounded on the North by the
         Southern line of West Fifth Street and bounded on
         the East by the Western line of the 20 foot alley
         running Northerly and Southerly through said Block
         "B".

PARCEL 5:

         The South 37 feet of Lot 13 in Block "B" of the
         "ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW CITY OF RENO",
         according to the official map thereof, filed in the
         office of the County Recorder of Washoe County,
         State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 6:

         Lot 14 in Block B of ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW
         CITY OF RENO, according to the map thereof, filed
         in the office of the County Recorder of Washoe
         County, State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 7:

         The West forty (40) feet of Lot Fifteen (15) in Block
         "B" fronting forty (40) feet on the North line of
         Fourth Street, as designated on the official map of
         said City of Reno, Nevada, on file and of record in
         the office of the County Recorder in and for the said
         County of Washoe; the property hereby conveyed
         being the same property described in a Deed from
         May J. A. Nadon and others to Dale V. Clanton,
         dated November 18, 1920, and filed for record on
         the 29th day of November,  1920,  in the office of
         the County Recorder in and for the County of
         Washoe, and therein recorded in Book 56 of Deeds,
         at Page 440.

PARCEL 8:

         The East 100 feet of Lot 15 in Block B of original
         town, now City of Reno, according to the map
         thereof, filed in the office of the County Recorder of
         Washoe County, State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 9:

         All of Lots 1 and 2, and the South 40.75 feet of Lot
         3 in Block B of the ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW
         CITY OF RENO, according to the map thereof, filed
         in the office of the County Recorder of Washoe
         County, State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 10:

         The South 20 feet of Lot 10, and all of Lots 11, 12,
         13, 14, 15 and 16, in Block A, of ORIGINAL
         TOWN, NOW CITY OF RENO, according to the
         map thereof, filed in the office of the County
         Recorder of Washoe County, State of Nevada, on
         June 27, 1871.

         TOGETHER WITH the East 1/2 of the North-South
         alley running through said Block A, immediately
         adjoining Lots 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 on the
         West,  and more particularly described in those
         certain Orders of Abandonment recorded January 19,
         1977 in Book 1044, Page 521 as Document No.
         445058, and recorded November 14, 1985 in Book
         2251, Page 933 as Document No. 1034253 of
         Official Records.

PARCEL 11:

         The East 78 feet of Lot 9 and the East 78 feet of the
         North 30 feet of Lot 10 in Block A of the
         ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW CITY OF RENO,
         according to the Official Map thereof, filed in the
         office of the County Recorder of Washoe County,
         State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

         Together with that portion of the vacated alley lying
         Southerly of the Southerly line of West Fifth Street
         and Westerly of the Westerly line of North Sierra
         Street adjoining said Lot 9 at its most Northeasterly
         corner.

PARCEL 12:

         A portion of the Southwest 1/4 of the Northeast 1/4
         of Section 11, Township 19 North, Range 19 East,
         M.D.B&M., lying and being in the City of Reno,
         County of Washoe,  State  of  Nevada,  and more
         particularly described as follows:

         The Westerly 74 feet of Lot 9 and the Westerly 74
         feet of the North 30 feet of Lot 10, all in Block A of
         the ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW CITY OF RENO,
         according to the official map thereof, filed in the
         office of the County Recorder of Washoe County,
         State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 13:    

         BEGINNING at the Northeast corner of Lot 8, Block
         A, as shown on the official plat of the town, now
         City of Reno, Nevada, filed in the office of the
         County Recorder of Washoe County, Nevada, on
         June 27, 1871; thence Southerly along the Easterly
         lines of Lots 8 and 7 of said Block A to the
         Southeast corner of Lot 7; thence Westerly along the
         Southerly line of Lot 7 and the Southerly line of Lot
         7 projected to its intersection with the Easterly line
         of West Street; thence Northerly along the Easterly
         line of West Street to the Southerly line of West
         Fifth Street; thence Easterly along the Southerly line
         of West Fifth Street to the point of beginning.

PARCEL 14:

         Lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, in Block A, of ORIGINAL
         TOWN, NOW CITY OF RENO, according to the
         map thereof, filed in the office of the County
         Recorder of Washoe County, State of Nevada, on
         June 27, 1871, together with that parcel immediately
         adjoining Lots 5 and 6 on the West, that is more
         particularly described as follows:

         BEGINNING at the Northeasterly corner of Lot 6, in
         Block A of ORIGINAL TOWN, NOW CITY OF
         RENO, according to the map thereof, filed in the
         office of the County Recorder of Washoe County,
         State of Nevada, on June 27, 1871; thence Southerly
         along the Easterly line  of  said Lots  5  and  6,  in
         Block A,  100  feet  to  the Southeasterly corner
         thereof; thence Westerly along the Southerly line of
         said Lot 5 and the Southerly line of Lot 5 extended
         Westerly to the Easterly line of West Street, as now
         located in the City of Reno, a distance of 140 feet;
         thence Northerly along the Easterly line of West
         Street 100 feet to a point which would be intersected
         by a line extended Westerly from the Northeasterly
         corner of said Lot 6 and along the Northerly line of
         said Lot 6; thence Easterly and along said line and
         the Northerly line of said Lot 6, a distance of 140
         feet to the Northeasterly corner of said Lot 6, the
         point of beginning; said premises being Lots 5 and 6
         in Block A of the TOWN OF RENO, according to
         the map above mentioned, and that portion of the 40
         foot alley around the Town of Reno, according to the
         map above mentioned, lying Westerly of Lots 5 and
         6 and East of the East line of West Street, as now
         located and between the Northerly and Southerly line
         of said Lots 5 and 6 if said lines were extended
         Westerly to the Easterly line of West Street as now
         located.

         TOGETHER WITH the West one-half of the
         North-South alley running through said Block A,
         immediately adjoining said LOTS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
         on the East, and more particularly described in those
         certain Orders of Abandonment recorded January 19,
         1977 in Book 1044, Page 521 as Document No.
         445058, and recorded on November 14, 1985 in
         Book 2251, Page 533 as Document No. 1034253,
         Official Records, Washoe County, State of Nevada.

PARCEL 15:

         All that certain 20.0 ft. wide alley connecting West
         Fourth Street with West Fifth Street, Reno, Nevada,
         lying within Block B of the original Town, now City
         of Reno, according to the map thereof, filed in the
         Office of the Washoe County Recorder on June 27,
         1871, and within Block B of the Evans North
         Addition, according to the map thereof, filed in the
         office of the Washoe County Recorder on December
         16, 1879.

PARCEL 16:

         All that certain 20.0 ft. wide alley lying between
         Lots 7, 8, 9 and 10 of Block A of the Original
         Town, now City of Reno, according to the map
         thereof, filed in the office of the Washoe County
         Recorder on June 27, 1871.

PARCEL 17: (Air Rights Only)

         All that certain piece or parcel of land located within
         a portion of the Northeast 1/4 of Section 11,
         Township 19 North, Range 19 East, M.D.B.&M.
         more particularly described as follows:

         That certain air space located above Sierra Street
         commencing at an elevation of 4,521 and extending
         vertically 32 feet to an elevation of 4,553 feet, which
         height is measured from the finished floor elevation
         of the Silver Legacy Casino at 4,503 feet, and
         located directly over that certain parcel of real
         property described as follows:

         Commencing at the Southwest corner of Block B
         Reno Townsite as shown on Record-of-Survey 2665,
         recorded January 27, 1994,

         thence North 13degrees 48'48" West 97.13 feet to the True
         Point of Beginning

         thence North 13 degrees 48'48" West 223.17 feet

         thence South 76 degrees 11'12" West 80.00 feet

         thence South 13 degrees 48'48" East 223.17 feet

         thence North 76 degrees 11'12" East 80.00 feet to the True
         Point of Beginning

PARCEL 18: (Subterranean Rights Only)

         All that certain piece or parcel of land located within
         a portion of the Northeast 1/4 of Section 11,
         Township 19 North, Range 19 East, M.D.B.&M.
         more particularly described as follows:

         That certain subterranean space located beneath
         Sierra Street commencing at an elevation of 4,480
         and extending vertically 20 feet to an elevation of
         4,500 feet, which height is measured from the
         finished floor elevation of the Silver Legacy Casino
         at 4,503 feet,  and located directly below that certain
         parcel of real property described as follows:

         Commencing at the Southwest corner of Block B
         Reno Townsite as shown on Record-of -Survey
         2665, recorded January 27, 1994,

         thence North 13 degrees 48'48" West 181.05 feet to the
         True Point of Beginning

         thence North 13 degrees 48'48" West 24.33 feet

         thence South 76 degrees 11'12" West 80.00 feet

         thence South 13 degrees 48'48" East 24.33 feet

         thence North 76 degrees 11'12" East 80.00 feet to the True
Point of Beginning

         EXCEPTING THEREFROM the above Parcels 1
         through 18, all those certain parcels as conveyed to
         THE CITY OF RENO, a Nevada municipal
         corporation, by Deed of Dedication recorded March
         9, 1995 in Book 4259, Page 956 as Document No.
         1876631 of Official Records, and as amended by
         Deed of Dedication recorded May 5, 1995 in Book
         4297, Page 667 as Document No. 1891266 of
         Official Records.

Part II:

PARCEL 19:

         Together with the reciprocal easement rights, as
         contained in those certain Bridge Easements dated
         May ___, 1995 by and between CIRCUS AND
         ELDORADO JOINT VENTURE, a Nevada general
         partnership and CIRCUS CIRCUS CASINO, INC.,
         a Nevada corporation and ELDORADO HOTEL
         ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
         Nevada limited partnership, recorded May __ 1995
         as Document Numbers _________________ and
         _________________ Official Records, Washoe
         County, Nevada.


                                              Exhibit 10(a)                   
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
                 OPERATING AGREEMENT
                          
                         OF
                          
            DETROIT ENTERTAINMENT, L.L.C.
                          
          A MICHIGAN LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
                           
          
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
              
                          
                     
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                 Page
          ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . 1
          ARTICLE II  ORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . .1
               2.01 Formation. . . . . . . . . . . . .1
               2.02 Name.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
               2.03 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Other Offices.2
               2.04 Business; Purposes.. . . . . . . .2
               2.05 Articles; Foreign Qualification. .2
               2.06 Term.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
               2.07 Initial Members. . . . . . . . . .3
          ARTICLE III  MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY . . .3
               3.01 Generally. . . . . . . . . . . . .3
               3.02 Management Committee.. . . . . . .3
               3.03 Management Committee Meetings. . .3
               3.04 Matters Requiring Approval of the Management Committee.4
               3.05 Matters Requiring Supermajority Approval of the Management
          Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
               3.06 Matters Requiring Direct Vote of Members.6
               3.07 Deadlock-Breaking Authority. . . .6
               3.08 No Authority of Individual Members or Committee Members.7
               3.09 Other Businesses.. . . . . . . . .7
               3.10 Liability of the Members and Committee Members.8
               3.11 Indemnity. . . . . . . . . . . . .8
          ARTICLE IV  DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF THE
          PROJECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
               4.01 Generally. . . . . . . . . . . . .9
               4.02 Design, Development and Construction.9
               4.03 Governmental Approvals.. . . . . 10
               4.04 Project Financing. . . . . . . . 10
                    (a) Circus Capital Contributions.10
                    (b) Project Financing. . . . . . 10
                    (c) Additional Project Costs.. . 11
                    (d) Refinancing. . . . . . . . . 11
               4.05 Compensation; Reimbursement. . . 12
                    (a) Predevelopment Advances. . . 12
                    (b) Project Costs and Operating Costs.12
                    (c) Circus Management Personnel. 12
                    (d) Management Fee.. . . . . . . 12
                    (e) Certain Payments to ACG. . . 12
                    (f) Other Compensation.. . . . . 13
               4.06 Intellectual Property. . . . . . 13
               4.07 Retail Space.. . . . . . . . . . 13
          ARTICLE V  CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;
          MEMBER LOANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
               5.01 Initial Capital Contributions. . 14
                    (a) ACG. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
                    (b) Circus.. . . . . . . . . . . 14
               5.02 Additional Capital Contributions - Circus.14
               5.03 Additional Capital Contributions - Circus and ACG.14
               5.04 Temporary Casino Loan. . . . . . 14
               5.05 Advances by Members. . . . . . . 15
               5.06 Capital Accounts.. . . . . . . . 15
               5.07 No Withdrawal. . . . . . . . . . 18
               5.08 Member Failure to Advance. . . . 18
               5.09 Default Loans. . . . . . . . . . 20
               5.10 Status as Defaulting Member. . . 20
               5.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries.. . 21
          ARTICLE VI  SHARING RATIO; CASH DISTRIBUTIONS;
          ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS . . . . . . 21
               6.01 Sharing Ratios . . . . . . . . . 21
               6.02 Periodic Determination of Distributable Cash21
               6.03 Distribution of Distributable Cash22
               6.04 Determination and Allocation of Profits and Losses23
               6.05 Tax Regulatory Provisions. . . . 24
               6.06 Taxable Year and Accounting Method.25
               6.07 Tax Elections. . . . . . . . . . 25
               6.08 Tax Matters Partner. . . . . . . 25
               6.09 Tax Returns. . . . . . . . . . . 26
          ARTICLE VII  INFORMATION AND TRADE SECRETS 26
               7.01 Information. . . . . . . . . . . 26
               7.02 Trade Secrets. . . . . . . . . . 26
          ARTICLE VIII  BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK
          ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
               8.01 Maintenance of Books; Financial Statements; Annual Audits.27
               8.02 Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
               8.03 Accounts.. . . . . . . . . . . . 27
               8.04 Required Records.. . . . . . . . 27
               8.05 Access to Required Records.. . . 28
          ARTICLE IX  ASSIGNEES; SUBSTITUTE MEMBERS; ADDITIONAL
          MEMBERS; WITHDRAWAL. . . . . . . . . . . . 28
               9.01 Rights of Assignees. . . . . . . 28
               9.02 Admission of Substitute Members. 28
               9.03 Admission of Additional Members. 29
               9.04 Withdrawal.. . . . . . . . . . . 29
               9.05 Rights of Withdrawing Member.. . 29
               9.06 Circus Limited Right to Withdraw.29
          ARTICLE X  LOSS OF LICENSE . . . . . . . . 30
               10.01 Loss of License.. . . . . . . . 30
               10.02 Buy-Out Provisions Relating to Loss of License.31
          ARTICLE XI  BANKRUPT MEMBER. . . . . . . . 32
               11.01 Membership Interest.. . . . . . 32
          ARTICLE XII  DISPOSITIONS OF INTERESTS . . 33
               12.01 Restrictions on the Disposition of a Membership Interest.33
               12.02 Conditions to Disposition.. . . 34
               12.03 Rights of First Refusal.. . . . 35
          ARTICLE XIII  DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND
          TERMINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
               13.01 Dissolution.. . . . . . . . . . 36
               13.02 Liquidation and Termination.. . 36
               13.03 Termination.. . . . . . . . . . 37
          ARTICLE XIV  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES38
          ARTICLE XV  GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . 39
               15.01 Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
               15.02 Notices.. . . . . . . . . . . . 40
               15.03 Entire Agreement; Supersedure.. 41
               15.04 Effect of Waiver or Consent.. . 41
               15.05 Amendment or Modification.. . . 42
               15.06 Binding Effect. . . . . . . . . 42
               15.07 Governing Law; Severability.. . 42
               15.08 Further Assurances. . . . . . . 42
               15.09 Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . 42
               15.10 Third Party Beneficiaries.. . . 42
               15.11 Relationship of Agreement to Default Rules.43
               15.12 Arbitration.. . . . . . . . . . 43
               15.13 Supplemental Provisions.. . . . 43
          
          APPENDIX A     DEFINITIONS
                    
                       OPERATING AGREEMENT     
                                OF
                    DETROIT ENTERTAINMENT, L.L.C.
          A MICHIGAN LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

                         THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT is made and entered
          into as of October 7, 1997, by and between CIRCUS CIRCUS
          MICHIGAN, INC., a Michigan corporation ( Circus ) and
          ATWATER CASINO GROUP, L.L.C., a Michigan limited
          liability company ( ACG ).  CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES,
          INC., a Nevada corporation ( CCEI ), the parent of Circus, and
          ATWATER ENTERTAINMENT ASSOCIATES, L.L.C., a
          Michigan limited liability company ( AEA ) and ZRX, L.L.C.,
          a Michigan limited liability company ( ZRX ), the Members of
          ACG, join in the execution of this Agreement for the limited
          purposes set forth at the end of this Agreement.
               FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the mutual
          covenants, agreements, rights, and obligations set forth in this
          Agreement, the benefits to be derived from them, and other good
          and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which
          each Member acknowledges and confesses, the Members agree as
          follows:

          ARTICLE I
                          
                     DEFINITIONS
                      As used in this Agreement, Capitalized Terms shall have
          the meanings ascribed to them in Appendix A attached hereto and
          incorporated herein by this reference.
          ARTICLE II
               
                  ORGANIZATION

                      2.01 Formation.
               Effective with the filing of the Articles with the
          Department, the Persons executing this Agreement form a limited
          liability company (the  Company ) for the purposes set forth in
          this Agreement.
               2.02 Name.
               The name of the Company is  Detroit Entertainment,
          L.L.C.  and all Company business must be conducted in that name
          or such other names that comply with applicable law as the
          Operator may select from time to time.
               2.03 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Other
          Offices.
               The registered office of the Company in the State shall be
          at 1000 Michigan National Tower, Lansing, Michigan 48933,
          Attention: Robert W. Stocker II, or such other place as the
          Management Committee may designate from time to time.  The
          registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State
          or any other jurisdiction shall be such Person or Persons as the
          Management Committee may designate from time to time.  The
          initial registered agent in the State shall be Robert W. Stocker II,
          c/o Fraser Trebilcock Davis & Foster, P.C., 1000 Michigan
          National Tower, Lansing, Michigan 48933.  The Company may
          have such other offices as the Management Committee may
          designate from time to time.  The initial principal place of business
          of the Company shall be at 2211 Woodward Avenue, Fox Center
          Building - 10th Floor, Detroit, MI  48201, Attention:  Michael
          Malik; with a copy to Seyburn, Kahn, Ginn, Bess, Deitch and
          Serlin, 2000 Town Center, Suite 1500, Southfield, Michigan,
          48075, Attention:  Laurence B. Deitch.
               2.04 Business; Purposes.
               The business and purposes of the Company are to acquire,
          design, develop, construct, finance, own and operate the Project
          (and if applicable, the Temporary Casino).  The Company shall
          have all the powers necessary or convenient to effect any purpose
          for which it is formed, including all powers granted by the Act. 
          Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company
          shall not engage in any other activities or businesses not
          reasonably related to the foregoing.
               2.05 Articles; Foreign Qualification.
               The Articles have been executed and filed with the
          Department containing information required by the Act.  The
          Management Committee shall cause such amendments to the
          Articles to be filed with the appropriate offices within the State and
          in such other places as may be required from time to time by
          applicable law.  Prior to the Company s conducting business in
          any jurisdiction other than the State, the Management Committee
          shall cause the Company to comply, to the extent those matters are
          reasonably within the control of the Management Committee, with
          all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign
          limited liability company in that jurisdiction.  At the request of the
          Management Committee, each Member shall execute,
          acknowledge, swear to, and deliver all certificates and other
          instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or
          appropriate to form, qualify, continue, and terminate the Company
          as a limited liability company under the law of the State and to
          qualify, continue, and terminate the Company as a foreign limited
          liability company in all other jurisdictions in which the Company
          may conduct business.
               2.06 Term.
               The Company shall commence on the date the Articles were
          first properly filed with the Department and shall perpetually
          continue in existence unless and until its business and affairs are
          wound up and dissolved in accordance with Article XIII hereof.  
               2.07 Initial Members.
               The initial Members of the Company are ACG and Circus,
          each of which is admitted to the Company as a Member, effective
          with the commencement of the Company.

          ARTICLE III
                          
              MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
                              3.01 Generally.
                    Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.07 and
          Article IV, the business and affairs of the Company shall be
          managed by the Members, which authority and responsibility shall
          be exercised solely through the Management Committee.  Any
          Person dealing with the Company, other than a Member or a
          Member s Affiliate, may rely on the authority of the Management
          Committee or the Operator in taking any action in the name of the
          Company without inquiry into the provisions of this Agreement or
          compliance with it, regardless of whether that action actually is
          taken in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 
               3.02 Management Committee.
               The Management Committee shall consist of twelve (12)
          Committee Members.  Six (6) of the Committee Members will be
          appointed by Circus and six (6) Committee Members will be
          appointed by ACG (of which three (3) Committee Members will
          be appointed by each of ZRX and AEA, unless otherwise provided
          in the operating agreement or other governing documents of
          ACG).  Each Member may appoint one or more alternates for the
          Committee Members appointed by it.  An alternate shall have all
          the powers of the Committee Member in his absence or inability
          to serve.  Each Committee Member may vote by delivering his
          proxy to another Committee Member.  Each Member shall have
          the power to remove any Committee Member appointed by it by
          delivering written notice of such removal to such Committee
          Member and to the other Committee Members.  Vacancies on the
          Management Committee shall be filled by the Member which
          appointed the Committee Member previously holding the position
          which is then vacant.  
               3.03 Management Committee Meetings.     
                    (a)  The Management Committee shall meet at
          least once each quarter at the offices of the Company in Detroit,
          Michigan, or such other times or places as the Management
          Committee shall determine (unless such meeting shall be waived
          by all Committee Members) or on the call of any six (6)
          Committee Members upon two (2) business days  notice to all
          Committee Members by telephone or facsimile for a meeting by
          telephone or (ii) five (5) business days  notice by telephone or
          facsimile for a meeting in person.   An agenda for each meeting
          shall be prepared in advance by the secretary of the Committee
          and circulated to the Committee Members.  Eight (8) Members of
          the Management Committee shall constitute a quorum; provided,
          however, that Approval of the Management Committee shall
          require a Majority of the Committee Members, and not just a
          majority of the quorum.  The Management Committee may act
          without a meeting if (i) the action taken is Approved in advance in
          writing by the number of Committee Members necessary to take
          such action and (ii) written notice of such action is given to the
          Committee Members who did not provide such written consent.
          Written minutes of all meetings shall be maintained, and the
          minutes for each meeting shall be approved at a subsequent
          meeting of the Management Committee.
                    (b)  The Management Committee may adopt
          whatever rules and procedures relating to its activities as it may
          deem appropriate, provided that such rules and procedures shall
          not be inconsistent with or violate the provisions of this
          Agreement, and provided that such rules and regulations shall
          permit meetings by telephone, video conferencing or the like, and
          shall permit Committee Members to participate in meetings by
          telephone or video conference or the like or by written proxy, and
          such participation shall be deemed attendance for purposes of
          determining whether a quorum is present.
                    (c)  The Management Committee may by written
          resolution delegate its powers, but not its responsibilities, to
          employees of either Member or of both Members or to any other
          Person.  Such delegation of powers may include the authority to
          execute and deliver any notes, mortgage, evidence of indebtedness,
          contract, certificate, statement, conveyance or other instrument in
          writing, and any assignment or endorsement thereof.
                    (d)  Subject to Article IV, the Management
          Committee may by resolution appoint officers of the Company
          (which may include a president, a treasurer, a secretary and one
          or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers and assistant
          secretaries), which officers shall be vested with such powers and
          duties, shall hold their offices for such terms, and shall be entitled
          to such compensation, as shall be determined from time to time by
          the Management Committee.
                    (e)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary
          notwithstanding, the Committee Members appointed by any
          Member who is a Defaulting Member shall not be entitled to
          attend, participate in meetings of, or vote on any matters coming
          before the Management Committee for so long as such Member
          shall be and remain a Defaulting Member, and, for such period of
          time, the Management Committee shall be deemed to have been
          reduced in size for all purposes (including, without limitation,
          determination of quorum and required votes to act) by the number
          of Committee Members which the Defaulting Member would
          otherwise be entitled to appoint to the Management Committee.
          For so long as any Member shall be a Defaulting Member, any
          action taken by the remaining Committee Members shall be fully
          binding on all Members (including, without limitation, the
          Defaulting Member).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Circus is
          the Defaulting Member, unless and until all of the Membership
          Interest of Circus shall have been purchased pursuant to Section
          5.08(d), Circus shall, at its option, remain as Operator of the
          Project pursuant to Article IV.
               3.04 Matters Requiring Approval of the Management
          Committee.
               Subject to Sections 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 4.01 and 4.02,
          Approval of the Management Committee shall be required for the
          following decisions:
                    (a)  The initial design (including exterior design,
          overall layout and theme) of the Project (based on Circus 
          recommendations) and any fundamental changes in such design; 
                    (b)  The total amount of the Project Budget
          (which is currently estimated to be approximately $700 million)
          and any increases in the approved Project Budget resulting from
          Additional Project Costs other than increases due to Cost
          Overruns; 
                    (c)  The selection of the contractor and local
          architect for the Project;
                    (d)  The adoption of any affirmative action
          programs or commitments to make charitable contributions or to
          undertake civic involvement (which programs, commitments,
          and/or undertakings shall be based on the recommendations of a
          subcommittee a majority of whose members shall be Committee
          Members representing AEA); 
                    (e)  The annual Operating Budget for the Project
          (including Reserves and capital expenditures anticipated to be made
          during the period covered by such Operating Budget) (which shall
          be based on Circus s recommendations); 
                    (f)  The Development Agreement, if any; 
                    (g)  The incurrence of any indebtedness on behalf
          of the Company other than (i) the Construction Financing and
          Permanent Financing for the Project , (ii) gaming equipment
          financing (including equipment leasing) in the ordinary course of
          business and (iii) trade payables in the ordinary course of business;
          and
                    (h) The determination to proceed with the
          development and operation of a Temporary Casino.
               3.05 Matters Requiring Supermajority Approval of the
          Management Committee.
               The following matters shall require the approval of a
          Supermajority of the Management Committee:
                    (a)  Any sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other
          conveyance (exclusive of financing requirements) of all or
          substantially all of the assets of the Company;
                    (b)  Any merger, consolidation, dissolution,
          divestiture or winding-up of the Company (except as provided in
          Sections 3.06 and 3.07); 
                    (c)  Any amendment or restatement of this
          Agreement;
                    (d)  Any transaction involving the payment of
          compensation by the Company to a Member or an Affiliate of the
          Member, (including for purposes of this sentence, any members,
          shareholders, employees, agents, officers or directors of any
          Member or their respective members or equity participants),
          except as provided in Section 4.05;
                    (e)  Any material change in the character of the
          business and affairs of the Company;
                    (f)  The commission of any act which would
          make it impossible for the Company to carry on its ordinary
          business and affairs (except as provided in Sections 3.06 and
          3.07);
                    (g)  The commission of any act that would
          contravene any provision of this Agreement or the Act; and
                    (h)  The selection of independent certified public
          accountants for the Company; or 
                    (i)  The admission of new or Substitute Members
          to the Company, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.02.
               3.06 Matters Requiring Direct Vote of Members.
               It is the intention of the Members that except as otherwise
          expressly provided in subsections (a) and (b) below and/or except
          as otherwise expressly required by the Act or other applicable law,
          all matters requiring the consent, approval or other action of the
          Members be considered, voted upon and decided by the
          Management Committee (through the vote of the Committee
          Members) and that to the greatest extent permitted by the Act or
          other applicable law, the Members expressly waive the right to
          vote directly on such matters.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:
                    (a)  Any increase in the Project Budget in excess
          of $700 million (other than increases due to Cost Overruns) which
          would require the Members to make Additional Capital
          Contributions, or any capital expenditure after opening of the
          Project, which would require the Members to make Additional
          Capital Contributions, shall require the affirmative vote of both
          Members.
                    (b)  With respect to the matters described in
          Sections 3.05(b), 3.07(a)(iv) and 13.01(a), after the Approval of
          the Management Committee or a Deadlock-breaking vote by
          Circus, as the case may be, such matters shall be referred for a
          direct vote by the Members, unless the Company s legal counsel
          determines that such direct vote is not required by the Act or other
          applicable law.
               3.07 Deadlock-Breaking Authority.
               (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
          in this Agreement (including without limitation, Section 3.04 and
          all of the provisions of Section 3.05 other than Section 3.05(d)
          hereof), so long as Circus or an Affiliate is providing any Credit
          Support to the Project, Circus, after consultation with ACG, will
          have Deadlock-breaking authority for decisions relating to the
          following:
                    (i)  The Development Agreement;
                    (ii) Decisions regarding the construction of the
          Project (including choice of contractor and local architect);
                    (iii)     Approval or amendment of the annual
          Operating Budget; and
                    (iv) The dissolution, recapitalization or
          bankruptcy of the Company.
               (b)  So long as Circus or an Affiliate is providing Credit
          Support to the Project, ACG hereby grants to Circus an
          irrevocable proxy to vote ACG s Membership Interest with respect
          to a vote relating to the dissolution of the Company or other
          matters described in Section 3.07(a) requiring the vote of the
          Members pursuant to the Act or other applicable law.
               3.08 No Authority of Individual Members or
          Committee Members.
               Neither Member nor any Committee Member, acting
          individually, nor any of their respective Affiliates or constituent
          members, has the power or authority to bind the Company or any
          Member or to authorize any action to be taken by the Company,
          or to act as agent for the Company or any other Member, unless
          that power or authority has been specifically delegated by the
          Management Committee or is expressly provided for in this
          Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no
          Member or Committee Member is authorized to incur any
          expenditures on behalf of the Company without the Approval of
          the Management Committee.
               3.09 Other Businesses.
               Each party recognizes that the Members, and their
          Affiliates, have or may have other business interests, activities and
          investments, some of which may now or hereafter be in conflict or
          competition with the business of the Company, and that each
          Member and its respective Affiliates are entitled to carry on such
          other business activities, interests and investments without any
          accountability therefor to the Company or any other Member. No
          Member, and no Affiliate of any Member, shall be obligated to
          devote all or any particular part of its time and effort to the
          Company or its business affairs except such reasonable amount of
          time as may be necessary in order to fulfill their respective duties
          and obligations hereunder. Each Member, and each Affiliate of
          each Member, may engage in or possess an interest in any other
          business or venture of any kind, independently or with others,
          including, without being limited to, owning, financing, acquiring,
          leasing, promoting, developing, improving, constructing, operating
          or managing other real or personal properties (including real and
          personal properties devoted, in whole or in part, to the business of
          gaming or which are activities in support of gaming operations) on
          its own behalf or on behalf of other entities with which it is
          affiliated or associated, and any Member and each Affiliate of any
          Member may engage in any activities, whether or not competitive
          to the Company, without any obligation to offer any interest in
          such activities to the Company or to any Member or to any
          Affiliate of any Member. Neither the Company nor any Member
          nor any Affiliate of any Member shall have any right by virtue of
          this Agreement or by virtue of the relationship between the
          Members as Members in or to such other activities, or to the
          income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of such
          activities, even if competitive with the business of the Company,
          shall not be deemed wrongful or improper or a breach of any
          Company or fiduciary duties owed by one party to the other, or
          entitle either party to any interest in or sharing in the profits or
          losses from any such other activities.
               3.10 Liability of the Members and Committee
          Members.
               So long as each Member (whether in its capacity as a
          Member, or if applicable, as Operator or other expressly
          authorized agent of the Company) and Committee Member acts in
          good faith with respect to the conduct of the business and affairs
          of the Company, and in the manner in which it reasonably believes
          to be in the best interests of the Company or otherwise in
          accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, neither Member
          nor any such Committee Member shall be liable or accountable to
          the Company or to any of the Members in damages or otherwise
          for any error of judgment, for any mistake of fact or of law, or for
          any other act or thing which it may do or refrain from doing or
          suffer to be done in connection with the business and affairs of the
          Company, except in the case of (i) such Person s willful
          misconduct or gross negligence, (ii) actions taken by any such
          Person in violation of this Agreement, (iii) the receipt by any such
          Person of a financial benefit to which it is not entitled pursuant to
          this Agreement or (iv) any vote by such Person to approve a
          distribution to the Members of funds of the Company in violation
          of this Agreement or the Act.
               3.11 Indemnity.
               The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold each
          Member, and each officer, director, stockholder, member,
          employee, agent, affiliate, subsidiary or assignee of each Member
          (including any such Person in its capacity as an agent or
          Committee Member) provided any such Person is properly acting
          in its capacity as a Member, Committee Member, officer, director,
          stockholder, member, employee or agent, and within the express
          authority granted herein (collectively, the  Indemnities ) free and
          harmless of, from and against any expenses, losses, claims, costs,
          damages and liabilities, including without limitation, judgments,
          fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including without
          limitation, attorneys  fees and expenses, court costs, investigation
          costs and litigation costs) incurred by any Indemnitee in any civil,
          criminal or investigative proceeding in which it is involved or
          threatened to be involved by reason of the Member being a
          Member in the Company or such Person being a Committee
          Member, provided that the Member or such Person acted in good
          faith, within what it reasonably believed to be the scope of its
          authority and for a purpose which it reasonably believed to be in
          the best interests of the Company and the Members or otherwise
          in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided,
          however (i) that the Company shall not be required to indemnify
          any Indemnitee, and any such Indemnitee shall be liable, for any
          loss, expense or damage which the Company may suffer as a result
          of (A) such Indemnitee s willful misconduct, gross negligence or
          bad faith in failing to perform its duties hereunder; (B) actions
          taken by such Indemnitee in violation of this Agreement, (C) the
          receipt by such Indemnitee of any financial benefits to which it is
          not entitled pursuant to this Agreement or (D) the vote by such
          Indemnitee for a distribution of funds of the Company in violation
          of this Agreement or the Act; (ii) the Company shall not be
          required to indemnify any Indemnitee for any breach of the
          provisions of this Agreement, or for any loss, expense or damage
          which it may suffer as a result of the breach of this Agreement by
          the Member to which the Indemnitee is related; and (iii) any
          liability hereunder shall be limited solely to the assets and
          properties of the Company, and no Member (or any Affiliate of
          any Member) shall have any liability or obligation hereunder.

          ARTICLE IV
                          
          DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF THE
                       PROJECT
                              4.01 Generally.
               Subject only to any express limitations set forth in Sections
          3.04, 3.05 and 3.06, Circus, as Operator, shall have, and is
          hereby expressly granted, the responsibility and authority for
          conducting the day-to-day operations of the Project, including the
          following:
               (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
          herein (including without limitation, Section 3.04(a) above),
          Operator will have the exclusive authority for implementing
          decisions relating to the operation of the Project, including the
          layout of the casino, marketing and credit policies, internal control
          and security procedures and employment decisions.
               (b)  Prepare for submission to the Management
          Committee, appropriate Project and Operating Budgets for the
          development, construction, opening, repair, improvement and
          operation of the Project and if applicable, the Temporary Casino.
          (c)  Contract on behalf of the Company for the services of
          independent contractors, including attorneys, accountants and
          financial advisers.
               (d)  Subject to Section 8.03, establish, maintain and
          supervise the deposit of funds and securities of the Company with
          federally insured banking institutions; and the Operator is
          authorized to sign on behalf of the Company on all accounts with
          such banking institutions.
               (e)  Subject to the approved Project Budget and
          Operating Budgets, acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise such
          personal property as may be necessary, convenient or incidental to
          the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company.
           (f) Procure on behalf of the Company, such general
          liability, casualty, comprehensive, workers  compensation, fidelity,
          errors and omissions, business interruption and other insurance as
          is adequate to protect the Company.
               (g)  Subject to Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06 and 3.07, execute
          and deliver on behalf of the Company any and all agreements,
          documents, certificates and instruments necessary or convenient in
          connection with the performance of its duties hereunder.
               4.02 Design, Development and Construction.
               Operator shall have the responsibility and authority for
          supervising the design, development and construction of the
          Project.  Operator shall prepare or cause to be prepared as
          promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement and Initial
          Licensing, all necessary preliminary plans and architectural,
          engineering, design and construction drawings and other
          construction documents for the Project.  Subject to Sections 3.04,
          3.05(d) and 3.07 above, Operator shall engage on behalf of the
          Company, reputable and qualified contractors, architects,
          engineers, designers or other professionals for the design,
          development and construction of the Project.  Operator shall keep
          the Management Committee fully advised on a regular basis with
          respect to the status of such design, development and construction
          activities.
               4.03 Governmental Approvals.
               Operator shall have the responsibility and authority for
          preparing, filing and processing all applications to obtain all
          governmental licenses (including Licenses for the Company and
          the Project, but not including any Licenses for the individual
          Members), approvals, permits and entitlements on behalf of the
          Company necessary or appropriate for the design, development,
          construction, ownership and operation of the Project, the costs of
          which shall be borne by the Company.  Each Member shall be
          responsible for preparing, submitting and processing its own
          License applications and the applications of any party required to
          submit an application due to its affiliation with a Member.  The
          Members shall (and shall cause their respective constituent
          members and Affiliates to) act in good faith, cooperate with each
          other and furnish all documents and other information necessary
          to obtain the Licenses and such other licenses, approvals, permits
          and entitlements.
               4.04 Project Financing.
                    (a)  Circus Capital Contributions.
                    Circus shall contribute to the capital of the Company
          an amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the approved Project
          Budget, but not to exceed twenty percent (20%) of the first $700
          million of Project Cost (for the initial development and
          construction of the Project) as provided in Sections 5.01(b) and
          5.02 hereof.
                    (b)  Project Financing.
                    The Company intends to finance approximately 80%
          of the approved Project Budget (estimated financing of $560
          million) with Construction Financing.  Circus shall use its good
          faith best efforts to secure such Construction Financing for the
          Project to the extent possible on commercially reasonable terms
          through bank financing and to the extent bank financing is not
          available on commercially reasonable terms for some or all of such
          debt, Circus shall use its good faith best efforts to secure the
          balance of such debt through subordinated debt in the high yield
          market.  Circus shall use its good faith best efforts to obtain non-
          recourse bank Construction Financing in the bank market at the
          lowest available cost (taking into consideration all of the material
          terms and conditions of such financing).  If Circus deems it
          necessary or advisable to finance a portion of the Project Cost
          through subordinated debt financing, Circus may elect to provide
          such financing to the Company on terms below commercially
          available market terms.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
          contained herein, in no event shall Circus be required to provide
          any financing from its available bank credit agreement or other
          debt sources.  Circus shall have the authority to approve, after
          consultation with ACG, the terms of any Construction and/or
          Permanent Financing for the Project.  Notwithstanding anything to
          the contrary contained herein, the terms of this Agreement and any
          other agreement between the Members shall be subject to the terms
          of any such Construction and/or Permanent Financing; provided
          however, that any such financing (i) shall not require the Members
          to adjust their respective Sharing Ratios in the Company and (ii)
          shall not be acceptable unless it permits the Company to make
          periodic Tax Distributions to the Members as contemplated in
          Section 6.03.  Unless otherwise Approved by the Management
          Committee, neither Member shall have any personal liability for
          repayment of such Construction Financing.  Circus shall use its
          good faith best efforts to secure Permanent Financing for the
          Project.
                    (c)  Additional Project Costs.
                    The Operator, on behalf of the Company, will use
          its good faith best efforts to obtain third party financing to cover
          any Additional Project Costs.  If in the opinion of the Operator,
          such third party financing is unavailable or if additional equity is
          required, then Circus shall make an Additional Capital
          Contribution in an amount equal to 20% of such Additional Project
          Costs (but not to exceed the difference between $140 million and
          the amounts contributed or to be contributed by Circus pursuant to
          Section 4.04(a) above), and the balance of such Additional Project
          Costs will be contributed by Circus and ACG as Additional Capital
          Contributions to the Company pursuant to Section 5.03, in
          proportion to their respective Sharing Ratios in the Company. 
          Additional Project Costs (other than Cost Overruns) which would
          increase the Project Budget to an amount in excess of $700 million
          and which would require the Members to make Additional Capital
          Contributions pursuant to Section 5.03, shall require the
          affirmative vote of both Members pursuant to Section 3.06.  Cost
          Overruns shall only require the approval of the Operator.  Any
          other Additional Project Costs shall require the Approval of the
          Management Committee.
                    (d)  Refinancing.
                    If at any time the Company or the Project is
          encumbered with financing for which Credit Support is being
          provided by Circus or an Affiliate of Circus, the Company may,
          upon the affirmative vote of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
          Management Committee, cause such financing to be replaced (and
          such Credit Support to be fully released and extinguished) with
          new financing Approved by the Management Committee. Circus
          agrees that it will direct the Committee Members appointed by
          Circus to not unreasonably withhold their approval of such new
          financing provided that the terms and provisions of such new
          financing do not materially adversely affect the Company or the
          Project.  In the event of a Deadlock within the Management
          Committee as to whether any such proposed new financing will
          materially adversely affect the Company or the Project, such
          Deadlock shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Section
          15.12.
               4.05 Compensation; Reimbursement.
                    (a)  Predevelopment Advances.
                    Any Project Costs incurred after May 1, 1997 and
          prior to Initial Licensing and Approved by the Management
          Committee, shall be borne 45% by Circus and 55% by ACG. 
          Upon Initial Licensing, all such costs and expenses Approved by
          the Management Committee and borne by the Members shall be
          included in the Project Budget and shall be promptly reimbursed
          to the respective Members.
                    (b)  Project Costs and Operating Costs.
                    The Company shall pay all costs to develop and
          operate the Project, as set forth in the approved Project Budget and
          Operating Budgets, as amended from time to time.  After Initial
          Licensing, any such Project Costs and Operating Costs incurred by
          a Member or its Affiliates and included in the approved Project
          Budget or an approved Operating Budget, shall be promptly paid
          or reimbursed to such Member or its applicable Affiliates.
                    (c)  Circus Management Personnel.
                    Circus may appoint from time to time, certain
          employees of Circus or its Affiliates to devote essentially full time
          to the day-to-day management and operation of the Project and
          may retain such employees on Circus  payroll.  In such event, the
          Company shall reimburse Circus for the out-of-pocket
          compensation (including salary, bonus, direct cost of health and
          retirement benefit plans but excluding stock options and other
          incentive compensation unless Approved by the Management
          Committee) paid to or on behalf of such employee for performing
          services to the Company on a full time basis.  However, the
          Company shall not reimburse Circus for any time or expense
          associated with Circus  personnel who do not perform full-time
          services on behalf of Company.
                    (d)  Management Fee.
                    During the first ten (10) years following Completion
          of Construction, Circus shall receive an annual Management Fee
          equal to 1.5 % of the first $700 million of approved Project Cost. 
          The Management Fee shall be payable in monthly estimated
          installments in arrears, on or about the tenth day of each calendar
          month, subject to annual adjustment within thirty (30) days after
          the end of each Fiscal Year.  
                    (e)  Certain Payments to ACG.
                         (i)  Pursuant to the Assignment
          Agrteement, Circus shall pay the sum of $5 million to ACG in
          respect of the assignment to Circus of an undivided interest of
          99.99% in the Preference Rights, upon the earlier of (A) receipt
          by Circus of an opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to Circus that
          payment of such amount to ACG will not violate any present or
          proposed Legal Requirements relating to gaming or other activities
          to be conducted by the Company or its Members; or (B) a final
          non-appealable determination by the applicable Gaming Authorities
          that the Company will not obtain licensing in Michigan for reasons
          beyond the control of the Members.
                         (ii) Pursuant to the Assignment
          Agreement, upon Initial Licensing, but subject to compliance with
          all Legal Requirements including, if applicable, the issuance (at the
          cost of ACG) of a fairness opinion as contemplated in the proposed
          regulations of the Michigan Gaming Control Board, Circus shall
          pay the sum of $8 million to ACG, in respect of the assignment to
          the Circus of the Preference Rights.
                    (f)  Other Compensation.
                    Other than as set forth above, no Member or its
          Affiliates shall receive any management, consulting, development
          or license fees, commissions or other payments in connection with
          the acquisition, development or operation of the Project without
          the Approval of the Management Committee; provided however,
          that any increase in the Management Fee payable to Circus
          pursuant to Section 4.05(d) or any extension of its duration shall
          require Supermajority approval of the Management Committee.
               4.06 Intellectual Property.
               So long as Circus maintains a Membership Interest in the
          Company and the Company maintains an ownership interest in the
          Project, Circus will grant a royalty-free license to the Project to
          use the Circus Intellectual Property in connection with the
          operation of the Project; provided, however, if Circus is not the
          Operator of the Project but still maintains a Membership Interest
          in the Company and the Company still maintains an ownership
          interest in the Project, then Circus will enter into a royalty-free
          license agreement (upon and subject to customary terms and
          conditions) with the Company for the use of such proprietary
          items.
               4.07 Retail Space.
               It is intended that a portion of the Project be dedicated to
          retail use for operation of shops offering for sale at retail items
          typically offered for sale in similar first class casino and hotel
          complexes.  In the event that the Management Committee elects to
          have such retail space competitively offered for lease to qualified
          operators of retail establishments that meet criteria established by
          the Management Committee, then, and in that event, ACG and its
          members will be given the opportunity to compete to be among the
          operators of such retail space.

          ARTICLE V
                          
          CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;
                    MEMBER LOANS
                              5.01 Initial Capital Contributions.
                    (a)  ACG.
                    ACG shall as its Initial Capital Contribution
          contribute to the Company ACG s interest in the Preference
          Rights, for which ACG shall receive a credit to its Capital Account
          of $100.  In addition, ACG shall provide certain valuable services
          and cooperate with the Company in obtaining the License for the
          Project.
                    (b)  Circus.
                    Circus shall as its Initial Capital Contribution
          contribute to the Company Circus  interest in the Preference
          Rights, for which Circus shall receive a credit to its Capital
          Account as follows: (i)  $5 million upon full execution and
          delivery of this Agreement and satisfaction of the conditions set
          forth in Section 4.05(e)(i); and (ii)  $8 million payable upon Initial
          Licensing and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
          4.05(e)(ii).
               5.02 Additional Capital Contributions - Circus.
               Circus shall make Additional Capital Contributions to or for
          the benefit of the Company in cash in an aggregate amount equal
          to twenty percent (20%) of the approved Project Budget (up to the
          first $700 million of approved Project Costs), less the amounts
          contributed or to be contributed pursuant to Section 5.01(b) above,
          from time to time after Initial Licensing, as needed to pay the
          Project Costs or at such later times as are determined by the
          Management Committee, but in no event shall such contributions
          be made later than the time advances are required under the terms
          of the Construction Financing.
               5.03 Additional Capital Contributions - Circus and
          ACG.
               If additional funds are required by the Company to pay
          Additional Project Costs and such funds are not available through
          third party financing or Circus Additional Capital Contributions as
          contemplated in Section 4.04(c), or if additional equity in the
          Company is otherwise necessary and has been approved by the
          Members if and to the extent such approval is required pursuant to
          Section 3.06(a), then each Member shall make Additional Capital
          Contributions in cash, in proportion to the Members  respective
          Sharing Ratios, at such times and in such amounts as specified in
          written notices from the Management Committee to the Members.
               5.04 Temporary Casino Loan.
               If the Management Committee Approves and elects to
          proceed with a Temporary Casino, Circus shall make or cause to
          be made to the Company, loans in an aggregate amount equal to
          the Temporary Casino Cost (the  Temporary Casino Loans ),
          which Loans (i) shall be advanced from time to time as needed to
          pay the Temporary Casino Costs, (ii) shall bear interest from the
          dates of advance until repaid at the Loan Rate, and (iii) shall be
          repaid in monthly installments beginning upon the opening of the
          Temporary Casino, equal to the sum of principal amortized over
          the estimated number of months of operation of the temporary
          casino, plus accrued but unpaid interest.  Such monthly
          installments shall be paid or reserved for payment from first
          available cash of the Company (after payment or reservation for
          payment of the Tax Distributions pursuant to Sections 6.03(a)(i)
          and 6.03 (b)(i), but prior to the calculation and distribution of
          Distributable Cash pursuant to Sections 6.03(a)(ii) and 6.03(b)(iii).
               5.05 Advances by Members.
               If the Company does not have sufficient cash to pay its
          obligations, a Member, with the Approval of the Management
          Committee, may advance all or part of the needed funds to or on
          behalf of the Company, provided that the Management Committee
          shall grant to each other Member the right to advance a
          proportionate part (based upon the relative Sharing Ratios of each
          Member desiring to make an advance) of any funds described in
          this Section 5.05.  Payment by any Member on account of liability
          as a matter of law for Company obligations is deemed to be an
          advance under this Section 5.05.  An advance described in this
          Section 5.05 (i) constitutes a Member Loan from the Member
          making the advance to the Company, (ii) bears interest at the Loan
          Rate or such other interest rate as may be Approved by the
          Management Committee, from the date of the advance until the
          date of payment, (iii) is not a Capital Contribution, and (iv) shall
          be repaid or reserved for repayment from the first available cash
          of the Company in any Fiscal Year, after payment of principal and
          interest in respect of all Temporary Casino Loans and after
          payment or reservation for payment of Tax Distributions to the
          Members pursuant to Sections 6.03(a)(i) and 6.03(b)(i) and
          payment of the Management Fee pursuant to Section 6.03(b)(ii),
          but prior to any other distribution to the Members of Distributable
          Cash with respect to such Fiscal Year.
               5.06 Capital Accounts.
                    (a)  The Company shall establish an individual
          Capital Account for each Member.  The Company shall determine
          and maintain each Member s Capital Account in accordance with
          Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).  The Capital Account of
          each Member shall be equal to the aggregate amount of cash
          contributed by such Member to the Company, increased by (i) the
          Agreed Value of property contributed by such Member to the
          Company (other than a promissory note by such Member who is
          the maker of such note), net of liabilities secured by such property
          that the Company assumes or takes the property subject to, (ii) the
          amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member other
          than liabilities secured by property distributed to such Member,
          (iii) such Member's distributive share of Profits of the Company
          and (iv) any items in the nature of income and gain which are
          excluded from the definitions of Profits and Losses and allocated
          to such Member, and reduced by (i) such Member's distributive
          share of Losses, (ii) the amount of any distributions of cash to
          such Member, (iii) the amount of liabilities of such Member
          assumed by the Company, other than liabilities secured by
          property contributed by such Member, (iv) the Agreed Value of
          property (net of liabilities assumed by such Member and liabilities
          to which such distributed property is subject) distributed to such
          Member, and (v) any items in the nature of deductions or losses
          which are excluded from the definitions of Profits and Losses and
          allocated to such Member.
                    (b)  For purposes of computing the amount of any
          item of income, gain, loss or deduction to be reflected in the
          Members  Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and
          classification of any such item shall be the same as its
          determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax
          purposes (including, without limitation, any method of
          depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose),
          provided, that:
                         (i)  Except as otherwise provided in
          Regulations Section 1.7041(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all
          items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without
          regard to any election under section 754 of the Code which may
          be made by the Company and, as to those items described in
          section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard
          to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or
          are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income
          tax purposes.
                         (ii) Any income, gain or loss attributable
          to the taxable disposition of any Company property shall be
          determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date
          of disposition were equal in amount to the Company s Carrying
          Value with respect to such property as of such date.
                         (iii)     In accordance with the requirements
          of section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation,
          cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed
          Property shall be determined as if the adjusted tax basis of such
          property on the date it was acquired by the Company were equal
          to the Agreed Value of such property.  Upon an adjustment
          pursuant to Section 5.06(d) to the Carrying Value of any Company
          property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any
          further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or
          amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A)
          as if the adjusted tax basis of such property were equal to the
          Carrying Value of such property immediately following such
          adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or
          amortization derived from the same method and useful life (or, if
          applicable, the remaining useful life) as is applied for federal
          income tax purposes; provided, however, that if the asset has a
          zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation,
          cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using
          any reasonable method that the Management Committee may
          adopt.
                    (c)  A transferee of a Membership Interest shall
          succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the
          transferor relating to the Membership Interest so transferred;
          provided, however, that, if the transfer causes a termination of the
          Company under section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, the Company s
          properties shall be deemed to have been distributed in liquidation
          of the Company to the Members (including any transferee of a
          Membership Interest that is a party to the transfer causing such
          termination) pursuant to Section 13.02 and recontributed by such
          Members in reconstitution of the Company.  Any such deemed
          distribution shall be treated as an actual distribution for purposes
          of this Section 5.06.  In such event, immediately prior to such
          deemed distribution the Carrying Values of the Company
          properties shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 5.06(d)(ii) and such
          Carrying Values shall then constitute the Agreed Values of such
          properties upon such deemed contribution to the reconstituted
          Company.  The Capital Accounts of such reconstituted Company
          shall be maintained in accordance with the principles of this
          Section 5.06.
                    (d)  The Carrying Value of Company property
          and the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted in the
          following circumstances:
                         (i)  Consistent with the provisions of
          Regulations Section 1.701-l(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of
          additional Membership Interests for cash or Contributed Property
          (other than contributions by the Members pursuant to Sections
          5.01, 5.02 and 5.03) the Capital Accounts of all Members and the
          Carrying Value of each Company property immediately prior to
          such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any
          Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company
          property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been
          recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately
          prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Members at
          such time pursuant to Section 6.04.  In determining such
          Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market
          value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or
          cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional
          Membership Interests shall be determined by the Management
          Committee using such reasonable method of valuation as it may
          adopt.  The Management Committee shall allocate such aggregate
          value among the assets of the Company (in such manner as it
        determines in its sole discretion to be reasonable) to arrive at a fair
          market value for individual properties.
                         (ii) In accordance with Regulations
          Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or
          deemed distribution to a Member of any Company property (other
          than a distribution solely of cash that is not in redemption or
          retirement of a Membership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all
          Members and the Carrying Value of such Company property shall
          be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain
          or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if
          such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in
          a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for
          an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated
          to the Members, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.04.  In
          determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the
          aggregate fair market value of all Company assets (including,
          without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to
          a distribution shall be determined and allocated by the Management
          Committee or the liquidator, as appropriate, using such reasonable
          method of valuation as it may adopt.
                    (e)  Capital Accounts shall be adjusted, in a
          manner consistent with this Section 5.06, to reflect any
          adjustments in items of the Company s income, gain, loss or
          deduction that result from amended returns filed by the Company
          or pursuant to a binding agreement by the Company with the
          Internal Revenue Service or a final court decision.
                    (f)  The foregoing provisions and the other
          provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital
          Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Sections 1.704-
          1(b) and 1.704-2 and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner
          consistent with such Regulations.
               5.07 No Withdrawal.
               The Company shall not be obligated to redeem or
          repurchase the Membership Interest of any Member. No Member
          shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Additional Capital
          Contribution, except as provided in Section 5.08(a), or to receive
          any distributions from the Company except as expressly provided
          herein or by law. In no event shall any Member have the right to
          redeem or receive any assets of the Company other than cash.  A
          Member shall not be entitled to receive any additional withdrawal
          distribution under Section 305 of the Act except as provided in this
          Agreement.
               5.08 Member Failure to Advance.
               In the event a Member fails to advance to the Company the
          full amount of a Capital Contribution which such Member is
          obligated to advance in accordance with the provisions of Sections
          5.01, 5.02 or 5.03 (a  Defaulting Member ), then the other
          Member, provided it is a Non-Defaulting Member, shall have the
          right (but shall not be obligated), exercisable upon at least thirty
          (30) days prior written notice to the Defaulting Member at any
          time following the date (the  Funding Date ) the Members were
          required to fund such Capital Contributions, but only so long as
          the Defaulting Member shall continue to be a Defaulting Member
          hereunder, to elect any of the following remedies, any of which
          may be instituted by the Non-Defaulting Member for its own
          account, or on behalf of the Company, as appropriate; provided
          however, that if Circus is the Defaulting Member and such default
          consists of the failure of Circus to duly and timely make its Initial
          Capital Contributions and Additional Capital Contributions
          pursuant to Sections 5.01(b) and 5.02, then the sole and exclusive
          remedies of the Non-Defaulting Member shall be as set forth in
          Section 5.08(b), Section 5.08(c) (but only to make Member Loans
          and not to make Additional Capital Contributions or to otherwise
          take any action which might have the effect of diluting Circus 
          Sharing Ratio in the Company) and Section 5.08(d):
                    (a)  To cause the Company to return to the Non-
          Defaulting Member the full amount of the Additional Capital
          Contribution under Section 5.03 previously advanced to the
          Company by the Non-Defaulting Member with respect to the
          relevant Funding Date, such refund to be made immediately upon
          written demand therefor from the Non-Defaulting Member; or
                    (b)  In lieu of the provisions of subsection (a)
          above, cause the Company to institute and prosecute appropriate
          arbitration proceedings pursuant to Section 15.12 hereof, to compel
          the Defaulting Member to make the full Capital Contribution
          required hereunder. The Defaulting Member shall indemnify and
          hold harmless the other Members and the Company from and
          against any and all costs and expenses (including legal fees and
          disbursements) incurred in instituting and prosecuting any such
          proceeding, and the amount thereof may be recovered by the
          Company and the Non-Defaulting Member as part of the judgment
          entered in the proceedings brought to enforce the obligation of the
          Defaulting Member. The amount which may be recovered by the
          Company in connection with any such proceedings shall be the
          amount of the Additional Capital Contribution as to which the
          Defaulting Member is in default together with interest at the
          Default Rate from the due date thereof until recovery, such interest
          to inure to the benefit of the Non-Defaulting Member as liquidated
          damages and not as a penalty; or
                    (c)  Whether or not arbitration proceedings are
          instituted pursuant to subsection (b) above, but in lieu of the
          provisions of subsection (a) above, the Non-Defaulting Member
          may (but shall not be obligated to) advance to the Company an
          additional sum equal to (but not less than) the difference between
          the full amount of the Additional Capital Contribution which the
          Defaulting Member was required to advance to the Company and
          the actual amount thereof, if any, so advanced by the Defaulting
          Member (said difference being herein referred to as the  Unfunded
          Balance ). If the Non-Defaulting Member elects to advance an
          additional amount equal to the Unfunded Balance to the Company,
          it shall, concurrently therewith, elect, by notice in writing to the
          Company and the Defaulting Member, to treat the additional
          advance either as a Default Loan (as described in Section 5.09) or
          as an Additional Capital Contribution to the Company, or any
          combination of Default Loan and Additional Capital Contribution.
          If the Non-Defaulting Member elects to treat all or part of the
          additional advance as an Additional Capital Contribution to the
          Company, then (i) the amount of such advance which is treated as
          an Additional Capital Contribution shall be credited to the Capital
          Account of the Non-Defaulting Member; and (ii) the Sharing
          Ratios of the Members shall be adjusted (provided, however, that
          the adjustment shall not affect the Capital Accounts of the
          Members), effective as of the date of the additional advance made
          by the Non-Defaulting Member, as follows:
                         (i)  The Sharing Ratio of the Non-
          Defaulting Member shall be equal to the percentage determined by
          dividing the sum of all Additional Capital Contributions made by
          the Non-Defaulting Member pursuant to Section 5.03 plus one
          hundred fifty percent (150%) of all Additional Capital
          Contributions then and theretofore made by the Non-Defaulting
          Member pursuant to this Section 5.08(c) (including, but not limited
          to, the Additional Capital Contribution made hereunder with
          respect to the Funding Date in question) by the sum total of all
          Additional Capital Contributions to the Company made by all
          Members pursuant to Section 5.03 and pursuant to this Section
          5.08(c), provided, however in no event shall the Sharing Ratio of
          the Non-Defaulting Member exceed ninety-nine percent (99%);
                         (ii) The Sharing Ratio of the Defaulting
          Member shall be an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%)
          less the Sharing Ratio of the Non-Defaulting Member, as adjusted
          pursuant to clause (i) above; or
                    (d)  Whether or not arbitration proceedings are
          instituted pursuant to subsection (b) above but in lieu of the
          provisions of subsections (a) and (c) above, the Non-Defaulting
          Member may (but shall not be obligated to) purchase the entire
          Membership Interest of the Defaulting Member for a Buy-Out
          Price equal to the sum of (i) eighty percent (80%) of the Adjusted
          Capital Contribution Account of the Defaulting Member and (ii)
          one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding balance of principal
          and accrued interest due to the Defaulting Member in respect of
          any Member Loans.  If ACG is the Defaulting Member, the Buy-
          Out Price shall be payable in cash within ninety days (90) after the
          election of Circus to purchase ACG s Membership Interest.  If
          Circus is the Defaulting Member, the Buy-Out Price shall be
          payable pursuant to a promissory note executed by ACG, bearing
          interest at the Loan Rate, payable in sixty (60) equal monthly
          installments of principal plus accrued but unpaid interest beginning
          on the first day of the calendar month next following the date of
          closing.  In addition, and as a condition precedent to such purchase
          if ACG is purchasing Circus  Membership Interest, ACG shall
          cause Circus and its Affiliates to be released from and relieved of
          all personal guaranties, personal liability and other Credit Support
          relating to any then-outstanding Construction Financing or
          Permanent Financing relating to the Project or the Temporary
          Casino.  The closing of the purchase transaction shall take place
          within ninety (90) days after written notice from the Non-
          Defaulting Member to the Defaulting Member.
               5.09 Default Loans.
                    (a)  If the Non-Defaulting Member shall elect to
          advance a Default Loan as contemplated by Section 5.08 (the
           Default Loans ), the amount of such advance shall be made to
          the Company but shall, for all purposes, be deemed a loan made
          to and on behalf of the Defaulting Member to enable the
          Defaulting Member to make its required Additional Capital
          Contribution. Default Loans shall bear interest at the Default Rate,
          and, if not sooner paid, the outstanding principal amount thereof,
          together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and
          payable in full on the Liquidation Date in accordance with the
          priorities set forth in Article XIII. In order to secure the payment
          of the Default Loans, and interest thereon, the Defaulting Member
          shall be deemed to have granted to the Non-Defaulting Member a
          security interest in the Membership Interest of the Defaulting
          Member and shall be deemed to have constituted and appointed the
          Non-Defaulting Member, or any officer, agent, employee, or
          Affiliate of the Non-Defaulting Member designated by the Non-
          Defaulting Member, as the true and lawful agent and
          attorney-in-fact for the Defaulting Member with full power of
          substitution and with the full right, power and authority to execute
          such financing statements, continuation statements and other
          similar instruments and documents reasonably necessary in order
          to perfect the security interest herein granted.
                    (b)  The making of a Default Loan by the Non-
          Defaulting Member shall not relieve the Defaulting Member of its
          obligation to make the Additional Capital Contribution, or the
          portion thereof as to which it is in default. The Non-Defaulting
          Member shall have the right at any time that a Default Loan is
          outstanding, to elect the remedies set forth in Section 5.08(b), in
          which event the recovery shall first be applied in payment of
          outstanding Default Loans and interest thereon. In addition, the
          Non-Defaulting Member shall have the right, at its election and
          without further action of the Management Committee, to contribute
          to the Company, at any time or from time to time, an amount not
          to exceed the principal amount of the Default Loans outstanding,
          together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the amount
          thereof to be treated as though an Additional Capital Contribution
          had been made to the Company pursuant to Section 5.08(c) with
          an adjustment to the Sharing Ratios of the Members with respect
          to the amount so contributed as contemplated by Section 5.08(c),
          in which event, however, the Default Loan, and all accrued and
          unpaid interest thereon, shall be deemed to have been paid in full.
               5.10 Status as Defaulting Member.
               A Defaulting Member shall cease to be such on the earlier
          to occur of (i) payment of the required Capital Contribution, and
          any required interest in full prior to any funding on behalf of the
          Defaulting Member by the Non-Defaulting Member; (ii) if a
          Default Loan has not been advanced by the Non-Defaulting
          Member, an election by the Non-Defaulting Member to treat its
          contribution on behalf of the Defaulting Member as an Additional
          Capital Contribution to the Company and to adjust the Sharing
          Ratios accordingly; and (iii) if a Default Loan has been advanced
          by the Non-Defaulting Member, upon payment thereof, and
          interest thereon in full, or upon deemed payment thereof by
          contribution of the amount thereof to the capital of the Company
          by the Non-Defaulting Member.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
          and except as otherwise expressly approved in writing by the Non-
          Defaulting Member, a Defaulting Member shall not be entitled to
          cure its default and to be reinstated as a Member in good standing
          in the Company if the Non-Defaulting Member has delivered a
          written notice of exercise of the right to purchase the Defaulting
          Member s Membership Interest pursuant to Section 5.08(d) and
          such default has not been cured within ten (10) days after delivery
          of such written notice.
               5.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries.
               The right or obligation of any Member to make any Capital
          Contribution or any Default Loan, or otherwise to do, perform,
          satisfy or discharge any liability or obligation of any Member
          hereunder, or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or as
          provided at law or in equity, shall not confer any right or claim
          upon or otherwise inure to the benefit of any creditor or other
          third party having dealings with the Company or any Member, it
          being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement
          shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by,
          the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. The
          rights or obligations of the Members herein set forth, including,
          without limitation, the obligation or right to make Capital
          Contributions or the right to make Default Loans shall not be
          deemed an asset of the Company, may not be sold, transferred or
          assigned by the Company in connection with any sale or transfer
          of a Membership Interest made in accordance with the provisions
          of this Agreement, and may not be pledged or encumbered to
          secure any debt or other obligation of the Company or of the
          Members.
     
     ARTICLE VI
                          
          SHARING RATIO; CASH DISTRIBUTIONS;
           ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS
                              6.01 Sharing Ratios
               The Members shall have the following initial Sharing Ratios
          in the Company:
                                   ACG       55%
                                   Circus    45%
               6.02 Periodic Determination of Distributable Cash
                    (a)  The Management Committee shall review on
          a monthly basis the cash flow of the Company and, consistent with
          prudent business practices, shall determine the amounts, if any, of
          funds available for designation and distribution as Distributable
          Cash.
                    (b)  All such distributions shall be made only to
          the Persons who, according to the books and records of the
          Company, are the holders of record of the Membership Interests
          in respect of which such distributions are made on the actual date
          of distribution.  To the greatest extent permitted by law, neither
          the Company nor any Committee Member shall incur any liability
          for making distributions in accordance with this Article VI.
                    (c)  In determining Distributable Cash From
          Temporary Casino with respect to each Fiscal Year, the
          Management Committee shall set aside as a reserve to be used by
          the Company to reduce the Construction Financing for the Project,
          an amount equal to a specified percentage of funds in excess of the
          Tax Distribution with respect to such Fiscal Year, that would
          otherwise be available as Distributable Cash From Temporary
          Casino.  Such specified percentage shall be Approved by the
          Management Committee at the time it elects to proceed with
          development of a Temporary Casino.
                    (d)  A Member, regardless of the nature of the
          Member s Capital Contribution, has no right to demand and
          receive any distribution from the Company in any form other than
          cash.  No Member may be compelled to accept from the Company
          a distribution of any asset in kind in lieu of a proportionate
          distribution of money being made to other Members.  Except upon
          a dissolution and the winding up of the Company, no Member may
          be compelled to accept a distribution of any asset in kind.
               6.03 Distribution of Distributable Cash
                    (a)  Distributable Cash From Temporary Casino
          with respect to each Fiscal Year shall be distributed to the
          Members in the following order of priority:
                         (i)  First, to each Member an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) such Member s Tax
          Distribution with respect to such Fiscal Year; and
                         (ii) Second to the Members in accordance
          with their respective Sharing Ratios.
                    (b)  Distributable Cash From Operations with
          respect to each Fiscal Year shall be distributed to the Members in
          the following order of priority:
                         (i)  First, to each Member an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) such Member s Tax
          Distribution with respect to such Fiscal Year, but without
          duplication of any amounts distributed pursuant to Section
          6.03(a)(i) with respect to such Fiscal Year;
                         (ii) Second, to Circus, an amount equal
          to its Management Fee with respect to such Fiscal Year and the
          accrued but unpaid portion of its Management Fee with respect to
          any prior Fiscal Year; and
                         (iii)     Third, to the Members in accordance
          with their respective Sharing Ratios.
               6.04 Determination and Allocation of Profits and
          Losses
                    (a)  Losses of the Company for each Fiscal Year
          shall be allocated to the Members in the following order of
          priority:
                         (i)  First, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of Profits previously allocated to such Member
          pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(vi) over the cumulative amount of
          Losses previously allocated to such Member pursuant to this
          Section 6.04(a)(i);
                         (ii) Second, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of Profits previously allocated to such Member
          pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(v) over the cumulative amount of
          Losses previously allocated to such Member pursuant to this
          Section 6.04(a)(ii);
                         (iii)     Third, Circus, an amount equal to the
          excess, if any of the cumulative amount of Profits previously
          allocated to Circus pursuant to Section 6.04(b)(iv) over the
          cumulative amount of Losses previously allocated to Circus
          pursuant to this Section 6.04(a)(iii);
                         (iv) Fourth, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than), in the case of ACG , its
          positive Capital Account balance and, in the case of Circus, the
          excess, if any, of its positive Capital Account balance over the
          aggregate amount of its Capital Contributions pursuant to Sections
          5.01 and 5.02, in each case after adjustment of such Member s
          Capital Account for any Losses allocated to such Member pursuant
          to Sections 6.04(a)(i), (ii) and (iii);
                         (v)  Fifth, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) such Member s positive
          Capital Account balance, after adjustment of such Member s
          Capital Account for any Losses allocated to such Member pursuant
          to Sections 6.04(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv); and
                         (vi) Sixth, to the Members, pro rata in
          accordance with their respective Sharing Ratios.
                    (b)  Profits of the Company for each Fiscal Year
          shall be allocated to the Members in the following order of
          priority:
                         (i)  First, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of Losses previously allocated to such Member
          pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(vi) over the cumulative amount of
          Profits previously allocated to such Member pursuant to this
          Section 6.04(b)(i);
                         (ii) Second, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of Losses previously allocated to such Member
          pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(v) over the cumulative amount of
          Profits previously allocated to such Member pursuant to this
          Section 6.04(b)(ii);
                         (iii)     Third, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of Losses previously allocated to such Member
          pursuant to Section 6.04(a)(iv) over the cumulative amount of
          Profits previously allocated to such Member pursuant to this
          Section 6.04(b)(iii);
                         (iv) Fourth, to Circus, an amount equal to
          (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of the Management Fee Allocation with respect
          to such Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years over the cumulative
          amount of Profits previously allocated to Circus pursuant to this
          Section 6.04(b)(iv);
                         (v)  Fifth, to each Member, an amount
          equal to (or in proportion to if less than) the excess, if any of the
          cumulative amount of Distributable Cash distributed to such
          Member pursuant to Section 6.03 with respect to such Fiscal Year
          and all prior Fiscal Years over the cumulative amount of Profits
          previously allocated to such Member pursuant to Section
          6.04(b)(iv) and this Section 6.04(b)(v); and
                         (vi) Sixth, to the Members, pro rata in
          accordance with their respective Sharing Ratios.
               6.05 Tax Regulatory Provisions
                    (a)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
          6.04(a), in no event shall any allocation of Losses (or any other
          loss, deduction or Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditure) to any
          Member cause such Member to have or increase a deficit balance
          in its Adjusted Capital Account.
                    (b)  If a Member receives an adjustment,
          allocation or distribution described in Regulations Section 1.704-
          1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) which creates or increases a deficit
          balance (taking into account distributions, other than distributions
          in liquidation of the Company, reasonably expected to be made) in
          such Member s Adjusted Capital Account (as provided in
          Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6)), the
          Company shall allocate items of income or gain (as those terms are
          used in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)) to such Member
          in an amount and manner to eliminate the Member s Capital
          Account deficit attributable to such adjustment, allocation or
          distribution as quickly as possible.
                    (c)  If there is a net decrease in the Company s
          Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, each Member shall be
          allocated items of income and gain for such Fiscal Year equal to
          such Member s share of the net decrease in Minimum Gain during
          such Fiscal Year in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-
          2(f) and (g).
                    (d)  Any item of Company loss, deduction or
          Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditure that is attributable to Member
          Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated to the Member or Members
          that bear the economic risk of loss with respect to such Member
          Nonrecourse Debt in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-
          2(i).  If there is a net decrease during any Fiscal Year in the
          minimum gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt (within
          the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), then any
          Member with a share of the minimum gain attributable to such
          Member Nonrecourse Debt at the beginning of such Fiscal Year
          shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such
          Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Fiscal Years) equal
          to such Member s share of the net decrease in Member
          Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain as provided in Regulations
          Section 1.704-2(i)(4).
                    (e)  In accordance with Section 704(c) of the
          Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d), income, gain,
          loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the
          capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated
          among the Members so as to take account of any variation between
          adjusted basis of such property to the Company and its initial
          Gross Asset Value.  In the event the Gross Asset Value of any
          Company property is adjusted (other than for Depreciation)
          subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with
          respect to such property shall take account of any variation
          between the adjusted basis of such property and its Gross Asset
          Value in the same manner as under Section 704(c) and the
          Regulations thereunder.  Any elections or other decisions relating
          to such allocation shall be made by the Members in a manner that
          reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement.
                    (f)  Recapture Income shall be apportioned
          among the Members, to the extent of Profits allocated to the
          Members, pro rata in accordance with the prior allocation of
          deductions to which such Recapture Income is attributable.
                    (g)  If there is a Liquidation of the Company, the
          Capital Accounts of the Members shall be adjusted to reflect the
          actual or anticipated Profits or Losses allocable among the
          Members shall be adjusted in accordance with, or as if there had
          been, an actual disposition of the Company s property at its fair
          market value.
               6.06 Taxable Year and Accounting Method.
               Except as otherwise required by the Code or the
          Regulations, the Company s taxable year shall be the calendar
          year.  The Company shall use the accrual method of accounting
          for federal income tax purposes.
               6.07 Tax Elections.
               Circus shall have the authority to make any election or
          other determination on behalf of the Company provided for under
          the Code or any provision of state or local tax law.  In making
          such elections, Circus shall consider the interests of both Members
          as well as that of the Company.
               6.08 Tax Matters Partner.
               The Tax Matters Partner (within the meaning of Section
          6231(a)(7) of the Code) of the Company shall be Circus.  In the
          event of an administrative or judicial proceeding, the Tax Matters
          Partner shall regularly consult with ACG regarding all significant
          decisions affecting such proceeding.  The Tax Matters Partner
          shall have the right to determine whether to challenge a final
          partnership administrative adjustment by initiating an action in the
          Tax Court or, if advised by counsel to do so and with the consent
          of ACG, in the United States District Court or the Claims Court.
               6.09 Tax Returns.
               Circus shall, at the cost of the Company, cause to be
          prepared and filed all necessary federal and state income tax
          returns for the Company.  Each Member shall furnish to the
          Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to
          Company operations that is necessary to enable the Company s
          income tax returns to be prepared and filed.

          ARTICLE VII
                          
            INFORMATION AND TRADE SECRETS
                              7.01 Information.
               In addition to the other rights set forth in this Agreement,
          each Member is entitled to all information to which that Member
          is entitled to have access under applicable law.
               7.02 Trade Secrets.
               Each Member acknowledges that, from time to time, it may
          receive information from or regarding the Company in the nature
          of trade secrets or that otherwise is confidential, the release of
          which may be damaging to the Company or Persons with which it
          does business or to other Members or their respective Affiliates. 
          Each Member shall hold in strict confidence and not use (except
          for matters involving the Company) any confidential information
          such Member receives regarding the Company and may not
          disclose it to any Person other than another Member, except for
          disclosures (a) compelled by law (but the Member must notify the
          Management Committee promptly of any request for that
          information, before disclosing it if practicable), (b) to advisers or
          representatives of the Member or Persons to which that Member s
          Membership Interest may be Disposed as permitted by this
          Agreement, but only if the recipients have agreed to be bound by
          the provisions of this Section 7.02, or (c) of information that
          Member also has received from a source independent of the
          Company that the Member reasonably believes obtained that
          information without breach of any obligation of confidentiality. 
          The Members acknowledge that breach of the provisions of this
          Section 7.02 may cause irreparable injury to the Company for
          which monetary damages are inadequate, difficult to compute, or
          both.  Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this
          Section 7.02 may be enforced by specific performance.

          ARTICLE VIII
                          
          BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
                              8.01 Maintenance of Books; Financial Statements;
          Annual Audits.
               The books of account for the Company shall be maintained
          on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP and the terms of this
          Agreement, except that the Capital Accounts of the Members shall
          be maintained in accordance with Section 5.06.  The accounting
          year of the Company shall be the calendar year.  The Company
          shall cause its financial statements to be audited annually by a  big
          six  firm of certified public accountants approved by a
          Supermajority of the Management Committee.
               8.02 Reports.
               The Company shall cause to be prepared or delivered such
          reports as the Management Committee shall from time to time
          deem appropriate.  Financial reports shall be sent to the Members
          upon request, in accordance with the provisions of the Act.  The
          Company shall bear the costs of all these reports.
               8.03 Accounts.
               The Company shall establish and maintain one or more
          separate bank and investment accounts and arrangements for
          Company funds in the Company name with financial institutions
          and firms that the Management Committee determines.  The
          Company s funds shall not be commingled with the funds of any
          Member.
               8.04 Required Records.
               The Company will maintain at its principal place or
          business the following records:
                    (a)  A current list of the full name and last
          known address of each Member and each Management Committee
          Member;
                    (b)  A copy of the Articles, together with any
          amendments to the Articles;
                    (c)  A copy of this Agreement as executed by the
          Members, together with all amendments to this Agreement and all
          records of the admission of Members, the Disposition of
          Membership Interests, and the admission of Substitute Members;
                    (d)  Copies of the Company s federal, state and
          local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three (3) most
          recent calendar years;
                    (e)  Copies of any financial statements of the
          Company for the three (3) most recent calendar years;
                    (f)  Records (including minutes and written
          consents) evidencing authorization of Company action; and
                    (g)  Copies of records that would enable a
          member to determine each Member s relative Capital Contribution,
          Membership Interest and Sharing Ratios.
               8.05 Access to Required Records.
                    (a)  After giving reasonable advance notice to the
          Company, any Member may inspect and review the Required
          Records and may, at the Member s sole cost and expense, having
          the Company make copies of any portion or all of the records.
                    (b)  Unless the Company agrees otherwise, all
          Member access to the Required Records must take place during the
          Company s regular business hours.  The Company may impose
          additional reasonable conditions and restrictions on Members 
          access to the Required Records, including specifying the amount
          of advance notice a Member must give and the charges imposed
          for copying.

          ARTICLE IX
            
                    ASSIGNEES; SUBSTITUTE MEMBERS;
          ADDITIONAL MEMBERS; WITHDRAWAL
                         9.01 Rights of Assignees.
               The Assignee of a portion of an initial Member s
          Membership Interest has no right to appoint Committee Members
          to the Management Committee or to otherwise participate in the
          management of the business and affairs of the Company or to
          become a Member.  Such Assignee is not entitled to vote, consent
          to or approve any matter for which this Agreement provides such
          right to a Member (such right being reserved to the assigning
          Member until the Assignee has been admitted as a Substitute
          Member) and is entitled to receive only those distributions to
          which the assigning Member would have been entitled, and to be
          allocated the Profits and Losses attributable to the Membership
          Interest assigned to it.
               9.02 Admission of Substitute Members.
               Subject to Article XII, an Assignee (and any subsequent
          Assignee) of all of an initial Member s Membership Interest shall
          be admitted as a Substitute Member and substituted to all of the
          rights of the assigning Member upon written request to (but
          without the necessity for approval of) the Management Committee. 
          An Assignee (and any subsequent Assignee) of a portion of an
          initial Member s Membership Interest may be admitted as a
          Substitute Member and substituted to all of the rights of the
          assigning Member with respect to the Membership Interest so
          assigned, but only with Supermajority approval of the Management
          Committee, which approval may be granted or withheld in its sole
          and absolute discretion.  In either event, if so admitted, the
          Substitute Member has all the rights and powers and is subject to
          all the restrictions and liabilities of the assigning Member.  The
          assignment of all or a portion of a Membership Interest or the
          admission of a Substitute Member, unless otherwise approved by
          a Supermajority of the Management Committee, shall not release
          the Member assigning the Membership Interest from any liability
          to the Company that may exist prior to the approval.
               9.03 Admission of Additional Members.
               The Management Committee, may permit the admission of
          Additional Members upon such terms and conditions as shall be
          approved by a Supermajority of the Management Committee.
               9.04 Withdrawal.
               No Member shall have the right to withdraw from the
          Company or to demand a return of its Capital Contribution at any
          time except as provided in Sections 5.08(a) or 9.06, or upon
          termination and dissolution of the Company, without the written
          consent of the other Member.  However, a Person shall cease to
          be a Member upon the happening of any of the following events:
                    (a)  the withdrawal of a Member with the consent
          of the other Member.
                    (b)  a Member becoming a Bankrupt Member or
          a Dissolved Member;
                    (c)  a Member assigning its entire Membership
          Interest to a Substitute Member pursuant to Section 9.02.
               9.05 Rights of Withdrawing Member.
               In the event any Member withdraws prior to the dissolution
          and winding up of the Company, the withdrawing Member (or its
          liquidator, trustee or receiver, as the case may be) shall thereafter
          hold the Membership Interest as an Assignee and shall not be
          entitled to receive any additional withdrawing distribution under
          Section 305 of the Act.
               9.06 Circus Limited Right to Withdraw.
                    (a)  The Members acknowledge that, as of the
          date of this Agreement, the Michigan Gaming Control Board has
          proposed regulations containing certain provisions which, if
          adopted in their present form, would materially adversely affect
          the business and affairs of the Company, Circus, CCEI and their
          Affiliates.  Circus has used, and will continue to use, its good faith
          best efforts to urge the Michigan Gaming Control Board to
          eliminate or substantially modify such adverse provisions in the
          final regulations.
                    (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
          contained in this Agreement, if Circus determines, in its
          reasonable judgment, that the initial final rules issued by the
          Michigan Gaming Control Board are likely to materially adversely
          affect the conduct of the business and affairs of a publicly-traded
          company which conducts gaming operations in Nevada and other
          jurisdictions in the United States, Circus shall have the absolute
          right, upon written notice to ACG within thirty days (30) after the
          promulgation of such initial final rules, to withdraw from the
          Company.  In such event, ACG shall be entitled to retain the $5
          million paid by Circus to ACG pursuant to Section 4.05(e)(i), but
          neither Circus, CCEI nor any of their respective Affiliates shall
          have any other or further liability or obligation of any nature
          whatsoever under or with respect to this Agreement or the subject
          matter hereof except the payment of its proportionate share of
          approved expenses incurred to the date of Circus  notification of
          intent to withdraw.  At the request of ACG, Circus shall execute
          and deliver such instruments as may be reasonably necessary to
          transfer its Membership Interest in the Company, without recourse
          or liability, to ACG or its designees.  If at the time of Circus 
          withdrawal, the Company, Circus or CCEI own any work product
          or other property which was generated or acquired in whole or in
          part with funds contributed or advanced by Circus or CCEI in
          connection with the Project, and if ACG or an Affiliate intends to
          proceed with the development of the Project, either alone or in
          concert with others, and such work product or other property will
          be used or useful by ACG or its successors in connection with the
          development and operation of the Project, such property shall
          become or remain the property of the Company or ACG or its
          designees upon the payment by Company or ACG of ACG s
          proportionate share of outside vendor costs in respect of such work
          product or other property within sixty days (60) after written
          demand.  In the event Circus withdraws pursuant to this Section
          9.06, neither CCEI nor any of its Affiliates (which for purposes
          hereof shall mean an entity in which at least 25% of the voting
          interest is owned and controlled by CCEI)   shall acquire any
          interest in a casino licensed under the Michigan Gaming Control
          and Revenue Act or within fifty (50) miles of the Project for a
          period of five (5) years after such withdrawal.

          ARTICLE X
             
                    LOSS OF LICENSE
                         10.01     Loss of License.
               A  Loss of License  shall mean any denial, failure to be found
          suitable or qualified, revocation, suspension (for a period in excess
          of three (3) days) or non-renewal of any License, or threat of any
          of the foregoing, whether resulting from any judicial or
          administrative proceeding, or otherwise, and which results,
          directly or indirectly, from any act or omission of any Member,
          or any Affiliate of a Member (including, for purposes of this
          Section, the members, shareholders, employees, agents, officers
          or directors of any of the Members, or their respective members
          or equity participants or any person or entity with whom such
          party has had business or other dealings), including, the
          commission of any crime or other act deemed inconsistent with the
          holding of a License, or the association or affiliation with
          unsuitable persons or entities, whether or not the allegations with
          respect thereto are true in fact, or the failure of any such Member
          or Affiliate to cooperate with the Gaming Authorities to the
          satisfaction of such Gaming Authorities.  No Loss of License shall
          be deemed to have occurred so long as proceedings with respect
          thereto are being contested with due diligence and in good faith by
          the Company, or the person or entity affected thereby, provided
          that, during the pendency of such proceedings, the Company is
          able to continue gaming operations on an uninterrupted basis and
          without additional restrictions with respect thereto. A Loss of
          License, however, shall be deemed to have occurred
          notwithstanding that additional rights of appeal or contest may be
          available if, as a result of any such action, gaming operations by
          the Company or by Circus or its Affiliates are prohibited or
          materially restrained, limited or restricted. For purposes of the
          below provisions of this Article X, the  Responsible Member 
          shall mean the Member (either Circus or ACG, as applicable)
          which is, or whose Affiliate is, responsible for the Loss of License
          and the  Non-Responsible Member  shall mean the other Member.
          If the Loss of License results from the acts or omissions of one or
          more Affiliates of both Members, then each Member shall be a
          Responsible Member with respect to the Affiliate whose acts or
          omissions were responsible for the Loss of License, and each
          Member shall also be deemed a Non-Responsible Member with
          respect to the same act or omission, and each shall separately have
          the right to invoke the provisions hereinafter set forth.
               10.02     Buy-Out Provisions Relating to Loss of License. 
                    (a)  If a Loss of License shall occur, then, within
          thirty (30) days after written notice from the Company or the Non-
          Responsible Member, or such lesser period as required by any
          applicable Gaming Authorities, the Responsible Member shall,
          subject to approval of any applicable Gaming Authorities, transfer
          its Membership Interest to one of its constituent members or to an
          Affiliate of such Member or constituent member, who is qualified
          to obtain and hold a License.  If such transfer does not occur
          within said cure period, the Responsible Member shall transfer its
          Membership Interest to the Company (or, at the written direction
          of the Company, directly to a designee of the Non-Responsible
          Member). In the event of such transfer to the Company or such
          designee, the Buy-Out Price payable to the Responsible Member
          for its Membership Interest shall be the lesser of (i) the amount
          approved by the Gaming Authorities or (ii) an amount determined
          as follows:
                         (i)  If ACG is the Responsible Member,
          the Buy-Out Price shall be an amount equal to the sum of (A)
          100% of the Net Book Value of ACG s Membership Interest, and
          (B) the outstanding balance of principal and accrued interest due
          to ACG in respect of any Member Loans, payable in cash at the
          closing.
                         (ii) If Circus is the Responsible Member,
          the Buy-Out Price shall be a principal amount equal to the sum of
          (A) Circus  Adjusted Capital Contribution Account, determined as
          of the last day of the month preceding the date of closing, and (B)
          the outstanding balance of principal and accrued interest due to
          Circus or its Affiliates in respect of any Member Loans.  The Buy-
          Out Price shall be payable pursuant to a promissory note executed
          by the Company and the Non-Responsible Member, bearing
          interest at the Loan Rate, payable in sixty (60) equal monthly
          installments of principal plus accrued but unpaid interest beginning
          on the first day of the calendar month next following the date of
          closing. In addition, and as a condition precedent to such buy-out,
          the Company and the Non-Responsible Member shall cause Circus
          and its Affiliates to be released from and relieved of all personal
          guarantees, personal liability and other Credit Support relating to
          any then-outstanding Construction Financing or replacement
          financing relating to the Project or the Temporary Casino. 
               (b)  The closing of the buy-out transaction shall take
          place within thirty (30) days after notice from the Company.  Each
          Member shall execute and deliver all documents and take all
          actions as either Member may deem reasonably necessary or
          advisable (consistent with the provisions of this Agreement), to
          effect such buy-out transaction.  
      
    ARTICLE XI
          
                      BANKRUPT MEMBER
                         11.01     Membership Interest.
                    (a)  If any Member becomes a Bankrupt Member,
          the Company shall have the option, exercisable by notice from the
          Company to the Bankrupt Member (or its representative) at any
          time prior to the 180th day after receipt of notice of the occurrence
          of the event causing it to become a Bankrupt Member, to buy, and
          on the exercise of this option the Bankrupt Member or its
          representative shall sell, its Membership Interest.
                    (b)  The purchase price shall be the lesser of (i)
          the amount approved by the applicable Gaming Authorities or (ii)
          an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Membership
          Interest, taking into account any sums owed to the Bankrupt
          Member by the Company or by the Bankrupt Member to the
          Company.  The Bankrupt Member and the Company each shall
          pay one-half of the costs of the appraisal.  The Company shall pay
          the Fair Market Value as so determined in eight (8) equal quarterly
          cash installments, the first due on the first day of the calendar
          quarter next following the closing, and the remainder (together
          with accumulated interest on the amount unpaid at the Loan Rate)
          shall be due on the first day of each calendar quarter thereafter
          until paid in full.
                    (c)  The payment to be made to the Bankrupt
          Member or its representative under this Section 11.01 is in
          complete liquidation and satisfaction of all the rights and interest
          of the Bankrupt Member and its representative (and of all Persons
          claiming by, through, or under the Bankrupt Member and its
          representative) in and in respect of the Company, including,
          without limitation, any Membership Interest, any rights in specific
          Company property, and any rights against the Company and
          (insofar as the affairs of the Company are concerned) against the
          Members.
                    (d)  If an event requiring a winding up of the
          Company occurs before the purchase price for the Company is
          determined under Section 11.01(b), then the purchase and sale
          shall not occur.  Instead, the Bankrupt Member or its successor
          shall be entitled to receive in the liquidation of the Company the
          same amount that Person would have received had the Bankrupt
          Member continued to be a Member or not become a Bankrupt
          Member.
       
   ARTICLE XII
            
                    DISPOSITIONS OF INTERESTS
                 12.01     Restrictions on the Disposition of a Membership
          Interest.
                    (a)  Except as otherwise expressly provided
          herein, no Member may Dispose of all or any portion of its
          Membership Interest, nor may ZRX or AEA Dispose of all or any
          portion of its membership interest in ACG, nor may the beneficial
          owners of ZRX or AEA Dispose of any of their respective
          ownership interests in ZRX or AEA, without complying with the
          provisions of Sections 12.02 and 12.03 hereof.  For purposes of
          this Article XII, but for no other purposes, (i) ZRX and AEA and
          their respective constituent members shall be treated as
           Members,  (ii) the membership interests of ZRX and AEA in
          ACG shall be treated as  Membership Interests,  and (iii) the
          membership interests in ZRX and AEA shall be treated as
           Membership Interests.   In the event ZRX or AEA (or a
          constituent member of such entity) is the transferring Member
          pursuant to Section 12.03 and Circus elects to purchase all or a
          portion of the Offered Interest, Circus shall not acquire a
          membership interest in ACG or such other entity, but in such
          event, ACG s Sharing Ratio shall be proportionately reduced and
          Circus  Sharing Ratio shall be appropriately increased, and (ii) the
          number of Management Committee Members to be appointed by
          ACG shall be decreased, and the number of Management
          Committee Members to be appointed by Circus shall be increased,
          by one (1) seat for each additional ten percent (10%) of Sharing
          Ratio acquired by Circus.  (For example:  Assume (i) AEA is the
          transferring Member , (ii) ZRX declines to acquire any of AEA s
          interest, (iii) Circus elects to acquire all of AEA s interest, and
          (iv) at the date of transfer AEA s beneficial ownership interest in
          ACG is 36.36%, which equates to a 20% Sharing Ratio in the
          Company [.3636 x .55 = .20].  In such event, this Agreement
          shall be deemed amended so that (i) the Sharing Ratio of Circus
          shall be increased from 45% to 65% and the Sharing Ratio of
          ACG shall be reduced from 55% to 35% and (ii) the number of
          Committee Members appointed to the Management Committee by
          Circus and ACG shall be 8 and 4, respectively.)
                    (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
          contained herein, for purposes of this Article XII, a  Disposition 
          shall not include (and the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 12.03
          shall not apply to) (i) a transfer by Circus to its parent or any
          wholly-owned Affiliate of its parent or in connection with the sale
          or transfer of substantially all of the assets of Circus or its parent
          (including without limitation, any transfer by merger,
          consolidation, stock sale, or the like); (ii) a transfer by ACG to an
          entity that is beneficially owned by the same Persons who
          presently own ACG and in the same percentage as are presently
          owned by such Persons; (iii) a transfer of any ownership interest
          in ZRX or AEA (A) to another Person owning an interest in such
          entity as of the date hereof, (B) to a trust (or similar vehicle) for
          the benefit of the family of the transferor, (C) to the beneficiaries
          or devisees upon the death of a transferor, (D) in connection with
          the entry of a divorce decree for or against a transferor, (E) to a
          corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other
          entity, the ownership or beneficiaries of which are comprised
          wholly of and limited to the transferors and/or their
          legal/beneficial owners, (F) as a result of the death or permanent
          disability of a transferor, or (G) to the beneficial owners of
          entities
          who are members upon the dissolution of the entity; (iv) or a
          transfer of the ownership interest in a Member if such transfer is
          incident to a transfer by the ultimate parent corporation of such
          Member of substantially all of its gaming assets; or (v) a transfer
          to create a security interest, or the acquisition by an  institutional
          investor  (as defined in Regulation 16.010 of the Nevada Gaming
          Control Act) pursuant to the exercise of rights under a bona fide
          security interest; provided that such Member shall give notice to
          the Company and the other Members upon completion of such
          transaction and shall provide to the Company and the other
          Members, to the extent requested, as a condition to the transferee
          being admitted as a Substitute Member, and in compliance with
          Section 9.02, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such transfer
          shall not result in the Company being characterized for federal
          income tax purposes as an association taxable as a corporation.
                    (c)  Except as contemplated by Articles X and
          XI, the Company shall not recognize for any purpose any
          purported Disposition of all or part of a Membership Interest
          unless and until the other applicable provisions of this
          Section 12.01 and the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 12.03 have
          been satisfied. 
                    (d)  For the right of a Member to Dispose of all
          or any portion of a Membership Interest or of any Person to be
          admitted to the Company in connection with such a Disposition to
          exist or (subject to the other provisions of this Article XII) be
          exercised, (i) either (A) such Membership Interest subject to the
          Disposition or admission must be registered under any applicable
          federal or state securities laws or (B) the Disposition or admission
          must be exempt from registration under those laws and (ii) the
          Disposition or admission, when added to the total of all other
          sales, assignments, or other Dispositions within the preceding 12
          months, must not result in the Company s being considered to have
          terminated within the meaning of section 708(b) of the Code.  The
          Management Committee, however, may waive the requirements of
          this Section 12.01(d).
                    (e)  The Member effecting a Disposition and any
          Person admitted to the Company in connection with that
          Disposition shall pay, or reimburse the Company for, all costs
          incurred by the Company in connection with the Disposition or
          admission.
                    (f)  The provisions of this Article XII shall
          supersede any conflicting provisions in the operating agreements
          or other applicable governing documents of ACG, AEA and ZRX.
                    (g)  Unless otherwise approved by ACG, or
          permitted pursuant to Section 12.01(b), Circus shall not have the
          right to transfer its Membership Interest until six (6) months after
          the initial opening of the Project for business to the public.
               12.02     Conditions to Disposition.
               As a condition precedent to any Disposition of a Member s
          Membership Interest, such Member shall obtain the prior written
          consent of the non-transferring Members and shall evidence
          compliance with the following:
                    (a)  Such Disposition, alone or when combined
          with other prior transactions, would not result in a termination of
          the Company within the meaning of Section 708 of the Code;
                    (b)  An opinion of counsel satisfactory to counsel
          to the Company, to the effect that such Disposition (i) is subject to
          an effective registration under, or exempt from the registration
          requirements of, the applicable state and federal securities laws;
          (ii) shall not result in the Company being characterized for federal
          income tax purposes as an association taxable as a corporation; and
          (iii) is not to a  tax-exempt entity  as such term is defined in
          Section 168(j) of the Code;
                    (c)  Such Disposition is not in violation of any
          provisions of any of the loan documents, or other similar
          documents relating to any Construction Financing or other
          financing obtained by the Company, or in violation of any other
          instrument, document or agreement to which the Company is, at
          the time of the proposed Disposition, a party or is otherwise
          bound;
                    (d)  The consent, approval or waiver of all
          applicable Gaming Authorities has been obtained and such
          Disposition is not in violation of any other applicable Legal
          Requirements; provided however, that in any event, all
          Dispositions shall only be made in accordance with the transfer of
          ownership rules of the Michigan Gaming Control Board.
                    (e)  Unless and until the Company receives from
          the Assignee the information and agreements that counsel to the
          Company may reasonably require, including, but not limited to,
          any social security or taxpayer identification number, the
          Disposition shall not be recognized by the Company; and
                    (f)  Unless and until the Company receives from
          the Assignee, in writing, an agreement wherein such Assignee
          expressly assumes and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement and agrees to be responsible for all
          reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Company in
          connection with the Disposition of the Membership Interest to the
          Assignee and, if applicable, the admission of such assignee as a
          Substitute Member, the Disposition shall not be recognized by the
          Company.
               12.03     Rights of First Refusal.
               Each time a Member proposes to Dispose of all or any part
          of such Member s Membership Interest (or is required by
          operation of law or other involuntary transfer to do so), such
          Member shall first offer such Membership Interest (the  Offered
          Interest ) to the non-transferring Members in accordance with the
          following provisions:
                    (a)  Such Member shall deliver a written notice
          to the non-transferring Members (the  Disposition Notice ) stating
          (i) such Member s bona fide intention to Dispose of the Offered
          Interest, (ii) the name and address of the proposed transferee, (iii)
          the Sharing Ratio of the Offered Interest, (iv) the purchase price
          (which must be entirely in cash) for which the Member proposes
          to Dispose of the Offered Interest, and (v) all other pertinent terms
          and conditions of such proposed bona fide Disposition.
                    (b)  Within sixty (60) days after receipt of the
          Disposition Notice (the  First Refusal Period ), the non-
          transferring Members shall have the first right to purchase all but
          not less than all of such Offered Interest upon the cash purchase
          price designated in such Disposition Notice and if they so elect,
          shall notify the Management Committee in writing (an
           Acceptance Notice ) of such election to purchase all or a portion
          of the Offered Interest.  The failure of a non-transferring Member
          to submit an Acceptance Notice within the applicable period shall
          constitute an election on the part of that Member not to purchase
          any of the Offered Interest.  If more than one non-transferring
          Member elects to purchase (the  Electing Members ), each
          Electing Member shall purchase a portion of the Offered Interest
          equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Electing
          Member s Sharing Ratio and the denominator of which is the total
          of all Electing Members  Sharing Ratios; provided however, that
          the Electing Members may agree to purchase the Offered Interest
          in some other proportion.  If the non-transferring Members elect
          to purchase the Offered Interest under this Section 12.03, such
          purchase shall be consummated within 10 business days after the
          end of the First Refusal Period.  At the closing of such purchase,
          the transferring Member shall transfer the Offered Interest to the
          Electing Members, free and clear of all liens, claims and other
          encumbrances against payment of the applicable cash purchase
          price.  
                    (c)  If the non-transferring Members do not elect
          to purchase all of the Offered Interest, then the transferring
          Member may transfer the Offered Interest to the proposed
          transferee, provided such transfer (i) is completed within 30 days
          after the expiration of the First Refusal Period, (ii) is made on
          terms no less favorable to the transferring Member than as
          designated in such Notice, and (iii) the requirements of Sections
          12.01 and 12.02 relating to consent of Members, securities and tax
          requirements hereof are met.  If such Offered Interest is not so
          transferred, the transferring Member must give notice in
          accordance with this Section prior to any other or subsequent
          transfer of all or any portion of its Membership Interest.
         
       ARTICLE XIII  
          
                    DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION
                         13.01     Dissolution.
               The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs
          shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:
                    (a)  the written Approval of a Supermajority of
          the Management Committee and ratification thereof by the
          Members pursuant to Section 3.06; or
                    (b)  any other event causing dissolution as
          described in section 801 of the Act.
               13.02     Liquidation and Termination.
               On dissolution of the Company, the Management
          Committee shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more
          other Persons as liquidator.  The liquidator shall proceed diligently
          to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions
          as provided in this Agreement.  The costs of liquidation shall be
          borne as a Company expense.  Until final distribution, the
          liquidator shall continue to operate the Company with all of the
          power and authority of the Management Committee.  The steps to
          be accomplished by the liquidator are as follows:
                    (a)  As promptly as practicable after dissolution
          and again after final liquidation, the liquidator shall cause a proper
          accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public
          accountants of the Company s assets, liabilities, and operations
          through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution
          occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable;
                    (b)  The liquidator shall pay from Company funds
          all of the debts and liabilities of the Company (including all
          expenses incurred in liquidation and any outstanding Member
          Loans) or otherwise make adequate provision for them (including,
          without limitation, the establishment of a cash escrow fund for
          contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the
          liquidator may reasonably determine);
                    (c)  The liquidator shall sell all Company
          property, including to Members; and
                    (d)  All remaining assets of the Company shall be
          distributed to the Members in accordance with, and to the extent
          of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as
          determined after taking into account all Capital Account
          adjustments, including, but not limited to, adjustments reflecting
          any revaluation of Company property pursuant to Section 5.06 and
          any other adjustments (other than those reflecting the distributions
          made by reason of this Section 13.02(d)) for the taxable year of
          the Company during which the liquidation of the Company occurs
          (with the date of such occurrence being determined pursuant to
          Regulations Section 1.703-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)); and such distribution
          shall be made by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within
          90 days after said date of such occurrence). 
               The distribution of cash to a Member in accordance with
          the provisions of this Section 13.02 constitutes a complete return
          to the Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete
          distribution to the Member of its Membership Interest and all the
          Company s property.  To the extent that a Member returns funds
          to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for
          those funds.
               13.03     Termination.
               On completion of the distribution of Company assets as
          provided in this Agreement, the Company is terminated, and the
          Management Committee (or such other Person or Persons as the
          Act may require or permit) shall cause the cancellation of the
          Articles and any filings made as provided in Section 2.05 and shall
          take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the
          Company.
          ARTICLE XIV
                          
           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                     14.01     Each of Circus, AEA and ZRX hereby represents
          and warrants to the others and to the Company as follows:
                    (a)  Such Person has all requisite power to
          execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate
          the transactions contemplated hereunder; the consummation of the
          transactions contemplated hereunder will not result in a breach or
          a violation of, or a default under, any agreement or instrument by
          which such Person or any of such Person s properties is bound or
          any statute, rule, regulation, order or other law to which it is
          subject, nor require the obtaining of any consent, approval, permit
          or license from or filing with, any Governmental Authority or
          other person by such Person in connection with the execution,
          delivery and performance by such Person of this Agreement, other
          than the Licenses and other governmental approvals which may be
          required in connection with the development, ownership and
          operation of the Project (and if applicable, the Temporary Casino).
                    (b)  This Agreement constitutes (assuming its due
          authorization and execution by the other Persons) such Person s
          legal, valid and binding obligation.  If such Person is a corporation
          or a limited liability company, all corporate and other proceedings
          required to be taken by such Person to authorize the execution,
          delivery and performance of this Agreement have been taken.
                    (c)  As of the date hereof, such Person has no
          actual knowledge of any facts or circumstances that are likely to
          adversely affect the ability of such Person (or any Affiliate or
          other Person having an interest in such Person) or the Company to
          receive all Licenses and other governmental approvals necessary
          or advisable for the construction, completion, operation, ownership
          and use of the Project as a gaming facility or which would
          otherwise adversely affect such Person s ability to be found
          suitable by any Gaming Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to
          the contrary contained herein, AEA shall indemnify and hold
          Circus and ZRX harmless from and against any and all loss, cost,
          liability, damage or expense incurred or suffered by Circus or
          ZRX as a consequence of the existence of any disputes concerning
          ownership interests in AEA.
                    (d)  Such Person is acquiring its direct or indirect
          Membership Interest for investment solely for such Person s own
          account and not for distribution, transfer or sale to others in
          connection with any distribution or public offering.
                    (e)  Such Person is financially able to bear the
          economic risk of an investment in the Company and has no need
          for liquidity in this investment.  Furthermore, the financial
          capacity of such Person is of such a proportion that the total costs
          of such Person s investment in the Company is not material when
          compared with such Person s total financial capacity.
                    (f)  Such Person has such knowledge, experience
          and skill in financial and business matters in general and with
          respect to investments of a nature similar to an investment in the
          Company so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of,
          and making an informed business decision with regard to, this
          investment.  Such Person acknowledges and understands that the
          purchase of its direct or indirect Membership Interest involves an
          investment in a new business that has no previous operating
          experience, and, therefore, this is a speculative investment with no
          assurance of success.
                    (g)  Such Person (i) has received all information
          that such Person deems necessary to make an informed investment
          decision with respect to an investment in the Company and (ii) has
          had the unrestricted opportunity to make such investigation as such
          Person desires pertaining to the Company and an investment
          therein and to verify any information furnished to such Person.
                    (h)  Such Person understands that such Person
          must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Company for
          an indefinite period of time because (i) the Membership Interests
          have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and
          applicable state securities laws and (ii) the Membership Interests
          may not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of
          except in accordance with this Agreement and then only if they are
          subsequently registered in accordance with the provisions of the
          Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or registration
          under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws is
          not required.
                    (i)  Such Person understands that the Company
          is not obligated to register the Membership Interests for resale
          under any applicable federal or state securities laws and that the
          Company is not obligated to supply such Person with information
          or assistance in complying with any exemption under any
          applicable federal or state securities laws.
                    (j)  Such Person if it is a limited liability
          company, is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of
          its jurisdiction of formation and has all power and authority
          necessary to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.
               14.02     Each of Circus, AEA and ZRX shall indemnify and
          hold the others harmless from and against any and all loss, cost,
          damage, liability or expense of whatsoever nature, incurred or
          suffered by the others resulting from a breach of any the foregoing
          representations and warranties by such indemnifying Person.
      
    ARTICLE XV    
          
                     GENERAL PROVISIONS
                         15.01     Offset.
               Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member,
          any amounts that Member owes the Company may be deducted
          from that sum before payment.
               15.02     Notices.
               All notices or other communications required or permitted
          to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficiently given if in
          writing and personally delivered, mailed by prepaid registered or
          certified mail, return receipt requested, sent by receipted overnight
          courier service or sent by facsimile transmission.  Notices and
          other communications shall be effective upon receipt by the Person
          to be notified and shall be addressed as follows (provided that any
          Person may change its address for notice purposes upon at least
          thirty (30) days prior written notice given pursuant to this Section
          14.02):
                    If to the Company:
                    Detroit Entertainment, L.L.C.
                    2211 Woodward Avenue
                    Fox Center Building, 10th Floor
                    Detroit, Michigan 48201
                    Attn: Michael Malik
               
                    If to Circus:
               
                    c/o Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc.
                    2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South
                    Las Vegas, Nevada  89109
                    Attn: General Counsel
                    Phone:  (702) 734-0410
                    Fax:  (702) 794-3810
               
                    If to ACG:
               
                    Atwater Casino Group, L.L.C.
                    c/o Thomas Celani
                    35601 Veronica Street
                    Livonia, Michigan 48150
               
                    with a copy to:
               
                    Dykema Gossett PLLC
                    800 Michigan National Tower
                    Lansing, Michigan 48933
                    Attn: Richard McLellan, Esq.
               
                    If to AEA:
               
                    Atwater Entertainment Associates, L.L.C.
                    300 River Place, Suite 6600
                    Detroit, Michigan 48207
                    Attn:  Herbert J. Strather
               
                    with a copy to:
               
                    Seyburn, Kahn, Ginn, Bess, Howard & Deitch, P.C.
                    2000 Town Center, Suite 1500
                    Southfield, Michigan 48075
                    Attn:  Laurence B. Deitch
               
                    If to ZRX:
               
                    ZRX, L.L.C.
                    c/o Thomas Celani
                    35601 Veronica Street
                    Livonia, Michigan 48150
               
                    with a copy to:
               
                    Dykema Gossett PLLC
                    800 Michigan National Tower
                    Lansing, Michigan 48933
                    Attn: Richard McLellan, Esq.
               
               15.03     Entire Agreement; Supersedure.
               This Agreement, sets forth the entire understanding and
          agreement of the Members relating to the Company and supersedes
          and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement
          (written or oral) of intent with respect to the Company.
               15.04     Effect of Waiver or Consent.
               A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any
          breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person
          of its obligations hereunder is not a consent or waiver to or of any
          other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the
          same or any other obligations of that Person hereunder.  Failure
          on the part of a Person to complain of any act of any Person or to
          declare any Person in default hereunder, irrespective of how long
          that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Person
      of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-
          of-limitations period has run.
               15.05     Amendment or Modification.
               This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to
          time only by a written instrument executed by the Members, as
          Approved by the Management Committee; provided however, that
          with respect to any provision of this Agreement which requires
          Supermajority approval of the Management Committee,  an
          amendment to such provision shall require Supermajority approval
          of the Management Committee.
               15.06     Binding Effect.
               Subject to the restrictions on Dispositions set forth in this
          Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit
          of the Members and their respective legal representatives,
          successors, and assigns.
               15.07     Governing Law; Severability.
               THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
          ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF
          THE STATE OF MICHIGAN WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
          ANY CHOICE OR CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISION OR
          RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN OR ANY
          OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE
          APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION
          OTHER THAN THE STATE OF MICHIGAN.  In the event any
          one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should
          be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the
          validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
          contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired
          thereby.
               15.08     Further Assurances.
               In connection with this Agreement and the transactions
          contemplated by it, each Member shall execute and deliver any
          additional documents and instruments and perform any additional
          acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform
          the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.
               15.09     Counterparts.
               This Agreement may be executed in any number of
          counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
          which together shall constitute a single instrument.
               15.10     Third Party Beneficiaries.
               None of the provisions of this Agreement, including
          without limitation, the limited joinder of CCEI as provided at the
          end of this Agreement, shall be for the benefit of or enforceable
          by any third party, including, without limitation, any creditor of
          the Company or any Member.  No such third party shall obtain
          any right under any provision of this Agreement (including without
          limitation, such limited joinder), or shall by reason of any such
          provision make any claim in respect of any debt, liability, or
          obligation (or otherwise) against the Company, any Member or
          CCEI.
               15.11     Relationship of Agreement to Default Rules.
               If any provision of this Agreement conflicts with a Default
          Rule, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and the
          Default Rule shall be modified or overridden accordingly.
               15.12     Arbitration.
               Any controversy arising from or relating to this Agreement
          shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Cleveland, Ohio,
          according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
          Arbitration Association.  The Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C.
          1 et seq.) shall apply, and discovery shall be permitted as
          provided in the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.  There shall be
       a single arbitrator, who shall be a retired state or federal appellate
          judge.  Any award or other determination rendered shall be final
          and conclusive upon the parties and a judgment thereon may be
          entered in the highest court of the forum, state or federal, having
        jurisdiction.  The expenses of the arbitration shall be borne equally
          by the parties to the arbitration, but each party shall pay for the
          cost of its own counsel, witnesses and other related expenses.  In
          making the award or other determination, the arbitrator shall be
          required to adhere to the terms of this Agreement and to applicable
          laws of the State, including the provisions of the Act.
               15.13     Supplemental Provisions.
               This Agreement shall be governed by the Rules of Usage
          and the Supplemental Provisions.
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed
          the Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
          
          
          
          
          ATWATER CASINO GROUP, L.L.C., 
          a Michigan limited liability company
          
          By:  Atwater Management Corporation,
               a Michigan corporation, its Manager
               
               By:Thomas Celani                           
                                        Thomas Celani, President
               
               By:  Herbert J. Strather                 
                       Herbert J. Strather, 
                            Chairman    
          CIRCUS CIRCUS MICHIGAN, INC., 
          a Michigan corporation
          
          By:      Glenn Schaeffer                        
          Name:  Glenn Schaeffer                       
          
          Title:     President                                 
           
          
                    

          LIMITED JOINDER
                          
               CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., hereby joins in
          the execution of the foregoing Operating Agreement, solely for the
          purpose of assuring to the Company that Circus will (i) make the
          Capital Contributions to the Company as specified in Sections
       5.01(b) and 5.02 above, (ii) use its good faith best efforts to secure
          Construction Financing and Permanent Financing as contemplated
          in Section 4.04 above, and (iii) cause a license for the use of
          certain Circus Intellectual Property to be granted to the Company
          as contemplated in Section 4.06 above.
          CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC.,
          a Nevada corporation
          
          
          By:                           
          
          Name:                              
          
          Title:                             
               ATWATER ENTERTAINMENT ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
          a Michigan limited liability company and ZRX, L.L.C., a
          Michigan limited liability company hereby join in the execution of
          the foregoing Operating Agreement, solely for the purposes of (i)
          making the representations and warranties set forth in Article XIV
          above and (ii) acknowledging that they have read, understand and
          agree to be bound by, the terms, covenants and provisions of the
          foregoing Operating Agreement.
          
          
          
          ATWATER ENTERTAINMENT
          ASSOCIATES, L.L.C., a Michigan limited
          liability company
          
          By:  Herbert J. Strather                     
               Herbert J. Strather, Manager
          
          By:  Nellie M. Varner                        
               Nellie M. Varner, Manager
          
          By:  Lawrence P. Doss              
               Lawrence P. Doss, Manager
          ZRX, L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability
          company
          
          By:  Z.L.M. CORPORATION, a
                         Michigan Corporation, its Manager
               
          By:  Thomas Celani        
               Thomas Celani, President
          
          By:      Michael Malik                           
                         
               Michael Malik, Member
          
          By:       Marian Ilitch                            
                         Marian Ilitch, Member
          
          By:       Thomas Celani                         
                       Thomas Celani, Member
          
          
          
          
          
                    
APPENDIX A    
                     DEFINITIONS
                    As used in the Operating Agreement (the  Agreement ) to
          which this is Appendix A is attached, the following terms have the
          meanings set forth below.  Unless otherwise expressly stated,
          references to Article and Section numbers shall mean the Article
          and Section numbers in the Agreement, and references to  herein 
          or  hereof  or words of like effect shall refer to the Agreement.
                Act  means the Michigan Limited Liability Company Act,
           450.4101 et seq., MSA 21.198 (4101) et seq., and any
          successor statute, as amended from time to time. 
                Acceptance Notice  has the meaning set forth in Section
          12.03.
                Additional Capital Contribution  means a Capital
          Contribution made pursuant to Sections 5.02 or 5.03.
                Additional Member  means a new Member admitted to
          the Company pursuant to Article IX, other than a Substitute
          Member.
                Additional Project Cost  means the amount, if any, by
          which the actual Project Cost exceeds the amount of the Project
          Budget initially Approved by the Management Committee.
                Adjusted Capital Account  of a Member means the
          Capital Account maintained for such Member as of the end of each
          Fiscal Year of the Company (a) increased by (i) any amount such
          Member is obligated to restore to its Capital Account under
          Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), (ii) an amount equal to the
          sum of such Member s allocable share of the Company s Minimum
          Gain attributable to Company Nonrecourse Liabilities and such
          Member s allocable share of the Company s Minimum Gain
          attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt, in each case as
          computed on the last day of such Fiscal Year in accordance with
          applicable Regulations and (iii) the amount of Company liabilities
          allocable to such Member under section 752 of the Code with
          respect to which such Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss
          to the extent such liabilities do not constitute  partner nonrecourse
          debt  under Regulations Section 1.752-2 and (b) reduced (but not
          below zero) by (i) all distributions to such Member pursuant to
          Sections 6.03 and 4.05(d) hereof and (ii) all other reasonably
          expected adjustments, allocations and distributions described in
          Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).
                Adjusted Capital Contribution Account  means for a
          Member, as of the date of calculation, the amount of such
          Member s Initial Capital Contributions (a) increased by the amount
          of any Additional Capital Contributions contributed by such
          Member under Article V and (b) reduced (but not below zero) by
          the aggregate amount of all distributions to such Member pursuant
          to Sections 6.03(a)(ii) and (iii), 6.03(b)(ii) and (iii) and 13.02(d)
          hereof.
                Adjusted Property  means any property the Carrying
          Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.05(d).  If
          an Adjusted Property is deemed distributed by, and recontributed
          to the Company for federal income tax purposes upon a
          termination thereof pursuant to section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code,
          such property shall thereafter constitute a Contributed Property
          until the Carrying Value of such property is subsequently adjusted
          pursuant to Section 5.05(d). 
                ACG  means Atwater Casino Group, L.L.C., a Michigan
          limited liability company (formerly known as X.R.N., L.L.C.),
          whose sole members are ZRX and AEA, and whose manager is
          AMC.
                AEA  means Atwater Entertainment Associates, L.L.C.,
          a Michigan limited liability company, which is a member of ACG.
                Affiliate  means, with respect to any Person, any Person
          directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common
          control with such Person.  For the purposes of the preceding
          sentence, the term  control  means the possession, directly or
          indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, of the following:
          (a) in the case of a corporation, more than 50% of the outstanding
          voting securities thereof; (b) in the case of a limited liability
          company, partnership, limited partnership or venture, the right to
          more than 50% of the distributions therefrom (including liquidating
          distributions); (c) in the case of a trust or estate, more than 50%
          of the beneficial interest therein; or (d) in the case of any other
          Person, more than 50% of the economic or beneficial interest
          therein. 
                Agreed Value  of any Contributed Property means the
          fair market value of such Contributed Property at the time of
          contribution as determined by agreement of the Management
          Committee and the contributing Member; provided, however, that
          the Agreed Value of any property deemed contributed to the
          Company for federal income tax purposes upon termination and
          reconstitution thereof pursuant to section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code
          shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.06(c).  Subject
          to Section 5.06(c), the Management Committee shall, in its sole
          discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate
          to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties
          contributed to the Company in a single or integrated transaction
          among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair
          market value of each Contributed Property. 
                Agreement  means this Operating Agreement, as
          amended from time to time.
                AMC  means Atwater Management Corporation, a
          Michigan corporation, which is the manager of ACG.
                Approval of the Management Committee  or words of
          like effect, means, unless otherwise expressly stated, the approval
          of a Majority of the Management Committee.
                Articles  means the Articles of Organization of the
          Company, as amended or restated,  which are filed with the
          Department.
                Assignee  means a transferee of a Membership Interest
          who has not been admitted as a Substitute Member.
                Assignment Agreement  means the Assignment
          Agreement between ACG and Circus by which ACG has
          transferred a 99.9% interest in the Preference Right to Circus.
                Bankrupt Member  means any Member with respect to
          which a petition shall have been filed by or against such Member
          as a  debtor  and the adjudication of such Member as a bankrupt
          under the provisions of the bankruptcy laws of the United States
          of America shall have commenced, or that such Member shall
          made an assignment for the benefit of its creditors generally or a
          receiver shall have been appointed for substantially all of the
          property and assets of such Member (and the terms  Bankruptcy 
          and  Bankrupt  shall have correlative meanings). 
                Business Day  means a day of the year, other than a
          Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in the city in
          which the principal office of the Company is located, are not
          required or authorized to remain closed and on which The New
          York Stock Exchange is not closed.
                Buy-Out Price  means, with respect to Sections 5.08(d),
          9.04 or 10.02(a), the consideration payable to the Defaulting
          Member, the Responsible Member or the withdrawing Member, as
          the case may be, for its Membership Interest. 
                CCEI  means Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada
          corporation, which is the parent of Circus.
                Capital Account  means the capital account maintained
          for a Member pursuant to Section 5.06. 
                Capital Contribution  means the sum of the of amount
          of cash and the Net Agreed Value of property contributed by a
          Member to the capital of the Company. 
                Carrying Value  means (a) with respect to a Contributed
          Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not
          below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery
          deductions charged to the Members  Capital Accounts in respect
          of such Contributed Property, (b) with respect to an Adjusted
          Property, the amount determined pursuant to Section 6.05(d)(i) or
          (ii), as appropriate, reduced (but not below zero) by all
          depreciation, amortization and cost recovery charged to the
          Members  Capital Accounts in respect of such Adjusted Property,
          and (c) with respect to any other Company property, the adjusted
          basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of
          the time of determination.  The Carrying Value of any property
          shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Sections
          6.05(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to
          the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Company
          properties, as deemed appropriate by the Management Committee. 
                Circus  means Circus Circus Michigan, Inc., a Michigan
          corporation.
                Circus Intellectual Property  means (i) the trade names,
          trademarks, logos, trade dress and related trade and service marks
          of Circus or any Affiliate under which the Project will operate,
          and (ii) any proprietary databases created by or for Circus or any
          Affiliate in connection with the operation of the Project.
                Code  means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and any
          successor statute, as amended from time to time. 
                Committee Member  means a Person appointed to the
          Management Committee by a Member pursuant to Section 3.02.
                Company  means the limited liability company known as
           Detroit Entertainment, L.L.C.  created by the filing of the
          Articles and governed pursuant to this Agreement and the Act.
                Company Nonrecourse Deductions  means, with respect
          to Company Nonrecourse Liabilities, the amount of deductions,
          losses and expenses equal to the net increase during the year in
          Minimum Gain attributable to Company Nonrecourse Liabilities,
          reduced (but not below zero) by the proceeds, if any, of such
          Company Nonrecourse Liabilities distributed during the year, as
          determined in accordance with applicable Regulations.
                Company Nonrecourse Liabilities  means nonrecourse
          liabilities (or portions thereof) of the Company for which no
          Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss. 
                Completion of Construction  means the substantial
          completion of construction of the Project (excluding the Temporary
          Casino) and the satisfaction of all Legal Requirements and other
          conditions precedent to the opening of the Project (excluding the
          Temporary Casino) for business to the public.
                Construction Financing  mean debt financing, which
          may be unsecured or collateralized by a lien on the Project or any
          portion thereof (including purchase money financing collateralized
          by furniture, furnishings, fixtures, machinery or equipment), to be
          obtained by the Company from one or more lenders (including
          vendors or the Members or Affiliates) for the purpose of funding
          Project Costs and which, except as otherwise provided in Section
          4.04(b), is non-recourse to the Members and their Affiliates and
          does not require the Members or any Affiliates to provide a
          personal guaranty.
                Contributed Property  means each property or other
          asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding
          cash, contributed to the Company (or deemed contributed to the
          Company on termination and reconstitution thereof pursuant to
          section 708 of the Code).  Once the Carrying Value of a
          Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.06(d), such
          property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but
          shall be deemed an Adjusted Property. 
                Cost Overrun  means any Additional Project Cost not
          resulting from a change in the scope of the Project or from the
          gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Operator.
                Credit Support  by any Person means any obligation,
          contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly
          guaranteeing or acting as surety for any indebtedness, obligation
          or liability of any other Person and, without limiting the generality
          of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
          otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or
          supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness,
          obligation or liability (whether arising by virtue of partnership,
          joint venture or similar arrangements, by agreement to keep-well,
          to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or
          to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii)
          entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the
          obligee of such indebtedness, obligation or liability of the payment
          thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in
          whole or in part).
                Deadlock  means, with respect to a matter provided under
          Section 3.07(a) requiring the approval of a Majority or
          Supermajority of the Management Committee, the failure of a
          Majority or Supermajority of the Committee Members, as the case
          may be, to approve such matter.
                Default Interest Rate  means the Prime Rate plus five
          percent (5%).
                Default Rule  means a rule stated in the Act which (i)
          structures, defines or regulates aspects of a limited liability
          company organized under the Act and (ii) applies except to the
          extent it is modified or overridden through the provisions of a
          limited liability company s articles of organization or operating
          agreement.
                Defaulting Member  has the meaning set forth in Section
          5.08.
                Department  means the Michigan Department of
          Consumer and Industry Services, Corporation, Securities and Land
          Development Bureau.
                Development Agreement  means an agreement between
          the Company and the City of Detroit or other Governmental
          Authorities, relating to the development of the Project.
                Dispose,   Disposing  or  Disposition  means a sale,
          assignment, alienation, gift, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge,
          grant of a security interest, or other disposition or encumbrance,
          whether voluntary or involuntary, or the acts of the foregoing. 
          For purposes of Article XII,  Disposition  shall also include, in
          the case of ACG, AEA and ZRX, transfers of ownership interest
          among members resulting from the exercise of dilution provisions
          in their respective operating agreements or other applicable
          governing documents. 
                Disposition Notice  has the meaning set forth in Section
          12.03.
                Dissolution Event  means an event, the occurrence of
          which will result in the dissolution of the Company under Article
          XIII.
                Dissolved Member  means any Member with respect to
          which any of the following events has occurred (and the terms
           Dissolution  and  Dissolved,  when used in connection with a
          Member, shall have correlative meanings): (a) in the case of a
          Member that is a corporation, the filing of a certificate of
          dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation
          of its charter and the expiration of 90 days after the date of notice
          to the corporation of revocation without a reinstatement of its
          charter; and (b) in the case of a Member that is a partnership,
          limited partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, the
          dissolution and commencement of winding up of such entity.
                Distributable Cash  means Distributable Cash From
          Temporary Casino and Distributable Cash From Operations.
                Distributable Cash From Operations  mean the gross
          revenues from Company operations (including any sales and
          dispositions of Company property, but excluding Distributable
          Cash From Temporary Casino), which the Management Committee
          deems available for distribution to the Members, taking into
          account all expenses, debts, liabilities, payments, capital
          improvements, replacements, contingencies and other obligations
          of the Company (including Member Loans and other obligations
          to Members or their Affiliates but excluding the Management Fee)
          then due and amounts which the Management Committee deems
          necessary to place into Reserves.
                Distributable Cash From Temporary Casino  means the
          gross revenues from the operations and disposition of the
          Temporary Casino, which the Management Committee deems
          available for distribution to the Members, taking into account all
          expenses, debts, liabilities, payments, capital improvements,
          replacements, contingencies and other obligations of the Company
          (including principal and interest in respect of any Temporary
          Casino Loans made by Members and any indebtedness to third
          parties but excluding the Management Fee) then due and amounts
          which the Management Committee deems necessary to place into
          Reserves.
                Economic Risk of Loss  has the meaning set forth in
          Regulations Section 1.752-2(a). 
                Escrow  means an escrow established by the Company
          for the purposes of holding and investing the Initial Capital
          Contribution made by Circus pursuant to Section 5.01(b)(i), and
          disbursing such amount pursuant to Section 4.05(e)(i).
                Electing Members  has the meaning set forth in Section
          12.03.
                Fair Market Value  means, as to any Membership
          Interest or other property, the price at which a willing seller would
          sell and a willing buyer would buy such Membership Interest or
          other property having full knowledge of the facts, in an arms-
          length transaction without time constraints, and without being
          under any compulsion to buy or sell.  If and to the extent a
          determination of the Fair Market Value of any Membership
          Interest or other property requires an appraisal of the value of the
          Project, such appraisal shall assume that the Project is free and
          clear of all liens and encumbrances and shall take into account the
          then-current condition, use, zoning and income of the Project,
          including the value of any Licenses and similar intangible assets of
          the Company, but (unless Circus is the owner of the Membership
          Interest in question) excluding any good will attributable to the
          Circus Intellectual Property, or Circus business operations.  Such
          Fair Market Value shall be determined by mutual agreement of the
          Members (or their representatives, as the case may be), or if they
          are unable to mutually agree within 30 days after request by either
          Member, then by appraisal by a reputable disinterested appraiser
          who is experienced in the appraisal of casino properties, and who
          shall be instructed to complete and deliver the appraisal report
          within 30 days after engagement.  For purposes of Section 11.01,
          the appraiser shall be selected by the non-Bankrupt Member.  
                First Refusal Period  has the meaning set forth in
          Section 12.03.
                Fiscal Year  means the taxable year of the Company.
                Funding Date  has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08.
                GAAP  means generally accepted accounting principles,
          consistently applied.
                Gaming Authorities  means the Michigan Gaming
          Control Board, the City of Detroit and/or any other Governmental
          Authorities possessing and exercising jurisdiction over the Project,
          the Company, any Member, any of their respective Affiliates or
          constituent members, or any officers or directors of any of the
          foregoing, with respect to gaming activities.
                Governmental Authorities  means any federal, state,
          municipal or other governmental department, commission, board,
          bureau, agency or instrumentality of the United States of America
          or any state thereof, or any government or governmental,
          supranational or state agency or regulatory body of any foreign
          country, including any Gaming Authorities.
                Indebtedness for Borrowed Money  means
          (i) obligations for borrowed money (whether secured or
          unsecured), (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase
          price of property or services other than accounts payable arising
          in the ordinary course of business, (iii) obligations in respect of
          operating or capital leases entered into other than in the ordinary
          course of business, whether or not such obligations would be
          required to be shown as a liability on a balance sheet under
          GAAP, and (iv) any guarantee or other obligations having the
          economic effect of a guarantee in respect of any obligations
          referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above.
                Initial Capital Contribution  means a Capital
          Contribution made pursuant to Section 5.01.
                Initial Licensing  means the issuance of a Certificate of
          Suitability (as defined in the rules promulgated under the Michigan
          Gaming Control and Revenue Act), or comparable certification or
          licensing for the initial development, construction and operation of
          the Project as a hotel/casino.
                Initial Members  means Circus and ACG.
                Legal Requirements  means any and all applicable (a)
          federal, state, local and foreign laws (statutory, judicial or
          otherwise), ordinances and regulations, (b) nonappealable
          judgments and (c) consent decrees and similar arrangements. 
                License  means any license, permit, authorization,
          consent, approval, finding of suitability or qualification issued or
          made by any Gaming Authority, and required in order to conduct
          a gaming business, either alone or in combination with any one or
          more other businesses, including any said license, permit,
          authorization, consent, approval, finding of suitability or
          qualification issued or made by the State or any local
          Governmental Authority in the State, or any other State or local
          Governmental Authority in connection with the operation of the
          business of the Company, or by any other jurisdiction, domestic
          or foreign, necessary in order to conduct the business of any
          Member or any of the Affiliates of any Member, in any such other
          jurisdiction.
                Loan Rate  means an interest rate of seven percent (7%)
          per annum.
                Loss of License  has the meaning set forth in Section
          10.01.
                Losses  means the taxable income or loss for federal
          income tax purposes of the Company for each Fiscal Year, plus
          income and gain exempt from federal income tax for such Fiscal
          Year, and minus Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditures for such Fiscal
          Year, if such amount results in a loss.  The items of income, gain,
          loss, deduction and Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditure included in
          the calculation of Losses shall be determined in accordance with
          Section 5.06(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated
          under Section 6.5(a), (b), (c) or (d) for such Fiscal Year.
                Majority  means the affirmative vote or consent of a
          majority in number of Committee Members of the Management
          Committee.
                Management Committee  means the Management
          Committee provided for in Section 3.02. 
                Management Fee  means the management fee payable to
          Circus pursuant to Section 4.05(d).
                Management Fee Allocation  means, for each fiscal
          year, an amount based on a schedule to be prepared by the
          Company s investment banker, which schedule shall be reasonably
          approved by Circus and attached as an addendum to this
          Agreement.
                Member  means any Person executing this Agreement as
          of the date of this Agreement as a member or subsequently
          admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this
          Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be
          a member in the Company. 
                Member Loans  means any loans to or for the benefit of
          the Company pursuant to Sections 5.04, 5.05 or 5.09.
                Member Nonrecourse Debt  means any nonrecourse debt
          of the Company for which any Member bears the Economic Risk
          of Loss. 
                Member Nonrecourse Deductions  means, with respect
          to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, the amount of deductions, losses
          and expenses equal to the net increase during the year in Minimum
          Gain attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt, reduced (but not
          below zero) by the proceeds, if any, of such Member Nonrecourse
          Debt distributed during the year to the Members who bear the
          Economic Risk of Loss for such debt, as determined in accordance
          with applicable Regulations. 
                Membership Interest  means the interest of a Member in
          the Company, including, without limitation, rights to distributions
          (liquidating or otherwise), allocations, information, and to consent
          or approve. 
                Minimum Gain  means (a) with respect to Company
          Nonrecourse Liabilities, the amount of gain that would be realized
          by the Company if it disposed of (in a taxable transaction) all
          Company properties that are subject to Company Nonrecourse
          Liabilities in full satisfaction of such liabilities, computed in
          accordance with applicable Regulations or (b) with respect to each
          Member Nonrecourse Debt, the amount of gain that would be
          realized by the Company if it disposed of (in a taxable transaction)
          the Company property that is subject to such Member Nonrecourse
          Debt in full satisfaction of such debt, computed in accordance with
          applicable Regulations.
                Net Agreed Value  means (a) in the case of any
          Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced
          by any liabilities either assumed by the Company upon such
          contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed,
          and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Member by the
          Company, the Company s Carrying Value of such property (as
          adjusted pursuant to Section 5.06(d)) at the time such property is
          distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such
          Member upon such distribution or to which such property is
          subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as determined
          under section 752 of the Code.
                Net Book Value  means, in the case of a Member s
          Membership Interest, the amount, determined as of the last day of
          the full calendar quarter immediately preceding the date of
          occurrence of the event giving rise to the calculation, which would
          be distributed to such Member in liquidation of the Company
          pursuant to Article XIII, if (i) all of the Company s assets were
          sold for their book value determined by the Company s financial
          statements as of the end of the preceding Fiscal Year (but
          excluding any value attributable to goodwill or to Circus
          Intellectual Property), (b) the Company paid its accrued but unpaid
          liabilities (including liabilities to Members or their Affiliates) and
          established Reserves for the payment of reasonably anticipated
          contingent or unknown liabilities, and (c) the Company distributed
          the remaining proceeds to the Members in liquidation.  Such Net
          Book Value shall be determined from the Company s books and
          records, without audit or certification, by the Company s regular
          accounting firm.  Such determination shall be deemed final and
          binding in the absence of a showing of gross negligence or willful
          misconduct.
                Non-Defaulting Member  means, for purposes of Section
          5.08, a Member who is not in default in the payment or
          performance of its obligations under this Agreement and has
          advanced (or is otherwise ready, willing and able to advance) (i)
          in the case of Circus, the full amount of its Capital Contributions
          required to be made to date pursuant to Sections 5.01, 5.02 and
          5.03 and (ii) in the case of ACG, the full amount of its Additional
          Capital Contributions required to be made to date pursuant to
          Section 5.03.
                Non-Responsible Member  has the meaning set forth in
          Section 10.01.
                Offered Interest  has the meaning set forth in Section
          12.03.
                Operating Budget  means the annual operating and
          capital budget of the Company, as amended form time to time.
                Operating Costs  means the costs and expenses incurred
          in connection with the ownership, operation, management,
          maintenance and repair of the Project after Completion of
          Construction, including capital improvements and Reserves.
                Operator  means Circus or an Affiliate of Circus, or any
          successor, in its capacity as operator and manager of the Project
          (and if applicable, the Temporary Casino) pursuant to Article IV.
                Permanent Financing  means debt financing, which may
          be unsecured or collateralized by a lien on the Project or any
          portion thereof (including purchase money financing collateralized
          by furniture, furnishings, fixtures, machinery or equipment), to be
          obtained by the Company from one or more lenders (including
          vendors) for the purpose of retiring the Construction Financing and
          which is non-recourse to the Members and their Affiliates and does
          not require the Members or any Affiliates to provide a personal
          guaranty.
                Person  means a natural person, trust, estate, partnership,
          limited liability company or any incorporated or unincorporated
          organization.
                Preference Rights  means the preferential rights of ACG
          and any of its Affiliates under subsection (b) Section 6 of the
          Michigan Gaming Control and Revenue Act (MCLA 432.201, et
          seq.) as a result of the passage of Proposal B in the City of Detroit
          primary election held on August 2, 1994.
                Prime Rate  means a rate of interest per annum equal to
          the varying rate publicly quoted by Chase Manhattan Bank from
          time to time as its prime commercial or similar reference interest
          rate, with adjustments in that varying rate to be made on the same
          date as any change in that rate.
                Profits  means the taxable income or loss for federal
          income tax purposes of the Company for each Fiscal Year, plus
          income and gain exempt from federal income tax for such Fiscal
          Year, and minus Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditures for such Fiscal
          Year, if such amount results in a profit.  The items of income,
          gain, loss, deduction and Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditure
          included in the calculation of Losses shall be determined in
          accordance with Section 5.06(b) and shall not include any items
          specially allocated under Section 6.5(a), (b), (c) or (d) for such
          Fiscal Year.
                Project  means the assembling and acquiring of real
          property in Detroit, Michigan and the development, construction
          and operation thereon of a hotel/casino and related parking, retail
          stores, restaurants, entertainment venues and additional compatible
          facilities, including all furniture, furnishings, machinery,
          equipment and other tangible personal property to be owned or
          leased by the Company, located therein and used in connection
          therewith.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, the term
           Project  shall not include the Temporary Casino.
                Project Budget  means the budget of Project Cost, as
          amended form time to time.
                Project Cost  means the total cost of land acquisition,
          development (including the cost of the campaign for passage of
          Proposal E and expenses incurred in the formation of the Company
          and to the extent Approved by the Management Committee, in
          obtaining Initial Licensing), design, construction, equipping and
          opening of the Project, including all costs related thereto such as
          labor, materials, supplies, furniture, furnishings, fixtures,
          machinery, equipment, construction management, architectural,
          engineering and design fees, legal and accounting fees, on-and-off
          site work, utility installation and hook-up fees, construction
          permits, certificates and bonds, pre-opening expenses, gaming tax
          deposits, license fees, initial gaming bankroll and interest and fees
          on the Construction Financing, but excluding (i) the cost of the
          Temporary Casino, except and to the extent that the Temporary
          Casino or any portion or component thereof is to be integrated into
          and become a permanent part of the Project (in which event such
          portion or component may be included in Project Cost); and (ii)
          the costs and expenses incurred in the formation of the individual
          Members and their respective Affiliates.
                Recapture Income  means any gain recognized by the
          Company (computed without regard to any adjustment required by
          section 734 or 743 of the Code) upon the Disposition of any
          property or asset of the Company, which gain is characterized as
          ordinary income under the Code because it represents the recapture
          of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or
          asset. 
                Regulations , except where the context indicates
          otherwise, means the permanent, temporary, proposed, or
          proposed and temporary regulations of the Department of the
          Treasury under the Code as such regulations may be lawfully
          changed from time to time.
                Related Person  means a person having a relationship to
          a Member as described in Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations.
                Required Records  means those records that the
          Company is required to maintain under Section 9.1 of the Act.
                Reserves  means funds Approved by the Management
          Committee to be maintained as reasonable reserves for working
          capital, contingencies, operating expenses, capital improvements
          and replacements of the Company or its property.
                Responsible Member  has the meaning set forth in
          Section 10.01.  
                Rules of Usage  means, with respect to a document that
          states in substance that it is governed thereby, that, except as
          expressly provided therein:
                 (i)  A reference in such document to
                 a Person includes, unless the context otherwise requires,
                 its predecessors in interest and its permitted assigns.
                 (ii) The term  or  shall be
                 interpreted as  and/or. 
                 (iii)     A reference in such document to
                 a law includes any amendment, modification or
                 replacement to such law.
                 (iv) Accounting terms used in such
                 document shall have the meanings assigned to them by
                 GAAP applied on a consistent basis by the accounting
                 entity to which they refer.
                 (v)  References to any document,
                 instrument or agreement (a) shall be deemed to include
                 all appendices, exhibits, schedules and other attachments
                 thereto and all documents, instruments or agreements
                 issued or executed in replacement thereof, and (b) shall
                 mean such document, instrument or agreement, or
                 replacement thereto, as amended, modified and
                 supplemented from time to time in accordance with its
                 terms and as the same is in effect at any given time.
                         (vi) Unless otherwise specified, the
                         words  hereof,   herein  and  hereunder  and words of
                         similar import when used in such document shall refer
                         to such document as a whole and not to any particular
                         provision of such document.
                         (vii)     The words  include  and
                          including  and words of similar import when used in
                        such document are not limiting and shall be construed to
                         be followed by the words  without limitation , whether
                         or not they are in fact followed by such words.
                         (viii)    The word  during  when used in
                         such document with respect to a period of time shall be
                         construed to mean commencing at the beginning of such
                         period and continuing until the end of such period.
                         (ix) All time explicitly or implicitly
                         referenced in such document shall be deemed to be local
                         time in Detroit, Michigan.
                         (x)  Any reference in such document
                         to an Article, Section or subsection or other provision
                         shall refer to such provision in such document unless
                         otherwise specified.
                Section 705(a)(2)(B) Expenditure  means any expenditure of
         the Company described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as
          such pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i).
                Sharing Ratio  means the percentage interest of each Member
          as set forth in Section 6.01, as the same may be adjusted from time to
          time pursuant to Sections 5.08(d) or 12.01(a).
                State  means the State of Michigan.
                Subsidiary  means, with respect to any specified Person, any
          other Person, as to which such specified Person owns, of record or
      beneficially, directly or indirectly (x) more than 50% of the voting power
      and (y) (A) if such other Person is a corporation, more than 50% of the
      outstanding capital stock or issued share capital and (B) if such other
          Person is not a corporation, more than 50% of the equity and profits
          interests at the time any determination thereof is made, in each case,
          other than director s qualifying shares.
                Substitute Member  means a transferee of a Membership
          Interest who is admitted as a Member in the Company pursuant to
          Article IX.
                Supermajority  means the affirmative vote or consent of at
       least (i) four (4) of the six (6) Committee Members representing Circus,
          (ii) two (2) of the three (3) Committee Members representing ZRX and
          (iii) two (2) of the three (3) Committee Members representing AEA.
                Supplemental Provisions  means, with respect to a document
          that states in substance that it is governed thereby, that, except as
          expressly provided therein:
                         (i)  All amounts required to be paid
                         by any party to such document to any other party
                         thereunder shall, unless otherwise specified in such
                     document, be paid in U.S. dollars by wire transfer to an
                         account as such party may specify by notice to the
                         paying party, or by other acceptable method of payment
                         of immediately available funds.
                         (ii) If any payment under such
                         document is required to be made on a day other than a
                         Business Day, the date of payment shall be extended to
                         the next Business Day.
                         (iii)     Except as otherwise specifically
                         provided in such document, each party thereto shall, at
                         its own cost and expense, obey and comply with all
                         applicable laws, as they may pertain to each party s
                         performance of its obligations under such document.
                         (iv) The parties to such document
                         shall execute and deliver all further documents and
                     perform all further acts that may be reasonably necessary
                         to consummate the transactions contemplated by such
                         document.
                Tax Distribution  when used with respect to a Member means
          with respect to each Fiscal Year an amount equal to 43% of such
          Members distributive share of Profits of the Company for such Fiscal
          Year, and when used with respect to the Company means with respect
          to each Fiscal Year an amount equal to the sum of all of the Members 
          Tax Distributions with respect to such Fiscal Year.
                Temporary Casino  means a temporary casino facility operated
       by the Company in Detroit, Michigan during the construction, and prior
          to the commencement of operations, of the Project.
                Temporary Casino Cost  means the total cost of acquiring or
          leasing, renovating, equipping and operating the Temporary Casino.
                Temporary Casino Loans  means the loans described in
          Section 5.04.
                Unfunded Balance  has the meaning set forth in Section
          5.08(c).
                Unrealized Gain  attributable to any item of Company property
   means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair
          market value of such property as of such date (as determined under
      Section 5.06(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such
      date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.06(d) as
          of such date). 
                Unrealized Loss  attributable to any item of Company property
          means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the
      Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment
     to be made pursuant to Section 5.06(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair
          market value of such property as of such date (as determined under
          Section 5.06(d)).
                ZRX  means ZRX L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability
          company which is a member of ACG.
          

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JAN-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1997
<CASH>                                          75,287
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   16,222
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     21,361
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               146,206
<PP&E>                                       2,926,302
<DEPRECIATION>                                 597,912
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               3,158,650
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          161,567
<BONDS>                                      1,710,574
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,893
<OTHER-SE>                                   1,119,658
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 3,158,650
<SALES>                                      1,029,242
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,029,242
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  800,879
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                23,328
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              63,731
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                141,304
<INCOME-TAX>                                    52,104
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             89,200
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    89,200
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .94
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .94
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission